SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORP
S-1/A, 2000-01-31
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: AMERICAN GENERAL SERIES PORTFOLIO CO 2, 497, 2000-01-31
Next: BALANCE BAR CO, SC 13D, 2000-01-31




   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 31, 2000
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-90881

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              ------------------

                                AMENDMENT NO. 6
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                              ------------------
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                              <C>
                DELAWARE                          6719                       43-1809960
  (State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial        (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)     Identification Number)

</TABLE>

                              ------------------
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                          12007 SUNRISE VALLEY DRIVE
                               RESTON, VA 20191
                                (703) 453-7500
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,  including area code,
              of registrant's principal executive offices)
                              ------------------
                            STEVEN M. GALLANT, ESQ.
                 VICE PRESIDENT, GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                          12007 SUNRISE VALLEY DRIVE
                               RESTON, VA 20191
                                (703) 453-7500
(Name,  address,  including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                              ------------------
                                  Copies to:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
  CHRISTINE M. PALLARES, ESQ.                          ANDREW R. SCHLEIDER, ESQ.
    HOGAN & HARTSON L.L.P.                                SHEARMAN & STERLING
        885 THIRD AVENUE                                  599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
       NEW YORK, NY 10022                                  NEW YORK, NY 10022
          (212) 409-9800                                     (212) 848-4000
</TABLE>
                              ------------------
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration  statement number of the earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS            AMOUNT TO BE     OFFERING PRICE         PROPOSED MAXIMUM               AMOUNT OF
    OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED      REGISTERED (1)    PER SHARE (2)    AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE (2)   REGISTRATION FEES (3)
<S>                                      <C>                 <C>                  <C>                          <C>
Common Stock, $0.01 par value.........   19,550,000          $ 25.00               $488,750,000                 $130,081
</TABLE>



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The amount of the securities  registered  includes any securities  which the
    underwriters have options of purchasing to cover over-allotments.
(2) Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  registration fee
pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3) Includes  $32,137 paid  herewith  and includes  $20,850 paid on November 12,
1999 and $77,094 paid on December 30, 1999.

                              ------------------

     THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES  AS  MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO  DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

                 PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JANUARY 31, 2000

P R O S P E C T U S
- -------------------

                               17,000,000 SHARES

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ---------------

     This is SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation's  initial  public  offering of
common stock. SAVVIS Communications Corporation is selling 14,875,000 shares and
Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.,  currently a 69% stockholder of SAVVIS,  is
selling 2,125,000 shares.

     We expect the  public  offering  price to be between  $22.00 and $25.00 per
share.  Currently,  no public market exists for the shares. The shares have been
approved  for  quotation  on the Nasdaq  National  Market,  subject to notice of
issuance, under the symbol "SVVS."


     INVESTING  IN THE COMMON  STOCK  INVOLVES  RISKS THAT ARE  DESCRIBED IN THE
"RISK FACTORS" SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 10 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
                                ---------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PER SHARE   TOTAL
                                                                      ----------- ------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>
          Public offering price ...................................... $           $
          Underwriting discount ...................................... $           $
          Proceeds, before expenses, to SAVVIS ....................... $           $
          Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder ...... $           $
</TABLE>



     The  underwriters  may also purchase up to an additional  2,550,000  shares
from the selling stockholder at the public offering price, less the underwriting
discount,   within  30  days  from  the  date  of  this   prospectus   to  cover
over-allotments.  It is  expected  that  approximately  $125  million of the net
proceeds to SAVVIS will be paid by SAVVIS to Bridge.

     Neither the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  nor any state  securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
prospectus  is truthful or  complete.  Any  representation  to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

     The shares will be ready for delivery on or about , 2000.

                                ---------------

                          Joint Book-Running Managers


MERRILL LYNCH & CO.                                  MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER

                                ---------------

                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

                                ---------------
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
                                                              CIBC WORLD MARKETS
                                ---------------
                  The date of this prospectus is      , 2000.

The  information in this  prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may
not sell  these  securities  until the  registration  statement  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to  sell  these  securities  and it is not  soliciting  an  offer  to buy  these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

<PAGE>


















       MAP OF THE WORLD SHOWS LOCATIONS OF SAVVIS' PRIVATENAPSSM, PLANNED
  PRIVATENAPSSM, ATM SWITCHES, FRAME RELAY SWITCHES AND TRANSMISSION CAPACITY)










                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]









<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           PAGE
                                                                                         --------
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Prospectus Summary ...................................................................       3
Risk Factors .........................................................................      10
Forward-Looking Statements ...........................................................      22
Use of Proceeds ......................................................................      23
Dividend Policy ......................................................................      23
Capitalization .......................................................................      24
Dilution .............................................................................      25
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements ................................      26
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data ......................................      31
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations       33
Business .............................................................................      41
Relationship with Bridge .............................................................      60
Management ...........................................................................      64
Transactions with Affiliates .........................................................      74
Principal Stockholders and Selling Stockholder .......................................      75
Description of Capital Stock .........................................................      78
Shares Available for Future Sale .....................................................      81
Underwriting .........................................................................      82
Validity of the Shares ...............................................................      86
Experts ..............................................................................      86
Change in Certifying Accountants .....................................................      86
Where You May Find Additional Information ............................................      86
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................................      F-1
</TABLE>


                             ---------------------
     YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS.  WE
HAVE NOT, AND THE UNDERWRITERS HAVE NOT,  AUTHORIZED ANY OTHER PERSON TO PROVIDE
YOU  WITH  DIFFERENT   INFORMATION.   IF  ANYONE  PROVIDES  YOU  WITH  DIFFERENT
INFORMATION,  YOU SHOULD NOT RELY ON IT. WE ARE NOT,  AND THE  UNDERWRITERS  ARE
NOT,  MAKING AN OFFER TO SELL THESE  SECURITIES  IN ANY  JURISDICTION  WHERE THE
OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. YOU SHOULD ASSUME THAT THE INFORMATION APPEARING
IN THIS  PROSPECTUS  IS ACCURATE  ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON THE FRONT COVER OF THIS
PROSPECTUS.  OUR  BUSINESS,  FINANCIAL  CONDITION,  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS  AND
PROSPECTS MAY HAVE CHANGED SINCE THAT DATE.


     MARKET  DATA AND SEVERAL INDUSTRY FORECASTS USED THROUGHOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
WERE  OBTAINED FROM MARKET RESEARCH, PUBLICLY AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND INDUSTRY
PUBLICATIONS.
<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  information  below  is only a  summary  of more  detailed  information
included in other sections of this prospectus.  This summary may not contain all
the  information  that is  important to you or that you should  consider  before
buying shares in the offering.  The other  information  is important,  so please
read this entire prospectus carefully.

     The terms "SAVVIS,"  "we," "us" and "our" as used in this prospectus  refer
to SAVVIS Communications  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  formerly SAVVIS
Holdings  Corporation,  and its subsidiaries,  except where by the context it is
clear that such terms mean only SAVVIS Communications Corporation.


     Unless otherwise indicated,  all information in this prospectus assumes the
underwriters  do not  exercise  their  over-allotment  option and  reflects  the
72,000-for-1  stock  split of our  outstanding  common  stock on July 22,  1999.
SAVVIS is a subsidiary of Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc., or Bridge,  which
owns approximately 69% of SAVVIS' outstanding common stock.

                                     SAVVIS

OUR BUSINESS

     We are a rapidly growing provider of high quality,  high performance global
data networking and  Internet-related  services to medium and large  businesses,
multinational  corporations and Internet service  providers.  We currently offer
the following services:

   o  MANAGED DATA NETWORKING  SERVICES that provide  secure,  high quality data
      communication   links   over  our   network   to   connect  a   customer's
      geographically  dispersed offices, known as intranets,  or to connect with
      its customers and suppliers, known as extranets.


   o  HIGH BANDWIDTH  INTERNET ACCESS SERVICES  including  dedicated  access and
      digital  subscriber  line,  commonly  known as DSL,  services and Internet
      security  services  which  connect our  customers  to the Internet at high
      speeds.


   o  COLOCATION   SERVICES   that   allow  our   customers   to  locate   their
      mission-critical content and networking hardware in our data centers which
      provide a highly secure, fault tolerant environment.

     Simultaneously  with the  closing of this  offering,  we will  acquire  the
Internet  protocol network assets of Bridge and the employees of Bridge who have
operated that network.  This transfer will significantly expand our managed data
networking  services,  which we  began  offering  in  September  1999.  Upon the
transfer  of  the  Bridge  network  to us and  pursuant  to a  network  services
agreement  between  Bridge and us,  Bridge will pay us for the use of the SAVVIS
ProActiveSM  Network to deliver  Bridge's content and applications to over 4,500
financial institutions, including 75 of the top 100 banks in the world and 45 of
the top 50 brokerage firms in the United States. Following the network transfer,
these entities will remain  customers of Bridge.  We currently  provide Internet
access services directly to approximately 850 customers.

THE SAVVIS PROACTIVESM NETWORK

     The SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network was created  through the  combination,  in
September  1999,  of the  Bridge  network,  which  was  constructed  to meet the
exacting  requirements of the financial  services  industry  worldwide,  and the
SAVVIS network, which was constructed to provide high quality Internet access in
the United States.  Both of these networks have been operational  since 1996 and
we refer to the combined network as the "SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network."


                                       3
<PAGE>


     The SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network  interconnects over 6,000 buildings in 83 of
the world's major commercial cities in 43 countries. Our network architecture is
based on the following technologies:

   o asynchronous  transfer  mode,  commonly  known as ATM,  which  supports the
     transmission of all kinds of content and allows data to be prioritized;

   o frame  relay,  which  is a  shared  network  technology  commonly  used  in
     communications networks; and


   o Internet protocol, a communications  protocol that is a core element of the
     Internet  and is used on  computers,  but that  cannot  currently  reliably
     deliver  real-time data,  unless operated over an ATM network,  such as the
     SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network.


Additionally,  our 83 city  global  system  connects to eight  private  Internet
access  points,  which we call  PrivateNAPsSM,  where our network  connects to a
number of Internet  service  providers,  including Sprint  Corporation,  Cable &
Wireless plc and UUNET, an MCI Worldcom company.


     These  PrivateNAPsSM,  which will be expanded to 12 by March 2000,  use our
proprietary  routing  policies to reduce data loss and  enhance  performance  by
avoiding the congested  public  access  points on the  Internet.  We measure the
performance  of our  access  services  using data loss and  transmission  delay,
commonly known as latency,  measurements.  The high  performance of our Internet
access  services has been verified by our analysis of data  collected by Keynote
Systems, Inc., an independent research firm, which showed that we had the second
best mean download time in 1999.

RELATIONSHIP WITH BRIDGE

     In April 1999, we were acquired by Bridge.  Bridge is a global  provider of
high quality, real-time and historical financial information, including coverage
of equities, fixed income, foreign exchange and commodities,  which it delivered
to an estimated  235,000 trading  terminals  around the globe as of December 31,
1999. On September 10, 1999,  Bridge sold in a private  placement  approximately
25% of its equity ownership in SAVVIS to existing stockholders of Bridge. Bridge
currently  owns  approximately  69% of our  outstanding  common stock and, after
completion  of this  offering,  will own  approximately  56% of our  outstanding
common stock.  Investment  partnerships  sponsored by Welsh, Carson,  Anderson &
Stowe,  or Welsh  Carson,  a sponsor of  private  equity  funds  with  extensive
experience in the communications and information services industries,  currently
owns  approximately 38% of Bridge's  outstanding  voting stock and approximately
11% of our outstanding common stock and, after completion of this offering, will
own approximately 10% of our outstanding common stock.


     Over the last four years, Bridge constructed a sophisticated  network based
on  Internet  protocol  and ATM  technologies  to  service  some of the  largest
financial institutions and institutional investors in the world. These financial
market  participants  rely on information  received  continuously from Bridge to
make trading and investment  decisions  throughout the business day. Bridge must
deliver this information instantaneously and reliably. Accordingly, Bridge built
a highly  redundant,  fault tolerant  network to deliver high volume,  real-time
financial data and news around the globe.


     Since  January  1996,  Bridge has  converted a  substantial  portion of its
customers from less technologically  advanced protocols to its Internet protocol
network.  As of December 31, 1999, of Bridge's estimated 235,000  terminals,  an
estimated  135,000 terminals were connected to the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network.
Bridge has advised us that it intends to convert the remaining 100,000 terminals
on its other  networks  to the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network  over the next three
years.  As  Bridge  converts  terminals,   we  expect  it  to  order  additional
connections  from us under the network  services  agreement.  As of December 31,
1999, Bridge's proprietary network


                                       4
<PAGE>

monitoring  and customer  support  systems  managed over 10,000 routers and over
11,000 servers.  Additionally,  Bridge has a highly experienced group of network
engineers,  technical support representatives and customer call center personnel
to support its services and has agreed to make their services available to us.


     Acquisition  of  Bridge's  Network  Assets and  Ongoing  Relationship  with
Bridge.  Simultaneously  with the  closing  of this  offering,  we will  acquire
Bridge's  Internet  protocol  network  assets  and the  employees  of Bridge who
operate them,  and we will enter into a network  services  agreement with Bridge
that  commits  Bridge to purchase at least $105  million,  $132 million and $145
million  of  network  services  from us in 2000,  2001 and  2002,  respectively.
Thereafter,  Bridge will be  required to purchase at least 80% of their  network
requirements  from us, declining to 60% in 2006 through the end of the agreement
in 2010.  We will incur  losses  from the  operation  of the  network  under the
network  services  agreement,  and had the network  services  agreement  been in
effect in 1999,  Bridge  would have  represented  approximately  83% of our 1999
revenues. We have instituted a lead referral program for Bridge's  approximately
500 sales representatives worldwide to generate sales leads for us. We will also
enter into a number of other  agreements  with Bridge  under  which  Bridge will
transfer a number of highly  skilled  people to us and we will purchase  various
support services from it.

     Preferential  Distribution.  We  will  also  pay  to  Bridge  a $58 million
preferential distribution with a portion of the proceeds of this offering.



BUSINESS STRATEGY


     Our objective is to tap the rapidly growing market for reliable, high speed
data  communications  and  Internet  services.  Key  elements of our strategy to
achieve this objective include:

     o providing a single  source for managed  data  network  services  and high
       quality Internet services;

     o capitalizing on Bridge's relationships to penetrate its customer base;

     o targeting  potential  customers  in  buildings  already  connected to our
       network;

     o expanding our network and PrivateNAPSM infrastructure;

     o growing domestic and international distribution channels;

     o providing enabling infrastructure for e-commerce services; and

     o developing and marketing new services.


COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     Our  target  customers  are  businesses  that are  intensive  users of data
communications and require high quality service for their global data networking
and Internet  needs.  We believe our  competitive  strengths in servicing  these
customers include:

     o large number of sophisticated users already connected to our network;

     o network engineered for real-time performance;

     o global network presence;

     o single source service offering; and

     o world-class service through proprietary systems.

                                       5
<PAGE>

WE HAVE  INCURRED  SIGNIFICANT  LOSSES  AND  NEGATIVE  CASH FLOW IN THE PAST AND
EXPECT TO INCUR SIGNIFICANT LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH FLOW AT LEAST THROUGH 2002.

     We incurred losses of approximately  $2.2 million,  $14.0 million and $20.0
million  in 1996,  1997  and 1998 and had  negative  cash  flow  from  operating
activities of $1.3 million,  $10.5 million and $20.6 million in these years.  We
also had losses of $8.1 million and negative cash flow from operating activities
of $6.2  million for the period from January 1, 1999 to April 6, 1999 and losses
of  approximately  $22.6  million,   and  negative  cash  flows  from  operating
activities of  approximately  $9.9 million,  from April 7, 1999 to September 30,
1999.  We expect to incur  significant  net losses and  negative  cash flow from
operating  activities  at least  through  2002.  As of September  30, 1999,  our
accumulated deficit was approximately  $22.6 million,  which reflects our losses
only since Bridge acquired our company on April 7, 1999.


OTHER RISK FACTORS

     You should consider  carefully the following risk factors,  the information
contained in "Risk Factors" and the other  information in this prospectus before
deciding to invest in our common stock:

   o  a significant portion of our revenues is expected to come from Bridge, and
      the loss of Bridge as a  customer  or reduced  demand  from  Bridge  would
      materially affect our business;

   o if  Bridge  is  unable  to meet its financial commitments to us, we will be
      materially adversely affected;

   o  our limited  operating  history,  and the fact that we only recently began
      offering data networking and colocation  services,  makes it difficult for
      you to evaluate our performance; and

   o  our historical financial  information will not be comparable to our future
      financial performance.

     Our principal  executive  office is located at 12007 Sunrise  Valley Drive,
Reston, Virginia 20191, and our telephone number is (703) 453-7500.


                                       6
<PAGE>


                                 THE OFFERING

Common stock offered
by us 14,875,000 shares

Common stock offered by the
 selling stockholder....    2,125,000 shares
                          -----------------

   Total.................   17,000,000 shares
                           -----------------

Shares outstanding after
 this offering...........   92,610,933 shares

Over-allotment option....   2,550,000 shares



Use  of proceeds.........  We will receive  net proceeds from  this offering  of
                           approximately  $326  million,  assuming  a  per share
                           price  of $23.50. We intend to use these net proceeds
                           to  pay  the $63 million cash portion of the purchase
                           price  for  the  Bridge  network  assets, for capital
                           expenditures  relating  to our network expansion, and
                           for  other general corporate purposes. In addition, a
                           portion  of the net proceeds of this offering will be
                           used  to  pay a $58 million preferential distribution
                           to  Bridge  and  repay  approximately  $4  million of
                           indebtedness owed to Bridge.

                           We will not  receive any  proceeds  from  the sale of
                           shares by the selling stockholder.



Dividend  policy.........  We  do  not  intend to  pay  dividends on  our common
                           stock  for  the foreseeable future. We plan to retain
                           any   earnings  for  use  in  the  operation  of  our
                           business and to fund future growth.


Nasdaq National Market
 Symbol..................  "SVVS"


     This  information  is based on our shares  outstanding on January 25, 2000.
This information  excludes  3,518,419 shares of common stock underlying  options
granted under our stock option plans  outstanding  as of December 31, 1999 at an
exercise price of $.50 per share.


                                       7
<PAGE>

                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     We derived the summary  historical  consolidated  financial  data presented
below as of and for each of the three years ended  December 31,  1996,  1997 and
1998 from our audited consolidated financial statements.  We derived the summary
historical consolidated financial data presented below for the nine months ended
September  30,  1998,  the period from  January 1, 1999 to April 6, 1999 and the
period from April 7, 1999 to  September  30, 1999 and as of  September  30, 1999
from our unaudited consolidated financial statements.  We prepared the unaudited
financial  statements on substantially  the same basis as our audited  financial
statements and, in our opinion,  the unaudited financial  statements include all
adjustments  necessary for a fair  presentation of the results of operations for
those periods.  Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results
to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of results for the entire year. You should read the  information  set
forth below together with the discussion under "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial  Statements,"  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial  statements and the notes
to those financial statements that are in the back of this prospectus.

     On April 7, 1999,  Bridge acquired all our equity  securities and accounted
for this acquisition as a purchase  transaction.  Since the purchase transaction
resulted in our company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Bridge,  SEC rules
required us to establish a new basis of accounting for the purchased  assets and
liabilities.  The accounting for the purchase transaction has been "pushed down"
to the financial  statements of SAVVIS.  Therefore,  the purchase price has been
allocated to the underlying  assets  purchased and liabilities  assumed based on
the  estimated  fair  market  values  of these  assets  and  liabilities  on the
acquisition  date.  As a result of the  application  of fair  value  accounting,
intangibles, goodwill, other liabilities and stockholders' equity were increased
in the  SAVVIS  unaudited  consolidated  balance  sheet.  The  SAVVIS  unaudited
historical  consolidated  balance  sheet  data  as of  September  30,  1999  and
unaudited consolidated statement of operations data for the period from April 7,
1999 through September 30, 1999 give effect to our acquisition by Bridge and are
labeled  "Successor."  The SAVVIS  unaudited  historical  financial data for the
periods prior to the acquisition are labeled "Predecessor."


     On September 10, 1999, Bridge sold in a private placement approximately 25%
of its equity ownership in SAVVIS to existing stockholders of Bridge,  including
Welsh Carson which purchased from Bridge a 12% interest in SAVVIS at that time.

     Pro forma data for the year ended  December  31,  1998 and the nine  months
ended  September  30,  1999  give  effect  to,  as if they had  occurred  at the
beginning of 1998 for the statement of operations data and at September 30, 1999
for the  balance  sheet data,  the  acquisition  of our  company by Bridge,  our
purchase  of the  network  assets from  Bridge for $88  million,  including  the
incurrence of capital lease obligations to Bridge of $25 million, the payment of
a $58 million preferential  distribution to Bridge and the sale in this offering
of the shares required to generate the $125 million of cash to be paid to Bridge
in  respect  of these  items.  For more  detailed  information  on the pro forma
financial data, see "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements."

     We  calculate   EBITDA  as  earnings   (loss)   before   depreciation   and
amortization,  interest income and expense and income tax expense (benefit).  We
have included information concerning EBITDA because our management believes that
in our  industry  such  information  is a relevant  measurement  of a  company's
financial performance and liquidity. EBITDA is not determined in accordance with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  is not  indicative of cash used by
operating  activities  and  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  or as an
alternative  to, or more  meaningful  than,  measures of  operating  performance
determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles.
Additionally,  EBITDA  as used  in this  prospectus  may  not be  comparable  to
similarly  titled  measures  of  other  companies,  as other  companies  may not
calculate it in a similar manner.


                                       8
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                PREDECESSOR
                                --------------------------------------------
                                                 HISTORICAL                     PRO FORMA
                                -------------------------------------------- --------------
                                                                               YEAR ENDED
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             DECEMBER 31,
                                -------------------------------------------- --------------
                                     1996           1997*          1998*          1998*
                                -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
 Revenues .....................  $        290   $      2,758   $     13,674   $     13,674
 Direct costs and
  operating expenses:
  Data communications
   and operations .............         1,044         11,072         20,889         20,889
  Selling, general and
   administrative .............         1,204          5,130         12,245         12,245
  Depreciation and
   amortization ...............           153            631          2,288         45,876
  Impairment of assets ........            --             --             --             --
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
  Total direct costs and
   operating expenses..........         2,401         16,833         35,422         79,010
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
 Loss from operations .........        (2,111)       (14,075)       (21,748)       (65,336)
 Interest expense, net ........           (60)          (482)          (100)        (1,739)
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
 Net loss before minority
  interest and
  extraordinary item ..........        (2,171)       (14,557)       (21,848)  $    (67,075)
                                                                              ============
 Minority interest in losses,
  net of accretion ............            --            547           (147)
 Extraordinary gain on
  debt extinguishment,
  net of tax ..................            --             --          1,954
                                 ------------   ------------   ------------
 Net loss .....................  $     (2,171)  $    (14,010)  $    (20,091)
                                 ============   ============   ============
 Basic and diluted net loss
  per common share ............  $       (.06)  $       (.38)  $       (.39)  $       (.87)
                                 ============   ============   ============   ============
 Weighted average shares
  outstanding .................    35,396,287     36,904,108     58,567,482     77,309,840
                                 ============   ============   ============   ============
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
 EBITDA .......................  $     (1,958)  $    (12,897)  $    (17,653)
 Capital expenditures .........           884            697          1,688
 Cash used in operating
  activities ..................        (1,293)       (10,502)       (20,560)
 Cash used in investing
  activities ..................          (884)          (697)        (2,438)
 Cash provided by
  financing activities ........         2,740         12,024         24,121

<CAPTION>
                                         PREDECESSOR              SUCCESSOR
                                ------------------------------ ---------------
                                          HISTORICAL
                                ------------------------------    HISTORICAL      PRO FORMA
                                  NINE MONTHS     PERIOD FROM    PERIOD FROM     NINE MONTHS
                                     ENDED       JANUARY 1 TO     APRIL 7 TO        ENDED
                                 SEPTEMBER 30,     APRIL 6,     SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
                                     1998*           1999*           1999           1999
                                --------------- -------------- --------------- --------------
                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                              <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
 Revenues .....................  $      8,914    $      5,440   $     12,192    $     17,632
 Direct costs and
  operating expenses:
  Data communications
   and operations .............        14,609           6,429         13,095          19,524
  Selling, general and
   administrative .............         7,353           4,751         11,142          15,893
  Depreciation and
   amortization ...............         1,556             817          9,747          30,185
  Impairment of assets ........            --           1,383             --           1,383
                                 ------------    ------------   ------------    ------------
  Total direct costs and
   operating expenses..........        23,518          13,380         33,984          66,985
                                 ------------    ------------   ------------    ------------
 Loss from operations .........       (14,604)         (7,940)       (21,792)        (49,353)
 Interest expense, net ........          (138)           (135)          (782)         (1,682)
                                 ------------    ------------   ------------    ------------
 Net loss before minority
  interest and
  extraordinary item ..........       (14,742)         (8,075)       (22,574)   $    (51,035)
                                                                                ============
 Minority interest in losses,
  net of accretion ............          (147)             --             --
 Extraordinary gain on
  debt extinguishment,
  net of tax ..................         1,954              --             --
                                 ------------    ------------   ------------
 Net loss .....................  $    (12,935)   $     (8,075)  $    (22,574)
                                 ============    ============   ============
 Basic and diluted net loss
  per common share ............  $       (.26)   $       (.14)  $       (.31)   $       (.66)
                                 ============    ============   ============    ============
 Weighted average shares
  outstanding .................    56,735,597      66,018,388     72,000,000      77,309,840
                                 ============    ============   ============    ============
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
 EBITDA .......................  $    (11,241)   $     (7,123)  $    (12,045)
 Capital expenditures .........         1,308             275            855
 Cash used in operating
  activities ..................       (15,530)         (6,185)        (9,945)
 Cash used in investing
  activities ..................        (2,058)           (275)          (855)
 Cash provided by
  financing activities ........        24,445           4,533         12,189
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           PREDECESSOR                   SUCCESSOR          PRO FORMA
                                                ---------------------------------- --------------------- --------------
                                                            HISTORICAL                   HISTORICAL
                                                ---------------------------------- ---------------------      AS OF
                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                ----------------------------------  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  1996       1997*        1998*             1999              1999
                                                -------- ------------ ------------ --------------------- --------------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>                   <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents .................... $573     $ 1,398      $ 2,521             $ 1,983        $203,541
 Goodwill and intangibles, net ................   --          --        1,406              30,322          30,322
 Total assets ................................. 1,888      4,313       11,663              41,422         330,980
 Debt and capital lease obligations ........... 1,126      8,814        2,759              23,237          44,456
 Redeemable stock, net of discount and deferred
  financing costs .............................  500       5,261       36,186                  --              --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ............... (693)    (14,903)     (33,197)              9,172         277,511
</TABLE>



*  As discussed in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements,  1997, 1998
   and predecessor 1999 amounts have been restated.



                                       9
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

     You should consider carefully the following risks and the other information
in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.
We have separated the risks into three groups:

     o risks related to our business;

     o risks related to our industry; and

     o risks related to this offering.

     If any of the following  risks actually  occurs,  our business,  prospects,
financial  condition  and results of operations  could be  materially  adversely
affected.  In any such case,  the market price of our common stock could decline
and you could lose all or most of your investment in our company.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS


A SIGNIFICANT  PORTION OF OUR REVENUES IS EXPECTED TO COME FROM BRIDGE,  AND THE
LOSS OF BRIDGE AS A CUSTOMER  OR REDUCED  DEMAND FROM  BRIDGE  WOULD  MATERIALLY
ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

     Upon the closing of this  offering,  we will enter into a network  services
agreement with Bridge whereby Bridge will become our largest customer. Under the
network  services  agreement,  Bridge  will  commit to purchase at least of $105
million of network  services  from us in 2000.  Assuming we had  received  these
minimum revenues for the first year of the agreement in 1999,  Bridge would have
represented  approximately  83% of  our  1999  revenues.  The  network  services
agreement with Bridge could be terminated prior to its term if we default in our
performance under this agreement, including if we fail to meet our service level
commitments, or Bridge is unable to perform its obligations under the agreement.
The  loss of  Bridge  as a  customer,  or  reduced  demand  from  Bridge,  would
materially reduce our expected revenues and, consequently, would have a material
adverse effect on our business.

BRIDGE IS HIGHLY  LEVERAGED,  HAS HAD  SIGNIFICANT  NET LOSSES AND NEGATIVE CASH
FLOW TO DATE AND IS REQUIRED TO MAKE A  SIGNIFICANT  DEBT  REPAYMENT BY JUNE 30,
2000.  IF BRIDGE IS UNABLE TO MEET ITS  FINANCIAL  COMMITMENTS  TO US, WE MAY BE
ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

     We will rely on Bridge to meet its  financial  commitments  to us.  For the
fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, Bridge has informed us that
it had net losses of  approximately  $61 million,  $69 million and $143 million.
For the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1999,  Bridge  had net  losses  of
approximately $132 million and had negative cash flows from operating activities
of  approximately  $76 million.  Bridge has also informed us it continued to use
cash in its operating  activities and generate losses for the three months ended
December 31, 1999.

     As of September 30, 1999,  Bridge had $1,240 million of indebtedness,  $470
million  of  redeemable  preferred  stock and a  stockholders'  deficit  of $414
million.  In the three  months  ended  December  31,  1999,  Bridge  incurred an
additional $100 million of indebtedness under a bridge loan agreement.

     Under the  terms of its  indebtedness,  following  the  completion  of this
offering,  Bridge  is  required  to  repay  approximately  $350  million  of its
indebtedness on or before June 30, 2000. Bridge will receive aggregate  proceeds
from this  offering of  approximately  $175 million from its sale of our shares,
our purchase of the network assets, the payment of the preferential distribution
and the repayment of a portion of our indebtedness to Bridge.


   We cannot  assure you  that  Bridge will have  sufficient  sources of capital
   to:

   o meet  its  capital   expenditure,   debt   service   and  working   capital
     requirements,  including its  obligations to us under the network  services
     agreement; or


   o satisfy  its   remaining   requirement  to  repay  $175  million   of   its
     indebtedness by June 30, 2000.

     The  failure  by Bridge to meet  these  requirements  could have a material
adverse effect on our operations and the price of our common stock.


                                       10
<PAGE>


THE  AUDIT  REPORT  ACCOMPANYING BRIDGE'S 1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS WILL CONTAIN
AN  EXPLANATORY  PARAGRAPH  REGARDING  BRIDGE'S  ABILITY  TO CONTINUE AS A GOING
CONCERN.

     As a result of losses,  working  capital  deficiencies  and other liquidity
issues,  including the fact that this  offering has not yet  occurred,  Bridge's
independent  auditors'  report on its 1998 financial  statements will include an
explanatory paragraph regarding its ability to continue as a going concern.

IF THE AMORTIZATION  PERIODS FOR BRIDGE'S  INTANGIBLES  WOULD HAVE BEEN SHORTER,
BRIDGE'S LOSSES WOULD HAVE INCREASED.

     At  September  30, 1999,  Bridge's  unamortized  goodwill  and  intangibles
resulting from acquisitions was approximately  $863.9 million,  or approximately
54% of total  assets.  Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of the
net assets of  businesses  acquired.  We cannot assure you that Bridge will ever
realize  the value of such  goodwill.  This  goodwill  is being  amortized  on a
straight-line  basis over 3 to 40 years.  Bridge will  continue to evaluate on a
regular basis whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate all or
a portion of the carrying  amount of goodwill may no longer be  recoverable,  in
which case an additional charge to earnings would become necessary.  Although at
September 30, 1999 the net unamortized  balance of goodwill is not considered to
be impaired under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  any such future
determination  requiring the write-off of a significant  portion of  unamortized
goodwill could have a material adverse effect on Bridge's financial condition or
results of operations. If Bridge had used amortization periods of no longer than
ten  years,  the net loss would have been $68.7  million,  $86  million,  $180.7
million and $180 million for the periods ended December 31, 1996, 1997, 1998 and
September 30, 1999, respectively.

OUR  PRIOR OPERATIONS WERE FUNDED BY BRIDGE. HOWEVER, BRIDGE IS NOT PERMITTED TO
FUND OUR OPERATIONS IN THE FUTURE.

     We  have  experienced  recurring  losses  from  operations  and  cash  flow
deficiencies  which,  since  April of 1999,  have been  funded by Bridge.  While
Bridge has funded our operations through 1999, Bridge is not permitted under the
terms of its indebtedness to fund our operations in the future.

BRIDGE MAY BE ENTITLED TO TERMINATE  THE NETWORK  SERVICES  AGREEMENT OR COLLECT
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO MEET QUALITY OF SERVICE LEVELS.


     Pursuant to the network services agreement with Bridge, we have agreed that
the  network  will  perform  in  accordance  with  specific  quality  of service
standards within 12 months from the date we acquire the network. In the event we
do not meet the required  quality of service levels,  Bridge will be entitled to
credits  and,  in the event of a material  breach of such  quality  of  services
levels, Bridge will be entitled to terminate the network services agreement and,
whether or not the network  service  agreement is terminated,  collect up to $50
million as liquidated damages once during any 36-month period.

OUR  LIMITED  HISTORY,  AND  THE  FACT THAT WE ONLY RECENTLY BEGAN OFFERING DATA
NETWORKING  AND  COLOCATION SERVICES, MAKES IT DIFFICULT FOR YOU TO EVALUATE OUR
PERFORMANCE.

     Although we began  commercial  operations in 1996,  we only recently  began
offering  data  networking  and  colocation  services.  We expect to  generate a
substantial  portion of our  revenues  from these  services  in the  future.  In
addition,  many of our executive officers and key technical  employees joined us
recently,  and we have adopted our business strategies recently.  Because of our
limited  operating  history,  you have very limited operating and financial data
about us upon which to base an evaluation of our  performance  and prospects and
an investment in our common stock.  Therefore,  you should consider and evaluate
our prospects in light of the risks and difficulties  frequently  encountered by
rapidly growing companies,  particularly  companies in the rapidly evolving data
networking, Internet access and colocation markets.


                                       11
<PAGE>

OUR  HISTORICAL  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  WILL  NOT  BE  COMPARABLE TO OUR FUTURE
   FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE.

     Upon  completion  of this  offering,  we  will  acquire  Bridge's  Internet
protocol  network assets and enter into an agreement to provide data  networking
services to Bridge. As a result, the historical  financial  information included
in this  prospectus  will  not  necessarily  be  comparable  to our  results  of
operations,  financial  position  and  cash  flows  in the  future  once we have
acquired  Bridge's  network  assets and entered  into the network  services  and
related agreements.

WE EXPECT TO CONTINUE TO INCUR  SUBSTANTIAL  LOSSES AND HAVE NEGATIVE  OPERATING
CASH FLOW.


     We incurred losses of approximately  $2.2 million,  $14.0 million and $20.0
million  in 1996,  1997 and 1998 and had  negative  cash  flows  from  operating
activities of $1.3 million,  $10.5 million and $20.6 million in these years.  We
expect to incur  significant  net  losses,  negative  cash  flow from  operating
activities and negative EBITDA at least through 2002.

THE  AUDIT  REPORTS  ACCOMPANYING  OUR  1996, 1997 AND 1998 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONTAINED  AN EXPLANATORY PARAGRAPH REGARDING OUR ABILITY TO CONTINUE AS A GOING
CONCERN.


     As a result of losses and working  capital  deficiencies,  our  independent
auditors'  report on our 1996,  1997 and 1998 financial  statements  included an
explanatory  paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The
independent  auditors'  report on our 1998 financial  statements when originally
issued did not contain such an explanatory  paragraph due to Bridge's commitment
and  ability to finance  our  operations.  Because  of  current  limitations  in
Bridge's financing arrangements, such financial support cannot be relied upon in
the future. As a result, such explanatory paragraph was added to the independent
auditors' report upon its reissuance in January 2000.


WE EXPECT OUR OPERATING EXPENSES TO INCREASE SIGNIFICANTLY.

     From the  acquisition  by Bridge of our  company  on April 7, 1999  through
September  30, 1999, we had a loss of  approximately  $22.6 million and net cash
used in operating  activities of approximately $9.9 million. As of September 30,
1999, our accumulated  deficit was approximately  $22.6 million,  which reflects
only our losses  since Bridge  acquired our company on April 7, 1999.  We expect
our  operating  expenses to increase  significantly,  especially in the areas of
data  communications and operations,  as a result of the acquisition of Bridge's
network  assets,  and sales and marketing,  as we continue to develop and expand
our business.  As a result, we will need to increase our revenues  significantly
to generate cash flow from our operations.

WE WILL INCUR LOSSES FROM THE  OPERATION  OF THE NETWORK TO PROVIDE  SERVICES TO
BRIDGE UNDER THE NETWORK  SERVICES  AGREEMENT UNTIL WE USE THE NETWORK EITHER TO
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SERVICES TO BRIDGE OR NEW CUSTOMERS.

     Under the network  services  agreement that we will enter into with Bridge,
the amount we charge Bridge for the use of the network as configured on the date
of the  transfer  is based on the cash costs of  operating  that  network.  As a
result,  we will  incur  losses  from the  operation  of the  network to provide
services  to  Bridge  until we use the  network  either  to  provide  additional
services to Bridge not currently covered by the network services agreement, such
as  connecting  new  customers  of Bridge or adding  additional  connections  to
existing customers or to provide services to new customers.  We cannot guarantee
that we will sell enough additional services to become profitable.


WE ARE  OBLIGATED  TO PROVIDE  NETWORK  SERVICES  TO BRIDGE FOR A PERIOD OF FIVE
YEARS AFTER THE  TERMINATION OF THE NETWORK  SERVICES  AGREEMENT AT THE RATES IN
EFFECT AT THE DATE OF THE AGREEMENT'S TERMINATION.

     We are  required to provide  network  services to Bridge  under the network
services  agreement  for  a  period  of up  to  five  years  subsequent  to  the
termination of the  agreement.  These services must be provided to Bridge at the
rates being paid by Bridge at the date of the  agreement's  termination.  If the
price to be paid by Bridge is less than the cost  incurred  by us to provide the
service, such services will be provided at a loss to us.


                                       12
<PAGE>

THE  PURCHASE  OF THE NETWORK  ASSETS FROM BRIDGE WILL RESULT IN A  PREFERENTIAL
DISTRIBUTION TO BRIDGE.

     Because we will record the network  assets to be  purchased  from Bridge at
Bridge's  historical  net book value,  the excess of the payments to Bridge over
the net book value,  currently  estimated  at $58  million,  will be treated for
accounting  purposes as a preferential  distribution to Bridge.  As a result our
stockholders'  equity  will be reduced  and you will  experience  a dilution  in
tangible book value per share.

IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO RAISE ADDITIONAL CAPITAL, WE MAY HAVE TO DELAY SOME OR ALL
OF OUR EXPANSION PLANS.

     As we develop and expand our business,  we will require significant capital
to fund our capital expenditures,  operating deficits and working capital needs,
as well as our debt service  requirements.  We believe  that our existing  cash,
cash  equivalents,  short-term  investments  and anticipated  vendor  financing,
together  with the net proceeds from this  offering,  will be sufficient to meet
our capital  requirements  only through the end of 2000.  We currently  estimate
that we will make  approximately  $149 million of capital  expenditures in 2000,
exclusive  of our purchase of the network  assets from Bridge,  and we expect to
make significant  capital  expenditures in the following years. In addition,  we
expect to incur  significant  net  losses,  negative  cash  flow from  operating
activities  and negative  EBITDA at least through 2002.  The actual  amounts and
timing  of our  future  capital  requirements  may vary  significantly  from our
estimates.  Our  capital  needs may exceed our current  expectations  because of
factors  such as  acquisitions  that we may make,  changes in the demand for our
services, regulatory developments, the competitive environment in our markets or
failure to expand our  business as expected.  In that case,  we may need to seek
additional capital sooner than we expect, and such additional  financing may not
be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to raise additional
capital  when  needed,  we may  have  to  delay  or  abandon  some or all of our
expansion plans or otherwise  forego market  opportunities.  We do not currently
have a credit facility from which we could access additional capital.

IF WE ARE NOT RELEASED FROM  REGULATION  UNDER THE BANK HOLDING  COMPANY ACT, WE
WOULD NOT BE ABLE TO EXPAND OUR BUSINESS AS WE EXPECT.

     State  Street   Corporation,   a  bank  holding  company,   currently  owns
approximately  7.7% of the outstanding voting capital stock of Bridge on a fully
diluted basis and approximately 2% of our outstanding common stock. State Street
also has the right to elect one member of Bridge's  board of  directors.  At the
time State Street made its  investment  in Bridge in 1996,  State Street  agreed
with the Federal  Reserve Board to regard Bridge as a subsidiary of State Street
for purposes of the Bank Holding  Company Act, and Bridge agreed to restrict its
activities  and its  investments  to those  permitted  for bank holding  company
subsidiaries under Regulation Y of the Federal Reserve Board. At the time Bridge
acquired us in April 1999,  State Street and Bridge agreed that we also would be
regarded as a bank  holding  company  subsidiary  and subject to the  applicable
restrictions on our activities.  Permitted activities for a bank holding company
subsidiary  include the transmission of data,  provided that no more than 30% of
the revenue generated by a bank holding company subsidiary from that activity is
derived from the transmission of data that is not financial, banking or economic
in nature.  Accordingly,  in connection with Bridge's acquisition of our company
in April 1999, Bridge undertook to ensure that at least 70% of our revenue would
be derived  from the  transmission  of  qualifying  data.  We  believe  that the
services we will provide to Bridge  under the network  services  agreement  will
satisfy this requirement initially.

     In the event State  Street does not comply with its  agreement to cooperate
with us to ensure that,  by the close of business on April 30, 2000,  we will no
longer be subject to the activity and investment  restrictions  of Regulation Y,
our  revenues  from  Bridge  and/or  revenues  from  the  transmission  of other
qualifying  data will need to represent at least 70% of our total revenue.  As a
result, we may not be able to expand our business as currently contemplated.

OUR FAILURE TO MANAGE OUR GROWTH EFFECTIVELY COULD IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS.

     We expect our business to continue to grow rapidly, which may significantly
strain  our  management,  financial,  customer  support,  sales,  marketing  and
administrative  resources,  as well as our network operations and our management
and billing systems. Such a strain on our managerial,


                                       13
<PAGE>

operational and  administrative  capabilities could adversely affect the quality
of our  services  and our  ability to  generate  revenues.  To manage our growth
effectively,  we will have to further  enhance the efficiency of our operational
support  and  other  back  office  systems,  and of our  financial  systems  and
controls.  We will also have to  expand,  train and  manage  our  employees  and
third-party  providers to handle the increased  volume and  complexities  of our
business.  In  addition,  if we fail  to  project  traffic  volume  and  routing
preferences  correctly,  or fail to determine the appropriate means of expanding
our network, we could lose customers,  make inefficient use of our network,  and
have higher costs and lower profit margins.

OUR  SUBSTANTIAL  ONGOING  RELATIONSHIPS  WITH  BRIDGE  WILL  BE CRITICAL TO OUR
SUCCESS.   IF  BRIDGE  TERMINATES  ANY  OF  THESE  RELATIONSHIPS,  OUR  BUSINESS
PROSPECTS WILL BE IMPAIRED.


     Bridge will provide to us many  technical,  administrative  and operational
services and related support functions, including technical and customer support
service and project management in the procurement and installation of equipment.
Bridge  will  also  provide  to us  additional  administrative  and  operational
services,  such as payroll and  accounting  functions,  benefit  management  and
office space.  If Bridge  unexpectedly  stops  providing  these services for any
reason,  we could  face  significant  challenges  and  costs in  assuming  these
services or finding an alternative to Bridge.  This could impair our operations,
adversely affect our reputation and harm our financial results.

     In addition,  we will sublease from Bridge some of the network  assets that
Bridge currently leases from General Electric Capital Corporation,  or GECC. The
aggregate  amount  of our  capitalized  lease  obligations  to  Bridge  will  be
approximately $25 million.  We will not have a direct relationship with GECC. If
Bridge  fails to perform its  obligations  under its  agreement  with GECC,  our
rights to such network assets may be impaired.

WE ARE CONTROLLED BY PARTIES WHOSE INTERESTS MAY NOT BE ALIGNED WITH YOURS.


     Bridge  and  investment   partnerships  sponsored  by  Welsh  Carson  owned
approximately 69% and 11% of our outstanding common stock,  respectively,  prior
to this offering.  In addition,  Welsh Carson partnerships own approximately 38%
of Bridge's outstanding voting stock. Consequently, Bridge controls us and is in
a position  to elect our entire  board of  directors  and  control  all  matters
affecting us. In addition, Welsh Carson may be deemed to be a controlling person
of Bridge.

     Some decisions concerning our operations or financial structure may present
conflicts   of  interest   between   Bridge  and  Welsh  Carson  and  our  other
stockholders.  For example, Bridge or Welsh Carson may make investments in other
entities engaged in the telecommunications  business,  some of which may compete
with us. Also,  Bridge and Welsh Carson are under no  obligation  to bring to us
any investment or business  opportunities of which they are aware, even if these
opportunities are within our scope and objectives.


     Upon the  completion  of this  offering,  we will  enter  into a number  of
agreements  with Bridge  relating to the acquisition of Bridge's global Internet
protocol  network and to our  provision  of global data  networking  services to
Bridge and Bridge will provide  various  support  services to us. Because we are
controlled by Bridge,  we cannot assure you that these agreements are comparable
to those that  would  have been  reached  had the terms  been  negotiated  on an
arm's-length basis.

WE  DEPEND  ON  KEY  PERSONNEL.  IF  WE  ARE UNABLE TO HIRE AND RETAIN QUALIFIED
PERSONNEL, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO IMPLEMENT OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY EFFECTIVELY.

     Our future  performance  depends to a  significant  degree on the continued
contributions of our management  team, sales force and key technical  personnel.
In  particular,  we depend on Robert  McCormick,  our  Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. McCormick was appointed Chief Executive Officer in
November  1999. In addition,  our business  plan  contemplates  the  significant
expansion of our sales and marketing  staff.  The industries in which we compete
are characterized by a high level of employee mobility and aggressive recruiting
of  skilled  personnel.  As a  result,  we may have  difficulty  in  hiring  and
retaining  highly  skilled  employees.  Our  future  performance  depends on our
ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled employees.


                                       14
<PAGE>

FAILURES IN OUR NETWORK OR WITH THE NETWORK  OPERATIONS CENTER COULD DISRUPT OUR
ABILITY TO PROVIDE OUR DATA NETWORKING, INTERNET ACCESS AND COLOCATION SERVICES,
WHICH COULD EXPOSE US TO LIABILITY AND INCREASE OUR CAPITAL COSTS.


     Our ability to  successfully  implement  our business plan depends upon our
ability to provide high quality, reliable services. Interruptions in our ability
to provide our data networking,  Internet access and colocation  services to our
customers  could adversely  affect our business and  reputation.  Our operations
depend  upon our ability to protect our  equipment  and network  infrastructure,
including   connections  to  our  communications   transmission,   or  backbone,
providers,  and our customers'  data and equipment,  against damage from natural
disasters, as well as power loss, telecommunications failure and similar events.
The occurrence of a natural disaster or other unanticipated problem could result
in interruptions in the services we provide to our customers and could seriously
harm our business and business prospects.


WE ARE HIGHLY DEPENDENT ON OUR SUPPLIERS, AND ANY INTERRUPTIONS COULD IMPAIR OUR
SERVICE TO OUR CUSTOMERS.

     If we are unable to obtain required  products or services from  third-party
suppliers  on a timely  basis  and at an  acceptable  cost,  we may be unable to
provide  our data  networking,  Internet  access and  colocation  services  on a
competitive  and timely  basis.  We are  dependent on other  companies to supply
various key  components  of our  infrastructure,  including  network  equipment,
backbone connectivity,  the connections from our customers to our network, which
we call local access, and connection to other Internet network providers. If our
suppliers  fail to provide  products  or  services  on a timely  basis and at an
acceptable cost, we may be unable to meet our customer service  commitments and,
as a result, we may experience increased costs or loss of revenue.

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO EXPAND OUR NETWORK AS  EXPECTED,  OUR RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS
WOULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

     Our success will depend on our ability to continue to expand our network on
a timely,  cost-effective  basis. A number of factors could hinder the expansion
of our network.  These factors  include cost  overruns,  the  unavailability  of
appropriate facilities,  communications capacity or additional capital, strikes,
shortages,  delays in obtaining  governmental  or other  third-party  approvals,
natural disasters and other casualties, and other events that we cannot foresee.
In addition,  expanding or enhancing our network,  including through hardware or
software upgrades,  could result in unexpected  interruptions of services to our
customers.

IF OUR ESTIMATES  REGARDING OUR TRAFFIC LEVELS ARE NOT CORRECT,  WE MAY HAVE TOO
MUCH OR TOO LITTLE CAPACITY.


     We rely on other carriers to provide several data transmission services. We
generally lease data transmission  capacity before we have secured customers and
our leased  capacity  costs are typically  fixed monthly  payments  based on the
capacity made  available to us. Our failure to correctly  estimate  transmission
capacity  could  increase  the  cost or  reduce  the  quality  of our  services.
Underestimation  of  traffic  levels  could  lead  to a  shortage  of  capacity,
requiring us to lease more capacity, which may be at unfavorable rates, or could
lead to a lower quality of service  because of increased  data loss and latency.
Overestimation of traffic levels, because our traffic volumes decrease or do not
grow as expected, would result in idle capacity, thereby increasing our per-unit
costs.

WE HAVE EXPERIENCED  CUSTOMER  TURNOVER IN THE PAST AND MAY CONTINUE TO DO SO IN
THE  FUTURE.   IF  WE  CONTINUE  TO  EXPERIENCE   CUSTOMER  TURNOVER  WITHOUT  A
CORRESPONDING GROWTH IN NEW CUSTOMERS, OUR BUSINESS MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

     Customer  turnover in the Internet access  business is high.  Customer loss
results in loss of future  revenue from  subscribers  who  discontinue or reduce
their  services.  Customer  loss occurs for several  reasons,  such as voluntary
disconnection by subscribers who choose to switch to a competing service


                                       15
<PAGE>


and termination by Internet access providers for nonpayment of bills or abuse of
the  network.  We have  experienced  customer  turnover  in the  past and as our
subscriber base grows and the industry  matures,  our customer loss may continue
or even increase. If, in the future, we were to lose a large number of customers
without signing  contracts with new customers,  there could be an adverse impact
on our business.

OUR  BRAND  IS NOT AS WELL KNOWN AS SOME OF OUR COMPETITORS'. FAILURE TO DEVELOP
BRAND RECOGNITION COULD HURT OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY.

     We need to  strengthen  our brand  awareness to realize our  strategic  and
financial  objectives.  Many of our  competitors  have  well-established  brands
associated with the provision of data networking, Internet access and colocation
services. The promotion and enhancement of our brand also will depend in part on
our success in continuing to provide high quality  Internet  access services and
in providing high quality data  networking and  colocation  services.  We cannot
assure you that we will be able to maintain or achieve these levels of quality.

ANY BREACH OF SECURITY OF OUR NETWORK COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR BUSINESS.

     Our network may be vulnerable to unauthorized access,  computer viruses and
other  disruptive  problems caused by customers,  employees or others.  Computer
viruses,  unauthorized  access  or  other  disruptive  problems  could  lead  to
interruptions,  delays  or  cessation  of  service  to our  customers  and these
customers' end users.  Unauthorized access also could potentially jeopardize the
security  of  confidential  information  stored in the  computer  systems of our
customers,  which might result in our liability to our customers, and also might
deter potential customers.  We may be unable to implement security measures in a
timely manner or, if and when implemented,  these measures could be circumvented
as a result of accidental or intentional actions. In the past, security measures
employed by others have been circumvented by third parties. Eliminating computer
viruses and  alleviating  other  security  problems  may require  interruptions,
delays or cessation of service to our customers and these  customers' end users.
Any breach of  security on our  network  may result in a loss of  customers  and
damage to our reputation.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MEET THE OBLIGATIONS UNDER OUR SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS.

     We have service level agreements with many of our Internet access customers
in which we provide  various  guarantees  regarding  our levels of  service.  In
addition,  the network services  agreement with Bridge will have required levels
of service  and we offer  service  level  agreements  to other  data  networking
customers.  If we fail to  provide  the  levels  of  service  required  by these
agreements,  our customers may be entitled to terminate their  relationship with
us or receive  service  credits for their  accounts.  If Bridge or a significant
number of other customers  become entitled to exercise,  and do exercise,  these
rights, our revenues could be materially reduced.

WE MAY MAKE  ACQUISITIONS  OR ENTER INTO JOINT VENTURES OR STRATEGIC  ALLIANCES,
EACH OF WHICH IS ACCOMPANIED BY INHERENT RISKS.

     If appropriate  opportunities present themselves,  we may make acquisitions
or investments  or enter into joint  ventures or strategic  alliances with other
companies. Risks commonly encountered in such transactions include:

     o the  difficulty  of  assimilating  the  operations  and  personnel of the
combined companies;

     o  the  risk  that we may not be able to  integrate the acquired  services,
        products or technologies  with  our  current   services,   products  and
        and technologies;

     o the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

     o the inability to retain key technical and managerial personnel;

     o the inability of  management  to maximize  our  financial  and  strategic
       position through the successful integration of acquired businesses;


                                       16
<PAGE>

   o  increases  in  reported  losses  as a result  of  charges  for  in-process
      research and development and amortization of goodwill and other intangible
      assets;

   o  adverse impact on our annual effective tax rate;

   o  difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures and policies; and

   o  the impairment of relationships with employees, suppliers and customers as
      a result of any integration.

WE  FACE  REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS IN A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF COUNTRIES THAT HAVE
DELAYED  AND MAY PREVENT US FROM ACQUIRING OR OPERATING BRIDGE ASSETS LOCATED IN
THESE COUNTRIES.

     Regulatory  restrictions  in the  following  16  countries  are expected to
prevent us from  acquiring,  as part of the Bridge  network asset transfer which
will  occur  simultaneously  with the  completion  of the  offering,  the Bridge
network assets located in these countries.  These assets represent approximately
4% of the net  book  value of the  assets  to be  acquired  from  Bridge.  These
countries include:


     o Europe--Greece, Ireland, Hungary and Poland;

     o Africa--South Africa;

     o Middle  East--Bahrain, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates;

     o Asia Pacific--China, Macau, Malaysia, Taiwan and Thailand; and

     o The Americas/Caribbean--Mexico and Venezuela.


     We will be obligated to acquire these assets from Bridge in these countries
at book value once we have  received the required  approvals.  We cannot  assure
you,  however,  that we will be able to  comply  with the  regulatory  and other
requirements  necessary to allow us to acquire  these  assets.  In all countries
where we have  received  regulatory  approval  to acquire and operate the Bridge
assets,  we will be permitted  to deliver  network  services to Bridge,  but not
necessarily data networking services to third parties.

NUMEROUS FACTORS MAY CAUSE  FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR QUARTERLY REVENUES AND OPERATING
RESULTS, AS WELL AS IMPACT OUR LONG-TERM VIABILITY.

     Our quarterly  revenues and operating  results have  fluctuated in the past
and are likely to fluctuate  significantly from quarter to quarter in the future
due to a number of factors. These factors include the following:

     o demand  for and market acceptance of our data networking, Internet access
and colocation services;


     o the fixed nature of approximately 75% of our costs;


     o the  timing  and  magnitude  of  capital  expenditures,  including  costs
       relating to the expansion of operations;

     o increasing sales, marketing and other operating expenses;

     o the  compensation of our sales personnel based on achievement of periodic
       sales quotas;

     o our ability to generate revenues for our services;

     o changes  in  our  revenue  mix between usage-based and fixed rate pricing
       plans; and

     o fluctuations in the duration of the sales cycle for our services.

Other factors, which are beyond our control, may also affect us, including:

   o  conditions specific to the data networking, Internet access and colocation
      services industries, as well as general economic factors;

   o  the announcement  or  introduction  of   new  or  enhanced services by our
      competitors;

                                       17
<PAGE>

     o our ability to obtain, and the pricing for, local access connections; and

     o changes in the prices we pay Internet backbone providers.

Accordingly,  we believe  that  period-to-period  comparisons  of our results of
operations  are not  meaningful  and should not be relied upon as indications of
future  performance.  In  addition,  these  factors  may  impact  our  long-term
viability.

     It is possible that in some future  periods our results of  operations  may
fall below the expectations of investors. In this event, the price of our common
stock may fall.  You should not rely on  quarter-to-quarter  comparisons  of our
results of operations as an indication of future performance.

WE MAY BE LIABLE FOR THE MATERIAL  THAT CONTENT  PROVIDERS  DISTRIBUTE  OVER OUR
NETWORK.

     The  law  relating  to the  liability  of  private  network  operators  for
information  carried on or  disseminated  through  their  networks is  currently
unsettled.  We may  become  subject  to legal  claims  relating  to the  content
disseminated  on our network.  For example,  lawsuits may be brought  against us
claiming that  material on our network on which one of our customers  relied was
inaccurate.  Claims could also involve  matters such as defamation,  invasion of
privacy and copyright infringement. Content providers operating private networks
have been sued in the past,  sometimes  successfully,  based on the  content  of
material.  If we need to take costly  measures  to reduce our  exposure to these
risks,  or are required to defend  ourselves  against such claims,  our business
could be adversely affected.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

DATA  NETWORKING,  INTERNET  ACCESS AND COLOCATION  SERVICES ARE NEW AND RAPIDLY
GROWING MARKETS, BUT THIS GROWTH MAY NOT CONTINUE.

     According to International Data Corporation,  an independent research firm,
the market for data networking  services has been growing  rapidly.  If the data
networking  services market does not grow as expected,  or our anticipated share
of that  market  does not grow as  expected,  our  revenues  could be less  than
expected.

     In addition,  the market for Internet access and related services,  such as
colocation services,  is in an early stage of growth. As a consequence,  current
and future  competitors are likely to introduce  competing  services,  and it is
difficult  to predict  the rate at which the market will grow or at which new or
increased  competition will result in market  saturation.  We face the risk that
the market for high performance Internet access and related services may fail to
develop or may develop more slowly than we expect,  or that our services may not
achieve  widespread market acceptance.  Furthermore,  we may be unable to market
and sell our services  successfully and cost-effectively to a sufficiently large
number of customers.

WIDESPREAD COMMERCIAL USE OF THE INTERNET MAY BE HAMPERED BY POOR PERFORMANCE.

     Despite  growing  interest in the varied  commercial  uses of the Internet,
many businesses have been deterred from purchasing  Internet access services for
a number of reasons,  including  inconsistent or unreliable  quality of service,
lack of availability of cost-effective,  high-speed options, a limited number of
local  access  points for  corporate  users,  inability  to  integrate  business
applications  on the  Internet,  the need to deal with  multiple and  frequently
incompatible  vendors and a lack of tools to simplify  Internet  access and use.
Capacity  constraints  caused by growth in the use of the Internet  may, if left
unresolved,  impede further development of the Internet to the extent that users
experience delays, transmission errors and other difficulties.

GROWTH IN INTERNET ACCESS BUSINESS MAY BE HAMPERED BY SOME COMPANIES' RELUCTANCE
TO ADOPT INTERNET STRATEGIES FOR COMMERCE AND COMMUNICATION.

     The  adoption of  Internet  strategies  for  commerce  and  communications,
particularly by those individuals and enterprises that have historically  relied
upon  alternative  means of commerce and  communication,  generally  requires an
understanding and acceptance of a new way of conducting business


                                       18
<PAGE>

and  exchanging  information.  In  particular,  enterprises  that  have  already
invested  substantial  resources  in other  means  of  conducting  commerce  and
exchanging  information  may be  particularly  reluctant  or slow to adopt a new
strategy that may make their existing personnel and infrastructure obsolete. The
failure of the market for business-related  Internet services to further develop
could cause our  revenues to grow more  slowly than  anticipated  and reduce the
demand for our Internet access and colocation services.

OUR  ABILITY  TO  COMPETE  FOR  INTERNET  ACCESS BUSINESS MAY BE WEAKENED IF THE
PROBLEMS   OF  INTERNET  CONGESTION,  TRANSMISSION  DELAYS  AND  DATA  LOSS  ARE
RESOLVED.

     If the  Internet  becomes  subject to a form of central  management,  or if
Internet  backbone  providers  establish  an  economic  settlement   arrangement
regarding  the  exchange  of traffic  between  data  networks,  the  problems of
congestion,  latency and data loss  addressed  by our Internet  access  services
could be largely resolved and our ability to compete for business in this market
could be adversely affected.

THE MARKETS  FOR DATA  NETWORKING,  INTERNET  ACCESS AND  COLOCATION  ARE HIGHLY
COMPETITIVE, AND WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY.

     The markets for data  networking,  Internet access and colocation  services
are extremely  competitive,  and there are few significant barriers to entry. We
expect that  competition  will intensify in the future,  and we may not have the
financial  resources,  technical  expertise,  sales and  marketing  abilities or
support  capabilities  to compete  successfully  in these  markets.  Many of our
existing Internet access data networking and colocation competitors have greater
market   presence,   engineering  and  marketing   capabilities  and  financial,
technological  and personnel  resources than we do. As a result,  as compared to
us, our competitors may:

   o  develop and expand their networking  infrastructures and service offerings
      more efficiently or more quickly;

   o  adapt  more  rapidly  to  new  or  emerging  technologies  and changes in
      customer requirements;

   o  take  advantage of acquisitions and other opportunities more effectively;

   o  develop  products and services  that are superior to ours or have greater
      market acceptance;

   o  adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the
      promotion, marketing, sale, research and development of their products and
      services;

   o  make more attractive offers to our existing and potential employees;

   o  establish  cooperative  relationships  with  each  other  or  with  third
      parties; and

   o  more effectively take advantage of existing  relationships  with customers
      or exploit a more  widely  recognized  brand name to market and sell their
      services.

   Our competitors include:

   o  backbone  providers that may provide us connectivity  services,  including
      AT&T, Cable & Wireless plc, GTE Internetworking, ICG Communications, Inc.,
      Sprint Corporation and UUNET, an MCI Worldcom company;

   o  global,  national and  regional  telecommunications  companies,  including
      regional Bell  operating  companies  and providers of satellite  bandwidth
      capacity; and

   o  global, national and regional Internet service providers.

     We expect that new  competitors  will enter the data  networking,  Internet
access and  colocation  markets.  Such new  competitors  could include  computer
hardware, software, media and other technology and telecommunications companies,
as well as  satellite  and  cable  companies.  A  number  of  telecommunications
companies and online service providers  currently offer, or have announced plans
to offer or expand, their data networking services. Further, the ability of some
of these potential  competitors to bundle other services and products with their
data networking services could place us

                                       19
<PAGE>

at  a  competitive  disadvantage.  Various  companies  are  also  exploring  the
possibility of providing,  or are currently providing,  high-speed data services
using   alternative   delivery   methods,   including   the   cable   television
infrastructure,  direct broadcast  satellites,  all optical  networks,  wireless
cable and wireless local access. In addition,  Internet  backbone  providers may
benefit from  technological  developments,  such as improved router  technology,
that will enhance the quality of their services.

OUR FAILURE TO ACHIEVE  DESIRED PRICE LEVELS COULD IMPACT OUR ABILITY TO ACHIEVE
PROFITABILITY OR POSITIVE CASH FLOW.

     We expect  competition  and other  factors  to  continue  to cause  pricing
pressure in the markets we serve and will serve after the Bridge asset transfer.
Prices  for data  networking,  Internet  access  and  colocation  services  have
decreased  significantly  in  recent  years,  and we  expect  significant  price
declines in the future. In addition, by bundling their services and reducing the
overall cost of their services,  telecommunications  companies that compete with
us may be able  to  provide  customers  with  reduced  communications  costs  in
connection with their data networking,  Internet access or colocation  services,
thereby  significantly  increasing pricing pressure on us. We may not be able to
offset the  effects of any such price  reductions  even with an  increase in the
number of our customers, higher revenues from enhanced services, cost reductions
or otherwise. In addition, we believe that the data networking,  Internet access
and colocation  industries are likely to continue to encounter  consolidation in
the future.  Increased price competition or consolidation in these markets could
result in an erosion of our revenues and operating  margins and could prevent us
from becoming profitable.

NEW TECHNOLOGIES COULD DISPLACE OUR SERVICES OR RENDER THEM OBSOLETE.

     New  technologies  or industry  standards  have the potential to replace or
provide lower cost  alternatives  to our Internet  access  services and the data
networking and  colocation  services that we will provide after the Bridge asset
transfer.  The adoption of such new  technologies  or industry  standards  could
render these services obsolete or unmarketable. For example, these services rely
on the continued widespread commercial use of the set of protocols, services and
applications for linking computers known as Internet protocol.  Alternative sets
of protocols,  services and applications for linking  computers could emerge and
become widely adopted. Improvements in Internet protocol could emerge that would
allow for the  assignment of priorities to data packets in order to ensure their
delivery in the manner customers  prefer, as well as other  improvements,  which
could eliminate one advantage of the ATM architecture of our network.  We cannot
guarantee   that  we  will  be  able  to  identify  new  service   opportunities
successfully  and develop  and bring new  products  and  services to market in a
timely and  cost-effective  manner,  or that products,  software and services or
technologies developed by others will not render our current and future services
non-competitive or obsolete.  In addition, we cannot assure you that our current
and future  services  will achieve or sustain  market  acceptance  or be able to
address  effectively the  compatibility  and  interoperability  issues raised by
technological  changes or new industry  standards.  If we fail to anticipate the
emergence of, or obtain access to, a new technology or industry standard, we may
incur increased costs if we seek to use those  technologies and standards or our
competitors  that  use  such  technologies  and  standards  may  use  them  more
cost-effectively than we do.

THE  DATA NETWORKING AND INTERNET ACCESS INDUSTRIES ARE HIGHLY REGULATED IN MANY
OF  THE COUNTRIES IN WHICH WE PLAN TO PROVIDE SERVICES, WHICH COULD RESTRICT OUR
ABILITY TO CONDUCT BUSINESS INTERNATIONALLY.

     Following the Bridge asset transfer,  we will be subject to varying degrees
of regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we provide  services.  Local
laws and regulations, and their interpretation, differ significantly among those
jurisdictions.  Future regulatory,  judicial and legislative  changes may have a
material  adverse  effect on our  ability to  deliver  services  within  various
jurisdictions.

     National  regulatory  frameworks  that are consistent with the policies and
requirements  of the World Trade  Organization  have only recently  been, or are
still  being,  put in place in many  countries  outside  the  U.S.  and  several
European  countries.  These nations are in the early stages of providing for and
adapting  to a  liberalized  telecommunications  market.  As a result,  in these
markets,  we may encounter more  protracted  and difficult  procedures to obtain
licenses and negotiate interconnection agreements.


                                       20
<PAGE>


     Following the Bridge asset  transfer,  our operations  will be dependent on
licenses  and  authorizations  from  governmental  authorities  in each  foreign
jurisdiction  in which we plan to operate.  These  licenses  and  authorizations
generally will contain clauses  pursuant to which we may be fined or our license
may be revoked.  Such revocation may be on short notice, at times as short as 30
days' written  notice to us. We may not be able to obtain or retain the licenses
necessary for our  operations.  In addition,  in connection with the transfer of
the  Bridge  assets,  we need to  obtain  licenses  from a  number  of  non-U.S.
jurisdictions in order to provide our services in those jurisdictions.


ADOPTION OR  MODIFICATION  OF  GOVERNMENT  REGULATIONS  RELATING TO THE INTERNET
COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS.


     There  is  currently  only a small  body of laws and  regulations  directly
applicable to access to or commerce on the Internet. However, existing laws have
been applied to Internet transactions in a number of cases. Moreover, due to the
increasing popularity and use of the Internet, international, national, federal,
state and local  governments  may adopt  laws and  regulations  that  affect the
Internet.  The  nature of any new laws and  regulations  and the manner in which
existing and new laws and  regulations may be interpreted and enforced cannot be
predicted  accurately.  The  adoption  of any future laws or  regulations  might
decrease the growth of the Internet,  decrease  demand for our services,  impose
taxes or other costly technical  requirements or otherwise  increase the cost of
doing  business  on the  Internet or in some other  manner have a  significantly
harmful  effect on us or our  customers.  The U.S.  government  also may seek to
regulate some segments of our activities as it has with basic telecommunications
services. Moreover, the applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing
intellectual property ownership and infringement,  copyright,  trademark,  trade
secret,  obscenity,  libel,  employment,  personal  privacy and other  issues is
uncertain and developing.  We cannot predict accurately the impact, if any, that
future laws and  regulations or changes in laws and  regulations may have on our
business.

RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING


A SIGNIFICANT NUMBER OF OUR SHARES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE AND BRIDGE INTENDS TO
SELL ADDITIONAL SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN THE FUTURE.  THIS COULD REDUCE OUR
STOCK PRICE AND IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO RAISE FUNDS IN NEW STOCK OFFERINGS.

     Immediately after the completion of this offering,  we will have 92,610,933
shares of common stock outstanding and available for resale beginning at various
points of time in the  future.  Sales of  substantial  amounts  of shares of our
common stock in the public market after this offering,  or the  perception  that
those sales will  occur,  could  cause the market  price of our common  stock to
decline. Those sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity and
equity-related  securities  in the  future  at a time  and at a  price  that  we
consider appropriate. In particular,  Bridge has indicated to us that it intends
in the  future to sell a portion of its  shares of our  common  stock  which may
include sales in the open market or in private  placements or sales to strategic
investors.

OUR  MANAGEMENT WILL HAVE BROAD DISCRETION OVER ALLOCATION OF PROCEEDS FROM THIS
OFFERING.


     We expect that the net  proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock in
this offering will be approximately  $201 million,  after deducting the payments
to Bridge,  the  underwriting  discounts and commissions and estimated  offering
expenses.  Our management will have broad  discretion to allocate these proceeds
to uses they deem appropriate. We may be unable to yield a significant return on
any investment of the proceeds.

OUR  CERTIFICATE OF  INCORPORATION,  BYLAWS AND DELAWARE LAW CONTAIN  PROVISIONS
THAT COULD DISCOURAGE A TAKEOVER.

     Our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law contain  provisions which
may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, including provisions
that give the board of directors the power to issue shares of preferred stock.


                                       21
<PAGE>

     We have also  chosen to be subject to Section 203 of the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law,  which  prevents a stockholder of more than 15% of a company's
voting stock from entering into  business  combinations  set forth under Section
203 with that company.

YOU WILL SUFFER IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.


     Assuming an offering  price of $23.50 per share,  the midpoint of the range
shown on the  cover  page of this  prospectus,  the  price  you will pay for our
common stock in this  offering  will be  substantially  higher than the negative
$.29 pro forma tangible book value per share of our outstanding  common stock as
of September 30, 1999. As a result,  you will experience  immediate  dilution of
$20.65 in  tangible  book value per share,  and our  current  stockholders  will
experience  an immediate  increase in the tangible book value per share of their
shares of common stock of $3.14.

WE HAVE GRANTED  STOCK  OPTIONS AT A PRICE  SIGNIFICANTLY  LOWER THAN THE PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE.


     Between  July and  December  31,  1999,  we  granted  options  to  purchase
approximately  8.5 million  shares of our common  stock at an exercise  price of
$.50 per share. As of December 31, 1999,  options to purchase  approximately 3.5
million  shares of our common stock remained  outstanding.  The holders of these
options  have  the  right  to  acquire  shares  of our  common  stock at a price
significantly lower than the initial public offering price.


                          FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus  includes  forward-looking  statements based on our current
beliefs and assumptions.  These beliefs and assumptions are based on information
currently available to us. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks
and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning
our possible or assumed future results of operations.

     Forward-looking  statements are not guarantees of  performance.  Our future
results and  requirements  may differ  materially  from those  described  in the
forward-looking  statements.  Many of the  factors  that  will  determine  these
results and  requirements  are beyond our control.  In addition to the risks and
uncertainties discussed in "Prospectus Summary," "Business,"  "Relationship with
Bridge" and  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results  of  Operations,"  you  should  consider  those  discussed  under  "Risk
Factors."

     These  forward-looking  statements  speak  only  as of  the  date  of  this
prospectus.  Except as required by law, we do not intend to update or revise any
forward-looking  statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of
this prospectus,  including  changes in our business strategy or planned capital
expenditures, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.


                                       22
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS


     We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be  approximately
$326 million.  This is based on an initial  public  offering price of $23.50 per
share,  the midpoint of the range shown on the cover page of this prospectus and
after deducting  estimated  underwriting  discounts and commissions and offering
expenses payable by us.

     Of the net  proceeds  of this  offering  we expect to pay an  aggregate  of
approximately $125 million to Bridge. Of this amount,  approximately $63 million
will represent the portion of the purchase price of Bridge's  Internet  protocol
network assets not subject to capital leases,  approximately  $4 million will be
used to reduce existing outstanding debt to Bridge and approximately $58 million
will be paid to Bridge as a preferential  distribution.  In the event we receive
gross  proceeds of more than $350  million from the sale of common stock in this
offering, 50% of the excess will be applied to any remaining outstanding debt to
Bridge. As of December 31, 1999, we had approximately $25 million of outstanding
debt to Bridge  consisting of term notes  maturing one year after the completion
of this offering,  bearing  interest at 8% per annum, the proceeds of which were
used for working capital  purposes.  The remaining net proceeds will be used for
operating expenses,  capital expenditures and for general corporate purposes. We
also may use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering for  acquisitions or
investments.  We have no present  commitments or agreements  with respect to any
material  capital  expenditures,   acquisitions  or  investments.   Pending  the
application of the proceeds  towards one of the uses described  above, we intend
to invest the net  proceeds in  short-term,  interest-bearing,  investment-grade
securities.

     We will purchase Bridge's  Internet protocol network assets  simultaneously
with the closing of this  offering.  The closing of this offering is conditioned
on the  acquisition  of those  assets  and our and  Bridge's  entering  into the
network services agreement.

     We will not  receive  any  proceeds  from the sale of shares by the selling
stockholder.


                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock,  and
we do  not  intend  to  pay  any  cash  dividends  on our  common  stock  in the
foreseeable future. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the expansion of
our business and for general corporate purposes.


                                       23
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION

     The  following  table  sets  forth  our  cash  and  cash   equivalents  and
capitalization as of September 30, 1999:

   o on an actual  basis,  after  adjusting  for the "push down"  accounting  in
     connection with the acquisition of our company by Bridge, see footnote 1 to
     our unaudited financial statements that are in the back of this prospectus;
     and


   o on a pro forma, as adjusted basis to give effect to our receipt of proceeds
     of $326  million  in  this  offering,  net of  discounts,  commissions  and
     expenses  payable by us, and the use of an aggregate of $125 million of the
     proceeds  to pay  to  Bridge  a  portion  of the  purchase  price  for  the
     acquisition  of network  assets,  to reduce  existing  outstanding  debt to
     Bridge, and to pay a $58 million preferential distribution to Bridge.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                             -------------------------
                                                                            PRO FORMA
                                                                               AS
                                                                ACTUAL      ADJUSTED
                                                             ------------ ------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................  $   1,983    $ 203,541
                                                              =========    =========
Capitalized lease obligations, including current maturities   $   5,967    $  30,967
Due to Bridge under notes ..................................     17,270       13,489
                                                              ---------    ---------
    Subtotal ...............................................     23,237       44,456
                                                              ---------    ---------
Stockholders' equity:
   Common  stock  $.01 par  value  per  share;  125,000,000
   shares  authorized, 72,000,000  issued  and  outstanding
   (actual),  and  86,875,000  issued and oustanding (pro
   forma asadjusted) .......................................        720          869

   Additional paid-in capital ..............................     31,026      357,216
   Preferential distribution ...............................         --      (58,000)
                                                              ---------    ---------
    Total additional paid-in capital .......................     31,026      299,216

   Accumulated deficit .....................................    (22,574)     (22,574)
                                                              ---------    ---------
    Total stockholders' equity .............................      9,172      277,511
                                                              ---------    ---------
   Total capitalization ....................................  $  32,409    $ 321,967
                                                              =========    =========

</TABLE>


                                       24
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION

     Our net  tangible  book value as of  September  30, 1999 was  approximately
negative $21 million or  approximately  negative $.29 per share of common stock.
Net tangible book value per share  represents  total tangible  assets less total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on that
date.  Dilution per share is the difference between the amount per share paid by
purchasers  of shares of common  stock in this  offering  and the pro forma,  as
adjusted  net  tangible  book  value per share  reflecting  this  offering,  the
purchase of the network assets from Bridge and the preferential  distribution to
Bridge. After giving effect to our sale of the 14,875,000 shares of common stock
offered in this offering at an assumed  initial public  offering price of $23.50
per share, the midpoint of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus,  our
pro forma,  as adjusted,  net tangible book value as of September 30, 1999 would
have been $247  million,  or $2.85  per  share.  This  represents  an  immediate
increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing  stockholders of $3.14
per share and an immediate  dilution to new  investors of $20.65 per share.  The
following table illustrates this per share dilution:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share ..........                 $  23.50
   Net tangible book value per share as of September 30,
    1999 .................................................     $ (.29)
   Increase attributable to new investors ................       3.14
                                                               ------
Pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share
 after this offering .....................................                     2.85
                                                                           --------
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to
 new investors ...........................................                 $  20.65
                                                                           ========
</TABLE>



     The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 1999, assuming the sale
of  14,875,000  shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at a price
of $23.50 per share, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the
total  consideration  paid to us and the  average  price per  share  paid by the
existing  stockholders and by the new investors,  before deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and other expenses:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SHARES PURCHASED         CASH CONSIDERATION(1)       AVERAGE CASH PRICE
                                              ------------------------   --------------------------   -------------------
                                                 NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT         PER SHARE
                                              ------------   ---------   --------------   ---------   -------------------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>      <C>                <C>            <C>
Bridge (2) ................................   53,870,279         62%     $         --          0%           $   --
Other stockholders ........................   18,129,721         21%        9,064,861          2%             0.50
                                              ----------         --      ------------          -            ------
Existing stockholders .....................   72,000,000                    9,064,861
New investors in this offering(3) .........   14,875,000         17%      349,562,500         98%          $ 23.50
                                              ----------         --      ------------         --           -------
 Total ....................................   86,875,000        100%     $358,627,361        100%
                                              ==========        ===      ============        ===
</TABLE>

- ----------------

(1)  Cash  consideration does not include the value of Bridge stock exchanged in
     Bridge's  acquisition of us on April 7, 1999, and the cash consideration of
     $9,064,861  represents  the gross amount  received by Bridge in its private
     placement of our stock to Bridge's stockholders.

(2)  Includes  2,125,000  shares to be sold in this  offering by Bridge,  at the
     offering price of $23.50.

(3)  Represents only the shares sold in this offering by SAVVIS.

     The discussion and table above assumes that none of the options outstanding
under our stock  option  plans as of  September  30, 1999 are  exercised.  As of
September  30,  1999,  there were  options  outstanding  to  purchase a total of
6,063,840  shares of common stock at an exercise price of $.50 per share. To the
extent that any of these  options are  exercised,  you will be diluted  further.


                                       25
<PAGE>

             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  statement of operations for the nine
months ended  September  30, 1999 and for the year ended  December 31, 1998 give
effect to the following, as if each had occurred on January 1, 1998:

     o the acquisition of our company by Bridge in April 1999;

     o our sale in the  offering of the shares  required  to  generate  the $125
       million to be paid to Bridge for the $63 million  cash  component  of the
       purchase price for Bridge's network assets, the $58 million  preferential
       distribution   and  to  reduce   approximately  $4  million  of  existing
       outstanding  debt to Bridge,  estimated  at 5,309,840  shares;  and

     o our  purchase  and  sublease  of the  network  assets  from  Bridge.

     The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 1999
gives effect to the following, as if each had occurred on September 30, 1999:

     o our  receipt  of  proceeds  of  $326  million  in this  offering,  net of
       estimated  discounts,  commissions  and  expenses  payable  by us;

     o our purchase and sublease of the network assets from Bridge;

     o our use of  proceeds of this  offering  to pay a portion of the  purchase
       price of the network assets; and

     o the payment of $58 million as a  preferential  distribution  and to repay
       approximately $4 million of indebtedness to Bridge.

     As a  result  of SEC  rules  and as  discussed  in note 1 to our  unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements  in the  back  of this  prospectus,  we have
applied "push down" accounting to our historical financial statements.  In these
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements,  "Predecessor" represents
the historical results of our operations prior to the purchase of our company by
Bridge on April 7, 1999.  "Successor"  represents  the  historical  consolidated
balance sheet and results of our  operations  for the period  subsequent to that
purchase and the effects of the "push down" from April 7, 1999 through September
30, 1999.

     The  network  assets  to be  purchased  from  Bridge  are  recorded  in the
unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements at Bridge's historical net
book value of those assets. As a result of regulatory restrictions,  we will not
be able to acquire,  as part of the initial network transfer,  network assets in
approximately  16  countries.  We have the right to purchase the assets in these
countries  at  their  net  book  value,  once we have  received  the  regulatory
approvals.  Only the assets in  jurisdictions  where all requisite  consents and
approvals  from third  parties to  transfer  the assets  from  Bridge  have been
obtained  are  included  in these  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated  financial
statements.  Additionally,  we will pay to Bridge a preferential distribution of
$58 million, which will be treated as a reduction in stockholders' equity.

     The pro forma  adjustments  and the assumptions on which they are based are
further  described  in  the  accompanying  notes  to  the  unaudited  pro  forma
consolidated  financial  statements.  You should  read the  unaudited  pro forma
consolidated   financial  statements  together  with  our  historical  financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

     The pro  forma  consolidated  financial  statements  are  for  illustrative
purposes  only.  You should  not rely on the  unaudited  pro forma  consolidated
financial statements as being indicative of the results that actually would have
occurred if the  transactions had occurred on the dates indicated or that may be
obtained in the future.


                                       26
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           ADJUSTMENTS
                                                             ---------------------------------------
                                         HISTORICAL                BRIDGE
                                 ---------------------------   ACQUISITION OF        PURCHASE OF
                                  PREDECESSOR    SUCCESSOR         SAVVIS          NETWORK ASSETS           PRO FORMA
                                 ------------- ------------- ------------------ -------------------- ----------------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>                <C>                  <C>
Revenues ....................... $    5,440    $   12,192                                               $      17,632
                                 ----------    ----------                                               -------------
Direct costs and operating
 expenses:
 Data communications and
   operations ..................      6,429        13,095                                                      19,524
 Selling, general and
   administrative ..............      4,751        11,142                                                      15,893
 Depreciation and
   amortization ................        817         9,747        $   (879) (1)      $ 20,500  (3)              30,185
 Impairment of assets ..........      1,383            --              --                   --                  1,383
                                 ----------    ----------        --------           ----------          -------------
Total direct costs and operating
 expenses ......................     13,380        33,984            (879)              20,500                 66,985
                                 ----------    ----------        --------           ----------          -------------
Loss from operations ...........     (7,940)      (21,792)            879              (20,500)               (49,353)
Interest expense, net ..........       (135)         (782)                                (765) (4)            (1,682)
                                 ----------    ----------                           ----------          -------------
Net loss ....................... $   (8,075)   $  (22,574)       $    879           $  (21,265)         $     (51,035)
                                 ==========    ==========        ========           ==========          =============
Basic and diluted net loss per
 common share .................. $    (0.12)   $    (0.31)                                              $       (0.66) (7)
                                 ==========    ==========                                               =============
Weighted average shares
 outstanding ................... 66,018,388    72,000,000                                                  77,309,840 (7)
                                 ==========    ==========                                               =============
</TABLE>



See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.



                                       27
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                  ---------------------------------------
                                                                        BRIDGE
                                                      HISTORICAL    ACQUISITION OF        PURCHASE OF
                                                     PREDECESSOR        SAVVIS          NETWORK ASSETS          PRO FORMA
                                                    ------------- ------------------ -------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>                <C>                  <C>
Revenues ..........................................  $    13,674                                             $      13,674
Direct costs and operating expenses:
 Data communications and operations ...............       20,889                                                    20,889
 Selling, general and administrative ..............       12,245                                                    12,245
 Depreciation and amortization ....................        2,288     $  16,255  (2)      $ 27,333  (3)              45,876
                                                     -----------     ---------           --------            -------------
Total direct costs and operating expenses .........       35,422          16,255             27,333                 79,010
                                                     -----------     -----------         ----------          -------------
Loss from operations ..............................      (21,748)        (16,255)           (27,333)               (65,336)
Interest expense, net .............................         (100)                            (1,639) (4)            (1,739)
                                                     -----------                         ----------          -------------
Net loss ..........................................  $   (21,848)    $   (16,255)        $  (28,972)         $     (67,075)
                                                     ===========     ===========         ==========          =============
Basic and diluted loss per common share ...........  $      (.37)                                            $        (.87)
                                                     ===========                                             =============
Weighted average shares outstanding ...............   58,567,482                                                77,309,840 (7)
                                                     ===========                                             =============
</TABLE>



See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.



                                       28
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                           AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                    ----------------------------------------
                                                                                             PURCHASE OF
                                                                                           NETWORK ASSETS,
                                                                                            PREFERENTIAL
                                                                                            DISTRIBUTION
                                                                       SALE OF COMMON       AND REPAYMENT      PRO FORMA
                                                        HISTORICAL         STOCK               OF DEBT        AS ADJUSTED
                                                       ------------ ------------------- -------------------- ------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>                 <C>                  <C>
                          ASSETS:
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents ............................  $   1,983      $ 326,339  (6)       $  (124,781)(5)   $ 203,541
Accounts receivable, net .............................      2,106                                                 2,106
Other current assets .................................        489                                                   489
                                                        ---------                                             ---------
    Total current assets .............................      4,578          326,339             (124,781)        206,136
Property, plant and equipment ........................      5,995                                88,000 (5)      93,995
Goodwill and intangible assets .......................     30,322                                                30,322
Other long-term assets ...............................        527                                                   527
                                                        ---------                                             ---------
       Total .........................................  $  41,422      $   326,339          $   (36,781)      $ 330,980
                                                        =========      ===========         ============       =========
      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable .....................................  $   5,089                                             $   5,089
Accrued expenses .....................................      1,095                                                 1,095
Current portion of capital lease obligations .........      1,986                           $     8,000 (5)       9,986
Due to Bridge ........................................     17,270                                (3,781)(5)      13,489
Other accrued liabilities ............................      2,385                                                 2,385
                                                        ---------                                             ---------
    Total current liabilities ........................     27,825                                 4,219          32,044
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations              3,981                                17,000 (5)      20,981
Other liabilities ....................................        444                                                   444
                                                        ---------                                             ---------
    Total liabilities ................................     32,250                                21,219          53,469
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common Stock .........................................        720      $       149 (6)                              869
Additional paid-in capital ...........................     31,026          326,190 (6)          (58,000)(5)     299,216
Accumulated deficit ..................................    (22,574)                                              (22,574)
                                                        ---------                                             ---------
    Total stockholders' equity .......................      9,172          326,339              (58,000)        277,511
                                                        ---------      -----------         ------------       ---------
       Total .........................................  $  41,422      $   326,339          $   (36,781)      $ 330,980
                                                        =========      ===========         ============       =========
</TABLE>


See notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

                                       29

<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION


       NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)


1)  To record  depreciation and amortization  expense of $9,685  associated with
    fixed assets, intangible assets and excess of purchase price over fair value
    of net assets acquired when Bridge acquired our company. These expenses were
    offset by the reversal of historical  amortization and depreciation  expense
    of $10,564.  Since a  significant  portion of these  assets  acquired had an
    estimated useful life of one year, the pro forma entry to give effect to the
    acquisition  of SAVVIS by Bridge as of  January  1, 1998  resulted  in a net
    reduction  of pro forma  depreciation  and  amortization  in the nine months
    ended September 30, 1999.

2)  To record  depreciation and amortization  expense of $18,543 associated with
    fixed assets, intangible assets and excess of purchase price over fair value
    of net assets acquired when Bridge acquired our company. These expenses were
    offset by the reversal of historical  depreciation and amortization  expense
    of $2,288.

3)  To reflect  depreciation and amortization on the additional $88,000 net book
    value of the network assets acquired and subleased from Bridge. Depreciation
    on such assets, excluding approximately $6,000 of uninstalled equipment, has
    been  computed  using the straight  line method with an estimated  remaining
    life of assets of three years.

4)  To reflect  interest  expense on  capitalized  leases  assuming that network
    assets  with an $82,000 net book value,  plus $6,000 in  equipment  awaiting
    installation, are purchased or leased from Bridge at net book value.

5)  To reflect the  purchase of network  assets  together  with the  capitalized
    leases from Bridge,  assuming a purchase price of approximately $88,000 with
    the payment of $63,000 of the  purchase  price in cash from the  proceeds of
    this offering,  and $25,000 in the form of capital lease obligations.  These
    amounts  exclude the net book value of assets outside the United States that
    may be  purchased  in the  future,  once  we  obtain  regulatory  approvals.
    Additionally,  to reflect payment of $58,000 as a preferential  distribution
    to Bridge, which has been reflected as a reduction of stockholders'  equity,
    and the payment of $3,781 to Bridge to reduce existing outstanding debt.

6)  To reflect the proceeds,  net of issuance costs, from the sale of 14,875,000
    shares  of common  stock in this  offering,  at an  assumed  initial  public
    offering price of $23.50 per share.

7)  Pro forma loss per share is  calculated  assuming  the sale of the number of
    shares of common  stock that will  generate  an amount of  proceeds to pay a
    total of $125,000 to Bridge,  consisting  of $63,000 for the network  assets
    not subject to capital leases,  $58,000 as a preferential  distribution  and
    $3,781 to reduce existing outstanding debt.



                                       30
<PAGE>

                SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     We derived the selected  historical  consolidated  financial data presented
below as of and for each of the three years ended  December 31,  1996,  1997 and
1998  from our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  consolidated
financial  statements as of and for the years ended  December 31, 1996, and 1997
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent  auditors.  Our consolidated
financial  statements  as of and for the year ended  December 31, 1998 have been
audited by  Deloitte & Touche LLP,  independent  auditors.  We began  commercial
operations in 1996.

     We derived the selected consolidated financial data presented below for the
nine months  ended  September  30,  1998,  the period from January 1 to April 6,
1999,  and the period from April 7 to September 30, 1999 and as of September 30,
1999 from our  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements.  We prepared  the
unaudited  financial  statements on substantially  the same basis as our audited
financial  statements and, in our opinion,  the unaudited  financial  statements
include all  adjustments  necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the results of
operations for those periods.  Historical results are not necessarily indicative
of the results to be expected in the future,  and results of interim periods are
not  necessarily  indicative of results for the entire year. You should read the
information  set forth below together with the  discussion  under the "Unaudited
Pro Forma  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,"  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"  and our financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

     On April 7, 1999,  Bridge acquired all our equity  securities and accounted
for this acquisition as a purchase  transaction.  Since the purchase transaction
resulted in our company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Bridge,  SEC rules
required us to establish a new basis of accounting for the purchased  assets and
liabilities.  The accounting for the purchase transaction has been "pushed down"
to the financial  statements of SAVVIS.  Therefore,  the purchase price has been
allocated to the underlying  assets  purchased and liabilities  assumed based on
the  estimated  fair  market  values  of these  assets  and  liabilities  at the
acquisition  date.  As a result of the  application  of fair  value  accounting,
intangibles, goodwill, other liabilities and stockholders' equity were increased
in the  SAVVIS  unaudited  consolidated  balance  sheet.  The  SAVVIS  unaudited
historical  consolidated  balance  sheet  data  as of  September  30,  1999  and
unaudited consolidated statement of operations data for the period from April 7,
1999  through  September  30,  1999  reflect our  acquisition  by Bridge and are
labeled  "Successor." The SAVVIS historical financial data for the periods prior
to the acquisition are labeled "Predecessor."


     On September 10, 1999, Bridge sold in a private placement approximately 25%
of its equity ownership in SAVVIS to existing  shareholders of Bridge,  at which
time Welsh Carson purchased from Bridge a 12% interest in SAVVIS at that time.

     We  calculate   EBITDA  as  earnings   (loss)   before   depreciation   and
amortization,  interest income and expense and income tax expense (benefit).  We
have included information concerning EBITDA because our management believes that
in our  industry  such  information  is a relevant  measurement  of a  company's
financial performance and liquidity. EBITDA is not determined in accordance with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  is not  indicative of cash used by
operating  activities  and  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation  or as an
alternative  to, or more  meaningful  than,  measures of  operating  performance
determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles.
Additionally,  EBITDA  as used  in this  prospectus  may  not be  comparable  to
similarly  titled  measures  of  other  companies,  as other  companies  may not
calculate it in a similar manner.


                                       31
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PREDECESSOR
                                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                   PERIOD FROM
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,             NINE MONTHS ENDED   JANUARY 1 TO
                                                --------------------------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,       APRIL 6,
                                                     1996           1997*          1998*            1998*             1999*
                                                -------------- -------------- -------------- ------------------- --------------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>                 <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues ......................................  $        290   $     2,758    $    13,674       $     8,914      $      5,440
Direct costs and operating expenses:
 Data communications and operations                     1,044        11,072         20,889            14,609             6,429
 Selling, general and administrative ..........         1,204         5,130         12,245             7,353             4,751
 Depreciation and amortization ................           153           631          2,288             1,556               817
 Impairment of assets .........................            --            --             --                --             1,383
                                                 ------------   -----------    -----------       -----------      ------------
   Total direct costs and operating
    expenses ..................................         2,401        16,833         35,422            23,518            13,380
                                                 ------------   -----------    -----------       -----------      ------------
Loss from operations ..........................        (2,111)      (14,075)       (21,748)          (14,604)           (7,940)
Interest expense, net .........................           (60)         (482)          (100)             (138)             (135)
                                                 ------------   -----------    -----------       -----------      ------------
Net loss before minority interest and
 extraordinary item ...........................        (2,171)      (14,557)       (21,848)          (14,742)           (8,075)
Minority interest in losses, net of
 accretion ....................................            --           547           (147)             (147)               --
Extraordinary gain on debt
 extinguishment, net of tax ...................            --            --          1,954             1,954                --
                                                 ------------   -----------    -----------       -----------      ------------
Net loss ......................................  $     (2,171)  $   (14,010)   $   (20,041)      $   (12,935)     $     (8,075)
                                                 ============   ===========    ===========       ===========      ============
Net loss attributable to common
 stockholders .................................  $     (2,171)  $   (14,161)   $   (22,666)      $   (14,674)     $     (9,025)
                                                 ============   ===========    ===========       ===========      ============
Basic and diluted net loss per share
 before extraordinary item ....................  $       (.06)  $      (.38)   $      (.42)      $      (.29)     $       (.14)
Extraordinary gain on debt
 extinguishment, net of tax ...................            --            --            .03               .03                --
                                                 ------------   -----------    -----------       -----------      ------------
Basic and diluted loss per common
 share ........................................  $       (.06)  $      (.38)   $      (.39)      $      (.26)     $       (.14)
                                                 ============   ===========    ===========       ===========      ============
Weighted average shares outstanding ...........    35,396,287    36,904,108     58,567,482        56,735,597        66,018,388
                                                 ============   ===========    ===========       ===========      ============
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA ........................................  $     (1,958)  $   (12,897)   $   (17,653)      $   (11,241)     $     (7,123)
Capital expenditures ..........................           884           697          1,688             1,308               275
Cash used in operating activities .............        (1,293)      (10,502)       (20,560)          (15,530)           (6,185)
Cash used in investing activities .............          (884)         (697)        (2,438)           (2,058)             (275)
Cash provided by financing activities .........         2,740        12,024         24,121            24,445             4,533



<CAPTION>
                                                   SUCCESSOR
                                                --------------
                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                  APRIL 7 TO
                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1999
                                                --------------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN
                                                  THOUSANDS,
                                                    EXCEPT
                                                SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues ......................................  $    12,192
Direct costs and operating expenses:
 Data communications and operations                   13,095
 Selling, general and administrative ..........       11,142
 Depreciation and amortization ................        9,747
 Impairment of assets .........................           --
                                                 -----------
   Total direct costs and operating
    expenses ..................................       33,984
                                                 -----------
Loss from operations ..........................      (21,792)
Interest expense, net .........................         (782)
                                                 -----------
Net loss before minority interest and
 extraordinary item ...........................      (22,574)
Minority interest in losses, net of
 accretion ....................................           --
Extraordinary gain on debt
 extinguishment, net of tax ...................           --
                                                 -----------
Net loss ......................................  $   (22,574)
                                                 ===========
Net loss attributable to common
 stockholders .................................  $   (22,574)
                                                 ===========
Basic and diluted net loss per share
 before extraordinary item ....................  $      (.31)
Extraordinary gain on debt
 extinguishment, net of tax ...................           --
                                                 -----------
Basic and diluted loss per common
 share ........................................  $      (.31)
                                                 ===========
Weighted average shares outstanding ...........   72,000,000
                                                 ===========
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA ........................................  $   (12,045)
Capital expenditures ..........................          855
Cash used in operating activities .............       (9,945)
Cash used in investing activities .............         (855)
Cash provided by financing activities .........       12,189
</TABLE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PREDECESSOR                    SUCCESSOR
                                               --------------------------------------   --------------
                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                               --------------------------------------        AS OF
                                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                 1996         1997*          1998*           1999
                                               --------   ------------   ------------   --------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents ..................    $  573     $   1,398      $   2,521         $ 1,983
Goodwill and intangibles, net ..............        --            --          1,406          30,322
Total assets ...............................     1,888         4,313         11,663          41,422
Debt and capital lease obligations .........     1,126         8,814          2,759          23,237
Redeemable stock, net of discount and
 deferred financing costs ..................       500         5,261         36,186              --
Stockholders' equity (deficit) .............      (693)      (14,903)       (33,197)          9,172
</TABLE>



*  As discussed in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, information
   regarding 1997, 1998 and predecessor 1999 have been restated.



                                       32
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     You  should  read the  following  discussion  together  with our  financial
statements and the notes to those  financial  statements that are in the back of
this prospectus.

OVERVIEW

     We are a rapidly growing provider of high quality,  high performance global
data networking and  Internet-related  services to medium and large  businesses,
multinational  corporations  and  Internet  service  providers.  To provide  our
Internet  access  services,  we  use  the  SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network,  a data
communications  network that uses our eight  PrivateNAPsSM  and our  proprietary
routing  policies to reduce data loss and enhance  performance  by avoiding  the
congested public access points on the Internet.

     We began commercial  operations in 1996,  offering Internet access services
to local and regional  Internet service  providers.  Our customer base has grown
from 15 customers at the end of 1996 to approximately 850.

     On March 4, 1998, we acquired Interconnected  Associates,  Inc., a regional
Internet  service  provider  serving  approximately  170  customers  in Seattle,
Washington and Portland,  Oregon,  for $750,000 in cash and shares of our common
stock with an estimated fair value of $583,000. We accounted for the acquisition
using the purchase method of accounting.

     On  April  7,  1999,  we  were  acquired  by  Bridge  in a  stock-for-stock
transaction that was accounted for as a "purchase  transaction" under Accounting
Principles  Board  Opinion No. 16.  Under the terms of the  transaction,  Bridge
issued  approximately  3,011,000  shares  of  its  common  stock  together  with
approximately  239,000  options and warrants on its common stock in exchange for
all of  our  outstanding  equity  securities.  Since  the  purchase  transaction
resulted in our company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Bridge,  SEC rules
required us to establish a new basis of accounting for the assets  purchased and
liabilities  assumed.  As a result, the purchase price has been allocated to the
underlying  assets  purchased and  liabilities  assumed based on estimated  fair
market value of these assets and  liabilities on the  acquisition  date, and the
difference  between the purchase price and the fair market value was recorded as
goodwill.  The accounting for the purchase transaction has been "pushed down" to
our financial statements. The impact of the acquisition on our balance sheet, as
a  result  of  the  application  of  fair  value  accounting,  was  to  increase
intangibles,  goodwill,  other liabilities and stockholders' equity. As a result
of the  acquisition  and the "push down"  accounting,  our results of operations
following the acquisition,  particularly our depreciation and amortization,  are
not comparable to our results of operations prior to the acquisition.


     On September 10, 1999, Bridge sold in a private placement approximately 25%
of its equity  ownership in SAVVIS to the existing  stockholders  of Bridge,  at
which time Welsh Carson  purchased  from Bridge a 12% interest in SAVVIS at that
time.

     Simultaneously  with  the  completion  of this  offering,  we will  acquire
Bridge's global Internet  protocol  network,  which has been integrated with our
network since  September  1999, for total  consideration  of  approximately  $88
million and we will pay a preferential distribution to Bridge of $58 million. At
that time, we will enter into a 10-year network  services  agreement with Bridge
under which we will provide  managed  data  networking  services to Bridge.  The
purchase will substantially increase our depreciation and amortization. Our fees
will be based  upon  the  cash  cost to  Bridge  of  operating  the  network  as
configured on October 31, 1999,  as adjusted for changes to the network  related
to Bridge's  network  requirements  through the date of  transfer.  Our fees for
additional  services  provided  following the date of transfer will be set for a
three-year term based on an agreed price schedule  reflecting the estimated cost
to provide the  services.  The price  schedule for  additional  services will be
subject to annual  review and will be  mutually  agreed  upon or  determined  by
binding arbitration. Bridge has agreed to pay us a minimum of $105 million, $132
million  and  $145  million  for  network  services  in  2000,  2001  and  2002,
respectively.


                                       33
<PAGE>


     In  addition,  Bridge  has  agreed  that the  amount  paid to us under  the
agreement for the fourth, fifth and sixth years will not be less than 80% of the
total  amount paid by Bridge and its  subsidiaries  for Internet  protocol  data
transport services in each of the fourth,  fifth and sixth years; and the amount
paid to us under the agreement  for the seventh  through tenth years will not be
less  than 60% of the  total  amount  paid by Bridge  and its  subsidiaries  for
Internet protocol data transport services in each of those years.


     Because under the network services agreement the amounts paid to us for the
services to be provided over the original network acquired from Bridge are based
upon the cash cost to operate the original network,  the purchase of the network
and provision of services  under the network  services  agreement will result in
losses  and  negative  cash flow from  operations  until we can sell  additional
services over that network to Bridge or other customers. However, because Bridge
is paying us the cash cost to operate the  original  network  and the  estimated
total cost for additional network facilities,  we expect any additional revenues
generated from the use of the network to generate higher  incremental  operating
margins.

     Bridge  will  also  agree to  provide  to us  various  services,  including
technical  support,  customer support and project  management in the procurement
and installation of equipment.  In addition,  Bridge will agree to provide to us
additional   administrative  and  operational  services,  such  as  payroll  and
accounting functions,  benefit management and office space, until we develop the
capabilities to perform these services ourselves. We expect to generally develop
these capabilities by the end of 2000.

     Revenue.  Our  revenue  will be  derived  primarily  from  the sale of data
networking,  Internet access and colocation services. Through December 31, 1998,
our revenue was primarily  derived from the sale of Internet  access services to
local and regional Internet service providers in the United States. Beginning in
late 1998, we also began to offer Internet  security and colocation  services to
corporate customers. Beginning in September 1999, we began to offer managed data
networking services.


     We charge each customer an initial  installation  fee that typically ranges
from  $500 to  $5,000  and a fixed  monthly  fee that  varies  depending  on the
services  provided,  the bandwidth used and the quality of service level chosen.
Our customer  agreements  are typically for 12 to 36 months.  As of December 31,
1999, approximately 6% of our customer agreements, representing approximately 6%
of our revenues for the month of December  1999,  were  month-to-month  and were
able to be terminated on 30 days' notice.  We expect the proportion of customers
on  month-to-month  agreements will continue to decrease as we add new customers
and our sales force continues to pursue longer renewals.


     Prices for  telecommunication  services,  including  the services we offer,
have  decreased  significantly  over the past  several  years and we expect this
trend to continue for the foreseeable future.


     We expect that a  substantial  portion of our revenues will be generated by
our network services agreement with Bridge. Assuming we had received the minimum
revenues  under  the  network  services  agreement  for  the  first  year of the
agreement in 1999,  Bridge would have represented  approximately 83% of our 1999
revenues.  As of December 31,  1999,  Bridge had an  estimated  135,000  trading
terminals  connected to the SAVVIS ProActiveSM  Network and an estimated 100,000
trading  terminals  connected  over networks using older  protocols.  Bridge has
informed us that it expects to convert its  remaining  customers to the Internet
protocol  network over the next three years. We expect that, to the extent these
customers are converted, Bridge will order additional services from us under the
network  services  agreement.  We cannot assure you that any of these  customers
will be converted or as to what schedule any conversions will be completed.

     While we expect our  revenues  from Bridge to  increase,  we expect them to
decrease as a percentage of our total revenues as we expand our data networking,
Internet  access and colocation  customer  base. We believe data  networking and
colocation  services will increase as a percentage of our  non-Bridge  recurring
revenues as we expand these service offerings.


                                       34
<PAGE>

     DIRECT  COSTS  AND EXPENSES. Direct costs and expenses are comprised of the
following items:

     Data  communications  and operations.  Data  communications  and operations
expenses include the cost of:

     o connections to other Internet service providers;

     o leasing local access lines;

     o transmission connections;

     o engineering salaries and related benefits;

     o other related repairs and maintenance items;

     o leasing routers and switches;

     o leasing colocation space; and

     o installing local access lines at customer sites.

     These costs will also include the cost of the network operations center, as
well as the  customer  help desk and other  services  that will be  provided  by
Bridge  under  the  technical  services   agreement.   Data  communications  and
operations expenses will increase significantly with the inclusion of the Bridge
network. In addition,  we expect that these costs will increase in total dollars
as we expand our network and increase our customer base, but we expect that they
will decrease as a percentage of revenues.

     Selling,  general and administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses include the cost of:

     o sales and marketing salaries and related benefits;

     o advertising and direct marketing;

     o sales commissions and referral payments;

     o office rental;

     o administrative support personnel;

     o bad debt expense; and

     o travel.


     We anticipate  that these  expenses will  increase  significantly  in total
dollars as we add more sales personnel and administrative  support personnel and
increase our  marketing  initiatives  to support the  acquisition  of the Bridge
network and for the expansion of our customer base. Annual facility expenses are
expected to  increase  significantly  beginning  in the year 2000 as a result of
newly leased headquarters  facility in Herndon,  Virginia.  Our incremental cost
will  approximate  $2 million per year. We expect noncash  compensation  expense
will  materially  increase as a result of stock options  granted to employees of
SAVVIS and Bridge.  During the period from October  through  December  1999,  we
granted  2,843,258  stock  options  with an  exercise  price of $.50 per  share.
Noncash  compensation cost based upon the difference  between the exercise price
and the imputed fair value of our common stock as of the respective option grant
dates  totalling  approximately  $53 million  will be recorded  over the vesting
periods of such options,  which  periods range from  immediate up to four years.
Approximately $2 million of noncash compensation expense will be recorded in the
fourth quarter of 1999.

     Depreciation  and  amortization.   Depreciation  and  amortization  expense
consists  primarily  of the  depreciation  and  amortization  of  communications
equipment, capital leases, goodwill and intangibles. We expect these expenses to
increase  as we make  significant  investments  in the  network as we expand our
business.  Generally,  depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method
over the useful life of the  associated  asset,  which ranges from three to five
years. Goodwill resulting from our acquisition by Bridge is being amortized over
three years and other intangibles are being amortized over one to three years.


                                       35
<PAGE>


     Interest expense. Historical interest expense is related to indebtedness to
banks,   convertible  notes,  loans  from  Bridge  and  capitalized  leases.  In
connection with our purchase of Bridge's  Internet  protocol network assets,  we
will enter into  capitalized  leases with Bridge  relating to their  capitalized
leases for network  equipment that Bridge could not directly  assign to us. As a
result, our interest expense will increase.

     Income tax expense.  We incurred  operating  losses from inception  through
September  30, 1999 and,  therefore,  have not  recorded a provision  for income
taxes in our  historical  financial  statements.  We have  recorded a  valuation
allowance for the full amount of our net deferred tax assets  because we believe
that the future realization of the tax benefit is uncertain.  As of December 31,
1998, we had net operating  loss carry  forwards of  approximately  $30 million.
Section 382 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  restricts  the  utilization  of net
operating  losses and other  carryover tax attributes  upon the occurrence of an
ownership change, as defined. Such an ownership change occurred during 1999 as a
result of the  acquisition  of our company by Bridge.  Management  believes that
this  limitation  may restrict our ability to utilize the net  operating  losses
over the carryforward periods ranging from 15 to 20 years.


     As we expand  our  network,  increase  our  employee  base to  support  our
expanded operations and invest in our marketing and sales operations,  we expect
our  losses,  net cash  used in  operating  activities  and  negative  EBITDA to
increase substantially for the foreseeable future.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


     The historical  financial  information included in this prospectus will not
reflect our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows. Our
results of  operations,  financial  position  and cash flows  subsequent  to the
purchase of Bridge's network and the commencement of the related agreements will
not be comparable to prior periods.

     Subsequent to the issuance of our financial  statements for the years ended
December  31,  1997 and  1998,  we  determined  that the  Class A shares  of our
subsidiary  represented a minority  interest to which losses should be allocated
and for which  accretion  on the Class A shares and  related  convertible  notes
should be  recorded at an  effective  rate of 20%.  We also  concluded  that the
exchange  of these  instruments  for  Class B  preferred  stock in March of 1998
should be treated as a debt extinguishment, with recognition of an extraordinary
item, and as the purchase of minority interest .


     Period from January 1, 1999 to April 6, 1999 (Predecessor)


     For the period  from  January  1, 1999 to April 6,  1999,  which is the day
before the acquisition by Bridge of our company,  revenue was approximately $5.4
million.  Data  communications  and  operations  expenses  for the  period  were
approximately $6.4 million,  and selling,  general and  administrative  expenses
were approximately $4.8 million.  Depreciation and amortization expenses for the
period January 1, 1999 to April 6, 1999 were approximately $.8 million. An asset
impairment  charge of  approximately  $1.4 million was also recorded during this
period.  Interest expense,  net, was $.1 million and the net loss for the period
was approximately $8.1 million.

     Period from April 7, 1999 to September 30, 1999 (Successor)

     For the period from April 7, 1999,  which is the date of the acquisition by
Bridge of our company, to September 30, 1999, revenue increased to approximately
$12.2 million.  Data  communications and operations expenses for the period were
approximately $13.1 million,  and selling,  general and administrative  expenses
increased to approximately $11.1 million. Depreciation and amortization expenses
for the period January 1, 1999 to April 6, 1999, increased to approximately $9.7
million,  due to the  amortization  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets
associated  with the  acquisition  by Bridge.  Interest  expense,  net,  was $.8
million and the net loss for the period was approximately $22.6 million.

  Nine  Months  Ended September 30, 1999 Compared to Nine Months Ended September
  30, 1998

     The following  discussion  compares combined  information of SAVVIS and our
predecessor  for the nine months ended  September  30,  1999,  with those of our
predecessor  for  the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998.  The  combined
information consists of the sum of the financial data from


                                       36
<PAGE>

January 1, 1999 through April 6, 1999 for the predecessor and from April 7, 1999
through  September 30, 1999 for SAVVIS.  The acquisition by Bridge resulted in a
new basis of accounting,  which impacted  depreciation  and  amortization in the
period subsequent to April 7, 1999.

     Revenue.  Revenue was approximately $17.6 million for the first nine months
of 1999,  compared to  approximately  $8.9  million for the first nine months of
1998,  an increase of 98%.  This $8.7  million  increase  was  primarily  due to
increased  marketing and sales efforts and the resulting  increase in the number
of  customers  to 705 from 422,  as well as a nominal  increase  in  services to
existing customers.

     Data  Communications  and Operations.  Data  communications  and operations
expenses  were  approximately  $19.5  million  for the first nine months of 1999
compared to approximately $14.6 million for the first nine months of 1998, a 34%
increase.  This  approximately $4.9 million increase was due to costs associated
with the expansion of our network and the increase in our customer base, and the
hiring of additional engineering personnel.

     Selling,  General and Administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses  were  approximately  $15.9  million for the first nine months of 1999,
compared to  approximately  $7.4  million for the first nine months of 1998,  an
increase  of 115%.  This  approximately  $8.5  million  increase  was due to the
increase  in the size of our  sales  force  in  connection  with  our  increased
marketing  efforts.  As  a  result,  our  personnel  expenses  and  the  related
recruiting and travel costs,  sales,  marketing and administrative  departmental
costs and professional service expenses increased accordingly.

  Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997

     Revenue.  Revenue was $13.7  million in 1998  compared  to $2.8  million in
1997,  an increase of 389%.  This $10.9  million  increase was  primarily due to
increased  marketing and sales efforts and the resulting  increase in the number
of customers from 102 to 476.

     Data  Communications  and Operations.  Data  communications  and operations
expenses  were $20.9  million in 1998,  compared  to $11.1  million in 1997,  an
increase of 88%. This $9.8 million increase was due to costs associated with the
expansion of our network and the increase in the customer base.

     Selling,  General and Administrative.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses  were  $12.2  million in 1998,  compared  to $5.1  million in 1997,  an
increase of 139%.  The principal  increase in these  expenses  resulted from the
increased  size of our sales  force in the second  half of 1998.  Marketing  and
administrative  costs also increased in 1998 to support the increased  number of
customers.


     Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expenses were
$2.3  million in 1998,  compared  to $.6  million in 1997,  an increase of 283%.
Depreciation  and  amortization   expense  increased  due  to  the  purchase  of
communications equipment for the expansion of our network and the acquisition of
Interconnected Associates.

     Interest  Expense,  Net.  Interest  expense,  net was $.1  million in 1998,
compared to $.5 million in 1997,  a decrease of 80%.  This $.4 million  decrease
was directly  attributed to the conversion of a portion of our convertible notes
into equity securities in connection with our corporate  reorganization in March
1998 and interest income earned on proceeds received in the transaction.

     Net  Loss.  Net  loss  was  $20.0  million  in  1998, which included a $1.9
million  extraordinary gain on debt extinguishment, compared to $14.0 million in
1997, a 43% increase.


  Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 1996

     Revenue.  Revenue was $2.8 million in 1997 compared to $.3 million in 1996,
our first year of  operations.  This $2.5 million  increase was primarily due to
increased  marketing and sales efforts and the resulting  increase in the number
of customers from 15 to 102.

     Data  Communications  and Operations.  Data  communications  and operations
expenses  were $11.1  million in 1997,  compared to $1.0  million in 1996.  This
$10.1  million  increase was due to costs  associated  with the expansion of our
network and the increase in our customer base.


                                       37
<PAGE>

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative. Selling, general and administrative
expenses  were $5.1 million in 1997, compared to $1.2 million in 1996. This $3.9
million  increase  was  primarily attributable to the expansion of our business,
including  personnel  expenses,  sales  and  marketing  costs  and  professional
services expenses.

     Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expenses were
$.6 million in 1997,  compared to $.2 million in 1996. This $.4 million increase
is attributable to the purchase of communications equipment for the expansion of
our network.

     Interest  Expense,  Net.  Interest  expense,  net was $.5  million in 1997,
compared to $.1 million in 1996.  This $.4 million  increase is  attributable to
interest on capitalized  lease  obligations that we entered into in 1997 and the
interest on convertible notes and bank debt.

     Net  Loss.  Net loss was $14.0 million in 1997, compared to $2.2 million in
1996.  In  1997,  $.5  million  of  our  losses  were  allocated to our minority
interest, net of accretion.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     We have  historically  generated  negative cash flows from  operations.  We
generated negative cash flows from operations of $15.5 million and $16.1 million
for the first  nine  months of 1998 and 1999,  respectively,  and $1.3  million,
$10.5 million and $20.6 million for 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

     From January 1, 1996 through September 30, 1999, we expended  approximately
$90 million for operating  purposes and for the  construction,  maintenance  and
expansion  of  our  network.   Net  cash  used  in  investing   activities   was
approximately  $1.1 million for the first nine months of 1999,  and $.9 million,
$.7 million and $2.4  million for 1996,  1997 and 1998,  respectively.  Net cash
used in investing  activities  in each period  primarily  reflects  purchases of
property and equipment not financed with capital leases.  In March 1998, we used
approximately  $.8 million in cash and stock with a fair value of  approximately
$.6  million to acquire  Interconnected  Associates.  See note 5 to our  audited
financial statements that are in the back of this prospectus.  Net cash provided
by financing activities was $16.7 million for the first nine months of 1999, and
$2.7  million,  $12.0  million  and  $24.1  million  for  1996,  1997 and  1998,
respectively.  We obtained  funds  through  issuances of equity  securities  and
convertible  notes, bank financing,  capital lease obligations and advances from
Bridge.  As of  September  30,  1999,  we had  outstanding  loans from Bridge of
approximately $17.3 million.

     We expect our capital  expenditures will total  approximately  $1.2 million
for 1999. We expect to have capital expenditures,  excluding the purchase of the
Bridge network  assets,  of  approximately  $149 million in 2000 as we build out
colocation  facilities,  deploy ATM  devices  and  expand our  network to 24 new
cities.

     Upon  completion  of this  offering,  we  will  acquire  Bridge's  Internet
protocol network assets for total consideration of approximately $88 million. Of
this  amount,  $25  million  will be  paid  by  entering  into a  capital  lease
obligation with Bridge. The remaining purchase price of $63 million will be paid
with a portion of the net  proceeds  of this  offering.  In the event we receive
more than $350  million  gross  proceeds  from the sale of common  stock in this
offering,  50% of the excess  will be applied  to the  balance of the  remaining
outstanding  debt to  Bridge.  We will also pay to Bridge,  out of the  offering
proceeds, a $58 million preferential distribution.

     In connection with our purchase of the network  assets,  we will also enter
into a network services agreement with Bridge under which we will provide Bridge
with  managed  data  networking  services.  Because  under the network  services
agreement  the  amounts  paid to us for the  services  to be  provided  over the
original  network  acquired  from Bridge are based upon the cash cost to operate
the original  network,  the purchase of the network and  provisions  of services
under the network services the agreement will result in losses and negative cash
flow from operations  until we can sell additional  services over the network to
Bridge or other customers.

     In connection with our acquisition of Bridge's network assets,  Bridge will
assign to us numerous agreements for the purchase of communications services. We
are  currently  discussing  with  several of these  suppliers  the  placement of
deposits  or  stand-by  letters  of  credit by us.  We  estimate  that we may be
required to deposit approximately $5 million for such purposes.



                                       38
<PAGE>

     We have arrangements with various suppliers of communications services that
require us to maintain  minimum  spending  levels,  some of which  increase over
time. Our aggregate minimum spending level is approximately $28 million in 2000.
In specific  instances,  we are able to choose among a variety of communications
services offered to meet these spending minimums. We are currently exceeding all
of our  spending  minimums  and  expect  to  continue  to do so as  our  network
requirements expand.  However, if our network requirements were to decrease,  we
could be obligated to make  payments to these  suppliers  for services we do not
need.

     Although  we plan to  invest  significantly  in  equipment  and in  network
expansion,  except as described in the preceding paragraph,  we have no material
commitments for such items at this time. As we expand our network,  increase our
employee base to support our expanded operations and invest in our marketing and
sales  organizations,  we expect to have significant  cash  requirements for the
foreseeable future.


     We  believe  that the net  proceeds  of this  offering,  together  with our
existing cash and cash  equivalents,  will allow us to continue in business as a
going concern and will be sufficient to fund our operating and capital needs for
a year  following  this  offering.  We are  currently  in  discussions  with two
separate vendors to obtain vendor financing for network equipment purchases.  In
the absence of proceeds from this offering,  our cash and cash equivalents would
not be sufficient and we would be required to seek capital from external sources
and  curtail  expansion  plans.  We will need to raise a  significant  amount of
capital to fund our capital  expenditures,  operating deficits,  working capital
needs and debt service requirements after 2000. We intend to seek equity or debt
financing  from  external  sources to meet our cash needs after 2000.  We cannot
assure you that such additional  funding will be available on terms satisfactory
to us or at all.

IMPACT OF THE YEAR 2000

     Many  computers,  software,  and other equipment  include  computer code in
which calendar year data is abbreviated to only two digits.  As a result of this
design decision,  some of these systems could fail to operate or fail to produce
correct  results if "00" is  interpreted to mean 1900,  rather than 2000.  These
problems are commonly referred to as the "Year 2000 problem."

     We believe that we have identified and resolved all Year 2000 problems that
could significantly harm our business operations. However, we believe that it is
not possible to determine  with complete  certainty  that all Year 2000 problems
affecting  us have been  identified  or  corrected.  The number of  devices  and
systems  that could be affected  and the  interactions  among these  devices and
systems are numerous.

     The costs of upgrading the various hardware or software that were found not
to be  compliant,  as well as the cost of  assessing  and  addressing  Year 2000
compliance issues, were approximately  $100,000.  These costs were absorbed into
normal operating expense and salary structures.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting  Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments
and Hedging  Activities," which establishes  accounting and reporting  standards
for derivative  instruments and hedging  activities.  As amended by Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 137, this standard will be effective for us
for the fiscal years and quarters  beginning  after June 15, 2000,  and requires
that an entity  recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the
statement of financial  position and measure those instruments at fair value. We
are currently evaluating the impact of this standard.

     In April 1998,  the  American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants
issued  Statement  of  Position  98-5,  "Reporting  on  the  Costs  of  Start-Up
Activities." This standard  requires  companies to expense the costs of start-up
activities and organization  costs as incurred and is effective for fiscal years
beginning  after  December  15,  1998.  We do not expect  that  adoption of this
standard will have a material impact on our results of operations.


                                       39
<PAGE>

     In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  131,  "Disclosures  About  Segments of an
Enterprise  and  Related  Information,"  which  establishes  annual and  interim
reporting   standards  for  an  enterprise's   business   segments  and  related
disclosures about its products, services,  geographic areas and major customers.
Our adoption of this standard did not affect our financial position,  results of
operations or cash flows for any period presented.


QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE MARKET RISKS

     Our primary  market  risk  exposures  relate to changes in interest  rates.
Following the purchase of Bridge's global Internet  protocol network assets,  we
expect to  expand  our  business  internationally,  and as a result,  we will be
exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

     Our financial  instruments  that are sensitive to changes in interest rates
are our  borrowings  from Bridge,  all of which were entered into for other than
trading purposes.  These term notes mature one year after the completion of this
offering  and bear  interest at a fixed rate of 8%. In addition,  in  connection
with our purchase of Bridge's  network  assets,  we expect to issue a three-year
promissory  note that will bear  interest at an annual rate of 10%.  Because the
interest  rate on these  notes is fixed,  changes  in  interest  rates  will not
directly  impact our cash flows.  As of December 31, 1998,  the  aggregate  fair
value of our borrowings approximated their carrying value.


     Changes in foreign  exchange  rates do not currently  impact our results of
operations.  Upon our purchase of Bridge's  Internet protocol network assets and
our entry into the network service agreement at the completion of this offering,
we expect  approximately  18% of our  revenue  from  Bridge to be  derived  from
operations  outside the United States, and approximately 17% of our direct costs
to be incurred  outside the United  States.  Because  our foreign  revenue  will
closely match our foreign costs,  we do not  anticipate  that changes in foreign
exchange rates will have a material impact on our results of operations.  We may
engage in hedging transactions to mitigate foreign exchange risk.


                                       40
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

     We are a rapidly growing provider of high quality,  high performance global
data networking and  Internet-related  services to medium and large  businesses,
multinational  corporations and Internet service providers. Upon transfer of the
Bridge network to us and pursuant to a network services agreement between Bridge
and us, Bridge,  one of the leading content providers to the financial  services
industry,  will pay us for the use of the SAVVIS ProActiveSM  Network to deliver
Bridge's  content  and  applications  to  over  4,500  financial   institutions,
including  75 of the top 100 banks in the  world and 45 of the top 50  brokerage
firms in the United States.  Following the network transfer, these entities will
remain  customers  of Bridge.  We  currently  offer a wide range of managed data
network  services,  high  bandwidth  Internet  access  services  and  colocation
services.

     The SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network was constructed to meet the real-time data
delivery  requirements  of the  demanding  customers of the  financial  services
industry.  Our  network  has been  operational  since  1996  and has over  6,000
buildings on-net in 83 of the world's major commercial  centers in 43 countries.
Our network  architecture  is based on ATM,  frame relay and  Internet  protocol
technologies.   Additionally,  our  83-city  global  system  connects  to  eight
PrivateNAPsSM, which will be expanded to 12 by March 2000, allowing us to bypass
the congested  public Internet access points.  This network design enables us to
provide real-time data delivery and guarantee low latency and low data loss. The
network also allows us to tailor our service  offerings to our customers'  needs
and to offer a range of quality of service levels.


     We began commercial  operations in 1996,  offering Internet access services
to local  and  regional  Internet  service  providers.  In April  1999,  we were
acquired by Bridge,  a global  provider of real-time  and  historical  financial
information and news regarding stocks,  bonds,  foreign exchange and commodities
to the  financial  services  industry.  As of  December  31,  1999 Bridge had an
estimated  235,000 network terminals  installed  worldwide of which an estimated
135,000  terminals  were  connected to the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network.  Bridge
expects to connect the remaining  100,000 terminals to our network over the next
three years.  Bridge is a privately held company whose principal  shareholder is
Welsh Carson, a sponsor of private equity funds with extensive experience in the
communication and information services  industries.  The high performance of our
Internet  access services has been verified by our analysis of data collected by
Keynote  Systems,  Inc.,  which showed that we had the second best mean download
time in  1999.  We  currently  provide  Internet  access  services  directly  to
approximately 850 customers.

     Following the Bridge asset transfer,  our revenue will be derived primarily
from the sale of data  networking,  Internet  access  and  colocation  services.
Through  December 31, 1998,  our revenue was primarily  derived from the sale of
Internet access services to local and regional Internet service providers in the
United  States.  Beginning  in late 1998,  we expanded  our service  offering to
corporate customers as well.


     We charge each customer an initial  installation  fee that typically ranges
from  $500 to $5,000  and a  monthly  fixed  fee that  varies  depending  on the
services  provided,  the bandwidth used and the quality of service level chosen.
Our customer  agreements  are typically for 12 to 36 months.  As of December 31,
1999, approximately 6% of our customer agreements, representing approximately 6%
of our revenues for the month of December  1999,  were  month-to-month  and were
able to be terminated on 30 days' notice.  We expect the proportion of customers
on  month-to-month  agreements will continue to decrease as we add new customers
and our sales force continues to pursue longer renewals.


RELATIONSHIP WITH BRIDGE


     In April 1999, we were acquired by Bridge, a leading provider of content to
financial  services  companies.  Upon the completion of this  offering,  we will
purchase Bridge's global Internet  protocol  network,  which has been integrated
with our network since September 1999, for total  consideration of approximately
$88 million.  As a result, the SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network will interconnect over
6,000 buildings in 83 of the world's major commercial cities in 43 countries.



                                       41
<PAGE>


     In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a 10-year
network services  agreement with Bridge that commits Bridge to purchase at least
$105 million, $132 million and $145 million of network services from us in 2000,
2001 and 2002, respectively.  Thereafter, Bridge will be required to purchase at
least 80% of its network  services from us, declining to 60% in 2006 through the
end of the  agreement  in  2010.  We will  also  enter  into a  number  of other
agreements  with Bridge that  contemplate,  among other things,  the transfer of
Bridge's  technical and support personnel to us, and our purchase from Bridge of
support and administrative  services,  including  help-desk services and network
operations center services.

     Following  the  completion  of this  offering  and the purchase of Bridge's
network assets, we will become a provider of managed data networking services to
Bridge.  At that time,  we will  connect  Bridge to over 4,500 of its  financial
services company  customers,  including 75 of the top 100 banks in the world and
45 of the top 50  brokerage  firms in the  United  States,  to allow  Bridge  to
deliver its content and  applications.  While the over 4,500 financial  services
companies  will remain  customers of Bridge and we will only derive revenue from
Bridge for delivering  Bridge content and  applications to these  companies,  we
intend to  aggressively  market our services to occupants of the 6,000 buildings
connected to the SAVVIS ProActiveSM  Network, in particular to Bridge's customer
base.

MARKET OVERVIEW

     Market  opportunity.  As the Internet  has emerged as a strategic  business
component,  investment in Internet services has begun to increase  dramatically.
According to International Data Corporation,  an independent  research firm, the
demand for U.S. Internet and e-commerce services was $2.9 billion in 1997 and is
expected to grow to $22 billion by 2002, a 50% compound  annual  growth rate. In
addition,  demand for data transport services is growing rapidly as evidenced by
International  Data  Corporation's  estimate  that Internet  service  providers'
corporate  access revenues will grow from $2.9 billion in 1998 to $12 billion by
2003, a 32.5%  compound  annual growth rate.  We believe a significant  Internet
market will continue to be Internet infrastructure and usage.


     Internet network services.  Since the  commercialization of the Internet in
the early 1990s,  businesses have rapidly  established  corporate Internet sites
and connectivity as a means to expand customer reach and improve  communications
efficiency.  Internet access service is now one of the fastest growing  segments
of the global  telecommunications  services  market.  According to International
Data  Corporation,  the number of Internet users worldwide reached 38 million in
1996 and is  forecasted  to grow to over 170 million by the year 2000.  Internet
access  services  represent  the  means  by  which  Internet  service  providers
interconnect  users to the Internet or to  corporate  intranets  and  extranets.
Access services  include dial-up access for mobile workers and small  businesses
and  high-speed   dedicated  access  used  primarily  by  mid-sized  and  larger
organizations.  In addition  to  Internet  access  services,  Internet  services
providers are increasingly providing a range of value-added services,  including
shared and dedicated web hosting and server colocation,  security services,  and
advanced  applications  such as  Internet  protocol-based  voice,  fax and video
services.


     Corporate data network services.  Other than Internet related services, the
majority  of  business  data  communications  today take  place over  private or
managed  corporate data and electronic data interchange  networks.  According to
International  Data  Corporation,  the market for data  network  services in the
United States grew from approximately $3.0 billion in 1997 to approximately $5.5
billion in 1998. International Data Corporation expects that the market for data
network  services in the United  States will  continue to grow  rapidly to reach
approximately $12.8 billion in 2003.

     Today, organizations employ local data networks, or local area networks, to
interconnect  personal computers and workstations.  The highly successful use of
local area networks for  information-sharing,  messaging and other  applications
has  led  organizations  to  aggressively  deploy  wide  area  networks,   which
effectively  interconnect local area networks and replicate their  functionality
across a much broader  geographic  area.  The demand for wide area  networks has
grown  as  a  result  of  today's  competitive  business  environment.   Factors
stimulating  higher  demand  include  the  need  to  provide  broader  and  more
responsive customer service and to operate faster and more


                                       42
<PAGE>

effectively between operating units,  suppliers and other business partners.  In
addition,  as  businesses  become more  global in nature,  the ability to access
business information across the enterprise has become a competitive necessity.

     Convergence between the Internet and corporate data networking. Today, many
businesses are utilizing Internet-related services as lower-cost alternatives to
several  traditional   telecommunications   services.   The  near  ubiquity  and
relatively  low cost of the Internet  have  resulted in its  widespread  use for
specific applications, most notably web access and e-mail. Internet protocol has
become the communications  protocol of choice for the desktop and for local area
networks.  As a  result,  Internet  protocol  wide area  network  implementation
requires no protocol  conversion,  reducing overhead and improving  performance.
Many  corporations  are connecting  their remote  locations  using  intranets to
enable more efficient communications with employees, providing remote access for
mobile  workers  and  reducing  telecommunications  costs by  using  value-added
services such as Internet protocol-based fax and video-conferencing.

     Industry analysts expect the market for both Internet  protocol-based  data
networking  services and Internet  access to grow rapidly as companies  increase
their use of the Internet,  intranets  extranets and privately  managed Internet
protocol networks.  According to industry analyst Forrester  Research,  Inc., an
independent  research firm, the total market for Internet  services is projected
to grow from $6.2 billion in 1997 to approximately $49.7 billion in 2002.

     Rapid  growth in  e-commerce.  While  most  corporations'  early use of the
Internet was to establish an Internet marketing  presence,  businesses today are
using the Internet much more aggressively: to generate new revenues, to increase
efficiency  through  improved  communications  with  suppliers  and other  third
parties, and to improve internal communications.  The rapid growth of e-commerce
encompasses both  business-to-business and  business-to-consumer  communications
and  transactions,  and the projected growth of these markets over the next five
years is  dramatic.  Forrester  Research,  Inc.  projects  that the  market  for
business-to-business  e-commerce  will  grow  from $43  billion  in 1998 to $1.3
trillion in 2003. In addition, Forrester Research, Inc. projects that the market
for  business-to-consumer  e-commerce  will grow from $8 billion to $108 billion
over the same period.

     Outsourcing of Internet related  services.  In order to capitalize fully on
the new opportunities presented by the Internet and e-commerce,  businesses will
require  high   quality,   reliable  and  flexible   data   communications   and
infrastructure services capable of supporting mission-critical  applications. We
believe that an  increasing  number of businesses  will seek to outsource  these
services to third-party  providers for several reasons.  First, the rapid growth
of Internet-related  businesses has created a shortage of information technology
personnel skilled in Internet protocol and e-commerce development.  Second, many
companies believe that establishing leadership in their industry with respect to
Internet-related  services is important to the future of their  business.  Given
this  posture,  time  to  market  is  critical  and  turning  to a  specialized,
third-party   provider  can  often  shorten  time  to  market.   Finally,   many
infrastructure services require significant up-front investment.  Many companies
will choose to preserve their capital to invest in activities  that are integral
to  their  business  strategy  and  seek  to  develop  their  infrastructure  by
purchasing services rather than investing in networks, systems and equipment.

     Rapid growth in colocation and web site hosting. While in the past only the
largest companies provisioned their own data networking services, until recently
businesses of all sizes typically housed, maintained and monitored their own web
and content servers. As Internet-enabled  applications become  mission-critical,
larger and more difficult to develop and maintain and require increasing amounts
of  investment,  we believe a substantial  number of businesses  will  outsource
their colocation and web site hosting  requirements to third parties.  Forrester
Research,   Inc.  projects  that  the  web  site  hosting  business,   including
colocation, dedicated and shared hosting, will grow from less than $1 billion in
1998 to almost $15 billion by 2003. We believe that companies  seeking  Internet
protocol  expertise,  high levels of  security,  fault-tolerant  infrastructure,
local and remote support and the cost benefits of a shared  infrastructure  will
be most likely to outsource these services.

     Limitations of Internet protocol and the Internet.  Despite the remarkable,
rapid success of Internet  protocol,  the Internet  faces  limitations  that may
serve as a bottleneck between the full


                                       43
<PAGE>

potential  of Internet  protocol and its use in  mission-critical  applications.
First,  in Internet  protocol  routing,  packet data travels through the network
without a pre-defined path or guaranteed delivery. Individual packets may travel
separate paths and arrive at the network destination at different times. Second,
Internet  protocol  packets  cannot be  identified  as belonging to one class of
traffic or another. For example, in a given flow of Internet protocol packets it
is not possible to separate  "real-time"  traffic,  such as voice over  Internet
protocol,  from lower  priority  traffic,  such as e-mail.  Each of these issues
limits  the  utility  of  Internet  protocol  for  mission-critical,   real-time
enterprise  networks.  While we believe  that an  improved  version of  Internet
protocol will be  implemented,  the timing and efficiency of these  improvements
remain uncertain.


     Bottlenecks  at  network  access  points.  The  Internet  is a  network  of
networks.  Communication among these networks takes place at access points where
they interconnect.  Despite the near ubiquity of the Internet,  there are only a
few major public network  access  points.  However,  since the  introduction  of
network   access   points,   the  volume  of  Internet   traffic  has  increased
dramatically,  often overwhelming  network access points' capacity to handle the
smooth  exchange  of traffic.  The public  network  access  points are now space
constrained,  have inadequate  power and air  conditioning,  have poor security,
often employ older, less technologically  advanced switching technologies,  have
limited or no available  maintenance  or support  staff,  and are not  centrally
managed.  No single  entity has the economic  incentive or ability to facilitate
problem  resolution,  to optimize  peering of data  networks,  or to bring about
centralized   routing   administration.   As  a  consequence   of  the  lack  of
coordination,  and in order to avoid the  increasing  congestion  at the  public
network access points,  selected backbone providers have established connections
at private network access points, connecting to other backbone providers for the
exchange of traffic and bypassing public network access points.


COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     Our target  customers are those businesses that are intensive users of data
communications  that  require a high  quality of service  for their  global data
networking and Internet  needs.  Our  competitive  strengths in servicing  these
customers include:

     Large number of sophisticated  users connected to our network.  Bridge uses
the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network to deliver its content and applications to over
4,500 financial  services firms,  including 75 of the top 100 banks in the world
and 45 of the  top 50  brokerage  firms  in the  U.S.  Because  these  financial
services  firms  depend  on   up-to-the-minute   information  and  cutting  edge
technology to successfully compete in their businesses, they are demanding users
of corporate data services.  The SAVVIS ProActiveSM  Network was designed and is
operated  to  high   standards  of  speed  and   redundancy   to  satisfy  their
requirements,  with multiple  backbone  connections,  local access lines and ATM
switches.  With the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network in place,  the marginal cost of
providing additional services to existing Bridge customers is low. Additionally,
the  marginal  cost  of  making  our  high  quality  services  available  to new
customers,  including medium and small businesses and new vertical  markets,  is
also low.  We  believe  providing  service  to Bridge to enable  them to deliver
content to the world's major financial  institutions will significantly  advance
our brand building efforts and enhance our prospects for winning new business.


     Network  engineered  for real-time  performance.  Our network  architecture
allows us to deliver  data  services to the  demanding  customers  that  require
real-time  delivery  of  large  volumes  of  data,  such as  financial  services
participants  that  rely  on data  sent  on our  network  to  make  trading  and
investment  decisions  throughout the day. The high  performance of our Internet
access  services has been verified by our analysis of data  collected by Keynote
Systems,  Inc.,  which showed that we had the second best mean  download time in
1999. In order to achieve this, we designed our network to be highly  redundant,
including  multiple  backbone  connections,  local  access  lines  and  Internet
connections.  In  addition,  our system of  PrivateNAPsSM  allows  our  Internet
traffic to bypass the heavily  congested  public  access points of the Internet,
thereby  reducing  data  loss  and  latency,   and  improving   reliability  and
performance.  We also use proprietary routing and network management policies to
enhance our network  efficiency  and to maintain a high quality of service.  The
reliability and  functionality of our network allows us to provide our customers
with a range of services and quality of service levels.


                                       44
<PAGE>

     Global  network  presence.  Our  network  will  reach  43  countries,  with
facilities in 83 major  cities,  including 58  international  cities and 25 U.S.
cities.  We intend to continue to extend the scope of our network by  connecting
an additional 24 cities in 2000. We have over 6,000  buildings  connected to our
network. Because our network is already connected to these buildings as a result
of our  relationship  with  Bridge,  we can  deliver  our  services  to Bridge's
customers  and the other  tenants  with low marginal  cost and a  time-to-market
advantage.

     Single source  service  offering.  We provide our  customers  with a single
source  for a  wide  range  of  global  data  networking,  Internet  access  and
colocation  services.  Our global data networking services include managed data,
virtual  private  network  and dial-up  access  services.  Our  Internet-related
services include dedicated access,  DSL and Internet security  services.  All of
our services are offered on a service-only basis and a fully managed basis, with
service and  equipment  included,  depending  on customer  requirements  and the
capabilities of their internal information technology staff.


     World-class  service through proprietary  systems.  The global data network
operations center in St. Louis and regional network operations centers in London
and Singapore are equipped with sophisticated  network  monitoring,  management,
reporting and diagnostic tools for network troubleshooting. These systems enable
real-time remote monitoring and management of our network equipment and customer
service.  Our  customers  can contact us 24 hours a day,  365 days a year,  with
support inquiries,  and receive prompt  notification of events that might impact
service quality,  such as network congestion,  equipment failures and network or
power  outages.  Our  global  data  network,  based  on the  combination  of ATM
technology and our PrivateNAPsSM,  also enables us to provide our customers with
an  extremely  high  level of  service.  We commit  this level of service to our
customers in writing in service level  agreements.  Our service level agreements
are  guarantees  to our customers of high quality  service  measured in terms of
network availability, latency and data loss.


BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our objective is to tap the rapidly growing market for reliable, high speed
data  communications  and Internet  services.  In pursuit of this objective,  we
intend to:

     Provide a single source for managed data network  services and high quality
Internet services.  Data communications and the Internet are mission-critical to
thousands of businesses worldwide and, according to industry studies, the market
for these  services  continues to grow  rapidly.  Corporations  are  continually
expanding and enhancing existing networks and deploying new services in response
to this  growth.  By  providing a wide range of services  for both  Internet and
managed data networking  services,  we offer a single source solution to the key
challenges  faced by  corporate  information  technology  managers  implementing
Internet,  intranet  and  extranet  applications.  Since  the  requirements  and
internal capabilities of customers vary significantly,  we offer our services on
a  service-only  basis and a fully  managed  basis,  with service and  equipment
included.

     Capitalize  on Bridge  relationships  to penetrate  its customer  base.  We
intend to  aggressively  market our services to the over 4,500 Bridge  customers
already  connected to our network  through both our sales force and the over 500
Bridge sales  representatives  around the world. We provide incentives to Bridge
employees to refer Bridge  customers to us. Since Bridge  customers  are already
connected to our network, we believe we enjoy significant  time-to-market,  cost
and quality  advantages  and enhanced  customer  retention  when  delivering our
services to these customers.

     Target potential customers in buildings connected to our network. We intend
to actively  market our services to the  businesses in the over 6,000  buildings
worldwide  that are  connected to our network.  These  buildings  are  generally
located in central business districts of major cities and are typically occupied
by multiple  businesses.  Because our network is already in place,  we expect to
enjoy  time-to-market,  cost and quality advantages when delivering  services to
current and new customers located in these buildings.


     Expand our network and PrivateNAPsSM infrastructure.  We intend to leverage
the substantial  investments made in our network  infrastructure and service and
support   capabilities  to  service  new  customer  segments,   including  large
corporations in other targeted vertical markets, medium and small


                                       45
<PAGE>

businesses and Internet service  providers.  We intend to continue to expand our
data  network  infrastructure  to connect  new cities and new  buildings  to our
network.  Over the next two  years,  we expect  to  establish  facilities  in 48
additional  cities  worldwide.  We believe that this  expansion will allow us to
continue to expand our customer base,  improve our service offerings and improve
our  economies  of  scale.  We also  intend to  continue  the  expansion  of our
PrivateNAPsSM  with the addition of four  PrivateNAPsSM in early 2000. Given the
high volume of traffic  that is carried on our network,  we are also  evaluating
the purchase of local and long haul fiber to further  reduce  network  operating
costs.

     Grow  domestic  and  international  distribution  channels.  We  intend  to
aggressively grow our distribution channels. We expect to significantly increase
the size of our  sales  force  for both  global  data  networking  services  and
Internet access services in 2000 and enter into  distribution  arrangements with
companies  licensed to provide our services in markets  where we do not directly
hold such  licenses.  We will also attempt to establish  relationships  with our
Internet  service  provider  customers who are interested in  cross-selling  our
global data networking services to their existing customer base.

     Provide enabling  infrastructure for e-commerce  services.  We believe that
many of our target customers, particularly the financial services companies that
receive Bridge content and applications,  are aggressively  pursuing  e-commerce
strategies.  We believe  that our network  architecture  of ATM  technology  and
PrivateNAPsSM, highly available domestic and international dial access platforms
and security  services will enable  businesses to communicate with customers and
suppliers over the Internet and secure websites. As a result, we believe that we
are  well  positioned  to  help  our  customers  capitalize  on the  substantial
anticipated growth in e-commerce.

     Develop  and market new  services.  We intend to  continue  to develop  new
services,  such as voice and video,  that will enable us to further leverage our
network  infrastructure and our customer base. For example, we have deployed ATM
to the edge of our  network  and intend to  aggressively  deploy ATM  devices at
customer  premises  allowing for the provision of multiple network  applications
with  different  quality of service  levels over the same local access lines and
customer equipment.  The deployment of these devices will allow our customers to
combine  services that they may currently buy from multiple  vendors,  each on a
different  network,  onto our  network  at a  reduced  cost.  We are also in the
process of upgrading and expanding our colocation data center facilities to over
250,000 square feet of space,  and expect to offer complex web hosting  services
at these facilities. We intend to further expand our relationship with Bridge to
develop  tailored  product  offerings which bundle news,  financial  content and
trading  applications  with our data  networking  services.  We also  intend  to
develop bundled content or applications  and network services with other trading
partners targeted at new vertical markets.


SAVVIS SERVICES

     We  believe  that we are  well  positioned  to  solve  the  major  problems
currently facing Internet and data networking customers.  We designed the SAVVIS
ProActiveSM  Network to offer a guaranteed,  superior level of  performance  for
both Internet and data networking services.  We deliver a comprehensive range of
high performance,  quality of service  differentiated  products,  including data
networking,   Internet  access,  intranets,   extranets,  colocation  and  other
services.

     A common feature among all of the services that we provide to our customers
is the substantial  flexibility to choose among a range of offerings,  including
on a service-only basis and a fully managed basis. On a service-only  basis, the
customer is  responsible  for the design and  integration of its network and the
purchase  of network  hardware,  relying on us only for network  services.  On a
fully  managed  basis,  we  are  responsible  for  the  design,  implementation,
integration and ongoing support of the customer's network.


                                       46
<PAGE>

     Global Data Networking Services

     The  SAVVIS   ProActiveSM   Network  provides  a  reliable,   high  quality
environment  to  transfer  private  corporate  data  among  offices,  employees,
customers and suppliers  because our network uses multiple  backbones,  switches
and local  connections  to attain a high level of redundancy and is monitored 24
hours a day, 365 days a year. Because all of our global data networking services
are carried  over a single  network,  we are able to offer  these  services on a
cost-effective  basis  relative to less  technologically  advanced  private line
networks,  while  providing  comparable  quality and  security  and  significant
improvements in redundancy, flexibility and scalability.


     Managed Data  Networking.  Managed data  networking  services  provide data
communication  links over a shared  network  environment.  Because  we  operate,
manage and monitor  our global  network  end-to-end,  we are able to provide our
customers with higher  performance  and greater  reliability  than networks that
utilize the public  Internet.  Customers  can connect to our data network  using
ATM,  frame relay or Internet  protocol  technologies.  Customers  contract  for
connectivity  to our  global  network  and  configure  software-based  permanent
virtual  circuits that emulate much of the  functionality  of private lines, but
with improved  scalability  and redundancy and the ability to "burst" beyond the
stated capacity of the permanent virtual  circuits.  Our managed data networking
services  are  designed  for those  customers  that require a very high level of
quality and security for their networking services.

     Virtual  Private  Network  Services.  For customers who want to realize the
cost  benefits of a shared  network but do not require the level of  performance
and  security  of  our  managed   data   networking   services,   we  offer  our
Internet-based  virtual  private  network  services.  Virtual  private  networks
utilize the near-ubiquity of the Internet to provide cost-effective connectivity
for businesses with large numbers of sites,  mobile workers or sites that do not
have high  bandwidth  requirements  or that are in remote  locations.  A typical
Internet-based  virtual private network  supports  dial-up access,  resulting in
extensive   geographic   coverage  and,  together  with  the  implementation  of
tunneling,  encryption,  authentication  and access  control  technologies,  can
establish a secure  link  between the mobile  worker and the  corporate  network
environment.   One  of  our   primary   competitive   advantages   is  that  our
Internet-based  virtual  private  network  customers  are  served  by  our  high
performance network.

     Packet  Transport  Services.   We  offer   point-to-point  data  connection
services,  which  are  implemented  as  ATM or  frame  relay  permanent  virtual
circuits,   for  customers  requiring  high  bandwidth   point-to-point  network
communications.

     Dial  Access.  By  the  end  of 2000, we plan to offer local dial access in
over  20 U.S. markets, toll- free dial access for all other U.S. markets as well
as  international dial access. By the middle of 2001, we expect to provide local
dial  access  in  approximately 100 U.S. cities, increasing to approximately 300
U.S.  cities  by  the  end  of  2001. Our dial access service will enable mobile
workers,  telecommuters and small-office and home-office users to connect to our
high  quality  global data network. This service is targeted at those businesses
with  extensive  extranets designed for e-commerce services and companies with a
significant  number  of mobile workers who demand reliable, high-quality dial-up
services.


     Internet Access Services


     We offer  our  customers  in the U.S.  a broad  range  of  Internet  access
services  designed to meet the varied needs of corporate  customers and regional
Internet service  providers.  Our Internet access services range from high-speed
continuous access provided by dedicated telephone circuits to lower-cost dial-up
services.  The principal  features of our Internet  access services are the high
performance,  reliability  and  flexibility  provided by the SAVVIS  ProActiveSM
Network that is connected to our system of PrivateNAPsSM  allowing our customers
to bypass the congested  public  Internet  access points.  We plan to make these
services  available outside the U.S. beginning in the third quarter of 2000. The
high  performance  of our  Internet  access  services  has been  verified by our
analysis of data collected by Keynote  Systems,  Inc.,  which showed that we had
the second best mean download time in 1999.

                                       47
<PAGE>


     Dedicated Access. We offer customers a range of bandwidth options, from 128
kilobits per second to 155 Mbps on a fully dedicated or burstable basis. We also
provide all required Internet protocol  addresses,  primary and secondary domain
name service, newsfeed service and network time protocol.

     Ethernet Service. For customers that seek a cost-effective 100% fiber optic
network technology for high-speed Internet access, we offer our 10 Mbps Ethernet
service.  Our  Ethernet  service  transmits  information  through  a  customer's
existing  local area network  router.  This service is an  intermediate  upgrade
between our 1.5 Mbps service and our fractional 45 Mbps service.

     DSL Service. For commercial  customers that seek cost-effective  continuous
connectivity for high-speed  Internet access, we offer symmetric DSL services at
speeds up to 1.5 Mbps. DSL services  transmit  information  through a customer's
existing copper telephone lines by encoding the information in a digital format.
We currently offer DSL services in 16 U.S. cities,  and we expect to add service
to approximately 12 additional cities by the end of 2000.

     Wholesale  Internet Access. We provide  wholesale  Internet access to local
and regional  Internet  service  providers  who use our network to connect their
customers to the Internet.

     Internet  Security  Services.  For companies using the Internet, protection
from  internal  and  external  threats  to  their corporate network is extremely
important.  We  offer  a  broad range of security services designed to provide a
customer with the ability to:


       o authenticate users attempting to gain access to its network;

       o prevent intruders from accessing its network;

       o protect the integrity of the content on its network; and

       o encrypt secured transmissions of company data through the Internet.

     We evaluate and assess a customer's security needs,  recommend  appropriate
security services,  and implement,  manage, monitor and maintain these services.
We also perform  security audits to find  deficiencies in a customer network and
in host computers attached to that network and recommend  appropriate  services.
Our security  services  utilize the  products  and  services of Netrex,  Inc., a
well-known Internet security provider.

     Colocation Services

     We offer customers a secure,  fault-tolerant environment in which to locate
their  mission-critical  content  and  networking  hardware.  We  provide  these
services in colocation data center  facilities that are currently being upgraded
and  expanded  to over  250,000  square  feet of space.  These  state-of-the-art
facilities  are  located  directly  on our  network  to  provide  high  quality,
cost-effective  Internet  access and hosting to the web sites of our  colocation
customers.  We expect to complete upgrades and expansions during 2000 in Boston,
London,  New York, St. Louis, Los Angeles,  San Francisco,  Dallas,  Chicago and
Washington,  D.C. By using our colocation  facilities,  customers enjoy a highly
secure,  fault-tolerant environment and direct access to our global data network
and avoid  significant  capital outlays required to construct such facilities on
their  own.  Customers  have  physical  and  remote  access  to  our  colocation
facilities  24 hours a day,  365 days a year,  to manage,  monitor and  maintain
their  equipment,  or they  may  engage  us to  provide  support  services.  Our
colocation   services  are  targeted  at  content  providers,   Internet-centric
businesses and application service providers.


SALES AND MARKETING


     We contact  potential new customers  through our direct sales force and our
recently implemented lead referral program. Our direct salespeople together with
our sales engineers develop sales proposals for potential new customers. After a
sale is completed and the services are  implemented,  the client  solutions team
assumes the management of the customer relationship, handling support issues and
selling additional services and connectivity as the customer's business grows.


                                       48
<PAGE>


     Direct Sales. Our direct sales force consisted of  approximately  100 sales
representatives  and sales  engineers in the U.S. as of December  31, 1999.  Our
direct sales force is specialized  along product lines,  which enables our sales
representatives  to develop an expertise in a specific  product area,  including
customer  applications and requirements.  This  specialization also allows us to
customize our sales  compensation  arrangements to the sales cycle,  revenue and
margin  characteristics of each product. All sales  representatives take part in
an extensive training program designed to develop in-depth  technical  expertise
so they can better understand  customers'  complex  networking needs and develop
customized solutions.

     Our sales force is divided between our Global Networking Sales Division and
our Internet  Access Sales  Division.  We employ a  distributed  sales model for
global networking sales to facilitate a consultative sales approach.  Because we
only recently began  marketing our global data networking  services,  our global
data  networking  sales force  currently  consists of eight  people based in six
major  cities in the U.S.  We  intend  to  rapidly  expand  our sales  force and
establish a sales presence in 14 additional  cities  worldwide by the end of the
first  quarter of 2000. In contrast,  we have a centralized  sales model for our
Internet  Access Sales  Division.  Our Internet  access sales force  consists of
approximately 100 representatives based in Reston, Virginia. We intend to locate
additional  centralized sales teams in Europe, Asia and Latin America by the end
of 2001.


     Bridge Lead  Referrals.  We expect to capitalize on our  relationship  with
Bridge, a major content provider to financial  services  companies,  to generate
sales leads in the financial  services market.  As of December 31, 1999,  Bridge
had approximately 500 sales  representatives  worldwide,  located in the world's
key financial centers.  These sales  representatives  support a customer base of
over 4,500 financial  services  companies already  connected to our network.  We
expect to be able to provide  these  businesses  with  additional  services in a
rapid,  cost-effective  and scaleable  manner. In addition to Bridge, we believe
that  additional  content  providers  will be  interested in  establishing  lead
referral programs.  A relationship with SAVVIS will enable a content provider to
deliver  its  service  in a  real-time,  high  quality  manner  and  provide  an
incremental revenue opportunity through a lead referral commission.

     Alternate Channels. In addition to relationships with content providers, we
intend to  develop  new  distribution  arrangements  with  Internet-related  and
communications   companies.   Many  of  these   companies   lack   our   network
infrastructure  or sales and technical  support  expertise for high  value-added
data services.  By entering into  relationships with us, these companies will be
able to generate additional revenues, provide a more complete service bundle and
reduce  customer  churn.  We intend to pursue  distribution  opportunities  with
Internet service providers,  competitive local exchange carriers,  DSL companies
and other  communications  and  Internet-related  companies in the U.S., Europe,
Asia and Latin America.

     Client  Solutions  Team.  Our  client  solutions  team is  responsible  for
customer relationship management. The team alerts customers when their bandwidth
utilization  approaches capacity and advises customers on methods to improve the
performance and security of their network using additional SAVVIS services. This
team is also able to cross-sell to existing customers additional services,  such
as  advising  a managed  data  networking  client  on  Internet  and  e-commerce
services.


     Marketing. Our marketing programs are designed to build national and global
awareness of the SAVVIS brand name and its  association  with high  performance,
high quality corporate data networking  services and Internet  services.  We use
brand awareness and direct marketing programs to generate leads,  accelerate the
sales process,  retain  existing  customers and promote new products to existing
customers. Our print advertisements are placed in trade journals, newspapers and
special-interest  publications.  We participate in industry trade shows, such as
Networld+InterOP, IT Expo and Internet World. At the 1999 Networld+InterOP show,
our virtual private network services were named the "Best of Show" for wide area
network  services.  We also  use  direct  mail,  e-newsletters,  widespread  fax
distributions,  surveys, telemarketing,  Internet marketing, on-line and on-site
seminars,  collateral materials,  advertising,  welcome kits and direct response
programs to  communicate  with  existing  customers  and to reach  potential new
customers. Many of these marketing


                                       49
<PAGE>

programs are co-funded by our suppliers.  Our marketing programs are targeted at
information  technology  executives,  as well as senior  marketing  and  finance
managers. We closely track the impact and effectiveness of our primary marketing
programs.


     Sales Force  Automation.  We use our  proprietary  sales  force  automation
system to manage all pre-sales  communications  with our prospective  customers.
All  distribution  and tracking of sales leads occur through this system.  Sales
leads are imported from data sources such as corporate web sites, telemarketing,
direct mail and national advertising  campaigns,  and assigned regionally to the
desktops  of the  appropriate  sales  representatives.  All  contact  with these
prospects is documented in the sales force automation  system through every step
of the sales cycle, from initial contact to contract receipt. In addition,  this
system allows sales  management to monitor the sales  activity of their specific
sales  representatives  and generate  sales  forecasts  based on that  activity.
Further,  our sales force automation system tracks all marketing  communications
with the  prospective  customers,  allowing us to measure the  effectiveness  of
various  collateral  materials and marketing  campaigns in an effort to maximize
our marketing  dollars.  Lastly, our sales people use our sales force automation
system to track and manage their personal sales prospects and to send customized
packages of sales  literature,  brochures and faxes directly from their computer
desktops, thereby improving sales efficiency.

CUSTOMERS

     We  currently  provide  services  to  approximately  850  customers.   Upon
completion  of the  Bridge  asset  transfer,  Bridge  will  enter into a network
services  agreement  with us and will be our largest  customer.  Assuming we had
received the minimum revenues under the network services agreement for the first
year of the agreement in 1999,  Bridge would have represented  approximately 83%
of our 1999  revenues.  We expect  that Bridge  will  account for a  significant
percentage of our revenues  during 2000. No  individual  customer  accounted for
more than 5% of our revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 1999. We
also provide  services to many Internet service  providers and  Internet-centric
businesses.

     Our  contracts  with our  customers are typically for one to three years in
length. The Bridge network services agreement will be for ten years. Many of our
customer  contracts  contain  service level  agreements that provide for service
credits should we fail to maintain specified levels of quality.


CUSTOMER SERVICE


     Our goal is to  provide  the  highest  level  of  customer  service  in the
industry.  We  believe  that  high  quality  customer  service  is  critical  to
attracting and retaining  customers and to satisfying  the rapidly  growing data
networking  requirements  and Internet  services needs of these  customers.  Our
comprehensive approach to customer service and satisfaction includes a focus on:

     o providing written guarantees of service quality;

     o providing  services on a service  only basis and a fully  managed  basis,
       with service and equipment  included,  that are tailored to meet customer
       needs; and

     o providing effective management, monitoring and support for our customers'
       data networks.

     We believe our  network  architecture,  proprietary  routing  policies  and
industry leading service level  agreements  provide our customers with very high
service quality.  We are able to offer our customers different levels of service
priority  for their  different  data  transmission  needs over one  high-quality
network. For example, e-commerce and real-time applications,  such as voice, can
be assigned the highest level of quality of service,  while other  applications,
such as e-mail,  can be assigned a lower  priority of service.  By assigning the
highest  level of service only to  mission-critical  or real-time  applications,
customers can lower their overall data services costs without compromising their
data networking requirements.


                                       50
<PAGE>


     Customer Call Centers.  Customer support  personnel located in call centers
in St. Louis,  Missouri,  London, England and Singapore handle service inquiries
from our customers 24 hours a day, 365 days a year,  and provide this service in
eight  languages.  These  personnel are organized in client teams and are highly
trained to identify and resolve  customer  issues  rapidly and  completely.  Our
customer  call center  support  services  are  supplied to us by Bridge  under a
ten-year technical services  agreement.  Bridge reported to us that in September
1999 its call centers answered an average of 6,000 calls per week, maintained an
average hold time of under 15 seconds and  resolved 98% of customer  issues with
front-line support personnel. To track trouble tickets and customer information,
Bridge  uses a  proprietary  management  platform  based on  Vantive  enterprise
software,  a highly scalable  platform for problem  tracking and customer record
access and  maintenance  that is easily  accessible  by  personnel at all of our
network  operations  centers.  We use an integrated  client/circuit  information
database  that  allows  our  customer  support  personnel  to  quickly  access a
customer's profile from any of our support centers.  In our local markets, we or
Bridge  have  available  to us over 270 field  technicians  who are  experts  in
Internet  protocol,  Unix, NT and ISDN  technology and who are generally able to
respond to customer requests within two hours.


     Management,  Monitoring  and  Maintenance.  We provide our  customers  with
detailed  monitoring,  reporting and management  tools that allow them to review
their usage  patterns,  network  availability,  outage events,  latency and data
loss. These tools allow our customers to evaluate the performance of our service
against  our  service  level  guarantee  as  well  as  review   utilization  and
performance data to facilitate their network planning and design activities.

     Service Level  Agreements.  The  consistent,  reliable  performance  of the
SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network  enables  us to  provide  effective  service  level
agreements  to our  customers.  We believe  that  companies  unable to support a
commensurate  level  of  predictable  network  performance  will  not be able to
provide  service  level  agreements  with value to the customer or will do so at
substantial risk to their own business.


SAVVIS PROACTIVESM NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE

  Overview


     The following description of the SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network gives effect to
the acquisition of Bridge's  Internet  protocol  network which will be completed
simultaneously with the completion of this offering.


     The SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network reaches 43 countries,  with facilities in 83
major cities,  including 58 international cities and 25 U.S. cities. Our network
interconnects  over 6,000  buildings  worldwide and is based on ATM, frame relay
and Internet protocol technologies.  In addition, our network incorporates eight
PrivateNAPsSM,  which will be  expanded  to 12 in early 2000 and which allow our
Internet traffic to bypass the congested public Internet access points.


     We have  designed  our  network  to enable us to offer our  customers  high
speed,  high quality  services,  as well as a range of quality of service levels
and multiple levels of redundancy. Our network is designed with:

     Open System  Architectures.  Our  network is based on ATM,  frame relay and
Internet protocol technologies. These are open systems networking protocols that
are in  widespread  use in data  communications.  Internet  protocol is the most
commonly used and fastest growing networking  protocol in the world. By carrying
Internet protocol on our network, we generally allow our customers to connect to
their customers,  suppliers and remote offices using equipment already installed
in their networks and the networks to which they connect. Additionally, by using
ATM and frame relay in our network,  we enhance network  utilization and quality
of service,  and we are able to easily communicate with third party networks for
the  delivery  of  traffic  on and off our  network  without  procuring  special
interface technologies or devices.

     Quality of Service  Differentiation.  Our network architecture allows us to
offer  and  guarantee  different  levels  of  service  priority  for  customers'
different  data  transmission  needs.  For  example,  e-commerce  and  real-time
applications, such as voice, can be assigned the highest level of priority,


                                       51
<PAGE>

while other  applications,  such as e-mail,  can be assigned a lower priority of
service.  By  offering a quality of service  differentiated  product,  we enable
customers to select a  price/performance  combination  that is  appropriate  for
their  needs.  As we deploy ATM  devices at the  customer  premises in the first
quarter of 2000,  customers will be able to run multiple  applications,  such as
Internet access,  intranet and private voice,  over the same equipment and local
access, thereby saving on local network transport and equipment costs.

     High Reliability.  We utilize multiple,  redundant  circuits,  switches and
physical  locations  to  substantially  reduce the effects of a single  point of
failure  within our network.  This  redundancy,  combined with our switching and
routing equipment,  generally enables us to automatically reroute traffic when a
failure occurs,  resulting in higher overall network  performance and integrity.
Our  backbone  switches  also  incorporate  high  levels  of  equipment-specific
redundancies,  resulting in higher  levels of  availability  than those found in
basic routing platforms.  We also employ  uninterruptable  power supplies and/or
electric  generator back-ups at each switching  facility,  designed to limit the
impact of local power outages on our network.


     Global Network Components


     The components of our network include the following:

     Switching  Facilities.  There  are  over 175  Lucent  ATM and  frame  relay
switches,  providing a highly redundant switch backbone deployed  throughout the
SAVVIS  ProActiveSM  Network.  We have over 300 backbone  routers  installed and
there are approximately 10,000 Nortel routers located in office buildings and on
Bridge's  customers'  premises.  Our switches are located in secure  facilities,
which provide highly  reliable,  direct access to high-speed  telecommunications
infrastructure.  In each switching facility,  we rent space,  install networking
equipment,  including ATM or frame relay switches, routers and high-speed analog
and digital modems.


     Backbone Capacity. Our network is designed with a highly redundant backbone
infrastructure,   including   diversely   routed  long  haul  and  local  access
connections from multiple  carriers.  We interconnect  our switching  facilities
through  high speed lines  leased from a variety of  carriers,  including  Qwest
Communications  International,  Inc., MCI Worldcom,  Inc. and  Broadwing,  Inc.,
formerly known as IXC Communications,  Inc. Our leased line connections range in
capacity from 45 Mbps through 155 Mbps in the U.S. and 45 Mbps  internationally.
To enhance our redundancy,  we lease ATM service from Sprint  Corporation.  This
service is delivered using the highest quality of service mode available and our
service  connections  range in  capacity  from 45 Mbps  through  620  Mbps.  The
combination  of our leased lines and Sprint ATM service  makes our  transmission
backbone  highly  redundant so that at least two diverse paths exist between all
of our switching facilities.  The "fault tolerant"  configuration of our network
allows data packets to travel on many  alternate  paths to connect points on our
network.

     PrivateNAPsSM.  For our customers'  Internet traffic, we have built private
network  access  points,  or  PrivateNAPsSM,  where we connect  to the  Internet
backbones operated by Sprint Corporation, Cable & Wireless plc and UUNET, an MCI
Worldcom  company.  At each of our  PrivateNAPsSM,  we are  connected  to  these
carriers  through transit  agreements that allow us to connect to their Internet
networks  for a monthly  fee.  Since we are a paying  customer  of each of these
Internet  backbone  providers,  we  believe we realize  better  response  times,
installation  intervals,  service levels and routing  flexibility  than Internet
service   providers  that  rely  solely  on  free  public  or  private   peering
arrangements.  We currently operate eight  PrivateNAPsSM in the U.S. and plan to
add four  additional  PrivateNAPsSM  in early 2000. In addition,  to enhance our
carrier redundancy,  at each of our PrivateNAPsSM,  we connect to other Internet
backbones  through  peering   arrangements  where  each  party  to  the  peering
arrangement  agrees to carry the other party's traffic for free. We have peering
arrangements in place with AboveNet Communications,  Inc., DIGEX,  Incorporated,
Exodus Communications, Inc., Frontier GlobalCenter, Level 3 Communications, LLC,
PSINet Inc. and Williams  Communications  Group, Inc. These peering arrangements
allow for  settlement-free,  direct  connections  between networks,  where local
access  charges are  generally  split  evenly  between the  applicable  parties.
Smaller  Internet  service  providers  typically  connect to our network through
transit agreements that allow them to connect to our network for a fee.



                                       52
<PAGE>

     Our  PrivateNAPSM   architecture  combined  with  our  proprietary  routing
policies  enables  us to route  customer  traffic  directly  onto  the  Internet
backbone  of its  destination  for a  substantial  portion  of  global  Internet
addresses.  This network  architecture allows our customers' Internet traffic to
generally  bypass  congested  public  Internet  network access  points,  thereby
reducing data loss and latency and improving  reliability  and  performance.  In
addition,  customers  directly  connected to the same  PrivateNAPSM  get one-hop
access, meaning their data pass through only one router, when communicating with
each other, and two customers connected to different PrivateNAPsSM enjoy two-hop
access,  meaning  their data pass through only two routers,  when  communicating
with each other, in both cases completely bypassing the public Internet.

     Dial Access  Platforms.  We are  currently  deploying 25 Nortel dial access
platforms  in over 20 cities in the U.S.,  which we expect to have  completed by
the end of 2000.  By  mid-2001,  we  expect  to have  deployed  dial  access  in
approximately  100 U.S. cities,  increasing to approximately  300 U.S. cities by
the end of 2001. Our dial coverage will be supplemented by toll free dial access
where we do not have local dial access, and by the end of 2001 the platforms are
expected to contain over 20,000 ports.

     Colocation.  We are in the process of upgrading  and expanding our Internet
colocation  data center  facilities  to over  250,000  square feet of space.  We
expect to complete the upgrade and expansion during 2000 in Boston,  London, New
York, St. Louis,  Los Angeles,  San Francisco,  Dallas,  Chicago and Washington,
D.C. All of these  facilities will be served by multiple 2.5 gigabits per second
connections  for  local  access.   Development  is  underway  to  elevate  these
facilities to state-of-the-art  levels with high availability,  mission-critical
environments, including uninterruptable power supplies, back-up generators, fire
suppression,   separate  cooling  zones  and  seismically  braced  racks.  These
facilities  will be accessible 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, both locally and
remotely,  and will have high  levels of  physical  security.  These  facilities
include two fully redundant colocation facilities in St. Louis,  Missouri,  each
of which will contain approximately 90,000 square feet,  approximately 60,000 of
which will be subleased to Bridge.


     Network Operations Centers


     Our global network operations center,  which is owned and managed by Bridge
and located in St.  Louis,  Missouri,  operates 24 hours a day, 365 days a year,
and is  staffed by over 20 of our  skilled  technicians.  We also have  regional
network  operations  centers in London and  Singapore.  These  regional  centers
operate for  ensuring  backup for the St.  Louis  facility.  From these  network
operations centers, we remotely monitor the components of the SAVVIS ProActiveSM
Network,  including  our  PrivateNAPsSM,  and perform  network  diagnostics  and
equipment  surveillance.  The  network  operations  centers  use  sophisticated,
proprietary  network  management  platforms  based on the Lucent  NavisCore,  HP
OpenView,  and Nortel  Optivity  programs  to monitor  and manage our  switching
facilities and our routers.


TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW


     Private networks.  Private networks typically comprise a number of private,
leased lines that interconnect  multiple corporate locations.  The advantages of
private lines include quality,  since capacity is reserved for the exclusive use
of the network owner, and security, since the owner's data transmissions are not
commingled with those of other  customers.  Private line networks have been most
popular in the U.S.,  where capacity prices are lowest.  While private lines are
typically secure and reliable,  they do not use network capacity efficiently and
are not flexible or scalable as changes in network topology are implemented.

     Shared networks.  Until recently,  prices for long-haul  telecommunications
capacity  outside  of  the  U.S.,  particularly   international  capacity,  were
relatively  expensive.  Since the  advent of data  networking,  only  users with
extremely  high  capacity  requirements  invested  in private  networks in these
locations.  Most other users employed shared  networking  technologies,  whereby
multiple corporate  locations would be interconnected with the data network of a
major  telecommunications  carrier or value-added  network service  provider for
carriage to the appropriate destination.


                                       53
<PAGE>

     X.25 was an early open shared network protocol that was designed to support
mission-critical  communications  over analog networks.  X.25 has been extremely
popular  outside of the U.S.,  where until  recently  private line networks have
remained  expensive,  and in  developing  markets  where the  telecommunications
infrastructure  is  sometimes  unreliable.  X.25  contemplates  extensive  error
detection  and data  recovery  processes,  which  slows  the  effective  rate of
transmission.

     Today,  ATM, frame relay and Internet protocol are driving the migration of
traffic  from  private  line  networks  to shared  networks  and from older open
protocols such as X.25 to newer architectures.

     Frame Relay.  Frame relay  evolved  from X.25  networks and today is widely
used  for  applications  such  as  local  area   network-to-local  area  network
communications.  Unlike  X.25,  frame relay does not  perform any complex  error
detection  or error  recovery of data.  As a result,  it is a simpler and faster
technology.   Frame  relay  circuits  are  effective  to  create  a  network  of
interconnected  sites because each site needs only one link into the frame relay
network to  communicate  with all other  sites.  Frame relay is less costly than
point-to-point  private networks,  and its  software-defined  "virtual circuits"
make it easier to alter network  topology as connectivity  requirements  change.
One  limitation  of the frame relay  protocol is its  application  for real-time
services.  Frame relay  packets are variable in length,  and as large data files
transit the  network  they can cause  delays at key  aggregation  and  switching
points,  often causing other traffic to be delayed.  These delays can materially
degrade the quality of real-time services such as voice and video.

     ATM. The ATM protocol was specifically designed to support the transmission
of all types of content, including data, video and voice, over a single network.
ATM is unique in its ability to prioritize  cells to ensure that  real-time data
takes priority over less  time-sensitive  material when  transiting the network.
This enables service providers to offer service guarantees with a greater degree
of confidence and  facilitates the  introduction of real-time  services that are
difficult  under  other  protocols.  Additionally,  ATM data cells are small and
fixed in size,  facilitating  high speed  switching  at speeds up to 2.5 billion
bits per  second.  One  limitation  of ATM is that the  benefits  created by the
small, fixed nature of ATM cells also create incremental traffic on the network.
Each cell requires its own identification and addressing  information,  which is
repeated  in each of many  individual  ATM  cells  that  comprise  a given  data
transmission.  The replication of this "header" information generates additional
overhead for the network, requiring the network operator to provision additional
transmission capacity.

     Internet Protocol.  Internet protocol is a simple, highly scalable protocol
that is a core  element  of the  architecture  of the  Internet  and can be used
across most network technologies in use today. Internet protocol has also become
the  communications  protocol  of choice  for the  desktop  and the  local  area
network,  thus data  networking  over  Internet  protocol  requires  no protocol
conversion,  reducing overhead and improving performance.  The protocol does not
distinguish  among  classes of  traffic,  which  limits  its  ability to deliver
real-time services.


     Our Network. We have built the SAVVIS ProActiveSM Network to take advantage
of the  rapid  growth of  Internet  protocol  in  corporate  networks,  to offer
customers the ability to run multiple  applications  on a single  network and to
allow  customers  to choose the quality of service  level which best meets their
needs.  By building our network to run Internet  protocol over ATM, we allow our
customers to overcome the  limitations  of Internet  protocol and  designate the
level of priority to be accorded to their traffic.

COMPETITION


     The markets that we serve are intensely competitive. In addition, we expect
to  face  significant   additional  competition  in  the  future  from  existing
competitors  and new  market  entrants.  Many of our  competitors  have  greater
financial,  technical and marketing  resources,  larger customer bases,  greater
name  recognition and more  established  relationships in the industries that we
operate in than we do.

     We believe that a highly reliable network infrastructure,  a broad range of
quality  products and services,  a knowledgeable  sales force and the quality of
customer support are the primary competitive factors in our targeted markets and
that price is generally secondary to these factors. We believe that we presently
are well positioned to compete  favorably with respect to most of these factors.
Our current and potential competitors in our targeted markets include:


                                       54
<PAGE>

     Data Networking Companies. Several data networking companies such as Equant
N.V., Infonet Services Corporation,  Concert Management Services Inc. and Global
One offer data  networking  services  to  business  customers  worldwide.  These
services include ATM and frame relay,  private line, Internet access and network
outsourcing.  These companies have significant  experience in offering  tailored
services and market their  expertise  in  providing  these  services and related
technology.  There are also a number of new  entrants,  such as  Digital  Island
Inc.,  that are targeting  specific  niches to deliver  customers'  data traffic
worldwide.

     Internet Service  Providers.  Our current and potential  competitors in the
market include Internet service providers with a significant regional,  national
or global presence targeting business customers, such as Apex Global Information
Services,  Inc.,  AT&T Corp.,  Cable & Wireless  plc, GTE  Internetworking,  ICG
Communications,  Inc.,  Intermedia  Communications  Inc.,  PSINet  Inc.,  Sprint
Corporation,  UUNET, an MCI Worldcom company, Concentric Network Corporation and
Verio Inc. Many of these companies are developing Internet-based virtual private
network  services that attempt to replicate some or all of the  functionality of
our managed data networking services.


     Telecommunications  Carriers.  Many large  carriers,  including AT&T Corp.,
British  Telecommunications  plc,  Cable & Wireless  plc,  MCI  Worldcom,  Inc.,
Deutsche Telekom AG and Sprint  Corporation,  offer data networking and Internet
access services. They compete with us by bundling various services such as local
and long distance voice,  data transmission and video services to their business
customers.  We believe  that there is a move toward  horizontal  integration  by
telecommunications  companies  through  acquisitions  of or joint  ventures with
Internet  service  providers  to meet the  Internet  access and data  networking
requirements  of  business  customers.  Accordingly,  we  expect  to  experience
increased competition from these telecommunications carriers.

     Other  Competitors.  Because  we  offer  a  broad  range  of  services,  we
encounter  competition  from  numerous  businesses  which  provide  one  or more
similar  services.  For  example,  we  compete  with  companies  such  as Exodus
Communications,  Inc.,  Qwest Communications International Inc., Global Crossing
Ltd.,  DIGEX,  Incorporated  and  Level 3 Communications, Inc. in the colocation
facilities market.

REGULATORY MATTERS

     As with  any  provider  of  global  data  networking  and  Internet  access
services,  we face  regulatory and market access  barriers in various  countries
resulting from restrictive laws,  policies and licensing  requirements.  Our six
major markets consist of the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, France,
Italy and Japan.  Data  networking and Internet  access services are now open to
competition in all of these foreign markets,  but a license is required,  except
for France  where no license is  required.  We believe  that we are  licensed to
provide data networking and Internet access services as an independent  operator
under the applicable telecommunications  regulations in the United Kingdom, that
in France we are  authorized  to provide such  services  without any license and
that in  Germany  we have  notified  the  necessary  authorities  to allow us to
provide such services.  In Italy,  the provision of such services to only Bridge
does  not  require  any  license,  and we have  filed  the  application  for the
appropriate  licenses to offer such  services to the general  public as well. In
Japan, we are currently  authorized to provide data networking  services only to
Bridge and are in the process of making application for the appropriate  license
to offer services to third parties.

     In most other  countries  that we  believe  represent  significant  revenue
potential,  our data  networking  and Internet  access  services are now open to
competition,  although  in most  cases a license is  required.  In some of these
countries, including Australia, Denmark, Finland, Hong Kong, The Netherlands and
Norway,  we are  authorized  to provide  data  networking  and  Internet  access
services  to Bridge  and  third  parties.  However,  in the  remainder  of these
countries,   including  Brazil,   Canada,   Chile,  India,   Indonesia  and  the
Philippines, we are authorized to offer data networking services only to Bridge,
or to offer only data networking services,  but not Internet access services, to
Bridge  and  third  parties.  Our  business  plan does not  contemplate  selling
significant  services outside of the U.S.,  except to Bridge,  in the near term.
Therefore,  we do not  believe  that our  inability  to offer  services to third
parties in these countries is significant.


                                       55
<PAGE>

     In addition,  we face regulatory and market access barriers in countries in
which we do not  operate  but in which we have an  obligation  to  purchase  the
Bridge Internet protocol network assets that we have not already acquired in the
Bridge  asset  transfer.  These  Bridge  network  assets  generally  will not be
transferred   to  us  as  part  of  the  Bridge   asset   transfer   because  of
telecommunications licensing or other regulatory requirements.


     We are in the process of seeking regulatory  approvals in some countries to
offer services to Bridge and third parties,  including Greece, Ireland, Hungary,
Malaysia,  Taiwan, Thailand, Mexico and Venezuela.  Although we expect the asset
transfer to occur in Greece,  Ireland,  Hungary,  Poland,  Taiwan,  Mexico,  and
Venezuela within one year after the completion of this offering we cannot assure
you that we will  obtain  any of these  approvals.  We do not  believe  that the
failure to obtain these licenses will have a material  impact on our revenues as
we do not expect revenues from non-U.S.  customers to be substantial in the near
term.

     World Trade Organization Agreement and its Implications

     On February 15, 1997, 69 countries at the World Trade Organization  reached
an agreement to liberalize  market access and  introduce  national  treatment in
basic  telecommunications  services. Since then, two of the 69 participants have
submitted  improved  basic  telecommunications  schedules  and three World Trade
Organization  members who did not participate in the negotiations have submitted
commitments,   bringing   the   total   number   of   governments   with   basic
telecommunications  schedules to 72. In February  1998, the results of the World
Trade  Organization  negotiations on market access for basic  telecommunications
services  formally  entered  into  force and  became  binding  on the  signatory
countries.

     Despite  the  World  Trade  Organization  agreement,  regulatory  obstacles
continue to exist in a number of  signatory  countries.  First,  some  signatory
countries made only limited  commitments in terms of the services that they were
willing to  liberalize  and the  timeframe  in which they were willing to do so.
Second,  some less  developed  signatory  countries  are not well  prepared  for
competition  or for  effectively  regulating a liberalized  market;  gaining the
requisite experience and expertise is likely to be a long and difficult process.
Finally,   even   in   liberalized   countries,   there   remains   considerable
"post-liberalization  red tape," such as complicated  licensing  rules,  foreign
ownership  limits,  high fees and undeveloped  competition  and  interconnection
safeguards.

     Corporate  Presence.  In a number of  jurisdictions,  we are  permitted  to
provide data  networking or Internet  access  services to local  customers  only
after  first   establishing  a  corporate   presence,   by  way  of  either  the
incorporation of a subsidiary or the registration of a branch or  representative
office.  We have  established or will establish such a local presence in each of
the jurisdictions where such a presence is legally required.

     Regulatory Analysis by Service Type


     Data Networking Services. The core of our data networking services business
is  providing  managed data  networking  services to  corporate  customers.  The
managed data networking services that we provide are generally  characterized as
data transmission  services or value added services for licensing  purposes.  We
are  authorized  by law or by  individual  license  or a  general  authorization
obtainable by simple notification or declaration by an automatic "class" license
to  provide  these  services  in the  foreign  countries  in which we  expect to
generate  significant  revenue from data  networking  services.  In the European
Union member countries, such services may be provided upon the satisfaction of a
simple  registration,  notification or authorization  procedure,  in some cases,
without the need for any formality.

     Internet Access  Services.  The Internet access services that we provide in
the U.S. do not require any authorization.  The Internet access services that we
offer  outside of the U.S.  generally  do not require any  authorization  beyond
those required for managed data  networking  services and value added  services.
However,  because the regulation of Internet access is ill-defined or in flux in
some  countries,  there is a risk that customers are using our network to access
the Internet in countries that may prohibit,  or wish to prohibit,  such access.
We may limit this risk by  discontinuing  such access if  measures  are taken or
threatened by the pertinent  authorities  to restrict the use of our network for
Internet access.


                                       56
<PAGE>

     Substantive Regulation in Key Markets

     The regulatory regimes applicable to the United States, the United Kingdom,
Germany,  France, Italy and Japan, which will be our six major markets following
the Bridge asset transfer, as well as that of the European Union, are summarized
below.

     United  States.  We believe that the  regulatory  framework  governing  the
provision  of  telecommunications  services in the United  States  permits us to
offer all of our planned data  networking  services  without  significant  legal
constraints.  We provide these services on a resale basis or a facilities basis.
To the  extent  that any of these  planned  or  future  services  require  prior
authorization,  either by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, or by a
state public utility  commission,  we believe there is no significant  risk that
such an application  would be denied or would face processing  delays that would
have a material adverse effect on us.

     Nevertheless, services offered over the Internet or using Internet protocol
may present  distinct  regulatory  issues,  as is also the case in the  European
Union. The regulatory classification and treatment of some of these services has
not been resolved  authoritatively in the United States, and it is possible that
various Internet-related  services will be subject to prior authorization and to
as yet undefined  terms and conditions  under which such  authorizations  may be
granted.


     The  provision  of basic  telecommunications  services on a common  carrier
basis is subject to  regulation  in the United  States.  An entity that provides
such services on a common  carrier  basis is classified as a  telecommunications
carrier.  Interstate and  international  common carrier  services  provided by a
telecommunications  carrier are subject to the FCC's jurisdiction under Title II
of the Communications Act. Intrastate telecommunications services are subject to
regulation by the relevant state Public Utility Commission.

     We believe  that the  products  and  services  we offer are not  subject to
regulation,  but  there is some risk  that the FCC or a state  commission  could
determine that our products and services should require  specific  authorization
or be  subject  to  other  regulations.  If  that  were  to be the  case,  these
regulatory   requirements  could  include  prior   authorization   requirements,
tariffing   requirements  and  the  payment  of  contributions  to  federal  and
state-created  subsidy mechanisms  applicable to providers of telecommunications
services.  Some of these contributions would be required whether or not we would
be subject to authorization or tariff requirements.

     There  also is some  uncertainty  about  the  regulatory  status  of  voice
services  provided on data  networks.  If we were to offer voice services in the
future,  there is some risk that those  services  could be subject to regulation
and that those  services could be treated  similarly to voice services  provided
over  conventional  circuit-switched  network  facilities for purposes of making
payments to local  telephone  companies for origination and termination of calls
and for other purposes.


     European Union. In the last ten years, the European Union has established a
comprehensive  and  flexible   regulatory   system,   culminating  in  the  full
liberalization of  telecommunication  networks and services effective on January
1, 1998.  By that date,  ten European  Union member  countries  were required to
adopt  a  fully  liberalized  telecommunications  regime.  These  countries  are
Austria,  Belgium,  Denmark,  Finland,  France, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands,
Sweden and the United  Kingdom.  The five remaining  European  Union  countries,
Luxembourg,  Ireland,  Spain,  Portugal  and Greece,  were  allowed a derogation
allowing  them to delay  the  full  liberalization  of their  telecommunications
regime  until  a  later  date.   As  a  result,   Luxembourg   liberalized   its
telecommunications  regime on July 1, 1998;  Spain and  Ireland  liberalized  on
December 1, 1998; and Portugal liberalized on January 1, 2000.  Currently,  only
Greece is not required to have a fully liberalized telecommunications regime.
Greece is required to liberalize on December 31, 2000.


     The process of opening up the  telecommunications  markets in the  European
Union  was  achieved  through  European  Union  legislation  called  directives.
Directives are addressed to and binding on European  Union member  countries and
require  implementation into national law. There are two types of European Union
Directives  relating to  telecommunications:  first,  directives  adopted by the
European  Commission  aimed at liberalizing  European Union markets and, second,
directives adopted by the


                                       57
<PAGE>

European  Council aimed at ensuring that a minimum set of harmonized  rules,  to
ensure fair competition,  applies throughout the European Union. All 15 European
Union member countries were obligated to incorporate the principles contained in
these directives into their respective domestic legal frameworks.  However,  the
impact of the European Union  directives has been affected in some cases by late
or  inadequate  implementation,  as well  as the  irregular  enforcement  by the
domestic regulatory authorities of some European Union member states.

     United Kingdom. The  Telecommunications Act of 1984 provides the regulatory
framework  for  the  provision  of  telecommunications  services  in the  United
Kingdom.   The  authorization   regime   established  by  this  act  is  largely
infrastructure based, meaning that "systems" are licensed, with licenses for the
provision of specific services being the exception.  This  authorization  regime
also is based on licenses, rather than regulations or other generally applicable
instruments.  There are two  broad  types of  licenses,  individual  and  class.
Finally,  with minor  exceptions,  regulatory  treatment under this act does not
hinge on whether the license applies to data or voice.


     We provide our managed data networking services and value added services on
an international basis under the Telecommunications Services License, which is a
class license. This license authorizes the provision of fixed telecommunications
services  of  any  description,   other  than   international   voice  services,
broadcasting and conditional access services. This license allows the connection
of the licensee's  telecommunications  system to essentially  any other licensed
system, and allows the commercial supply of services to third parties from up to
20  premises.   Internet   access   services  are  not  subject  to   additional
service-specific regulation.

     Germany. The legal framework for the deregulation in the telecommunications
sector in Germany was transformed by the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996, which
became  effective on August 1, 1996,  and its  implementing  ordinances  adopted
since then. This act has liberalized most telecommunications  services,  subject
to a licensing  regime that is in conformity with European  Community law in all
material  respects.   However,  some   telecommunications   services,   such  as
asynchronous DSL, are not liberalized. Nevertheless, the managed data networking
services and value added  services that we offer can be provided in Germany upon
notifying the regulatory authorities, which we have done.

     France. The legal framework for regulation in the telecommunications sector
in France was transformed by the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996,  which became
effective on July 28, 1996, and subsequent decrees on interconnection, universal
service, numbering,  licensing and rights-of-way.  This act has liberalized most
telecommunications services, subject to a licensing regime that is in conformity
with European  Community law. The data networking  services we provide,  whether
managed data networking  services or Internet access services,  currently do not
require any form of authorization.


     Italy.  Pursuant to law No. 103/1995 and subsequent decrees,  the provision
of telecommunications  services in Italy to the general public is subject to the
granting of two specific authorizations from the Ministry of Communications. One
authorization relates to provision of telecommunications services through direct
access to the  public  network,  including  Internet  access  services,  and one
authorization relates to provision of packet- and circuit-switched data services
or simple resale of capacity, including data transmission.  For the provision of
telecommunications  services  through  switched access to the public network,  a
notice must be filed with the Ministry of  Communication.  Voice  telephony  and
telecommunications  infrastructures are subject to an individual license. We are
in the process of filing the two requests for authorization.


     Japan. The legal framework for regulation in the telecommunications  sector
in Japan is the  Telecommunications  Business  Law.  This law requires a special
type 2 license  if a company  makes its  international  communication  facility,
including privately leased international lines, available to any third party for
the purpose of  telecommunication by that third party. In this context, the term
"telecommunication" encompasses the act of data transmission.  Accordingly, if a
company provides its customers access to an overseas database through its leased
lines,  it will be required to obtain a special  type 2 license.  However,  if a
company  were to  replicate  the  database  in Japan  and  permit  access to the
database from within the country, the Telecommunications  Business Law would not
apply,  even if all the information  were  transmitted  directly to the database
from an overseas parent company or subsidiary.


                                       58
<PAGE>


Under the  Telecommunications  Business Law, information  transfers  exclusively
between a parent company and its subsidiary are exempt from licensing. Moreover,
if a company provides  Internet access services  directly or indirectly  through
the local Internet access providers that hold a type 1 license or a special type
2 license,  it will only be  required  to obtain a general  type 2  license,  in
general. We are in the process of applying for a special type 2 license.

  Regulatory Assessment of Other Markets

     Europe,  excluding  European  Union  member  countries.  Telecommunications
services are liberalized in varying  degrees in European  countries that are not
European Union member countries. As a matter of practice, Switzerland and Norway
conform their regulatory frameworks to the European Union model. By contrast, in
Hungary, upon filing the necessary notification,  a foreign owned subsidiary may
provide limited data networking services to a defined group and, upon receipt of
necessary licenses,  may provide Internet access services.  In Poland,  however,
minimum  local  ownership  requirements  limit  greatly the extent to which data
networking or Internet access services may be provided.

     Asia,  excluding  Japan.  Regulatory  regimes  vary  greatly  in  character
throughout  Asia.  At the  liberalized  end  of the  range,  countries  such  as
Australia and New Zealand have liberalized  policies that require no licenses to
provide data networking and Internet access services.  Other countries,  such as
Taiwan,  are open to competition,  but require service  providers to comply with
extensive licensing  procedures.  At the more restrictive end, countries such as
Indonesia and India require some minimum level of domestic ownership in order to
provide data  networking  and  Internet  access  services to persons  other than
Bridge.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     We do not own any patents or registered trademarks, except for our business
name and several product names for which we are in the process of applying,  nor
do we hold any  material  licenses,  franchises  or  concessions.  We enter into
confidentiality  and  invention  assignment  agreements  with our  employees and
consultants   and  control  access  to  and   distribution  of  our  proprietary
information.  Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary  rights,  departing
employees and other unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain
and use our products and technology. Monitoring unauthorized use of our products
and  technology  is  difficult,  and we cannot be certain that the steps we have
taken will prevent  misappropriation of our technology,  particularly in foreign
countries where the laws may not protect our  proprietary  rights as fully as in
the United States.

EMPLOYEES

     As of December 31, 1999, we employed 212 full-time persons, 67 of whom were
engaged  in  engineering,  operations  and  customer  service,  117 in sales and
marketing,  and 28 in  finance  and  administration.  None of our  employees  is
represented by a labor union,  and we have not experienced any work stoppages to
date. We consider our employee relations to be good.

FACILITIES

     Our  executive  offices  are  located in Reston,  Virginia  and  consist of
approximately 10,500 square feet that are leased under an agreement that expires
in 2004. We lease  facilities  for our sales offices and network  equipment in a
number of metropolitan  areas and specific cities.  We also lease  approximately
10,000 square feet from Bridge in St. Louis,  Missouri. We are negotiating a ten
and a half year lease for an 80,000 square foot facility in Herndon, Virginia to
house  our  executive   management,   sales  and  marketing  personnel  and  our
Washington,  D.C. colocation data center facility.  We believe that our existing
facilities,  including the additional  space, are adequate for our current needs
and that  suitable  additional  or  alternative  space will be  available in the
future on commercially reasonable terms as needed.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     From  time  to  time,  we  may be involved in litigation relating to claims
arising  out  of  our ordinary course of business. We are not currently involved
in any material legal proceedings.


                                       59
<PAGE>


                            RELATIONSHIP WITH BRIDGE

     This is an offering of shares of common stock of SAVVIS and not Bridge. The
following  information  has been  provided  because  a  significant  portion  of
revenues  of SAVVIS is expected to come from  Bridge.  Purchasers  of our common
stock will not acquire an interest in Bridge.

     You should read Bridge's  financial  statements and the notes  thereto,  as
well as the  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
Results  of  Operations  of  Bridge  that  are  included  in the  back  of  this
prospectus.

     The following selected  financial  information for the years ended December
31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 was derived from Bridge's audited financial  statements.
The  financial  information  for the nine months  ended  September  30, 1999 was
provided by Bridge and is unaudited.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  NINE MONTHS
                                                        FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,              ENDED
                                                  -------------------------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1996           1997           1998            1999
                                                  -------------   -----------   -------------   --------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
- ----------------------------
Revenues ......................................    $  269,312      $ 409,926     $  892,141       $  958,435
Loss from operations (1) ......................       (40,543)       (33,647)       (69,046)         (66,140)
Net loss (1) ..................................       (60,796)       (68,610)      (142,861)        (134,377)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
- --------------------
EBITDA before acquisition related
 writeoffs ....................................        25,113         50,902        160,260          153,712
Acquisition related write-offs ................         6,500          5,396         28,709               --
Cash (used in) provided by operating
 activities ...................................       (19,484)        10,404         46,304          (76,025)
Cash used in investing activities .............      (292,449)       (56,948)      (498,936)        (123,847)
Cash provided by financing activities .........       322,679         43,384        473,812          203,542
</TABLE>



- ----------
(1) Bridge has used  amortization  periods  ranging from three years to 40 years
    for goodwill and other intangibles. If they had used amortization periods of
    no longer  than ten years,  the loss from  operations  would have been $48.6
    million,  $51.0 million,  $106.9 million and $111.8 million and the net loss
    would have been $68.7 million, $86 million,  $180.7 million and $180 million
    for the periods ended December 31, 1996,  1997, 1998 and September 30, 1999,
    respectively.


     Bridge has informed us it continued to use cash in its operating activities
for the  fiscal  quarter  ended  December  31,  1999 and  that the cash  used in
operating  activities  in 1999 was primarily  due to temporary  working  capital
pressures  experienced in the course of integrating its recent acquisitions,  as
well as declines  in  revenues  primarily  resulting  from higher than  expected
cancellations of subscriptions of products of acquired companies due to non-Year
2000 compliant  products,  client  rationalization of market data services costs
and reductions in users due to mergers among Bridge clients.


     The increases in working capital are attributable to


     o Accounts receivable increases of $75.8 million resulting from (1) billing
       delays  resulting  from  conversions  from the  non-Year  2000  compliant
       billing  systems of acquired  companies to the Bridge  billing system and
       (2) billing  issues  resulting  from the migration of customers  from the
       less technologically  advanced protocol products of acquired companies to
       Bridge's new technology products; and

     o Accounts payable decreases of $46.6 million resulting from the payment of
       one-time accruals related to companies acquired in 1998.



                                       60
<PAGE>

BRIDGE RELATIONSHIP

     Upon  completion  of this  offering,  we  will  acquire  Bridge's  Internet
protocol network and enter into a number of agreements with Bridge.

     Master Establishment and Transition Agreement. The master establishment and
transition  agreement  transfers Bridge's global Internet protocol network to us
for $150 million.  Under this  agreement,  a Bridge  subsidiary that owns all of
Bridge's U.S. network assets will transfer them to one of our subsidiaries.  The
transfers of non-U.S. assets will be effected under local transfer agreements to
be entered into by the appropriate Bridge and SAVVIS subsidiaries.


     The transfer of several portions of the Bridge network requires contractual
consents from some of Bridge's counterparties or regulatory approvals in several
jurisdictions  which,  as of the closing date,  may not yet be obtained.  Bridge
will continue to own and operate those portions of the network while we continue
to seek the appropriate consents.  Under the master establishment and transition
agreement,  once the requisite consents and approvals have been acquired in each
jurisdiction,  we will have an  obligation to purchase the assets from Bridge in
that jurisdiction. In jurisdictions where we expect the purchase to occur within
one year of the closing date of the Bridge asset  transfer,  Bridge will operate
the facilities on our behalf and we will reimburse Bridge for all costs directly
associated  with the use,  maintenance and operation of those assets and we will
be paid for the use of  those  assets  by  Bridge  under  the  network  services
agreement.  We expect the asset transfer to occur in Greece,  Ireland,  Hungary,
Poland, Taiwan, Thailand,  Mexico and Venezuela within one year from the closing
date of the Bridge transfer. Our obligation to acquire these assets expires upon
the  later of ten years  from the  closing  date or  expiration  of the  network
services agreement.


     Under the master  establishment  and transition  agreement,  Bridge will be
responsible for all liabilities  associated with its Internet  protocol  network
prior to the transfer to us, and we will be responsible  for  liabilities  after
the transfer.  Bridge will make several limited representations in the agreement
relating  to  corporate  authority,  title and  existence  of the  assets  being
transferred,  as well as that the transfer is of the entire network,  other than
the assets that could not be  transferred.  The agreement  will further  provide
that we will indemnify Bridge for breaches of our representations and warranties
and with respect to our responsibility for our assumed liabilities.


     Network Services Agreement.  Under the network services agreement,  we will
agree to provide Bridge with networks for the collection and distribution of the
financial  information  provided  by Bridge to its  customers  and for  Bridge's
internal  managed data network  needs for ten years from the closing  date.  The
agreement may be extended by Bridge for an additional five-year period by giving
us notice one year before the  expiration  of the initial  ten-year  term.  Upon
termination of the agreement, we will be required to continue to provide network
services  to Bridge  for an  additional  five  years,  at rates in effect at the
termination date.

     The purchase will substantially increase our depreciation and amortization,
and as a result we will  incur  significant  losses.  For the first  year of the
agreement,  our fees will be based upon the cash cost to Bridge of operating the
network as configured on the date we acquired the original network. Our fees for
additional  services,  following the closing of the transfer,  will be set for a
three-year  term based on an agreed  payment  schedule  reflecting the estimated
cost to provide the services. The price schedule for additional services will be
subject to annual  review and will be  mutually  agreed  upon or  determined  by
binding arbitration. Bridge has agreed to pay us a minimum of $105 million, $132
million  and  $145  million  for  network  services  in  2000,  2001  and  2002,
respectively.

     In  addition,  Bridge  has  agreed  that the  amount  paid to us under  the
agreement for the fourth, fifth and sixth years will not be less than 80% of the
total  amount paid by Bridge and its  subsidiaries  for Internet  protocol  data
transport  services;  and the  amount  paid to us under  the  agreement  for the
seventh  through  tenth years will not be less than 60% of the total amount paid
by Bridge and its subsidiaries for Internet protocol data transport services.

     In addition we will charge Bridge for  additional  bandwidth and additional
connections at a rate  established on an annual basis.  In those instances where
the addition is outside of the existing network,  we will negotiate the terms of
the expansion with Bridge on a case-by-case basis, including


                                       61
<PAGE>


any  additional  charges  to be paid to us by Bridge to defray  the cost of such
expansion. If we cannot reach agreement with Bridge on the annual rate or on the
additional  charges,  and Bridge still  desires for us to provide such  service,
then we will  submit  prices to an  independent  arbitrator  who will assign the
price  quoted by the party  that in the  arbitrator's  opinion  came  closest to
quoting a fair market price.

     We have also agreed  that,  beginning  twelve  months after the date of the
transfer of the network,  the network will perform in  accordance  with specific
quality of service  standards.  If those standards are not met with respect to a
customer site in any month, Bridge will be entitled to receive,  upon request, a
credit for one  month's  charges  for that site.  The  Bridge  network  services
agreement will contain quality of service levels and will provide for credits if
the levels are not  maintained.  In addition,  a material  breach of the service
levels would allow Bridge to terminate  the agreement  and/or  collect up to $50
million as liquidated damages not more than once in any 36-month period.

     The  agreement  will  provide  for the  creation  of a  strategic  advisory
committee  comprised  of three of our senior  executives  and three from Bridge,
with an  additional  outside  consultant  to be appointed by both  parties.  The
mission of the committee will be to review the  performance  of the network,  to
serve as a forum for the  consideration  and discussion of issues related to the
network,  and to discuss issues related to the future  development of the SAVVIS
ProActiveSM  Network in the context of the relationship of SAVVIS and Bridge. We
will agree to use our  commercially  reasonable  best efforts to comply with the
recommendations of the committee.

     Bridge will agree that during the term of the  network  services  agreement
and for the next five years after the termination of this agreement, Bridge will
not compete  with us anywhere in the world in  providing  packet-data  transport
network  services,  other than  investments in a competitor not to exceed 10% of
the outstanding capital stock of that competitor.

     So long as Bridge is the beneficial owner of 20% of our outstanding  voting
securities, we have agreed not to provide any of our stockholders with voting or
registration  rights  superior  to the voting or  registration  rights of Bridge
other than as required by law.

     Local Network Access Agreement.  In most  jurisdictions  outside the United
States,  the charges that we pay for the local circuit between our  distribution
frame,   which   usually  is   located   in  a  central   office  of  the  local
telecommunications  provider,  and the Bridge customer  premises will be charged
back to Bridge at a rate intended to recover our costs.

     Equipment  Colocation  Permits.  Some network  assets to be  purchased  are
located in premises  currently leased by Bridge. The permits provide us, subject
to the  receipt of  required  landlord  consents,  with the  ability to keep the
equipment  that is being  purchased  from Bridge in the facilities in which they
are currently located.  We will have no interest in or rights to the real estate
other than the right to enter the facilities for the purpose of maintaining  the
equipment and to place a rack with equipment in the premises.  According to this
arrangement,  we will occupy a minimal amount of space,  generally less than 100
square  feet,  in each of the  premises.  The permits,  approximately  thirty in
total,  are for a term that is  coterminous  with the  underlying  rights  which
Bridge has to such facilities,  which range from one to ten years. Our costs for
these colocation  permits,  which are fixed costs, are estimated to be less than
$75,000 per year.

     Technical Services Agreement. Pursuant to the technical services agreement,
Bridge will provide us with services, including help desk support, installation,
maintenance  and  repair  of  equipment,   customer  related  services  such  as
processing service orders and provisioning interconnection.  In addition, Bridge
will agree to manage the colocation of third-party  equipment in our facilities,
which includes facilities management,  such as power, heating, air conditioning,
lighting and other  utilities and  installation,  monitoring and  maintenance of
equipment. Bridge also will manage our network operation centers. This agreement
will remain in effect so long as the network  services  agreement  is in effect.
Rates for the services  provided  under this  agreement  are fixed for the first
year. We expect the  aggregate  amount of payments to Bridge under the technical
services,  agreement in 2000 will be approximately $1.1 million. After the first
year,  we will  negotiate  new rates,  and if we and Bridge  cannot agree on new
rates, then we


                                       62
<PAGE>


will submit prices to an independent arbitrator who will assign the price quoted
by the party that in the  arbitrator's  opinion  comes closest to quoting a fair
market price.  Bridge is required to meet quality of service standards set forth
in the  agreement,  and,  if  Bridge  fails  to meet the  standards,  we will be
entitled to a refund of all amounts paid for the non-complying  service plus the
costs we incurred to have that service provided by a third party.

     Administrative  Services  Agreement.  For a period of three years, and from
then on from year to year until Bridge or we  terminate  the  agreement,  Bridge
will  provide us with various  administrative  services,  including  payroll and
accounting  functions,  benefit management and the provision of office space. We
have  the  right  to take  over  one or  more  of  these  functions  before  the
termination  of the  agreement.  Bridge will  charge us for these  services in a
manner that is intended to permit  Bridge to recover the costs of providing  the
services.

     Promissory Note. To the extent we do not pay for the purchase price for the
Bridge  network  assets in cash we will issue to Bridge a three-year  promissory
note.  The  promissory  note will bear interest,  payable  semi-annually,  at an
annual rate of 10%. Principal will be payable at maturity.

     GECC Sublease. In connection with the acquisition of the network assets, we
will  sublease  from Bridge some of the network  assets that Bridge  leases from
GECC.  The  aggregate  amount of these  capital  leases is  estimated  to be $25
million.  The terms of the GECC  sublease  are meant to mirror  the GECC  master
lease. At the end of the lease term, Bridge will have the right to acquire these
assets from GECC for $1, and we will have the right to acquire these assets from
Bridge for $1.


                                       63
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following  table shows the names and ages of our  directors,  executive
officers and significant employees and the positions they hold with our company.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                 AGE                     POSITION
              ----                 ---                     --------
<S>                               <C>     <C>
Robert A. McCormick ...........    34     Chief Executive Officer and
                                          Chairman of the Board
Jack M. Finlayson .............    45     President and Chief Operating Officer
Richard Bubenik ...............    38     Executive Vice President and Chief
                                          Technical Officer
David J. Frear ................    43     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
                                          Officer and Director
James D. Mori .................    44     Executive Vice President and General
                                          Manager -- Americas
Clyde A. Heintzelman ..........    61     Director
Thomas E. McInerney ...........    58     Director
Patrick J. Welsh ..............    56     Director
Thomas M. Wendel ..............    63     Director
Steven M. Gallant .............    40     Vice President, General Counsel and
                                          Secretary
</TABLE>



     ROBERT  A.  MCCORMICK  has served as the Chairman of our board of directors
since  April  1999  and  as our Chief Executive Officer since November 1999. Mr.
McCormick  served  as  Executive  Vice  President and Chief Technical Officer of
Bridge  from January 1997 to December 1999, and held various engineering, design
and  development  positions  at  Bridge from 1988 to January 1997. Mr. McCormick
attended the University of Colorado at Boulder.

     JACK  M.  FINLAYSON has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer
since  December  31,  1999.  From  June 1998 to December 31, 1999, Mr. Finlayson
served  as Senior Vice President of Global Crossing Holdings, Ltd. and President
of  Global  Crossing  International,  Ltd.,  a  provider  of  Internet  and long
distance  communications  facilities  and  services.  Prior  to  joining  Global
Crossing,   Mr.  Finlayson  was  employed  by  Motorola,  Inc.,  a  provider  of
integrated  communications  solutions  and  embedded  electronic  solutions,  as
Corporate   Vice   President  and  General  Manager  of  the  Americas  Cellular
Infrastructure  Group  from  March  1994 to February 1998, and as Corporate Vice
President  and General Manager of the Asia Pacific Cellular Infrastructure Group
from  March  1998  to  May  1998.  Prior  to joining Motorola, Mr. Finlayson was
employed  by  AT&T  as  Sales  Vice  President of Business Network Sales for the
Southeastern  United  States.  Mr. Finlayson received a B.S. degree in Marketing
from  LaSalle  University,  an  M.B.A.  degree  in  Marketing  from  St.  Joseph
University  and  a  post M.B.A. certification in Information Management from St.
Joseph's University.


     RICHARD  BUBENIK joined us in December 1996 and has served as our Executive
Vice  President  and Chief Technical Officer since July 1999. Dr. Bubenik served
as  our  Assistant Vice President -- Engineering from December 1996 to September
1997,  Vice  President -- Engineering from October 1997 to April 1999 and Senior
Vice  President  Network Engineering from April 1999 to July 1999. From May 1993
to  December  1996,  Dr.  Bubenik  was  a Software Development Manager for Ascom
Nexion,  a  network  switch/router equipment supplier. Dr. Bubenik holds a Ph.D.
in  Computer  Science  from  Rice  University, M.S. and B.S. degrees in Computer
Science  from  Washington University and a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering
from Washington University.

     DAVID  J.  FREAR  has  served  as  our  Executive  Vice President and Chief
Financial  Officer  since  July  1999,  and  as  a director of our company since
October  1999. Mr. Frear was an independent consultant in the telecommunications
industry  from  August 1998 until June 1999. From October 1993 to July 1998, Mr.
Frear  was  Senior  Vice  President and Chief Financial Officer of Orion Network
Systems


                                       64
<PAGE>

Inc.,  a  Nasdaq  listed international satellite communications company that was
acquired  by  Loral  Space  &  Communications in March 1998. Mr. Frear was Chief
Financial  Officer  of  Millicom  Incorporated,  a  Nasdaq  listed international
cellular  paging  and cable television company, from 1990 to 1993. He previously
was  an  investment  banker  at Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. and Credit Suisse. Mr.
Frear  received  his  C.P.A.  in  1979  and  received  an M.B.A. degree from the
University of Michigan.


     JAMES  D.  MORI  has  served  as  our  Executive Vice President and General
Manager--Americas  since  October  1999.  Prior  to  joining  us,  Mr.  Mori was
employed  by  Sprint  Corporation as National Account Manager from April 1987 to
December  1989,  as  Branch  Manager  from  January  1990  to  December 1991, as
Regional  Sales  Director  from January 1992 to March 1996, as Vice President --
Sales  from  March 1996 to February 1997 and as Area Director from February 1997
to  October  1999.  From January 1980 to March 1987, Mr. Mori served as National
Account  Manager  of  Digital  Equipment Corporation, Southwestern Bell and AT&T
Information  Systems.  Mr.  Mori received a B.S. in Business Administration from
the University of Missouri.


     CLYDE A. HEINTZELMAN has served as a director of our company since December
1998.  Mr.  Heintzelman  has served as the President of Net2000  Communications,
Inc.,  a provider  of  broadband  business  telecommunications  services,  since
November 1999.  From December 1998 to November 1999, Mr.  Heintzelman  served as
our President and Chief Executive Officer and from May 1995 to December 1998, he
served  as Chief  Operating  Officer  and  President  of DIGEX  Incorporated,  a
national   Internet   services   provider   that  was  acquired  by   Intermedia
Communications,  Inc. in July 1996.  From January 1995 to April 1995,  he was an
independent consultant and provided services primarily to Hekimian Laboratories,
Inc., a developer of data network  testing  capabilities.  In January  1992,  he
participated  in  founding  CSI, a company  focused  on  building  hardware  and
software  products for switched wide area networks  using ISDN  technology,  and
from  January  1992 to December  1994,  he served as Vice  President  -- Sales &
Marketing of CSI. Mr.  Heintzelman  serves as a director of  Optelecom,  Inc., a
Nasdaq  listed  company  that  develops,  manufactures  and  sells  fiber  optic
communications  products and laser  systems,  Net2000  Communications,  and Tata
Consultancy  Services, a software and services company. Mr. Heintzelman received
a B.A. in Marketing from the University of Delaware.

     THOMAS  E.  MCINERNEY has served as a director of our company since October
1999.  Mr.  McInerney  has  served  as  a  general  partner  of  Welsh Carson, a
principal  stockholder  of our company, and other associated partnerships, since
1987.  Prior  to  joining  Welsh  Carson,  Mr. McInerney was President and Chief
Executive  Officer  of  Dama  Telecommunications  Corporation,  a voice and data
communications  services  company which he co-founded in 1982. Mr. McInerney has
also  been  President  of  the  Brokerage Services Division and later Group Vice
President  --  Financial  Services  of  ADP,  with  responsibility  for  the ADP
divisions  that  serve  the securities, commodities, bank, thrift and electronic
funds  transfer  industries.  He has also held positions with the American Stock
Exchange,  Citibank and American Airlines. Mr. McInerney serves as a director of
Mede  America Corporation, The BISYS Group, Inc., Centennial Cellular Corp., The
Cerplex  Group,  Inc.  and  Spectra Site Holdings, Inc. He is also a director of
Bridge  and  several other private companies. Mr. McInerney received a B.A. from
St.  Johns  University,  and  attended  New  York  University Graduate School of
Business Administration.

     PATRICK  J.  WELSH  has  served  as a director of our company since October
1999.  Mr.  Welsh  was  a co-founder of Welsh Carson, a principal stockholder of
our  company, and has served as a general partner of Welsh Carson and affiliated
entities  since  1979.  Prior to 1979, Mr. Welsh was President and a director of
Citicorp  Venture  Capital,  Ltd.,  an  affiliate of Citicorp engaged in venture
capital   investing.   Mr.  Welsh  serves  as  a  director  of  Accredo  Health,
Incorporated.  He  also serves as a director of Bridge and several other private
companies.  Mr. Welsh received a B.A. from Rutgers University and an M.B.A. from
the University of California at Los Angeles.

     THOMAS  M. WENDEL has served as a director of our company since April 1999.
He  has  been  Chairman of the Board of Bridge since January 1996, and President
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Bridge  since  September  1995. From 1986 to
September 1995, Mr. Wendel served as founding


                                       65
<PAGE>

President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of Liberty  Brokerage,  Inc.,  a United
States government  securities  brokerage firm. From 1982 to 1986, Mr. Wendel was
with Paine  Webber  Inc.,  where he held several  senior  management  positions,
including Chief Financial Officer and head of Operations and Systems. Mr. Wendel
also served as Executive Vice  President and Managing  Director of Paine Webber,
where he was responsible for investment banking involving thrifts and commercial
banks,  mortgage  sales and trading,  and mortgage  banking.  Prior to 1982, Mr.
Wendel was Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer of Pan American
World Airways.  While at Pan American,  he also held several  senior  management
positions including overall  responsibility for Data Systems and Communications,
Airline  Planning,   Property  and  Facilities,   Corporate  Budgets,  Treasury,
Accounting,  Aircraft  Sales,  and Office  Services.  Mr. Wendel holds a B.S. in
Mathematics,  an M.A.  in  Economics,  an M.B.A.,  and several  academic  honors
including  Phi  Kappa  Phi  and  a  National  Defense  Graduate   Fellowship  in
Mathematics.  He was the co-author of  Introduction to Data Processing and COBOL
published by McGraw-Hill in 1969.

     STEVEN  M.  GALLANT  has  served as our Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary  since December 1996. From July 1991 to December 1996, Mr. Gallant was
a  partner  with  The  Stolar  Partnership  where he specialized in the areas of
corporate  finance,  mergers  and  acquisitions  and  general corporate law. Mr.
Gallant  received  a  B.A. from the University of Denver, a J.D. from Washington
University and an L.L.M. in Taxation from New York University.


     Members  of our board of  directors  are  elected  each year at our  annual
meeting of stockholders, and serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders
and until their respective successors have been elected and qualified. Following
the completion of this offering,  we intend to comply with the  requirements  of
the Nasdaq National Market  regarding  independent  directors.  Our officers are
elected annually by our board of directors and serve at the board's  discretion.


     In November  1999,  we entered into an agreement  with Mr.  Heintzelman  in
connection with his  resignation as our President and Chief  Executive  Officer.
Pursuant to the agreement,  Mr.  Heintzelman has agreed to serve on our board of
directors for a one-year term that will expire in November 2000.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


     Our   board   of  directors  has  established  an  audit  committee  and  a
compensation  committee.  The  audit  committee  and  the compensation committee
consist  of  Thomas  E.  McInerney,  Patrick  J. Welsh and Thomas M. Wendel. The
responsibilities of the audit committee include:


     o recommending to our board of directors an independent audit firm to audit
       our financial statements and to perform services related to the audit;

     o reviewing  the  scope  and  results  of the  audit  with our  independent
       auditors;

     o considering  the  adequacy of our internal accounting control procedures;
and

     o considering auditors' independence.


     The  compensation committee is responsible for determining the salaries and
incentive  compensation  of  our  management and key employees and administering
our stock option plan.


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION


     Mr.  Wendel,  a director of our company, is also President, Chief Executive
Officer  and  Chairman of the Board of Bridge. Messrs. McInerney and Welsh serve
as  directors  of  our  company,  as  well  as directors of Bridge. In addition,
Messrs.  McInerney  and  Welsh  are  general  partners  of  Welsh  Carson, which
sponsors   investment  partnerships,  two  of  which  are  among  our  principal
stockholders and are also principal stockholders of Bridge.

     In 1999,  none of our executive  officers served as a director or member of
the compensation committee of another entity whose executive officers had served
on our board of directors or on our compensation committee.



                                       66
<PAGE>


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     Directors who are also employees of our company will not receive additional
compensation for serving as a director.  Each director who is not an employee of
our company will receive an annual retainer of $15,000, together with a grant of
options to purchase shares of our common stock under our stock option plan at an
exercise  price equal to fair market  value on the date of grant.  On January 3,
2000.  Messrs.  Welsh,  Wendel and  McInerney  each received  15,000  options to
purchase  shares of our common  stock under our stock option plan at an exercise
price of $.50 per share. The options will vest immediately on the date of grant,
but if a director  ceases to serve on our board of  directors,  we will have the
right to repurchase  these shares at the lower of the exercise price or the fair
market  value of the  shares.  Our  right to  repurchase  these  shares  will be
terminated  with  respect  to one  fourth of the  shares  on each of the  first,
second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of the option grant.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following table provides you with information about compensation earned
during fiscal 1999 by our Chief Executive Officers and the other two most highly
compensated  executive  officers  employed by us, whose salaries and bonuses for
such year were in excess of $100,000. We use the term "named executive officers"
to refer to these officers in this prospectus.

                         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(1)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              LONG-TERM
                                                            COMPENSATION
                                                                AWARDS
                                                          -----------------
                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION      SECURITIES           ALL
                                     --------------------  UNDERLYING STOCK       OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                 SALARY             OPTIONS         COMPENSATION
- ------------------------------------ -------------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                  <C>                  <C>               <C>
Robert A. McCormick(2) .............       $ 45,139       750,000                      --
 Chief Executive Officer and
   Chairman of the Board
Clyde A. Heintzelman(3) ............        218,146       218,224              $  330,400(6)
David J. Frear(4) ..................        122,276       400,000                   2,400(7)
 Executive Vice President and
   Chief Financial Officer
Richard Bubenik(5) .................        159,258       306,732                   2,400(7)
 Executive Vice President and
   Chief Technical Officer .........
</TABLE>


- ---------------------
(1) In accordance with the rules of the SEC, the compensation  described in this
    table does not  include  medical,  group life  insurance  or other  benefits
    received by the named executive officers that are available generally to all
    salaried  employees  and various  perquisites  and other  personal  benefits
    received by the named executive officers,  which do not exceed the lesser of
    $50,000 or 10% of any officer's salary and bonus disclosed in this table.


(2) Mr.  McCormick  became our Chief  Executive  Officer in November  1999,  but
    continued  serving as the  Executive  Vice  President  and Chief  Technology
    Officer of Bridge through  December 1999. He was  compensated for all of his
    services by Bridge.

(3) Mr. Heintzelman became our President and Chief Executive Officer in December
    1998 and resigned from these positions in November 1999.

(4) Mr. Frear became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in
    July 1999.

(5) Mr.  Bubenik  joined us in  December  1996 and  became  our  Executive  Vice
    President and Chief Technical Officer in July 1999.

(6) Consists of  $328,000  payable to Mr.  Heintzelman  in  connection  with his
    resignation and $2,400 of matching contributions made under our 401(k) plan.

(7) Consists of matching contributions made under our 401(k) plan.

                                       67
<PAGE>

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     The  following  table  shows  grants of stock  options to each of the named
executive  officers during 1999. The percentages in the table below are based on
options to purchase a total of 5,159,508  shares of our common stock  granted to
our employees and directors in 1999. The exercise price per share of each option
was equal to the fair market  value of the common  stock on the date of grant as
determined by the  compensation  committee of our board of directors.  Potential
realizable  values are net of exercise  price  before taxes and are based on the
assumption  that  our  common  stock  appreciates  at  the  annual  rate  shown,
compounded annually, from the date of grant until the expiration of the ten-year
term. The numbers are calculated based on the requirements of the SEC and do not
reflect our estimate of future stock price growth.

                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1999


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                                                                                                           AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                                                                                            RATES OF STOCK
                                       NUMBER OF                                                         PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                      SECURITIES                                                             OPTION TERM
                                      UNDERLYING      PERCENT OF TOTAL       EXERCISE                     ------------------------
                                       OPTIONS       OPTIONS GRANTED TO     PRICE PER     EXPIRATION
               NAME                     GRANTED       EMPLOYEES IN 1999       SHARE          DATE           5%           10%
- ----------------------------------   ------------   --------------------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>                    <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Robert A. McCormick (1) ..........     750,000               14.5%           $  0.50       7/22/09     $610,836      $972,653
Clyde A. Heintzelman (2) .........     218,224                4.2%              0.50       7/22/09      177,732       283,008
David J. Frear (3) ...............     400,000                7.8%              0.50       7/22/09      325,779       518,749
Richard Bubenik (4) ..............     306,732                5.9%              0.50       7/22/09      249,817       397,792
</TABLE>

- ---------------------

(1) All these  options  vested on the date of grant.  If Mr.  McCormick  were to
    resign,  we would have the right to  repurchase  up to 454,500 of the shares
    that have been purchased by Mr.  McCormick upon exercise of these options at
    the lower of $0.50 per share or the fair market  value of the  shares.  This
    right  will be  terminated  with  respect  to  79,500  shares  on the  first
    anniversary  of the date of the option grant and with respect to the balance
    of the shares at the rate of 125,000 shares on each of the second, third and
    fourth anniversaries of the date of grant.


(2) All these options vested on the date of Mr. Heintzelman's resignation.

(3) All these options vested on the date of grant.  If Mr. Frear were to resign,
    we would have the right to repurchase the shares that have been purchased by
    Mr. Frear upon  exercise of these  options at the lower of $.50 per share or
    the fair market  value of the  shares.  This right will be  terminated  with
    respect to 100,000 shares upon  completion of this offering and with respect
    to the balance of the shares at the rate of 8,333 shares per month beginning
    on the first  anniversary of the date of the option grant through the fourth
    anniversary of the date of grant.  Our right to repurchase these shares will
    be terminated in the event of a change in control of our company.

(4) Currently, these options are exercisable at the rate of 4,167 each month. On
    June 30,  2000,  a total of 12,500  options  will  become  exercisable,  and
    beginning  on June 30, 2000,  6,250  options  will become  exercisable  each
    month.


AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN 1999 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

     The  following  table sets forth as of December 31,  1999,  for each of the
named executive officers listed:

     o the  total  number  of  shares  received  upon exercise of options during
       1999;

     o the value realized upon that exercise;

     o the  total  number  of  unexercised options to purchase our common stock;
       and

     o the value of such options which were in-the-money at December 31, 1999.

                                       68
<PAGE>


     There was no public  trading market for our common stock as of December 31,
1999.  Accordingly,  in order to present the values  realized  upon  exercise of
options  and the  values of  unexercised  in-the-money  options  shown  below we
subtracted the applicable  exercise price from a price of $23.50 per share,  the
midpoint of the price range for our common stock shown on the cover page of this
prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                   UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                         OPTIONS AT                   IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                      DECEMBER 31, 1999       OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1999
                                                                ----------------------------- ----------------------------
                                SHARES ACQUIRED       VALUE
             NAME                 ON EXERCISE       REALIZED     EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------ ----------------- -------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                            <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Robert A. McCormick ..........      750,000       $17,250,000        --                --          --                 --
Clyde A. Heintzelman .........      218,224         5,019,152        --                --          --                 --
David J. Frear ...............      400,000         9,200,000        --                --          --                 --
Richard Bubenik ..............       40,065           921,495         0           266,667           0         $6,133,341
</TABLE>


STOCK OPTION PLAN


     Background.  On July 22, 1999, our board of directors approved the adoption
of our 1999 SAVVIS stock option plan,  and our  stockholders  approved the stock
option  plan on the same  date.  On  December  7,  1999,  the board  adopted  an
amendment to the stock option plan approving an increase in the number of shares
of common stock  available  for issuance  under the plan,  and our  stockholders
approved the  amendment on that same date.  The purpose of our 1999 stock option
plan is to  enhance  our  ability  to  attract,  retain  and  compensate  highly
qualified employees and other individuals providing us with services. The option
plan permits the granting of options to purchase shares of common stock intended
to qualify as incentive  stock options under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
or the Internal Revenue Code, and options that do not qualify as incentive stock
options,  or  non-qualified  options.  Grants may be made under our stock option
plan to employees and directors of our company or any related company and to any
other individual  whose  participation in the stock option plan is determined by
our board of  directors  to be in our best  interests.  As of December 31, 1999,
options to purchase  3,518,419 shares of common stock were outstanding under the
stock option plan.  No options may be granted  under the stock option plan after
July 22, 2009.

     The  number of shares of common  stock  available  for  issuance  under the
option plan is 12,000,000 subject to adjustment for stock dividends,  splits and
other similar  events.  If any shares of common stock covered by a grant are not
purchased or are forfeited,  or if a grant otherwise terminates without delivery
of any shares of common stock  subject to the option,  then the number of shares
of common stock counted  against the total number of shares  available under the
stock  option plan with  respect to such grant  will,  to the extent of any such
forfeiture or termination,  again be available for making grants under the stock
option plan.

     The stock option plan is administered by our  compensation  committee.  The
compensation  committee has the full power and authority to take all actions and
to make all determinations  required or provided for under the plan, any option,
or option agreement, to the extent such actions are consistent with the terms of
the plan. The board of directors may take any action the compensation  committee
is  authorized  to  take.  To the  extent  permitted  by law,  the  compensation
committee or board may delegate its authority  under the plan to a member of the
board or one of our executive officers.

     Option  Terms.  The option price of each option will be  determined  by the
compensation  committee.  However,  the option price may not be less than either
100% of the fair market  value of our common  stock on the date of grant or less
than par value in the case of  incentive  stock  options and less than par value
only in the case of non-qualified  stock options.  To qualify as incentive stock
options, options must meet various federal tax requirements, including limits on
the value of shares  subject to  incentive  stock  options  which  first  become
exercisable  in any one calendar  year,  and a shorter  term and higher  minimum
exercise price in the case of any grants to 10% stockholders.

     The term of each option will be fixed by the  compensation  committee.  The
compensation  committee  will determine at what time or times each option may be
exercised and the period of time,


                                       69
<PAGE>


if any, after retirement,  death, disability or termination of employment during
which options may be exercised.  However,  all options shall  automatically vest
upon a termination of employment caused by the optionee's death, disability,  or
retirement.   Options  may  be  made  exercisable  in   installments,   and  the
compensation  committee may accelerate the exercisability of options, as well as
remove  any  restrictions  on  such  options.  Except  to the  extent  otherwise
expressly set forth in an option agreement  relating to a non-qualified  option,
options  are not  transferable  other  than by will or the laws of  descent  and
distribution. The compensation committee may include in any option agreement any
provisions  relating  to  forfeitures  of  options  that it  deems  appropriate,
including  prohibitions  on  competing  with our company  and other  detrimental
conduct.

     If an optionee elects to exercise his or her option, he or she must pay the
option exercise price in full either in cash or cash equivalents.  To the extent
permitted by the option  agreement or the compensation  committee,  the optionee
may also pay the option  exercise price by the delivery of common stock,  to the
extent  that the  common  stock is  publicly  traded,  or  other  property.  The
compensation  committee  may also  allow the  optionee  to defer  payment of the
option  price,  or may cause us to loan the option  price to the  optionee or to
guarantee  that any shares to be issued will be  delivered to a broker or lender
in order to allow the optionee to borrow the option price.  If the  compensation
committee so permits, the exercise price may also be delivered to us by a broker
pursuant to irrevocable instructions to the broker from the participant.

     Corporate  Transactions.  Options  granted under the stock option plan will
terminate in connection  with  corporate  transactions  involving our company as
listed below,  except to the extent the options are continued or substituted for
in connection with the transaction. In the event of a termination of the options
in  connection  with a  corporate  transaction  and  subject to any  limitations
imposed in an applicable option agreement,  the options will be fully vested and
exercisable for a period to be determined by the board of directors  immediately
before the  completion of the  corporate  transaction.  A corporate  transaction
occurs in the event of:

     o a dissolution or liquidation of our company;

     o a  merger,  consolidation  or  reorganization  of our company with one or
       more other entities in which our company is not the surviving entity;

     o a  sale  of  substantially all of our assets to another person or entity;
       or

     o any   transaction,   including,   without   limitation,   a   merger   or
       reorganization in which our company is the surviving entity,  approved by
       the board that  results in any person or entity,  other than  persons who
       are holders of stock of our company at the time the plan was  approved by
       the stockholders  and other than an affiliate,  owning 80 percent or more
       of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock.

     The board of directors  may also in its  discretion  and only to the extent
provided in an option agreement cancel outstanding  options in connection with a
corporate  transaction.  Holders of cancelled options will receive a payment for
each cancelled option.

     Amendments and Termination. The board of directors may at any time amend or
discontinue  the stock  option  plan,  except that the maximum  number of shares
available for grant as incentive stock options and the class of persons eligible
to  receive  grants  under  the  plan  may not be  changed  without  stockholder
approval.

     Adjustments  for Stock  Dividends  and  Similar  Events.  The  compensation
committee will make  appropriate  adjustments  in outstanding  awards to reflect
common stock dividends, splits and other similar events.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Incentive  Stock  Options.  The  grant  of  an option will not be a taxable
event  for  the  optionee  or  us. An optionee will not recognize taxable income
upon  exercise of an incentive stock option, except that the alternative minimum
tax may apply. Any gain realized upon a disposition of common stock


                                       70
<PAGE>

received  pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option will be taxed as
long-term  capital gain if the optionee  holds the shares for at least two years
after the date of grant and for one year  after the date of  exercise,  known as
the holding period requirement.  We will not be entitled to any business expense
deduction with respect to the exercise of an incentive  stock option,  except as
discussed below.

     For the exercise of an option to qualify for the foregoing  tax  treatment,
the optionee  generally must be an employee of our company or a subsidiary  from
the date the option is granted  through a date within  three  months  before the
date of exercise of the option. In the case of an optionee who is disabled,  the
three-month period for exercise following  termination of employment is extended
to one year. In the case of an employee who dies,  both the time for  exercising
incentive  stock options after  termination of employment and the holding period
for common stock received pursuant to the exercise of the option are waived.

     If all of the  foregoing  requirements  are met except the  holding  period
requirement  mentioned above,  the optionee will recognize  ordinary income upon
the  disposition of the common stock in an amount  generally equal to the excess
of the fair  market  value of the  common  stock  at the  time  the  option  was
exercised over the option exercise price, but not in excess of the gain realized
on the sale.  The balance of the realized gain, if any, will be capital gain. We
will be  allowed  a  business  expense  deduction  to the  extent  the  optionee
recognizes  ordinary  income subject to Section  162(m) of the Internal  Revenue
Code, as summarized below.

     If an optionee  exercises  an incentive  stock  option by tendering  common
stock  with a fair  market  value  equal to part or all of the  option  exercise
price,  the  exchange of shares will be treated as a nontaxable  exchange.  This
nontaxable treatment would not apply,  however, if the optionee had acquired the
shares being  transferred  pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option
and had not satisfied the holding period  requirement  summarized  above. If the
exercise is treated as a nontaxable exchange, the optionee would have no taxable
income from the exchange and  exercise,  other than  minimum  taxable  income as
discussed  above,  and the tax basis of the shares exchanged would be treated as
the  substituted  basis for the shares  received.  If the  optionee  used shares
received  pursuant to the  exercise of an  incentive  stock  option,  or another
statutory  option,  as to which the optionee had not  satisfied  the  applicable
holding  period  requirement,  the  exchange  would  be  treated  as  a  taxable
disqualifying disposition of the exchanged shares.

     If, pursuant to an option  agreement,  we withhold shares in payment of the
option price for incentive stock options,  the transaction  should  generally be
treated as if the withheld shares had been sold in a  disqualifying  disposition
after exercise of the option,  so that the optionee will realize ordinary income
with respect to such shares.  The shares paid for by the withheld  shares should
be treated as having been received  upon exercise of an incentive  stock option,
with the tax consequences described above. However, the Internal Revenue Service
has not  ruled  on the tax  treatment  of  shares  received  on  exercise  of an
incentive  stock option where the option  exercise  price is paid with  withheld
shares.

     Non-Qualified  Options.  The grant of an option will not be a taxable event
for the optionee or us. Upon exercising a non-qualified option, an optionee will
recognize  ordinary  income in an amount  equal to the  difference  between  the
exercise  price and the fair  market  value of the  common  stock on the date of
exercise.  However, if the optionee is subject to restrictions,  the measurement
date will be deferred,  unless the optionee makes a special tax election  within
30 days after  exercise.  Upon a subsequent  sale or exchange of shares acquired
pursuant to the  exercise of a  non-qualified  option,  the  optionee  will have
taxable gain or loss,  measured by the difference between the amount realized on
the  disposition and the tax basis of the shares.  This difference  generally is
the amount paid for the shares plus the amount treated as ordinary income at the
time the option was exercised.

     If  we  comply  with  applicable   reporting   requirements  and  with  the
restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, we will be entitled
to a business  expense  deduction  in the same amount and  generally at the same
time as the optionee  recognizes  ordinary  income.  Under Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code, if the optionee is one of specified  executive  officers,
then,


                                       71
<PAGE>

unless a number of exceptions apply, we are not entitled to deduct  compensation
with respect to the optionee,  including compensation related to the exercise of
shares options,  to the extent such  compensation in the aggregate  exceeds $1.0
million for the taxable year.  Options  issuable under the stock  incentive plan
are   intended   to  comply   with  the   exception   to   Section   162(m)  for
"performance-based" compensation.

     If the  optionee  surrenders  common stock in payment of part or all of the
exercise price for non-qualified  options,  the optionee will not recognize gain
or loss with respect to the shares surrendered, regardless of whether the shares
were acquired  pursuant to the exercise of an incentive  stock  option,  and the
optionee will be treated as receiving an equivalent number of shares pursuant to
the  exercise of the option in a  nontaxable  exchange.  The basis of the shares
surrendered  will be  treated  as the  substituted  tax basis for an  equivalent
number of option  shares  received  and the new shares will be treated as having
been  held for the same  holding  period  as had  expired  with  respect  to the
transferred  shares.  The difference between the total option exercise price and
the total fair market value of the shares  received  pursuant to the exercise of
the  option  will be taxed  as  ordinary  income.  The  optionee's  basis in the
additional shares will be equal to the amount included in the optionee's income.

     If, pursuant to an option  agreement,  we withhold shares in payment of the
option price for  non-qualified  options or in payment of tax  withholding,  the
transaction  should generally be treated as if the withheld shares had been sold
for an amount equal to the exercise price after exercise of the option.

401(K) PLAN


     In  January,   1998,  we  adopted  a  tax-qualified  employee  savings  and
retirement plan covering all of our employees. Under this 401(k) plan, employees
may elect to reduce their current compensation by a maximum pre-tax amount equal
to the lesser of 15% of  eligible  compensation  or the  statutorily  prescribed
annual limit,  which was $10,000 in 1998,  and have the amount of this reduction
contributed  to the 401(k)  plan.  The  trustee  under the 401(k)  plan,  at the
direction of each  participant,  invests the assets of the 401(k) plan in any of
four  investment  options.  The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section
401 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code so that  contributions  by  employees to the
401(k)  plan,  and  income  earned on plan  contributions,  are not  taxable  to
employees until  withdrawn,  and so that the  contributions by employees will be
deductible by us when made. We may make matching or additional  contributions to
the 401(k) plan, in amounts to be determined annually by the board of directors.
Employees are immediately 100% vested in their individual contributions and vest
25% per year in our  contributions  beginning with their second year of service,
becoming   100%  vested  in  their  fifth  year  of  service.   Vesting  in  our
contributions   also  occurs  upon   attainment  of  retirement  age,  death  or
disability.  The 401(k) plan  provides  for  hardship  withdrawals  and employee
loans.

ARRANGEMENTS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     Arrangement with Mr. Heintzelman.  Mr. Heintzelman became our President and
Chief Executive Officer under an employment agreement dated December 4, 1998. On
November 12, 1999, we entered into an additional  agreement with Mr. Heintzelman
in  connection  with his  resignation,  entitling him to continue to receive his
base salary of  approximately  $20,800 per month  through  December 3, 2000.  In
addition,  under these  agreements,  Mr.  Heintzelman  is entitled to a prorated
portion  of his bonus for 1999 in an  amount to be  established  by our board of
directors,  but in no event less than 25% of his annual base  salary.  Under the
agreement dated November 12, 1999, Mr.  Heintzelman agreed to serve on our board
of directors for a one-year term that will expire in November of 2000. While Mr.
Heintzelman  will not separately be compensated for his services on the board of
directors  during  this  one-year  term,  he will  continue  to be  eligible  to
participate  in benefit  plans as though he had remained  employed by us. All of
Mr.  Heintzelman's stock options vested fully on the date of his resignation and
Mr. Heintzelman has exercised all of his options since that date.


     In  his employment agreement of December 4, 1998, Mr. Heintzelman agreed to
preserve  the  confidentiality  and  the  proprietary  nature of all information
relating  to  us  and  our  business  for  three  years  after  the  term of his
agreements  ends. In addition, Mr. Heintzelman is obligated under this agreement
not



                                       72
<PAGE>

to compete with us and not to solicit the business of our customers for one year
following the term of his employment agreement. He will assist in the transition
of his position and help to ensure our ability to retain our key employees.  Mr.
Heintzelman has also released our company, Bridge and our and Bridge's employees
and directors from all claims arising from his employment.


     Arrangement  with  Mr.  Finlayson. On December 28, 1999, we entered into an
agreement  with  Mr.  Finlayson  pursuant  to  which  he  agreed to serve as our
President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer effective December 31, 1999. Under his
agreement,  Mr.  Finlayson is entitled to a base salary of $400,000 per year. In
addition,  he  will  be  eligible  to receive an annual incentive bonus of up to
$600,000  based  on  the  achievement  of  mutually  agreed  to  objectives. Mr.
Finlayson  will  be entitled to a minimum annual incentive bonus of $400,000 for
the  year  ended  2000.  Mr. Finlayson will be entitled to benefits commensurate
with those available to other senior executives.

     In  connection  with his  employment,  Mr.  Finlayson  received  options to
purchase  650,000  shares of our common  stock at an exercise  price of $.50 per
share, 200,000 of which vested on December 31, 1999. Mr. Finlayson has the right
to sell 50,000 shares  underlying these options  immediately,  and the remaining
150,000  shares on a monthly  pro rata basis over the  calendar  year 2000.  The
remaining  450,000 shares will vest on January 3, 2000, and become saleable on a
monthly pro rata basis over calendar years 2001,  2002 and 2003.  Mr.  Finlayson
may sell all of his shares in the event of a change in  control of our  company,
the sale of  substantially  all of our assets,  if we terminate  his  employment
without cause,  or if he resigns for good reason.  However,  if we terminate Mr.
Finlayson's  employment for good cause, we will have the right to buy all shares
not yet saleable at the price he paid for the shares.  Mr.  Finlayson  will have
the right to exercise all vested  options for one year after the  termination of
his employment unless his employment was terminated for cause.

     In the event we terminate Mr. Finlayson's employment without cause or if he
terminates his employment for good reason, he will be entitled to receive a lump
sum severance payment equal to his then current base annual salary,  which shall
not be less than his highest  annual salary paid by us. In the event of a change
in control of our company,  Mr.  Finlayson has agreed to remain with our company
for a period of up to twelve months if the new management requests him to do so.
We will reimburse Mr. Finlayson for any parachute taxes he would incur under the
Internal Revenue Code as a result of such a change in control.  We may terminate
Mr.  Finlayson's  employment for cause at any time without notice, in which case
he will not be entitled to any severance benefits.

     Arrangement  with  Mr.  Frear.  On  June  14,  1999,  we  entered  into  an
arrangement  with Mr.  Frear  pursuant  to which he agreed to serve as our Chief
Financial  Officer.  As part of this  arrangement,  Mr.  Frear is entitled to an
annual base salary of $250,000, subject to periodic review and adjustment, and a
discretionary annual bonus of approximately 50% of his base salary, based on his
personal and overall  corporate  performance.  Mr. Frear is entitled to medical,
disability,  401(k),  life insurance and other  benefits in accordance  with our
general policies.

     In connection  with his employment,  Mr. Frear received  400,000 options to
purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $.50 per share.  All
of Mr. Frear's  options have vested.  In the event Mr. Frear were to resign,  we
would have the right to  repurchase  the shares that have been  purchased by Mr.
Frear  upon  exercise  of the  options at fair  market  value or $.50 per share,
whichever is lower.  This repurchase  right will be terminated with respect to a
total of 100,000  shares at the  completion of this offering and with respect to
the balance of the shares at the rate of 8,333 shares per month beginning on the
first anniversary of the date of the option grant through the fourth anniversary
of the date of grant. Our right to repurchase these shares will be terminated in
the event of a change in control of our company. In addition, upon completion of
this  offering,  Mr. Frear will receive a number of options equal to .25% of our
then outstanding  shares of common stock on a fully diluted basis at an exercise
price per share equal to the public offering  price.  The options have a term of
ten years.

     If we were to terminate Mr. Frear's  employment  without  cause,  or if Mr.
Frear were to  terminate  his  employment  for good  reason,  Mr. Frear would be
entitled to salary  continuation  and  continuation of all benefits for one year
following the  termination of his employment and a pro rata payment of his bonus
through the date of termination. In addition, our right to repurchase his shares
would be terminated.


                                       73
<PAGE>


     Arrangement  with Mr.  Mori.  On  September  30,  1999,  we entered into an
agreement with Mr. Mori pursuant to which he became our Executive Vice President
and General Manager -- Americas  effective October 1, 1999. Under his agreement,
Mr.  Mori is  entitled  to an  annual  base  salary  of  $200,000,  as well as a
discretionary  bonus of 50% to 100% of his base salary based on his personal and
overall  corporate  performance.  We also  granted Mr. Mori  options to purchase
225,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise  price of $.50 per share.  All
of Mr.  Mori's  options  have vested.  In the event Mr. Mori were to resign,  we
would have the right to  repurchase  any shares that have been  purchased by Mr.
Mori upon  exercise  of the  options  at fair  market  value or $.50 per  share,
whichever  is lower.  This  repurchase  right is  terminated  at a rate of 4,687
shares per month and will  terminate  on the fourth  anniversary  of the date of
grant. Under his agreement,  Mr. Mori is entitled to benefits  commensurate with
those available to Bridge executives of comparable rank.

     If we were to terminate  Mr. Mori's  employment  without cause prior to the
second  anniversary of his  employment,  Mr. Mori would be entitled to receive a
severance  payment of $450,000.  In the event we terminate Mr. Mori's employment
without cause after the second anniversary of his employment,  and either we are
not a public  company or we are a public  company  and our shares on the date of
termination  trade at a price  less than $15 per  share,  Mr.  Mori  would  also
receive a payment of  $450,000.  Mr. Mori will  receive a similar  payment if he
were to  resign  as a result of an  acquisition  of more than 30% of our  voting
shares by an entity other than Bridge,  if he were to be  instructed to relocate
from  the St.  Louis  metropolitan  area,  or if he were to be  reassigned  to a
position  entailing  materially  reduced  responsibilities  or opportunities for
compensation.

                         TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES


     Mr.  Wendel,  a director of our company, is also President, Chief Executive
Officer  and Chairman of the Board of Bridge. Mr. McCormick, our Chief Executive
Officer  and  the  Chairman of our Board, served as the Executive Vice President
and  Chief  Technical Officer of Bridge through December 1999. Messrs. McInerney
and  Welsh serve as directors of our company, as well as directors of Bridge. In
addition,  Messrs.  McInerney  and  Welsh  are general partners of Welsh Carson,
which  sponsors  investment  partnerships,  two of which are among our principal
stockholders and are also principal stockholders of Bridge.


     As of  December  31,  1999,  we had  outstanding  term  notes to  Bridge of
approximately  $25 million.  These loans mature one year after the completion of
this  offering and bear  interest at a rate of 8% per year. We used the proceeds
of these loans to fund our working capital requirements.


     We will enter into  several  agreements  with  Bridge,  including  a master
establishment  and  transition  agreement,  an equipment  colocation  permit,  a
network services agreement,  an administrative  services agreement,  a technical
services agreement, the GECC Sublease and a local network services agreement. In
connection with these agreements,  we will execute a promissory note in favor of
Bridge.  The  terms of these  agreements  and the note are  described  under the
heading "Relationship with Bridge."

                                       74
<PAGE>


                PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND SELLING STOCKHOLDER


OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK

     The following  table  provides you with  information  about the  beneficial
ownership of shares of our common stock as of January 25, 2000,  and as adjusted
to reflect the sale of shares in this offering, by:

     o each person who, to our knowledge,  beneficially owns more than 5% of our
common stock;

     o each of our directors and named executive officers;

     o all our directors and executive officers as a group; and

     o the selling stockholder.

     Beneficial  ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and includes
voting or investment power with respect to the common stock.

     Unless indicated  otherwise below, the address for each listed director and
officer  is SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  12007  Sunrise  Valley  Drive,
Reston,  Virginia  20191.  The  persons  named in the table have sole voting and
investment   power  with  respect  to  all  shares  of  common  stock  shown  as
beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable,
and the information contained in this table and the notes that follow. The total
number of shares of common stock  outstanding used in calculating the percentage
for each  person  named  in the  table  includes  the  shares  of  common  stock
underlying  options held by that person that are  exercisable  within 60 days of
January 25, 2000, but excludes shares of common stock underlying options held by
all other  persons.  Percentage of  beneficial  ownership is based on 77,735,933
shares of common stock outstanding as of January 25, 2000, and 92,610,933 shares
of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   SHARE BENEFICIALLY                       SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                 OWNED BEFORE OFFERING                     OWNED AFTER OFFERING
                                               --------------------------                -------------------------
                                                                              SHARES
NAME                                              NUMBER      PERCENTAGE    BEING SOLD      NUMBER      PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Bridge Information Systems, Inc. (1) ........   53,870,279        69.3%     2,125,000     51,745,279       55.9%
Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (2) .........    8,844,642        11.4%            --      8,844,642        9.6%
Clyde A. Heintzelman ........................      218,224           *             --        218,224          *
Robert A. McCormick .........................      750,000           *             --        750,000          *
David J. Frear ..............................      400,000           *             --        400,000          *
Richard Bubenik (3) .........................       48,390           *             --         48,390         --
Thomas M. Wendel ............................      500,000           *             --        500,000          *
Patrick J. Welsh (4) ........................    8,843,413        11.4%            --      8,843,413        9.6%
Thomas E. McInerney (5) .....................    8,883,118        11.4%            --      8,883,118        9.6%
All executive officers and directors as a
 group (7 persons) ..........................   10,863,868        14.0%                   10,863,868       11.7%
</TABLE>


- ---------------------
* Less than one percent.

(1) Does not  include  shares  held by  Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson  &  Stowe,  as
    described in note 2 below. The address of Bridge Information  Systems,  Inc.
    is 3 World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281.


(2) Includes 4,635,958 shares of common stock held by Welsh, Carson,  Anderson &
    Stowe VI, L.P., or WCAS VI, 3,475,566 shares held by Welsh, Carson, Anderson
    & Stowe VII,  L.P.,  or WCAS VII,  65,357  shares  held by WCAS  Information
    Partners,  L.P., or WCAS IP and 667,761 shares held by WCAS Capital Partners
    II, L.P., or WCAS CP II. The  respective  sole general  partners of WCAS VI,
    WCAS  VII,  WCAS IP and  WCAS CP II are  WCAS VI  Partners,  L.P.,  WCAS VII
    Partners,  L.P., WCAS INFO Partners and WCAS CP II Partners.  The individual
    general partners of each of these partnerships  include some or all of Bruce
    K.  Anderson,  Russell L.  Carson,  Anthony J. de Nicola,  James B.  Hoover,
    Thomas E. McInerney,  Robert A. Minicucci,  Charles G. Moore, III, Andrew M.
    Paul, Paul B. Queally,  Rudolph E. Rupert,  Jonathan M. Rather,  Lawrence B.
    Sorrel, Richard H.


                                       75
<PAGE>


    Stowe,  Laura M.  VanBuren  and Patrick J.  Welsh.  The  individual  general
    partners who are also directors of SAVVIS are Patrick J. Welsh and Thomas E.
    McInerney.  Each of the foreging  persons may be deemed to be the beneficial
    owner of the common stock owned by the limited partnerships of whose general
    partner he or she is a general partner.  WCAS VI, WCAS VII, WCAS IP and WCAS
    CP II, in the aggregate,  own  approximately  38% of the outstanding  equity
    securities of Bridge. The address of Welsh, Carson,  Anderson & Stowe is 320
    Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

(3) Includes   8,333  shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  options  that  are
    exercisable within 60 days of January 25, 2000.

(4) Includes  8,779,285  shares  held by Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson  & Stowe,  as
    described in note 2 above.

(5) Includes  8,844,642  shares  held by Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson  & Stowe,  as
    described in note 2 above.

     For  a  description  of  material  relationships between us and the selling
stockholder, see "Transactions with Affiliates."


OWNERSHIP OF BRIDGE CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND BRIDGE SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK

     The following  table  provides you with  information  about the  beneficial
ownership  of shares of  Bridge's  Class A common  stock and  Bridge's  Series D
preferred stock as of December 31, 1999, by:

     o each of our directors and named executive officers; and

     o all of our directors and executive officers as a group.


     Beneficial  ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and includes
voting or  investment  power with  respect  to the Class A common  stock and the
Series D preferred  stock.  The persons  named in the table have sole voting and
investment   power  with  respect  to  all  shares  of  common  stock  shown  as
beneficially  owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable
and the information contained in this table and the notes that follow. The total
number of shares of Class A common stock  outstanding  used in  calculating  the
percentage  for each person  named in the table  includes  the shares of Class A
common stock underlying  options held by that person that are exercisable within
60 days of  December  31,  1999,  but  excludes  shares of Class A common  stock
underlying options held by all other persons. Percentage of beneficial ownership
is based on  37,018,168  shares of  Bridge  Class A common  stock and  1,950,000
shares of Bridge Series D preferred  stock  outstanding as of December 31, 1999.
As of December 31, 1999,  none of our executive  officers or directors owned any
shares of Bridge's Series E preferred stock or Series F preferred stock.



                                       76
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   NUMBER OF SHARES OF                         NUMBER OF SHARES OF       PERCENT OF
                                     CLASS A COMMON          PERCENT OF         SERIES D PREFERRED   SERIES D PREFERRED
                                   STOCK BENEFICIALLY   CLASS A COMMON STOCK    STOCK BENEFICIALLY   STOCK BENEFICIALLY
NAME AND ADDRESS                          OWNED          BENEFICIALLY OWNED           OWNED                OWNED
- --------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- --------------------- -------------------
<S>                               <C>                  <C>                    <C>                   <C>
Robert A. McCormick (1) .........         118,000                 *                       --        --
Clyde A. Heintzelman ............              --                --                       --        --
David J. Frear ..................              --                --                       --        --
Richard Bubenik .................              --                --                       --        --
Thomas M. Wendel (2) ............         680,050               1.8%                      --        --
Patrick J. Welsh ................      21,449,846(3)             57% (5)             438,400(6)              22% (5)
Thomas E. McInerney .............      21,543,540(4)             58% (5)             440,598(7)              23% (5)
All named executive officers and
 directors as a group (7 persons)      22,496,666                60% (5)             443,848                 23% (5)
</TABLE>



- ----------------
(1) Includes  118,000 shares of Class A common stock subject to options that are
    exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1999.

(2) Includes  680,050 shares of Class A common stock subject to options that are
    exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1999.

(3) Includes 12,989,080 shares of Bridge's Class A common stock held by WCAS VI,
    6,324,767  shares of Class A common  stock held by WCAS VII,  and  1,980,923
    shares of Class A common stock held by WCAS CP II.

(4) Includes 12,989,080 shares of Bridge's Class A common stock held by WCAS VI,
    6,324,767 shares of Class A common stock held by WCAS VII, 155,728 shares of
    Class A common  stock held by WCAS IP and  1,980,923  shares held by WCAS CP
    II.

(5) Bridge's  1,950,000  shares of Series D preferred stock and 1,500,000 shares
    of Series E  preferred  stock are  presently  convertible  into  243,750,000
    shares and 7,146,260 shares, respectively, of Bridge's Class A common stock.
    Both series of preferred stock are presently entitled to vote with the Class
    A common  stock on all matters and have voting  power equal to the number of
    shares of Class A common stock into which they are convertible.  None of the
    persons  or Welsh  Carson  entities  referred  to in the  table or any notes
    thereto  own any  shares  of  Bridge  Series E  preferred  stock or Series F
    preferred stock. Accordingly,  the percentage of total ordinary voting power
    represented  by the combined  ownership of Class A common stock and Series D
    preferred  stock  shown  for  Messrs.  Welsh  and  McInerney  and all  named
    executive  officers  and  directors  as a group  would be 38%,  38% and 39%,
    respectively.

(6) Includes  92,679 shares of Bridge's Series D preferred stock held by WCAS VI
    and 342,471 shares of Series D preferred stock held by WCAS VII.

(7) Includes 92,679 shares of Bridge's Series D preferred stock held by WCAS VI,
    342,471 shares of Series D preferred stock held by WCAS VII and 3,498 shares
    of Series D preferred stock held by WCAS IP.



                                       77
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


     Our  authorized  capital  stock  consists of  250,000,000  shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share,  and 50,000,000  shares of preferred stock, par
value $.01 per share,  the rights,  preferences  and  privileges of which may be
established from time to time by our board of directors. As of January 25, 2000,
77,735,933  shares of our  common  stock were  outstanding  and no shares of our
preferred  stock  were  outstanding.   As  of  January  25,  2000,  we  had  357
stockholders.

COMMON STOCK


     Each  holder of record of  common  stock is  entitled  to one vote for each
share on all matters properly  submitted to the stockholders for their vote. Our
certificate of incorporation  does not allow cumulative  voting for the election
of directors, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can
elect all the directors then standing for election.  Subject to preferences that
may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of our
common  stock are  entitled  to receive  ratable  dividends,  if any,  as may be
declared  from  time to time by our  board of  directors  out of  funds  legally
available  for that purpose.  In the event of our  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding  up,  holders of common  stock  would be entitled to share in our assets
remaining after the payment of liabilities  and  liquidation  preferences on any
outstanding  preferred stock.  Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or
conversion  rights or other  subscription  rights and there are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions  applicable to the common stock. All outstanding  shares
of common  stock  are,  and the  shares of common  stock  offered  by us in this
offering will be, when issued and paid for, fully paid and  non-assessable.  The
rights,  preferences  and privileges of holders of common stock may be adversely
affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock
that we may authorize and issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK


     The board of  directors is  authorized,  subject to Delaware  law,  without
stockholder  approval,  from  time  to  time  to  issue  up to an  aggregate  of
50,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  in one or more  series.  The  board of
directors may fix the rights,  preferences  and privileges of the shares of each
series  and  any  qualifications,   limitations  or  restrictions.  Issuance  of
preferred  stock,  while  providing  desirable  flexibility  in connection  with
possible  acquisitions  and other corporate  purposes,  could have the effect of
making it more  difficult  for a third party to acquire,  or of  discouraging  a
third party from  attempting to acquire,  a majority of our  outstanding  voting
stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.


LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     As permitted by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, our certificate of
incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable to us or
our  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty as a
director, except for liability:

     o for  any  breach  of  the  director's  duty  of  loyalty  to  us  or  our
       stockholders;

     o for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which  involve  intentional
       misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

     o under Section 174 of the Delaware General  Corporation  Law,  relating to
       unlawful dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions; or

     o for any transaction from which the director derives an improper  personal
       benefit.

     As a result of this  provision,  we and our  stockholders  may be unable to
obtain monetary damages from a director for breach of his or her duty of care.


     Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for the indemnification
of our directors and officers to the fullest  extent  authorized by the Delaware
General Corporation Law. In addition,  our certificate of incorporation provides
that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize the further
elimination or limitation of the liability of a director,  then the liability of
our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest  extent  permitted by
the amended Delaware Law. The


                                       78
<PAGE>

indemnification  provided  under our  certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws
includes the right to be paid  expenses in advance of any  proceeding  for which
indemnification may be had, provided that the payment of these expenses incurred
by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding may
be made  only  upon  delivery  to us of an  undertaking  by or on  behalf of the
director  or officer to repay all  amounts  paid in advance if it is  ultimately
determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified.

     We believe that the  provisions in our  certificate  of  incorporation  and
bylaws are  necessary to attract and retain  qualified  persons as directors and
officers.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     Provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation  and bylaws
summarized  below  could  hinder or delay an  attempted  takeover  of us.  These
provisions  could  have the  effect of  discouraging  attempts  to acquire us or
remove  incumbent  management  even if some or a  majority  of our  stockholders
believe this action to be in their best interest,  including attempts that might
result in the  stockholders  receiving a premium over the market price for their
shares of common stock.

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAW PROVISION


     Under  our  bylaws,  only the  board of  directors,  the  Chairman  or Vice
Chairman  of  the  board  and  the  President  may  call  special   meetings  of
stockholders. The stockholders may not call a special meeting.


     The foregoing  provisions  could have the effect of delaying until the next
stockholders'  meeting stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a
majority  of our  outstanding  voting  securities.  These  provisions  may  also
discourage  another  person or entity from making a tender  offer for our common
stock  because  such  person or entity,  even if it  acquired a majority  of our
outstanding  voting  securities,  would be able to take action as a stockholder,
such as electing  new  directors  or  approving a merger,  only at a duly called
stockholders meeting.

DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW


     We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers.  Section 203 prevents a Delaware
corporation, including those that are listed on the Nasdaq National Market, from
engaging, in several circumstances,  in a "business combination," which includes
a  merger  or  sale of more  than  10% of the  corporation's  assets,  with  any
"interested  stockholder"  for a period  of three  years  after  the date of the
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder.  An interested
stockholder  is a  stockholder  who  owns  15%  or  more  of  the  corporation's
outstanding  voting stock,  as well as affiliates and associates of that person.
This is the case unless:

   o  the transaction that resulted in the stockholder's  becoming an interested
      stockholder  was approved by the board of directors  prior to the date the
      interested stockholder attained that status;

   o  upon  completion of the  transaction  that  resulted in the  stockholder's
      becoming an interested  stockholder,  the interested  stockholder owned at
      least 85% of the voting stock of the  corporation  outstanding at the time
      the transaction began, excluding those shares owned by (1) persons who are
      directors and also officers and (2) employee stock  compensation  plans in
      which   employee   participants   do  not  have  the  right  to  determine
      confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in
      a tender or exchange offer, or


   o  on or after the date the interested  stockholder attained that status, the
      business  combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized
      at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of
      at least  two-thirds of the outstanding  voting stock that is not owned by
      the interested stockholder.



                                       79
<PAGE>


     A  Delaware  corporation  may "opt  out" of  Section  203  with an  express
provision  in  its  original   certificate  of   incorporation   or  an  express
stockholder's  amendment  approved  by at least a  majority  of the  outstanding
voting  shares.  We have not "opted out" of the  provisions of Section 203. This
statutory  provision  could  prohibit  or delay  mergers  or other  takeover  or
change-in-control  attempts  with  respect  to  SAVVIS  and,  accordingly,   may
discourage attempts to acquire us.


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR


     The  transfer  agent and  registrar  for our  common  stock is  ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services.

                                       80

<PAGE>


                       SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Following this offering, we will have 92,610,933 shares of our common stock
outstanding.  All of the shares we sell in this offering will be freely tradable
without  restriction or further  registration  under the Securities  Act, except
that any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the  Securities  Act, may generally  only be sold in  compliance  with the
limitations of Rule 144 below.

     The remaining 77,735,933 shares of common stock outstanding  following this
offering are restricted  securities under the terms of the Securities Act. Sales
of a large portion of the restricted shares to be outstanding upon completion of
this offering will be limited by lock-up agreements.

RULE 144

     In general,  under Rule 144, a stockholder who owns restricted  shares that
have been  outstanding  for at least one year is  entitled  to sell,  within any
three-month period, a number of these restricted shares that does not exceed the
greater of:


   o  1% of the then  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock,  or  approximately
      926,109 shares immediately after this offering, or


   o  the  average  weekly  trading  volume in the  common  stock on the  Nasdaq
      National  Market  during the four  calendar  weeks  preceding  filing of a
      notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

     In  addition,   our  affiliates  must  comply  with  the  restrictions  and
requirements of Rule 144, other than the one-year holding period requirement, to
sell shares of common stock that are not restricted securities. Sales under Rule
144 are also governed by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements,  and
current public information about us must be available.

     Under Rule 144(k), a stockholder who is not currently, and who has not been
for at least three  months  before the sale,  an  affiliate of ours and who owns
restricted  shares that have been  outstanding for at least two years may resell
these restricted shares without compliance with the above requirements. The one-
and two-year holding periods  described above do not begin to run until the full
purchase price is paid by the person acquiring the restricted  shares from us or
an affiliate of ours.

RULE 701

     In general,  under Rule 701 of the  Securities  Act as currently in effect,
any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases shares of our common
stock from us in connection  with a  compensatory  stock or option plan or other
written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective
date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without  compliance with some
of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

STOCK OPTIONS


     Following 180 days after this  offering,  we intend to file a  registration
statement  under the Securities Act covering  12,000,000  shares of common stock
reserved  for  issuance  under our 1999  Stock  Option  Plan,  and we expect the
registration statement to become effective upon filing. As of December 31, 1999,
options  to  purchase  approximately  3.5  million  shares of common  stock were
outstanding.  Accordingly,  shares registered under this registration  statement
will, provided options have vested and Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to
our  affiliates  are complied  with,  be  available  for sale in the open market
shortly after this offering closes,  and in the case of our officers,  directors
and  stockholders  who have entered into lock-up  agreements,  after the 180-day
lock-up agreements expire.



                                       81
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING


     Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated,  Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC and CIBC
World  Markets  Corp.  are  acting  as representatives of the underwriters named
below.  Subject  to  the  terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement
among  us,  the  selling  stockholder  and  the underwriters, we and the selling
stockholder  have  agreed  to  sell  to  the  underwriters, and the underwriters
severally  have  agreed  to  purchase  from  us and the selling stockholder, the
number of shares listed opposite their names below.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER
            UNDERWRITER                                    OF SHARES
       ------------------------------------------------   -----------
<S>                                                   <C>
            Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
             Incorporated .............................
            Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated .........
            Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ..................
            Banc of America Securities LLC ............
            CIBC World Markets Corp. ..................


             Total ....................................     17,000,000
                                                            ==========
</TABLE>



     The  underwriters  have agreed to purchase all of the shares sold under the
purchase  agreement  if any of  the  shares  are  purchased.  If an  underwriter
defaults,  the  purchase  agreement  provides the  purchase  commitments  of the
nondefaulting  underwriters  may be increased or the purchase  agreement  may be
terminated.

     We and the selling  stockholder  have agreed to indemnify the  underwriters
against liabilities  specified in the purchase agreement,  including liabilities
under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the  underwriters  may be
required to make in respect of those liabilities.

     The underwriters  are offering the shares,  subject to prior sale, when, as
and if issued to and accepted by them,  subject to approval of legal  matters by
their  counsel,  including  the  validity  of the shares,  and other  conditions
contained in the purchase agreement,  such as the receipt by the underwriters of
officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or
in part.

COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS


     The  representatives  have advised us and the selling  stockholder that the
underwriters  propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial
public  offering  price on the cover page of this  prospectus  and to dealers at
that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share.  The underwriters may
allow,  and the dealers may reallow,  a discount not in excess of $ per share to
other dealers.  After this offering,  the public offering price,  concession and
discount may be changed.


                                       82
<PAGE>

     The following table shows the public offering price,  underwriting discount
and  proceeds  before  expenses  to  SAVVIS  and the  selling  stockholder.  The
information  assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the  underwriters of
their over-allotment option.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PER SHARE     WITHOUT OPTION     WITH OPTION
                                                  -----------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>                <C>
Public offering price .........................        $                $                $
Underwriting discount .........................        $                $                $
Proceeds, before expenses, to SAVVIS ..........        $                $                $
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling
 stockholder ..................................        $                $                $
</TABLE>



     The  underwriting  discount is currently  expected to be approximately % of
the public offering price.  Some of the  underwriters  may be deemed,  under the
National  Association of Securities  Dealers'  Rules of Fair  Practice,  to have
received additional underwriting compensation. The expenses of the offering, not
including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $2,250,000 and are payable
by us and the selling stockholder. These expenses consist of the following:

     o a registration fee of $130,081;

     o an NASD filing fee of $30,500;

     o Nasdaq National Market listing fee of $95,000;

     o estimated blue sky fees and expenses of $10,000;


     o estimated printing and engraving expenses of $500,000;

     o estimated legal fees and expenses of $600,000;

     o estimated accounting fees and expenses of $575,000;

     o estimated transfer agent fees and expenses of $3,500; and

     o estimated miscellaneous fees and expenses of $305,919.


OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION


     The  selling  stockholder  has  granted  an option to the  underwriters  to
purchase up to 2,550,000 additional shares at the public offering price less the
underwriting  discount.  The  underwriters  may exercise this option for 30 days
from the date of this  prospectus  solely to cover any  over-allotments.  If the
underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions
contained in the purchase agreements,  to purchase a number of additional shares
proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.


RESERVED SHARES


     At our request,  the  underwriters  have  reserved for sale, at the initial
public  offering  price, up to 7.5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for
sale to some  of our and  Bridge's  directors,  officers,  employees  and  their
immediate family and business  associates.  Our senior management will determine
whether or not a business  associate will be included in this program.  If these
persons  purchase  reserved  shares,  this  will  reduce  the  number  of shares
available  for sale to the general  public.  Any  reserved  shares which are not
orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing of this offering may
be offered by the  underwriters  to the general  public on the same terms as the
other shares offered by this prospectus.

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES


     We, the selling  stockholder and our executive  officers and directors have
agreed,  with exceptions,  not to sell or transfer any common stock for 180 days
after the date of this prospectus without first


                                       83
<PAGE>


obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley. Specifically,
we and these other individuals have agreed not to directly or indirectly:

     o offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

     o sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

     o purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

     o grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

     o lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

     o request or demand that we file a  registration  statement  related to the
       common stock, or

     o enter into any swap or other  agreement  that  transfers,  in whole or in
       part,  the economic  consequence of ownership of any common stock whether
       any such swap or  transaction  is to be settled by  delivery of shares or
       other securities, in cash or otherwise.

     This lockup provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible
into or  exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also
applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person  executing the
agreement or for which the person  executing  the agreement  later  acquires the
power of  disposition.  The  shares  of our  common  stock  held by the  selling
stockholder, other than the shares to be sold in the offering, have been pledged
to  secure  indebtedness  of  the  selling  stockholder.  The  lenders  of  such
indebtedness have not agreed to the provisions mentioned above.


QUOTATION ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET


     The shares have been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National  Market,
subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "SVVS."

     Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
The initial public offering price will be determined through  negotiations among
us, the selling stockholder and the  representatives.  In addition to prevailing
market  conditions,  the factors to be  considered  in  determining  the initial
public offering price are:

     o the  valuation   multiples  of  publicly   traded   companies   that  the
       representatives believe to be comparable to us,

     o our financial information,

     o the  history  of,  and the prospects for, our company and the industry in
       which we compete,

     o an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the
       prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

     o the present state of our development, and

     o the above  factors in  relation to market  values and  various  valuation
       measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

     An  active  trading  market  for the  shares  may not  develop.  It is also
possible  that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market
at or above the initial public offering price.


     The  underwriters  do not  expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the
aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

NASD REGULATIONS

     The  representatives and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in
transactions  with,  and  perform  services  for, us and our  affiliates  in the
ordinary course of their business.  In particular,  affiliates of Merrill Lynch,
Morgan Stanley and CIBC World Markets Corp.  are lenders under  Bridge's  senior
secured  credit  facility and an  affiliate  of Merrill  Lynch is a lender under
Bridge's  bridge loan, and they will receive in excess of ten percent of the net
proceeds of this offering. Because more than ten percent of


                                       84
<PAGE>


the  net  proceeds  of  the  offering  may  be  paid to members or affiliates of
members  of  the  National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. participating
in  the offering, the offering will be conducted in accordance with NASD Conduct
Rule  2710(c)(8). This rule requires that the public offering price of an equity
security  be  no  higher  than  the price recommended by a qualified independent
underwriter  which  has  participated  in  the  preparation  of the registration
statement  and  performed  its  usual  standard of due diligence with respect to
that  registration  statement.  Bear,  Stearns  &  Co. Inc. has agreed to act as
qualified  independent  underwriter  for  the  offering. The price of the shares
will be no higher than that recommended by Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.


PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS AND PENALTY BIDS

     Until the distribution of the shares is completed,  SEC rules may limit the
underwriters  and selling  group  members  from bidding for and  purchasing  our
common stock.  However,  the  representatives  may engage in  transactions  that
stabilize the price of the common  stock,  such as bids or purchases to peg, fix
or maintain that price.


     If the  underwriters  create  a  short  position  in the  common  stock  in
connection with the offering,  i.e., if they sell more shares than are listed on
the cover page of this  prospectus,  the  representatives  may reduce that short
position by purchasing common stock in the open market. The  representatives may
also  elect to  reduce  any  short  position  by  exercising  all or part of the
over-allotment  option  described  above.  Purchases  of  the  common  stock  to
stabilize  its  price or to reduce a short  position  may cause the price of the
common stock to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

     The  representatives  may also  impose a penalty  bid on  underwriters  and
selling group members. This means that if the representatives purchase shares in
the open market to reduce the  underwriters'  short position or to stabilize the
price of such shares, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from
the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares. The imposition
of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the shares in that it  discourages
resales of those shares.

     Neither  we  nor  any of  the  underwriters  makes  any  representation  or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the  transactions
described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition,  neither
we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives
will engage in such  transactions  or that these  transactions,  once commenced,
will not be discontinued without notice.


OTHER RELATIONSHIPS

     The underwriters and their respective  affiliates provide and have provided
banking,  advisory and other financial services to SAVVIS and Bridge and some of
their affiliates in the ordinary course of the underwriters'  businesses and may
do so from time to time in the future.  The underwriters have received customary
compensation in connection with these transactions.


     An affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co.  Incorporated owns 1,396,177 shares of
Bridge's class A common stock. Pursuant to an offer made by Bridge to all of its
accredited investor  shareholders,  on September 10, 1999 an affiliate of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated  purchased 457,507 units from Bridge for an aggregate
purchase  price of $915,014.  Each unit consists of one share of common stock of
SAVVIS and $1.50 principal amount of Bridge subordinated notes.

     On October 12, 1999,  Goldman Sachs Credit  Partners L.P. and Merrill Lynch
Capital Corporation,  an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, committed to make available
to  Bridge  up  to  $100  million  in  aggregate   principal  amount  of  senior
subordinated  bridge  loans,  subject to terms and  conditions  set forth in the
commitment  letter.  On November  24,  1999,  Goldman,  Sachs and Merrill  Lynch
Capital  loaned $50 million to Bridge  pursuant to a bridge loan  agreement.  On
December 31, 1999,  Bridge  borrowed  another $50 million  under the bridge loan
agreement,  $15 million of which came from Merrill Lynch Capital.  If the bridge
loan is not repaid 12 months after closing  date,  Bridge is required to deliver
warrants to purchase  Bridge  common stock to Goldman,  Sachs and Merrill  Lynch
Capital.  Each of Goldman,  Sachs and Merrill Lynch Capital  received  customary
compensation in connection with this transaction.


                                       85
<PAGE>

                            VALIDITY OF THE SHARES

     The validity of the shares of common stock offered  through this prospectus
will be  passed  upon for us by Hogan &  Hartson  L.L.P.,  New  York,  New York.
Several legal  matters  relating to the  securities  will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York.


                                    EXPERTS

     The consolidated financial statements of SAVVIS Communications Corporation,
as of December 31, 1998, and for the year then ended,  as restated,  included in
this  prospectus  have  been  audited  by  Deloitte  & Touche  LLP,  independent
auditors, as stated in their report appearing in this prospectus, which contains
an explanatory  paragraph describing  conditions that raise substantial doubt as
to our  company's  ability to  continue as a going  concern  and an  explanatory
paragraph  relating to the  restatement,  and are included in reliance  upon the
report of such firm given  upon their  authority  as experts in  accounting  and
auditing.

     The consolidated financial statements of SAVVIS Communications Corporation,
as of December 31, 1997, as restated, and for the years ended December 31, 1997,
as restated, and 1996, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Ernst &
Young, LLP, independent  auditors,  as set forth in their report dated April 23,
1998,  except  for  Note 14 as to which  the date is  January  25,  2000,  which
contains an explanatory  paragraph describing  conditions that raise substantial
doubt about the company's  ability to continue as a going  concern.  This report
appears in this  prospectus,  and is included  in reliance on such report  given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                        CHANGE IN CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANTS


     Upon our  acquisition  by Bridge on April 7, 1999,  Deloitte & Touche  LLP,
Bridge's  independent  accountants,  replaced Ernst & Young LLP who had been our
independent  accountants for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997. Ernst &
Young LLP's  reports on our  financial  statements  for each of those years were
unqualified,  but included an explanatory  paragraph  surrounding  uncertainties
regarding  our ability to continue as a going  concern.  The  decision to change
auditors was  precipitated  by the  acquisition and was approved by the board of
directors.

     During the two years in the period ended  December 31, 1997, and subsequent
thereto,  there  were no  disagreements  with Ernst & Young LLP on any matter of
accounting principles or practices,  financial statement disclosure, or auditing
scope or procedure, which disagreements,  if not resolved to their satisfaction,
would  have  caused  them  to  make  reference  to  the  subject  matter  of the
disagreements in connection with their reports.


                   WHERE YOU MAY FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


     We have filed with the SEC a  registration  statement on Form S-1 under the
Securities  Act with  respect to the common  stock to be sold in this  offering.
This  prospectus  does  not  contain  all of the  information  set  forth in the
registration  statement  and the  exhibits  and  schedules  to the  registration
statement. For further information with respect to us and the common stock to be
sold in this  offering,  we  refer  you to the  registration  statement  and the
exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration  statement.  Statements
contained  in this  prospectus  concerning  the  contents of any contract or any
other document are not necessarily  complete. If a contract or document has been
filed as an exhibit to the registration  statement,  we refer you to the copy of
the contract or document that has been filed.  Each statement in this prospectus
relating  to a contract  or  document  filed as an exhibit is  qualified  in all
respects by the filed exhibit.  The registration  statement,  including exhibits
and schedules filed with it, may be inspected without charge at the SEC's public
reference rooms at:

     o Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549;

     o Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048; or

     o Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
       60661.

                                       86
<PAGE>

     Copies of all or any part of the  registration  statement  may be  obtained
from such office after payment of fees  prescribed  by the SEC.  Please call the
SEC at  1-800-SEC-0330  for further  information  on the operation of the public
reference  rooms.  The SEC also maintains a Web site that contains  registration
statements,  reports,  proxy and  information  statements and other  information
regarding    registrants   that   file    electronically   with   the   SEC   at
http://www.sec.gov.

     We intend to  provide  our  stockholders  with  annual  reports  containing
consolidated  financial  statements  audited by an independent public accounting
firm.


                                       87
<PAGE>


                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                             -----
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1999 (unaudited) ..........................    F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 1998
(As
 Restated), the period January 1 to April 6, 1999 (As Restated) and the period April 7 to
 September 30, 1999 (unaudited) ..........................................................    F-3
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the period January 1, 1999
to
 September 30, 1999 (As Restated) (unaudited) ............................................    F-4
Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the nine month period ended September
30, 1998 (As
 Restated), the period January 1 to April 6, 1999 (As Restated) and the period April 7 to
 September 30, 1999 (unaudited) ..........................................................    F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) ...................................    F-6
Independent Auditors' Report - Deloitte & Touche LLP .....................................   F-11
Independent Auditors' Report - Ernst & Young LLP .........................................   F-12
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 (As Restated) and 1998 (As Restated) .   F-13
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 (As
Restated)
 and 1998 (As Restated) ..................................................................   F-14
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended
December
 31, 1996, 1997 (As Restated) and 1998 (As Restated) .....................................   F-15
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 (As
Restated)
 and 1998 (As Restated) ..................................................................   F-16
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................   F-17
</TABLE>



                       BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             PAGE
                                                                                             -----
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ....   F-31
Independent Auditors' Report .............................................................   F-41
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 .............................   F-42
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended
 December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 ........................................................   F-43
Consolidated Statements of Deficiency in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 1996,
 1997 and 1998 ...........................................................................   F-44
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and        F-45
  1998.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...............................................   F-46
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1999 (unaudited) ................   F-63
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the nine-month
 period ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited) ....................................   F-64
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine month period ended
 September 30, 1998 and 1999 (unaudited) .................................................   F-65
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................   F-66
</TABLE>


                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - UNAUDITED
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                1999
                                                                                           --------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
                                          ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash and cash equivalents .............................................................   $   1,983
   Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $355......................       2,106
   Prepaid expenses ......................................................................         479
   Other current assets ..................................................................          10
                                                                                             ---------
      Total current assets ...............................................................       4,578
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Net (Note 3) ...................................................       5,995
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS -- Net of accumulated amortization of $8,144...............      30,322
OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS ...................................................................         527
                                                                                             ---------
      TOTAL ..............................................................................   $  41,422
                                                                                             =========
                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Accounts payable ......................................................................   $   5,089
   Accrued expenses ......................................................................       1,095
   Due to Bridge Information Systems .....................................................      17,270
   Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 4) .................................       1,986
   Other accrued liabilities .............................................................       2,385
                                                                                             ---------
      Total current liabilities ..........................................................      27,825
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, LESS CURRENT PORTION (NOTE 4) .................................       3,981
OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES ................................................................         444
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Common stock, $.01 par value, 125,000,000 shares authorized, 72,000,000 shares issued
    and outstanding ......................................................................         720
   Additional paid-in capital ............................................................      31,026
   Accumulated deficit ...................................................................     (22,574)
                                                                                             ---------
      Total stockholders' equity .........................................................       9,172
                                                                                             ---------
      TOTAL ..............................................................................   $  41,422
                                                                                             =========

</TABLE>

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - UNAUDITED
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PREDECESSOR                 SUCCESSOR
                                                                  ---------------------------------   --------------
                                                                    NINE MONTHS                         PERIOD FROM
                                                                       ENDED          PERIOD FROM       APRIL 7 TO
                                                                   SEPTEMBER 30,      JANUARY 1 TO     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                        1998         APRIL 6, 1999         1999
                                                                  ---------------   ---------------   --------------
                                                                   (AS RESTATED)     (AS RESTATED)
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>               <C>
REVENUES ......................................................     $     8,914       $     5,440      $    12,192
DIRECT COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Data communications and operations ...........................          14,609             6,429           13,095
 Selling, general and administrative ..........................           7,353             4,751           11,142
 Depreciation and amortization ................................           1,556               817            9,747
 Impairment of assets .........................................              --             1,383               --
                                                                    -----------       -----------      -----------
   Total direct costs and operating expenses ..................          23,518            13,380           33,984
                                                                    -----------       -----------      -----------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS ..........................................         (14,604)           (7,940)         (21,792)
INTEREST EXPENSE, NET .........................................            (138)             (135)            (782)
                                                                    -----------       -----------      -----------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES, MINORITY INTEREST, AND
 EXTRAORDINARY ITEM ...........................................         (14,742)           (8,075)         (22,574)
Income Taxes ..................................................              --                --               --
Minority Interest in Losses, net of accretion .................            (147)
                                                                    -----------
LOSS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM ................................         (14,889)           (8,075)         (22,574)
Extraordinary gain on debt extinguishment, net of tax .........           1,954                --               --
                                                                    -----------       -----------      -----------
NET LOSS ......................................................         (12,935)           (8,075)         (22,574)
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS .....................................          (1,370)             (706)              --
AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS AND DISCOUNT
 ON SERIES B AND C PREFERRED STOCK ............................            (369)             (244)              --
                                                                    -----------       -----------      -----------
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS ..................     $   (14,674)      $    (9,025)     $   (22,574)
                                                                    ===========       ===========      ===========
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE BEFORE
 EXTRAORDINARY ITEM ...........................................     $      (.29)      $      (.14)     $     (0.31)
EXTRAORDINARY GAIN ON DEBT EXTINGUISHMENT .....................             .03                --               --
                                                                    -----------       -----------      -----------
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE .......................     $      (.26)      $      (.14)     $      (.31)
                                                                    ===========       ===========      ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING ...........................      56,735,597        66,018,388       72,000,000
                                                                    ===========       ===========      ===========
</TABLE>


See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - UNAUDITED
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              NUMBER OF SHARES                                AMOUNTS
                                        ---------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               ADDITIONAL   DEFERRED    ACCUMULATED
                                           COMMON        TREASURY     COMMON     PAID-IN     COMPEN-      DEFICIT      TREASURY
                                            STOCK         STOCK        STOCK     CAPITAL     SATION    (AS RESTATED)    STOCK
                                        ------------ --------------- -------- ------------ ---------- --------------- ---------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>           <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1999 ..............  69,299,809      5,051,543     $693      $ 5,263     $ (78)      $ (38,638)     $ (64)
 Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options ...........   2,700,191             --       27            1        --              --         --
 Recognition of deferred
  compensation ........................          --             --       --           --        78              --         --
 Net loss for the period prior to
  acquisition .........................          --             --       --           --        --          (9,025)        --
 Acquisition of the Company by
  Bridge Information Systems ..........          --     (5,051,543)      --       25,762        --          47,663         64
 Net loss for the period subsequent
  to acquisition ......................          --             --       --           --        --         (22,574)        --
                                         ----------     ----------     ----      -------     -----       ---------      -----
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 ...........  72,000,000             --     $720      $31,026     $  --       $ (22,574)     $  --
                                         ==========     ==========     ====      =======     =====       =========      =====

<CAPTION>
                                            TOTAL
                                        -------------
<S>                                     <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1999 ..............   $ (32,824)
 Issuance of common stock upon
  exercise of stock options ...........          28
 Recognition of deferred
  compensation ........................          78
 Net loss for the period prior to
  acquisition .........................      (9,025)
 Acquisition of the Company by
  Bridge Information Systems ..........      73,489
 Net loss for the period subsequent
  to acquisition ......................     (22,574)
                                          ---------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 ...........   $   9,172
                                          =========
</TABLE>


See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -- UNAUDITED
                                (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR                    SUCCESSOR
                                                         --------------------------------------- -------------------
                                                            NINE MONTHS                              PERIOD FROM
                                                          ENDED SEPTEMBER   PERIOD FROM JANUARY       APRIL 7 TO
                                                              30, 1998       1 TO APRIL 6, 1999   SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                         ----------------- --------------------- -------------------
                                                           (AS RESTATED)       (AS RESTATED)
<S>                                                          <C>                 <C>                  <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net cash used in operating activities .................     $ (15,530)          $ (6,185)            $ (9,945)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Capital expenditures -- net ...........................        (1,308)              (275)                (855)
 Acquisition of IXA, net of cash acquired ..............          (750)                --                   --
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
   Net cash used in investing activities ...............        (2,058)              (275)                (855)
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of treasury stock ............................           (15)                --                   --
 Proceeds from common stock issuance ...................             5                 --                   --
 Exercise of stock options .............................            --                 28                   --
 Proceeds from Series C preferred stock issuance........        22,500                 --                   --
 Proceeds from issuance of Series C warrants ...........         3,700                 --                   --
 Payment of Series C deferred financing costs ..........        (1,747)                --                   --
 Principal payments under capital lease obligations.....          (503)              (182)                (381)
 Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible
   bridge notes ........................................         1,800                 --                   --
 Principal payments on borrowings from senior
   bridge notes ........................................        (1,053)                --                   --
 Proceeds from borrowings from Bridge
   Information Systems Notes ...........................            --              4,700               12,570
 Principal payments on borrowings from bank
   notes payable .......................................          (242)               (13)                  --
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
 Net cash provided by financing activities .............        24,445              4,533               12,189
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS ...........................................         6,857             (1,927)               1,389
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD .........         1,398              2,521                  594
                                                             ---------           --------             --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD ...............     $   8,255           $    594             $  1,983
                                                             =========           ========             ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Non-cash investing and financing activities:
 Debt incurred under capital lease obligations .........     $   1,059           $  2,634             $  1,153
 Preferred stock dividends accrued .....................         1,370                706                   --
 Amortization of deferred financing costs and
   accretion of preferred stock discount ...............           369                244                   --
 Senior convertible notes exchanged for preferred
   stock ...............................................         7,617                 --                   --
 Issuance of common stock in acquisition of IXA ........           583                 --                   --
 Cash paid during the year for interest ................           165                 99                  267


</TABLE>


See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

1. PRESENTATION


     The  accompanying  unaudited  consolidated  financial  statements of Savvis
Communications  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,  formerly Savvis Holdings
Corporation  (the "Company" or "Savvis"),  have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting  principles for interim financial  information and
with the instructions of Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly,  the interim
financial  statements  do  not  include  all of the  information  and  footnotes
required  by  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for annual  financial
statements.

     On April 7,  1999  (the  "acquisition  date"),  Savvis  was  acquired  by a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Bridge Information Systems ("Bridge") in an all stock
transaction that was accounted for as a "purchase  transaction" under Accounting
Principles  Board  Opinion  No. 16.  Pursuant  to the terms of the  transaction,
Bridge issued approximately  3,011,000 shares of its common stock, together with
239,000  options and warrants to purchase its common stock,  in exchange for all
the  outstanding  equity  interests of Savvis.  This  transaction  was valued at
approximately  $31,746 based on the fair value of the securities  exchanged,  as
determined by  independent  valuation  specialists,  and the direct costs of the
acquisition.  In accordance  with the accounting  requirements of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission,  purchase  transactions  that  result  in one  entity
becoming  substantially  wholly-owned  by the acquirer  establish a new basis of
accounting  in the  acquired  entity's  records  for the  purchased  assets  and
liabilities.  Thus,  the purchase  price has been  allocated  to the  underlying
assets  purchased and  liabilities  assumed based on their estimated fair market
values at the  acquisition  date. As a result of the  application  of fair value
accounting,  intangibles,  goodwill,  other  liabilities and additional  paid-in
capital  were  increased,   in  the  Savvis  unaudited   consolidated  financial
satements.

     On September 10, 1999, Bridge sold in a private placement approximately 25%
of its equity ownership in Savvis to existing shareholders of Bridge.

     In the opinion of the  Company's  management,  the  accompanying  unaudited
consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, which are of a normal
recurring nature,  necessary to present fairly the Company's  financial position
as of September  30, 1999 and the results of  operations  and cash flows for the
period  subsequent  to the  Company's  purchase by Bridge  through  September 30
(successor) and from January 1, 1999 through April 6, 1999 (predecessor) and the
nine months ended  September 30, 1998  (predecessor).  The results of operations
are not  necessarily  indicative  of results  that may be expected for any other
interim period or for the full year.


     The  financial   statements   should  be  read  in  conjunction   with  the
consolidated  financial  statements and notes thereto for the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1998 included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Except as
described  above, the accounting  policies used in preparing these  consolidated
financial  statements  are  the  same as  those  described  in the  consolidated
financial statements for the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998.

     The unaudited  financial  statements for the predecessor  periods have been
restated to reflect the  recording of minority  interest  related to  redeemable
Class A shares of the Company's  subsidiary  and to record  accretion on Class A
shares and related  convertible  notes at an effective rate of 20%. The exchange
of  these  instruments  for  Class B  preferred  stock in March of 1998 has been
restated to be treated as a debt  extinguishment  and the purchase of a minority
interest.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED
           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) - (CONTINUED )

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

     As discussed in Note 1, Bridge issued approximately 3,011,000 shares of its
common stock,  together with 239,000 options and warrants to purchase its common
stock, for all the outstanding equity interests of Savvis. The total cost of the
acquisition  exceeded  the fair value of Savvis' net assets by $23,767  which is
being amortized over 3 years.  In addition,  a portion of the purchase price was
allocated to the following tangible and intangible assets:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       ALLOCATED          LIFE
             ASSETS                 PURCHASE PRICE     (IN MONTHS)
- --------------------------------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                <C>                <C>
Property and equipment .........        $5,600             36
Trademark ......................         9,500             36
Non-compete agreement ..........         2,700             12
Other intangibles ..............         2,500             12
</TABLE>


     Also, in connection  with the  acquisition,  Bridge assumed  liabilities of
Savvis in the amount of $12,321.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT


     Property and equipment consisted of the following at September 30, 1999:



<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
             Computer equipment ................................    $    641
             Communications equipment ..........................       1,025
             Purchased software ................................         104
             Furniture and fixtures ............................         334
             Leasehold improvements ............................         372
             Equipment under capital lease obligations .........       5,079
                                                                    --------
                                                                       7,555
             Less: accumulated depreciation ....................      (1,560)
                                                                    --------
             Property and equipment, net .......................    $  5,995
                                                                    ========

</TABLE>

4. NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS


     Notes  payable   consisted  of  borrowings  by  Savvis  from  Bridge.   The
outstanding  balance on the notes was $17,270 at September 30, 1999 and interest
accrues at a rate of 8% per annum. The carrying value of the notes  approximates
fair value at September 30, 1999.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

       NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED (DOLLARS IN
                 THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) - (CONTINUED)

4. NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS--(CONTINUED)



     Savvis leases various equipment under capital leases.  Future minimum lease
payments under capital leases at September 30, 1999 are as follows:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
             1999 (Three months) ............................    $    370
             2000 ...........................................       2,948
             2001 ...........................................       2,940
             2002 ...........................................         634
                                                                 --------
                Total capital lease obligations .............       6,892
             Less amount representing interest ..............        (925)
             Less current portion ...........................      (1,986)
                                                                 --------
                Long-term capital lease obligations .........    $  3,981
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>

5. STOCK SPLIT

     On July 22,  1999,  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  declared  a
72,000-for-1  stock split on the Company's  shares of common stock. As a result,
the Company had 125 million  shares  authorized,  72 million  shares  issued and
outstanding with a $.01 par value for each share of common stock. All references
to shares outstanding have been adjusted retroactively for the stock split.

6. STOCK OPTION ACTIVITY


     As discussed in Note 1, upon Bridge's  acquisition  of the Company on April
7, 1999,  all  outstanding  Savvis stock options were exchanged for Bridge stock
options and included as part of the purchase  consideration  based upon the fair
value of Bridge  options  issued.  Subsequently,  on July 22 1999, the Company's
Board of  Directors  adopted a new stock  option plan and  authorized  8 million
stock options to be granted under the plan. Between July and September 1999, the
Company  granted  options to purchase  3,639,000  shares of its common  stock to
certain employees of Bridge. In that same period, the Company granted options to
purchase up to 2,300,008 shares of its common stock to certain of its employees.


     The Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees ("APB 25") and related interpretations in accounting for its
employee  stock option plan.  Under the  provisions  of APB 25, no  compensation
expense was recorded as the $.50 exercise price  approximated the estimated fair
value of the stock at the date of the grant,  as  determined  by an  independent
valuation specialist.  Pro forma information regarding net income is required by
SFAS No. 123 and has been  determined  as if the Company had  accounted  for its
employee  stock  options  under the fair value  method of SFAS No. 123. The fair
value of these  options  was  estimated  at the date of grant  using the minimum
value method. Under this method, the expected volatility of the Company's common
stock is not estimated,  as there is no market for the Company's common stock in
which to monitor stock price  volatility.  The  calculation of the fair value of
the options granted assumed a risk-free interest rate of approximately  5.0%, an
assumed  dividend  yield of zero,  and an expected  life of the options of three
years. The weighted average fair value of options granted was $.07. For purposes
of pro forma  disclosures,  the estimated fair value of the options is amortized
to expense over the options' estimated vesting period.

     Had  compensation  cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined
consistent  with the  provisions  of SFAS No. 123 based on the fair value at the
grant date,  the Company's pro forma net loss would not have been  significantly
different than the net loss reported.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

       NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED (DOLLARS IN
                 THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) - (CONTINUED)

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     In connection  with Bridge's  acquisition  of the Company,  as discussed in
Note 1, Bridge has funded the Company's operations during 1999. At September 30,
1999,  the Company had  amounts  payable to Bridge of $17,270.  See Note 8 for a
discussion of other  relationships  between the Company and Bridge  arising from
the execution of the Master  Establishment  and  Transition  Agreement and other
related agreements.

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     Public  Offering  -- The  Board  of  Directors  of  SAVVIS  has  authorized
management of the Company to file a  registration  statement with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission for the initial public offering of the Company's common
stock.  The  Company  contemplates  using a  portion  of the  proceeds  from the
proposed public offering to finance a portion its purchase of Bridge's  Internet
protocol  network  assets and to pay Bridge a preferential  distribution  of $58
million as  discussed  below.  The  remaining  proceeds  will be used to finance
growth.

     Asset  Purchase and  Preferential  Distribution  --  Simultaneous  with the
completion  of the public  offering,  the  Company  will  purchase  or  sublease
Bridge's global Internet protocol network assets for approximately  $92,000 less
the  book  value  of all  the  assets  not  transferred  because  of  regulatory
restrictions (the "Call Assets")  (approximately  $4,000). The purchase price of
the assets will be paid with offering  proceeds.  For accounting  purposes,  the
assets are to be transferred  from Bridge to Savvis at their historical net book
value  of  approximately  $88,000.  The  Company  will  also  pay a $58  million
preferential  distribution to Bridge. In addition,  this agreement establishes a
right for Savvis to purchase  the Call Assets at their net book  values.  At the
time any call right is exercised, such assets will be recorded at their net book
value.

     At the time of the asset  purchase,  the  Company  will also  enter  into a
10-year  network  services  agreement  with Bridge  under which the Company will
provide  managed data networking  services to Bridge.  For the first year of the
agreement,  the  Company's  fees  will be based  upon the cash cost to Bridge of
operating the network as configured on the date the Company acquire it, fees for
additional  services provided  following the closing of the transfer will be set
for a  three-year  term  based on an  agreed  payment  schedule  reflecting  the
estimated cost to provide the services. Bridge has agreed to pay us a minimum of
$105 million,  $132 million and $145 million for network  services in 2000, 2001
and 2002, respectively.

     In  addition,  Bridge  has  agreed  that the  amount  to be paid  under the
agreement for the fourth, fifth and sixth years will not be less than 80% of the
total  amount paid by Bridge and its  subsidiaries  for Internet  protocol  data
transport  services;  and the  amount  to be paid  under the  agreement  for the
seventh  through  tenth years will not be less than 60% of the total amount paid
by Bridge and its subsidiaries for Internet protocol data transport services.

     Upon transfer of the assets,  Bridge is also to provide  various  services,
including  technical  support,  customer  support and project  management in the
procurement  and  installation of equipment.  In addition,  Bridge is to provide
additional   administrative  and  operational  services,  such  as  payroll  and
accounting  functions,  benefit  management and office space,  until the Company
develops the capabilities to perform these services.

     Some  network  assets to be  purchased  are located in  premises  currently
leased by Bridge.  The permits  provide the  Company,  subject to the receipt of
required  landlord  consents,  with licenses to keep the equipment that is being
purchased  from Bridge in the  facilities in which they are  currently  located.
According  to this  arrangement,  the Company  will  occupy a minimal  amount of
space, generally less than 100 square feet, in each of the premises. The permits
are for a term that is coterminous  with the underlying  rights which Bridge has
to such facilities,  which range from one to ten years. Costs for this space are
estimated to be less than $75 per year.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

       NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- UNAUDITED (DOLLARS IN
                 THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) - (CONTINUED)


     Stock Options -- During the period from October through  December 1999, the
Company  granted  2,843,258 stock options to employees of SAVVIS and Bridge with
an exercise price of $.50 per share.  Noncash  compensation  cost based upon the
difference  between  the  exercise  price  and the  imputed  fair  value  of the
Company's stock as of the respective option grant dates totalling  approximately
$53,000 will be recorded over the vesting periods of such options, which periods
range  from  immediate  up  to  four  years.  Approximately  $2,000  of  noncash
compensation expense will be recorded in the fourth quarter.

     Severance -- In November  1999, in connection  with the  resignation of its
President,  the  Company  agreed  to  provide  severance  benefits,  to  include
approximately  one year's base salary, a 1999 performance bonus of not less than
25% of base salary, and other miscellaneous benefits. Approximately $360 will be
accrued in the fourth quarter related to this severance arrangement.



                                  * * * * * *

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Board of Directors of
Savvis Communications Corporation:

     We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet of Savvis
Communications   Corporation   and   subsidiaries,   formerly   SAVVIS  Holdings
Corporation   (the   "Company")  as  of  December  31,  1998,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements of operations,  changes in stockholders'  deficit,  and
cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted  our audit in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial statements present fairly, in
all  material  respects,   the  financial  position  of  Savvis   Communications
Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998, and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for the year then  ended,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.


     We have not audited any financial  statements of the Company for any period
subsequent  to  December  31,  1998.  However,  as  discussed  in Note 13 to the
financial  statements,   the  Company  has  experienced  recurring  losses  from
operations  and  cash  flow  deficiencies  which  have  been  funded  by  Bridge
Information Systems,  Inc. ("Bridge"),  of which the Company is a majority-owned
subsidiary.  As further  discussed in Note 13,  Bridge has not committed to fund
the Company's  operations in the future.  These matters raise  substantial doubt
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.  Management's  plans
in regard to these  matters are also  described  in Note 13. The 1998  financial
statements do not include any adjustments  that might result from the outcome of
this uncertainty.

     As discussed in Note 14, the consolidated financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1998 have been restated.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


St. Louis, Missouri

August 12,  1999,  except for Note 13 as to which the date is January 14,  2000,
and Note 14 as to which the date in January 25, 2000.



                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



Board of Directors of Savvis Communications Corporation:

     We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet of Savvis
Communications  Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company"), as of December 31,
1997  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,   changes  in
stockholders' equity (deficit),  and cash flows for each of the two years in the
period  ended   December  31,  1997.   These   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial statements present fairly, in
all  material  respects,   the  financial  position  of  Savvis   Communications
Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997 and the results of their
operations  and their cash  flows for each of the two years in the period  ended
December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


     The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming the
Company will  continue as a going  concern.  The Company has incurred  operating
losses and has a working capital deficiency.  These conditions raise substantial
doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.  The financial
statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects
on  the   recoverability  and  classification  of  assets  or  the  amounts  and
classification  of  liabilities  that  may  result  from  the  outcome  of  this
uncertainty.

     As discussed in Note 14, the consolidated financial statements for the year
ended December 31, 1997 have been restated.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG, LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
April 23, 1998, except for Note 14 as to which the date is January 25, 2000




                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1997           1998
                                                                                ------------   ------------
                                                                                (AS RESTATED, SEE NOTE 14)
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>
                                    ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................    $   1,398      $   2,521
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $128 in
   1997 and $149 in 1998.....................................................          623          2,649
 Prepaid expenses ...........................................................          304            120
 Other current assets .......................................................           29             21
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
    Total current assets ....................................................        2,354          5,311
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Net (Note 6) ......................................        1,906          4,753
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS -- Net of accumulated amortization of
 $503........................................................................           --          1,406
OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS ......................................................           53            193
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
TOTAL .......................................................................    $   4,313      $  11,663
                                                                                 =========      =========
                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable ...........................................................    $   3,812      $   4,498
 Accrued compensation payable ...............................................          326          1,140
 Deferred revenue ...........................................................          359             71
 Notes payable to bank -- current portion (Note 7) ..........................          220             13
 Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 7) ......................          318          1,097
 Other accrued liabilities ..................................................          274            206
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
    Total current liabilities ...............................................        5,309          7,025
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, LESS CURRENT PORTION (NOTE 7) ....................          491          1,649
NOTES PAYABLE TO BANK (NOTE 7) ..............................................           13             --
SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES (NOTE 7) ...........................................        4,719             --
SENIOR CONVERTIBLE BRIDGE NOTES (NOTE 7) ....................................        3,053             --
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 11) .....................................
MINORITY INTEREST ...........................................................          370             --
REDEEMABLE STOCKS (NOTES 1 AND 4):
 Series A, $.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 480,228 issued
   and outstanding in 1997 ..................................................        5,261             --
 Series A, $.001 par value, 517,410 shares authorized, 502,410 Issued
   and outstanding, liquidation preference of $5,345 ........................           --          5,345
 Series B, $.001 par value, 5,649,241 shares authorized, 5,649,241 issued
   and outstanding, liquidation preference of $5,649.........................           --          3,898
 Series C, $.001 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized, 30,000,000 issued
   and outstanding, liquidation preference of $30,000 -- net of
   unamortized discount .....................................................           --         26,943
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT:

 Common stock; $.01 par value, 125,000,000 authorized, 39,550,519 issued
   and outstanding in 1997, 69,299,809 issued and outstanding in 1998 .......          396            693
 Additional paid-in capital .................................................        1,095          5,263
 Accumulated deficit ........................................................      (16,345)       (39,011)
 Deferred compensation ......................................................           --            (78)
 Treasury stock .............................................................          (49)           (64)
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
 Total stockholders' deficit ................................................      (14,903)       (33,197)
                                                                                 ---------      ---------
TOTAL .......................................................................    $   4,313      $  11,663
                                                                                 =========      =========
</TABLE>


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996           1997           1998
                                                                -------------- -------------- --------------
                                                                                (AS RESTATED, SEE NOTE 14)
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
 Service ......................................................  $       194    $     2,395    $    12,827
 Installation .................................................           82            317            538
 Other ........................................................           14             46            309
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total revenue .............................................          290          2,758         13,674
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
DIRECT COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Data communications and operations ...........................        1,044         11,072         20,889
 Selling, general and administrative ..........................        1,204          5,130         12,245
 Depreciation and amortization ................................          153            631          2,288
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total direct costs and operating expenses .................        2,401         16,833         35,422
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS ..........................................       (2,111)       (14,075)       (21,748)
NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest income ..............................................           --             --            383
 Interest expense .............................................          (60)          (482)          (483)
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
    Total nonoperating income (expense) .......................          (60)          (482)          (100)
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES, MINORITY INTEREST AND EXTRAORDINARY
 ITEM .........................................................       (2,171)       (14,557)       (21,848)
INCOME TAXES (NOTE 10) ........................................           --             --             --
Minority Interest in Losses, net of accretion .................           --            547           (147)
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
LOSS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM ................................       (2,171)       (14,010)       (21,995)
Extraordinary gain on debt extinguishment, net of tax .........           --             --          1,954
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
NET LOSS ......................................................       (2,171)       (14,010)       (20,041)
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS .....................................           --           (151)        (2,054)
AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS AND DISCOUNT ON
 SERIES B AND C PREFERRED STOCK ...............................           --             --           (571)
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS ..................  $    (2,171)   $   (14,161)   $   (22,666)
                                                                 ===========    ===========    ===========
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY
 ITEM .........................................................  $      (.06)   $      (.38)   $      (.42)
EXTRAORDINARY GAIN ON DEBT EXTINGUISHMENT .....................           --             --            .03
                                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE .......................  $      (.06)   $      (.38)   $      (.39)
                                                                 ===========    ===========    ===========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING ...........................   35,396,287     36,904,108     58,567,482
                                                                 ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NUMBER OF SHARES
                                       -------------------------
                                          COMMON      TREASURY
                                           STOCK        STOCK
                                       ------------ ------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996 .............  30,665,765          --
 Issuance of common stock ............   8,884,754          --
 Issuance of common stock upon
  Exercise of stock options ..........          --          --
 Net loss ............................          --          --
                                        ----------          --
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996 ...........  39,550,519          --
 Purchase of shares for treasury .....          --   4,853,967
 Dividends declared on Series A
  Preferred Stock ....................          --          --
 Net loss ............................          --          --
                                        ----------   ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997 ...........  39,550,519   4,853,967
Issuance of common stock .............       1,976          --
Issuance of in-the-money options .....          --          --
Issuance of common stock for
 acquisition of IXA ..................  28,789,781          --
Issuance of common stock upon
 exercise of stock options ...........     957,533          --
Dividends declared on Series C
 Preferred Stock .....................          --          --
Amortization of deferred financing
 costs and discount on Series C
 Preferred Stock .....................          --          --
Purchase of shares for treasury ......          --     197,576
Issuance of Series C warrants
 (Note 3) ............................          --          --
Net loss .............................          --          --
                                        ----------   ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998 ...........  69,299,809   5,051,543
                                        ==========   =========



<CAPTION>
                                                                         AMOUNTS
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             (AS RESTATED,
                                                 ADDITIONAL                  SEE NOTE 14)
                                        COMMON     PAID-IN      DEFERRED      ACCUMULATED   TREASURY
                                         STOCK     CAPITAL    COMPENSATION      DEFICIT      STOCK       TOTAL
                                       -------- ------------ -------------- -------------- --------- -------------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>       <C>
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 1996 .............  $ 307      $ (206)       $  --        $     (13)     $  --     $      88
 Issuance of common stock ............     89       1,279           --               --         --         1,368
 Issuance of common stock upon
  Exercise of stock options ..........     --          22           --               --         --            22
 Net loss ............................     --          --           --           (2,171)        --        (2,171)
                                        -----      ------        -----        ---------      -----     ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996 ...........    396       1,095           --           (2,184)        --          (693)
 Purchase of shares for treasury .....     --          --           --               --        (49)          (49)
 Dividends declared on Series A
  Preferred Stock ....................     --          --           --             (151)        --          (151)
 Net loss ............................     --          --           --          (14,010)        --       (14,010)
                                        -----      ------        -----        ---------      -----     ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997 ...........    396       1,095           --          (16,345)       (49)      (14,903)
Issuance of common stock .............     --           1           --               --         --             1
Issuance of in-the-money options .....     --         171          (78)              --         --            93
Issuance of common stock for
 acquisition of IXA ..................    287         296           --               --         --           583
Issuance of common stock upon
 exercise of stock options ...........     10          --           --               --         --            10
Dividends declared on Series C
 Preferred Stock .....................     --          --           --           (2,054)        --        (2,054)
Amortization of deferred financing
 costs and discount on Series C
 Preferred Stock .....................     --          --           --             (571)        --          (571)
Purchase of shares for treasury ......     --          --           --               --        (15)          (15)
Issuance of Series C warrants
 (Note 3) ............................     --       3,700           --               --         --         3,700
Net loss .............................     --          --           --          (20,041)        --       (20,041)
                                        -----      ------        -----        ---------      -----     ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1998 ...........  $ 693      $5,263        $ (78)       $ (39,011)     $ (64)    $ (33,197)
                                        =====      ======        =====        =========      =====     =========
</TABLE>


See notes to consolidated financial statements


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                                (IN THOUSANDS)






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996            1997            1998
                                                                       ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                       (AS RESTATED, SEE NOTE 14)
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss ...........................................................     $ (2,171)      $ (14,010)      $ (20,041)
 Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in Operating ..........
   Depreciation and amortization ...................................          153             631           2,288
   Extraordinary gain on early extinguishment of debt ..............           --              --          (1,954)
   Minority interest in losses, net of accretion ...................           --            (547)            147
   Discount Accretion ..............................................                           55              25
   Compensation expense relating to the issuance of options .                  --              --              93
   Net  changes  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities
    -  net  of  effect  of acquisition:
    Accounts receivable ............................................          (96)           (527)         (1,885)
    Other current assets ...........................................          (33)              4              63
    Other assets ...................................................           --             (53)           (141)
    Prepaid expenses ...............................................          (53)           (250)            183
    Accounts payable ...............................................          676           3,316              61
    Deferred revenue ...............................................           65             294            (288)
    Other accrued liabilities ......................................          166             585             889
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
     Net cash used in operating activities .........................       (1,293)        (10,502)        (20,560)
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Capital expenditures - net ........................................         (884)           (697)         (1,688)
 Acquisition of IXA ................................................           --              --            (750)
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
     Net cash used in investing activities .........................         (884)           (697)         (2,438)
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchase of treasury stock ........................................           --             (49)            (15)
 Proceeds from common stock issuance ...............................        1,369              --               1
 Exercise of stock options .........................................           22              --              10
 Proceeds from Series A preferred stock issuance ...................          500             250              --
 Proceeds from Series C preferred stock issuance ...................           --              --          22,500
 Proceeds from issuance of Series C warrants .......................           --              --           3,700
 Payment of Series C deferred financing costs ......................           --              --          (1,747)
 Principal payments under capital lease obligations ................          (20)           (218)           (793)
 Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible notes ................           --           4,483              --
 Proceeds from issuance of Class A shares of subsidiary ............                          917
 Proceeds from issuance of senior convertible bridge notes .........           --           3,053           1,800
 Principal payments on borrowings from senior convertible
   bridge notes ....................................................           --              --          (1,053)
 Proceeds from borrowings from notes payable .......................          950           3,725              --
 Principal payments on borrowings from bank notes payable .                   (81)           (137)           (282)
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
     Net cash provided by financing activities .....................        2,740          12,024          24,121
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ..........................     $    563       $     825       $   1,123
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR .......................           10             573           1,398
                                                                         --------       ---------       ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR .............................     $    573       $   1,398       $   2,521
                                                                         ========       =========       =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Non-cash investing and financing activities:
   Debt incurred under capital lease obligations ...................     $    277       $     718       $   2,835
   Forgiveness of capital lease obligations in exchange for
    property .......................................................           --              --             279
   Preferred stock dividends .......................................           --             151           2,054
   Amortization of financing costs .................................           --              --             234
   Accretion of preferred stock discount ...........................           --              --             569
   Senior convertible notes exchanged for preferred stock ..........           --              --           7,617
   Issuance of common stock in acquisition of IXA ..................           --              --             583
   Cash paid for interest ..........................................           24             227             262

</TABLE>


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                    SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     BUSINESS  -- SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,
formerly  Savvis  Holdings  Corporation  ("Holdings"),  together with its wholly
owned subsidiary,  Savvis  Communications  Corporation,  a Missouri  corporation
("SCC"), and its predecessor company,  Savvis Communications  Enterprises L.L.C.
("LLC"),  are referred to herein collectively as the "Company".  The Company was
formed in November 1995 with $101 of capital and commenced commercial operations
in 1996. The Company  provides  high-speed  Internet access and high-end private
Intranet services to corporations throughout the United States. The Company also
offers  colocation  services,   network  operations,   and  related  engineering
services.

     The Company's operations are subject to risks and uncertainties, including,
among  others,  actual and  prospective  competition  by entities  with  greater
financial and other  resources,  risks  associated  with the  development of the
Internet  market,  risks  associated with growth and domestic  expansion,  risks
associated  with limited  experience in the market,  technology  and  regulatory
risks, and dependence upon sole and limited source suppliers.

     PRINCIPLES  OF  CONSOLIDATION  --  The  Company's   consolidated  financial
statements  include the accounts of Holdings,  SCC and LLC. On March 4, 1998 the
Company entered into a transaction,  which is discussed below, that modified the
corporate structure so that Holdings became the holding company of SCC.

     On July 31, 1997, SCC formed the LLC as a prerequisite to obtaining  $5,400
in financing  through the issuance of senior  convertible  promissory notes. The
LLC functioned as SCC's primary operating entity,  owning all customer contracts
entered into in connection  with the  business,  from July 30, 1997 until it was
merged back into the Company on April 30, 1998.

     Ownership of the LLC was split between  Class B shares,  of which SCC owned
all 8,750,000 shares,  and Class A shares, of which the LLC's senior convertible
promissory  noteholders  owned all 5,400,000  shares.  Both classes of stock had
equal voting rights and liquidation preferences.


     A  portion  of the 1997 net loss of the LLC was  allocated  to the  Class A
minority  interest in the LLC. The minority  shareholders'  interest in the LLC,
along with the $5,400 in senior convertible promissory notes, was converted into
Series B convertible  preferred  stock of Holdings on March 4, 1998. The LLC was
subsequently  merged  into SCC on April 30, 1998 and SCC's Class B shares in the
LLC and the senior noteholders' Class A interest in the LLC were terminated. The
exchange  of the  senior  notes and Class A stock for the  Series B  convertible
preferred has been accounted for as the  extinguishment of debt and the purchase
of minority interest. At the date of issuance the Series B convertible preferred
was deemed to have a fair value of $3,700 which  resulted in the  recognition of
an extraordinary gain on extinguishment of the notes of approximately $1,954 and
the establishment of $290 of goodwill.


     All  intercompany   balances  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -- All highly liquid  investments with a maturity
of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents.

     PROPERTY AND  EQUIPMENT -- Property and  equipment are recorded at cost and
depreciated using the straight-line  method over estimated useful lives of three
to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the related
lease.

     OTHER  ASSETS -- Other  assets  consist  primarily  of deposits for network
services.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

1. NATURE  OF  OPERATIONS  AND  SUMMARY  OF  SIGNIFICANT  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES -
   CONTINUED)

     EQUIPMENT  UNDER CAPITAL  LEASES -- The Company  leases certain of its data
communications  equipment and other fixed assets under capital lease agreements.
The assets and  liabilities  under capital  leases are recorded at the lesser of
the  present  value  of  aggregate  future  minimum  lease  payments,  including
estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of the assets under lease.
Assets under these capital  leases are  amortized  over the terms of the leases,
which are generally three years.

     GOODWILL  AND  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS -- Goodwill is being  amortized  over ten
years and intangible  assets over one to two years, all using the  straight-line
method. The goodwill life was determined at the acquisition date based on market
and industry factors.

     LONG-LIVED ASSETS -- The Company periodically  evaluates the net realizable
value of long-lived assets,  including intangible assets,  goodwill and property
and  equipment,  relying on a number of  factors  including  operating  results,
business  plans,  economic  projections  and  anticipated  future cash flows. An
impairment  in the carrying  value of an asset is  recognized  when the expected
future  operating  cash  flows to be  derived  from the  asset are less than its
carrying value. In addition,  the Company's  evaluation  considers  nonfinancial
data such as market  trends,  product  and  development  cycles,  and changes in
management's market emphasis. There has been no impairment recognized during the
years ended 1996, 1997 and 1998.

     FAIR VALUE OF  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS  -- The fair value of  borrowings  is
estimated by discounting the future cash flows using borrowing rates for similar
arrangements with similar maturities.

     STOCK  SPLIT -- On July 22,  1999,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company
declared a 72,000-for-1  stock split on the Company's shares of common stock. As
a result,  the Company had 125 million  shares  authorized and 72 million shares
issued and outstanding with a $.01 par value for each share of common stock. All
references  to shares,  options  and  warrants  outstanding  have been  adjusted
retroactively for the stock split.

     REVENUE  RECOGNITION  AND  DEFERRED  REVENUE  -- Service  revenues  consist
primarily of monthly  Internet  access  service  fees,  which are fixed  monthly
amounts.  Services  were billed one month in advance in both 1996 and 1997.  For
all years,  any services  billed and  payments  received in advance of providing
services are deferred until the period such services are earned. Equipment sales
and  installation  charges  are  recognized  when  equipment  is  delivered  and
installation is completed.

     ADVERTISING COSTS -- Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

     INCOME TAXES -- SCC was originally  incorporated as an S Corporation  under
the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Under S Corporation provisions, SCC
generally did not pay any federal or state  corporate  income tax on its taxable
income.  Instead,  SCC's taxable loss was reported by the  stockholders on their
individual income tax returns.  Effective November 12, 1996, SCC changed its tax
status from an S Corporation to a C Corporation.  Accordingly,  income taxes for
the  Company  for fiscal  1998 and 1997 are  accounted  for under the  liability
method,  which  provides  for the  establishment  of  deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities  for  the net tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting purposes and
for income tax purposes.

     EMPLOYEE  STOCK  OPTIONS -- The Company accounts for employee stock options
in  accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting
for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees.  Under  APB  No.  25,  the Company recognizes
compensation  cost based on the intrinsic value of the equity instrument awarded
as  determined  at  grant  date.  The  Company  is  also  subject  to disclosure
requirements  under  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
123,   Accounting   for   Stock-Based  Compensation  which  requires  pro  forma
information  as  if  the  fair  value method prescribed by SFAS No. 123 had been
applied (see Note 8).


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -
                                  (CONTINUED)

     NEW  ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS  --  In  June  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
("SFAS")  No.  131,  Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related
Information,  which  establishes  standards for the way that public  enterprises
report information about operating  segments in annual financial  statements and
requires that those  enterprises  report  selected  information  about operating
segments in interim  financial  reports  issued.  SFAS No. 131 is effective  for
years  beginning after December 15, 1997. The statement has not had an impact on
the  Company's  financial  statement  disclosures  as its  financial  statements
reflect how the "chief operating decision maker" manages the business,  i.e., as
a single segment.

     In June 1997,  FASB issued SFAS No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,
which  establishes  standards  for the  reporting  and display of  comprehensive
income and its components in the financial statements. SFAS No. 130 is effective
for years beginning after December 15, 1997. The statement has not had an impact
on the Company's financial  statements as the Company has no other comprehensive
income to report.

     In February  1997,  FASB issued SFAS No.  128,  Earnings  Per Share,  which
replaced  primary and fully  diluted  earnings  per share with basic and diluted
earnings per share.  SFAS No. 128 is effective  for years ending after  December
31,  1997.  All loss per share  amounts for all periods  have been  presented to
conform to SFAS No. 128. All stock  options and warrants  outstanding  have been
excluded from the  computation of diluted loss per share,  as their effect would
be antidilutive,  and accordingly,  there is no reconciliation between basic and
diluted loss per share for each of the years presented.

     In April 1998,  the  American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants
issued  Statement of Position  ("SOP") 98-5,  Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities.  This standard  requires  companies to expense the costs of start-up
activities and organization costs as incurred. In general, SOP 98-5 is effective
for fiscal years  beginning after December 15, 1998. The adoption of SOP 98-5 is
not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations.

     In  June  1998,  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  133,  Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities,  which establishes  accounting and reporting
standards for derivative  instruments and hedging  activities.  SFAS No. 133 was
amended by SFAS No.  137,  which  delays the  effective  date of SFAS No. 133 to
fiscal years and quarters  beginning  after June 15, 2000. SFAS No. 133 requires
that an entity  recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the
statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. The
Company is assessing the  requirements of SFAS No. 133 and the effects,  if any,
on the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

     CONCENTRATIONS  OF CREDIT RISK -- Financial  instruments  that  potentially
subject the Company to  concentrations  of credit risk  consist  principally  of
accounts  receivable.  This risk is limited due to the large number of customers
comprising the Company's  customer base.  The Company  periodically  reviews the
credit quality of its customers and generally does not require collateral.

     USE OF ESTIMATES -- The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the  financial
statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Actual  results  could  differ from those
estimates.

     RECLASSIFICATIONS   --  Certain   1996  and  1997   information   has  been
reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.


2. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS


     PURCHASE  BY  BRIDGE  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS,  INC.  -- On April 7, 1999, the
Company  was  purchased by Bridge Information Systems, Inc. ("Bridge"). Pursuant
to the terms of the transaction, Bridge


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

2. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - (CONTINUED)

issued approximately  3,011,000 shares of its common stock together with 239,000
options  and  warrants  to  purchase  its  common  stock  in  exchange  for  all
outstanding  equity  interests of the Company.  To effect the  transaction,  the
Series A, B and C Preferred  Shareholders received their respective  liquidation
preferences  (see  Note 4) in the form of Bridge  common  stock.  The  Company's
Series C warrant holders also exercised their warrants and participated with the
other common shareholders and employee option holders in exchanging their common
shares for remaining  Bridge common shares.  Series A warrant  holders and those
holding common warrants with a strike price per warrant of $4.13 exchanged their
warrants for warrants to purchase  Bridge  common  stock.  Company stock options
outstanding  at the date of the  transaction  were  converted  into  options  to
purchase Bridge common stock. Subsequent to the purchase,  Bridge has the intent
to support and fund operations of Savvis throughout fiscal year 1999.


     STOCK OPTION  ACTIVITY  (UNAUDITED) -- Also on July 22, 1999, the Company's
Board of  Directors  adopted a new stock  option plan and  authorized  8 million
stock  options to be granted  under plan.  Between  July and October  1999,  the
Company  granted  options to purchase  3,639,000  shares of its common  stock to
selected employees of Bridge Information Systems,  Inc. In that same period, the
Company granted  options to purchase up to 2,300,008  shares of its common stock
to selected  employees.  All of these options were granted  pursuant to the 1999
Stock Option Plan.

     PRIVATE PLACEMENT (UNAUDITED) -- On September 10, 1999, Bridge, 100% parent
of SAVVIS, sold in a private placement  18,129,721 shares of SAVVIS common stock
to Bridge shareholders.

     PROPOSED  PUBLIC  OFFERING  OF  COMMON  STOCK  (UNAUDITED)  -- The Board of
Directors  of  SAVVIS  has  authorized  management  of  the  Company  to  file a
registration  statement  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for the
initial public offering of the Company's common stock. The Company  contemplates
using the proceeds from the proposed public offering to finance a portion of its
purchase  of  Bridge's  Internet  protocol  network  assets,  for  payment  of a
preferential  distribution  to Bridge,  for  capital  expenditures  and  general
corporate purposes, and to finance its growth.

3. CORPORATE REORGANIZATION AND FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS

     The Company was originally  organized in November 1995 and operated as SCC.
Subsequently, the Company entered into the following transactions:

     In 1996, SCC issued 46,996 shares of Series A convertible  preferred  stock
at a price of $10.64  per  share.  In  conjunction  with the  issuance,  175,047
warrants to purchase Series A preferred  stock were issued.  The warrants had an
exercise  period of five  years from the date of issue at an  exercise  price of
$10.64,  which  approximated  the  market  value  of the  stock  at the  date of
issuance.

     Between  February  7 and July 31,  1997,  SCC  entered  into the  following
transactions:

o Issuance of convertible notes to investors totaling $3,700. These notes, along
  with a $500  convertible  note  issued in 1996  plus  accrued  interest,  were
  converted  into 409,736  shares of Series A convertible  preferred  stock at a
  price of $10.64 per share on July 31, 1997.  The 175,047  warrants to purchase
  Series A preferred  stock were canceled  upon  conversion of the notes on July
  31, 1997.

     On July 31, 1997,  SCC formed the LLC,  which  functioned  as SCC's primary
operating entity, as a prerequisite for the following transactions:


o Issuance of senior  convertible notes (senior notes) for $5,400. In return for
  lending the LLC $5,400,  the senior  noteholders  received 5.4 million Class A
  shares of the LLC for an  aggregate  nominal fee of $1,000.  The senior  notes
  were unsecured,  accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum, and had a term of
  five years.



                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
3. CORPORATE REORGANIZATION AND FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS - (CONTINUED)

     Between  October 31 and December 31, 1997,  LLC entered into the  following
transactions:

o Issuance of $3,100 in senior convertible bridge notes ("senior bridge notes").


o Issuance of 13,799,812  five-year  detachable warrants in conjunction with the
  issuance  of  the  senior  bridge  notes.   (See  discussion  below  regarding
  subsequent exchange.)


oIssuance of 23,496  shares of Series A convertible  preferred  stock at a price
 of $10.64 per share.


     During 1998 an additional $1,800 of LLC senior bridge notes were issued.


     On March 3, 1998,  the  Company's  owners  formed  Holdings.  At this time,
Holdings entered into the following transactions:

o Issuance of 502,410 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in Holdings in exchange
  for all  outstanding  Series A Preferred  Stock of SCC  (480,228  shares) plus
  accrued dividends.

o Issuance of 15,000  warrants to purchase  Series A Preferred Stock of Holdings
  at $10.64  per share in  exchange  for an equal  amount of Series A  Preferred
  Stock  Warrants of SCC with the same strike  price.  The  exercise  period for
  these warrants expires on May 29, 2002.

o Conversion of $5,400 in senior notes and accrued interest of $249 to 5,649,241
  Class B  shares  of the  LLC.  These  Class B  shares  were  then  immediately
  exchanged  for an equal  number  of  shares  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock in
  Holdings. In conjunction with the transaction,  the 5.4 million Class A shares
  of the LLC were cancelled.

o Issuance  of  63,488,349  shares  of $.001 par  common  stock of  Holdings  in
  exchange for all of the $.01 par common stock of SCC.

o Issuance  of  22,000,000  shares of Class C  Preferred  Stock and  299,466,125
  detachable  Series C common stock warrants of Holdings for $18,200 in cash and
  exchange of $3,800 of LLC senior  bridge notes.  The  remaining  senior bridge
  notes were repaid from the proceeds of the financing.


o Issuance of 13,799,812  warrants to purchase common stock at a strike price of
  $.10 were  exchanged for an equal amount of warrants to purchase  common stock
  of SCC with the same strike price.  The warrants  expire on the earlier of ten
  years  from the date of  issuance  and five  years from the date of an initial
  public offering.


     On July 1, 1998, Holdings issued an additional 8,000,000 shares of Series C
Preferred Stock and 108,896,798  detachable  common stock warrants for $8,000 in
cash.

     The Company,  based on an  independent  valuation,  assigned  $3,700 to the
value of the detachable  Series C common stock warrants issued in the March 1998
and July 1998  transactions.  The  $3,700  was  recorded  as a  discount  on the
preferred stock and an increase in additional  paid in capital.  Financing costs
of $1,800 were recorded as a discount against the preferred stock. This resulted
in  $24,600  of  value  assigned  to the  Series  C  Preferred  Stock,  with the
difference  between such value and the $30,000  redemption value being amortized
through  the  mandatory  redemption  date.  Amortization  is  being  charged  to
accumulated deficit.

4. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK WARRANTS

     HOLDINGS SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK -- The Series A Preferred ranks junior to
the  Series C  Preferred  and the  Series B  Preferred,  but senior to all other
classes  of stock  as to  liquidation,  dividends,  redemptions,  and any  other
payment or  distribution  with respect to capital stock.  The Series A Preferred
shall be  redeemed  on  December  31,  2003,  after  (i) all  shares of Series C
Preferred  have been  redeemed  by  payment  in full of the  aggregate  Series C
liquidation preference and (ii) all


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
4. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK WARRANTS - (CONTINUED)


shares of  Series B  Preferred  have been  redeemed  by  payment  in full of the
aggregate  Series B redemption  price.  The mandatory  redemption price for each
share of the Series A  Preferred  shall be equal to the  greater of the Series A
liquidation  preference  or the fair  market  value  per  share of the  Series A
Preferred,  as determined in accordance with the  Certificate of  Incorporation.
Holders of the Series A Preferred  shall be  entitled  to convert  each share of
Series A Preferred into 142.0413 shares of common stock. The Series A conversion
ratio is subject to adjustment in connection  with certain  issuances of capital
stock  of  the  holders  and as  otherwise  set  forth  in  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation.  Each holder of Series A  Preferred  shall be required to convert
all of its  shares  of  Series A  Preferred,  at the then -  effective  Series A
conversion  ratio,  upon (i) the vote of 66 2/3 percent of the then  outstanding
shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  or (ii)  upon the  demand  of the  Company  in
connection  with the public  offering and sale of shares of capital stock of the
Company  resulting in gross  proceeds of at least  $10,000.  Holders of Series A
Preferred  shall  be  entitled  to vote  on all  matters  on  which  the  common
stockholders  may vote.  Each share of Series A  Preferred  shall be entitled to
142.0413 votes. The Series A Preferred holders are not entitled to dividends.

     HOLDINGS SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK -- The Series B Preferred ranks junior to
the Series C Preferred,  but senior to all other classes of the Company's  stock
as to liquidation, dividends, redemptions, and any other payment or distribution
with  respect to capital  stock.  The Series B  Preferred  shall be  redeemed on
December 31, 2003 after all shares of Series C Preferred  have been  redeemed by
payment in full of the aggregate Series C liquidation preference.  The mandatory
redemption  price for each share of the Series B Preferred shall be equal to the
greater of the  Series B  liquidation  preference  or the then  applicable  fair
market value per share of the Series B Preferred,  as  determined  in accordance
with the  Certificate  of  Incorporation.  At any time,  holders of the Series B
Preferred  shall be  entitled to convert  each share of Series B Preferred  into
13.3497  share of common  stock.  The  Series B  conversion  ratio is subject to
adjustment in connection with certain  issuances of capital stock of the Company
and as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of  Incorporation.  Each holder of
Series B  Preferred  shall be  required to convert all of its shares of Series B
Preferred,  at the then - effective Series B conversion ratio, upon (i) the vote
of 66 2/3 percent of the then - outstanding shares of Series B Preferred and the
Series A Preferred  (voting  together as a class) or (ii) upon the demand of the
Company in  connection  with the public  offering  and sale of shares of capital
stock of the Company resulting in gross proceeds of at least $10,000. Holders of
Series B Preferred  shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the common
stockholders  may vote.  Each share of Series B  Preferred  shall be entitled to
approximately  13.3497 vote. The Series B Preferred  holders are not entitled to
dividends.

     HOLDINGS SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK -- The Series C Preferred ranks senior to
all  other  classes  of  stock  of the  Company  as to  liquidation,  dividends,
redemptions,  and any other payments and has a liquidation  preference  equal to
the  Series  C  price  per  share  of  $1  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends
("liquidation  preference").  Dividends accrue quarterly at 8 percent and may be
paid in cash,  and to the extent not paid in cash,  such dividends will be added
to the liquidation preference of the Series C Preferred for the first five years
at the option of the  Company;  thereafter  dividends  are payable in cash.  The
Series C Preferred  shall be redeemed on December 31, 2003 at a mandatory  price
equal to the liquidation preference. The Company is required, upon the demand of
holders of at least 25 percent of the outstanding Series C Preferred,  to redeem
all of the  Series C  Preferred  upon a change of  control,  failure to make any
required  dividend  payments,  and certain  other  conditions  as defined in the
agreement.  The Company has the option to redeem the Series C Preferred in whole
or in part upon ten business days' notice for an amount equal to the liquidation
preference.  Holders  of Series C  Preferred  shall be  entitled  to vote on all
matters on which the common  stockholders  may vote and are  entitled to 13.6122
vote per share. In addition,  the Certificate of Incorporation provides that for
so long as at least 1 million shares of Series C Preferred are outstanding,  the
holders of 66 2/3 percent of the Series C  Preferred  shall be entitled to elect
four of the Company's seven directors.



                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

4. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCK WARRANTS - (CONTINUED)


     SCC SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK -- SCC Series A Preferred, which was exchanged
on March 4, 1998 for Holdings Series A Preferred plus accrued dividends,  ranked
senior  to all  other  then  outstanding  classes  of stock  as to  liquidation,
dividends,  redemptions,  and any other payment or distribution  with respect to
capital stock. The Series A Preferred was redeemable beginning February 2002 and
continuing  through  2004  at the  mandatory  redemption  price.  The  mandatory
redemption  price  for each  share of the  Series A  Preferred  was equal to the
greater of the Series A original  issuance  price or the fair  market  value per
share  of  the  Series  A  Preferred,  as  determined  in  accordance  with  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  plus  accrued and unpaid  dividends.  Effective
August 1, 1997,  the terms of the Series A Preferred were amended to entitle the
holders  to a  dividend  rate of 8 percent  per annum on the  Original  Series A
Issuance Price.  Holders of the Series A Preferred were entitled to convert each
share of Series A  Preferred  into such  number of fully paid and  nonassessable
shares of common stock as determined by dividing the Original  Series A Issuance
Price  ($10.64)  by the  conversion  price of such series  (Series A  Conversion
Price) in effect at the time of  conversion.  The  initial  Series A  Conversion
Price per share was the  Original  Series A Issuance  Price,  subject to certain
adjustment  provisions of the  Agreement.  Each holder of Series A Preferred was
required  to  convert  all of its  shares  of  Series A  Preferred,  at the then
effective Series A conversion  ratio,  upon (i) written consent of 70 percent of
the then -  outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred or (ii) upon the demand of
the Company in connection with the public offering and sale of shares of capital
stock of the Company resulting in gross proceeds of at least $10,000. Holders of
Series A  Preferred  were  entitled  to vote on all  matters on which the common
stockholders  could vote.  Each share of Series A Preferred  was entitled to the
number of votes  equal to the  number of shares of Common  Stock into which such
shares of Series A Preferred were convertible.

     See  Note 2 for  discussion  of  the  redemption  of  all  of the  Holdings
Preferred Stock subsequent to December 31, 1998.

     COMMON STOCK WARRANTS -- SCC issued 13,799,812  warrants to purchase common
stock at a strike price of $.10 per warrant in October 1997 in conjunction  with
the  issuance of the senior  bridge  notes.  These  warrants  were  subsequently
exchanged  for an equal amount of warrants to purchase  common stock of Holdings
with the same strike price and remained outstanding as of December 31, 1998. The
warrants  expire on the  earlier of 10 years from the date of  issuance  or five
years from the date of an initial public offering. Management believes the value
of the warrants is insignificant.

     SERIES C WARRANTS -- In connection  with the issuance of Series C Preferred
Stock in March and July of 1998,  the Company  issued  408,362,922 of detachable
warrants  to  purchase  common  stock of the  Company for a price below $.01 per
share.  The  warrants  were  assigned  a  value  of  $3,700.  The  warrants  are
exercisable  at any time except that no more than 75 percent of the warrants are
exercisable  prior to March 3, 2000.  The warrants  expire 10 years from date of
issuance.  The warrants provide,  subject to certain clawback  provisions in the
event of a qualified public offering,  the Series C Preferred holders with 44.88
percent of the common stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis.  All Series
C warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 1998.

     SERIES A WARRANTS  -- SCC  issued  15,000  warrants  to  purchase  Series A
Preferred  shares of the Company for $10.64 per share to certain  investors  and
consultants  for the  performance  of services on May 28, 1997.  These  warrants
vested immediately. Compensation expense recorded with respect to these warrants
was $160 in 1997.  These warrants were  subsequently  exchanged for an identical
number of warrants to purchase Series A Preferred shares of Holdings on March 4,
1998 and remained outstanding as of December 31, 1998.

5. BUSINESS COMBINATION

     On March 4, 1998,  the Company  acquired all of the  outstanding  shares of
Interconnected  Associates,  Inc. ("IXA") for $750 in cash and 28,789,781 shares
of the Company's common stock.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
5. BUSINESS COMBINATION - (CONTINUED)

IXA,  which  commenced  operations  in 1994,  was a  regional  Internet  service
provider  serving  approximately  200 customers  from  facilities in Seattle and
Portland.  The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  using the  purchase  method of
accounting.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
   Fair value of intangible assets acquired, including goodwill .........    $1,620
   Fair value of property acquired ......................................       369
   Net liabilities assumed ..............................................      (656)
                                                                             ------
      Total purchase price ..............................................     1,333
   Fair value of common stock issued ....................................      (583)
                                                                             ------
      Total cash paid ...................................................    $  750
                                                                             ======

</TABLE>

     The following summarized pro forma (unaudited) information assumes that the
acquisition consummated in 1998 had occurred at the beginning of each period:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            1997           1998
                        ------------   ------------
<S>                     <C>            <C>
  Revenues ..........    $   4,474      $  13,903
  Net loss ..........      (14,002)       (20,318)

</TABLE>


     In management's  opinion,  the pro forma combined results of operations are
not  indicative  of  the  actual  results  that  would  have  occurred  had  the
acquisition  been  consummated  as of that time or of future  operations  of the
combined companies under the ownership and operation of the Company.

6.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997          1998
                                                            ----------   -----------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>
Computer equipment ......................................     $  259      $    837
Communications equipment ................................      1,000         1,771
Purchased software ......................................        104           182
Furniture and fixtures ..................................         58           383
Leasehold improvements ..................................         88           217
Equipment under capital lease obligations ...............        995         3,553
                                                              ------      --------
                                                               2,504         6,943
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ..........       (598)       (2,190)
                                                              ------      --------
                                                              $1,906      $  4,753
                                                              ======      ========
</TABLE>

     Effective  January 1, 1998, the Company  decreased the estimated  remaining
useful lives of its computer  equipment,  communications  equipment and software
from five years to three years to more closely  reflect the actual service lives
of such equipment. The effect of the change was to increase depreciation expense
and net loss by approximately $486 for the year ended December 31, 1998.

Accumulated  amortization  for equipment  under capital leases for 1997 and 1998
was $209 and $831,  respectively.  Amortization  expense for 1996, 1997 and 1998
was $814, $186 and $23, respectively.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

7. NOTES PAYABLE AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     Notes payable and convertible  notes payable  consisted of the following at
December 31:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997        1998
                                                                         -----------   --------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>
  Senior convertible notes, interest at 8%, converted to Series B
   preferred stock of Holdings on March 4, 1998 ......................     $ 4,538      $  --
  Senior convertible bridge notes, interest at 8%, converted to Series
   C preferred stock of Holdings on March 4, 1998 ....................       3,053         --
  Note payable to bank, interest at 9.375%, monthly principal and
   interest payments of $6, matured February 14, 1999.................          85         13
  Note payable to bank, interest at 9.25%, monthly principal and
   interest payments of $8, matured August 1, 1998....................         148         --
                                                                           -------      -----
                                                                             7,824         13
  Less current portion ...............................................        (220)       (13)
                                                                           -------      -----
  Long-term portion ..................................................     $ 7,604      $  --
                                                                           =======      =====

</TABLE>



     The  carrying  value of the notes  approximated  fair value at December 31,
1997 and 1998. The senior notes and senior bridge notes were unsecured,  accrued
interest at a rate of 8% per annum, and had a term of five years. See Note 3 for
discussion of the conversion of senior  convertible and senior bridge notes. The
notes payable to the bank are secured by property and equipment  purchased  with
the proceeds  and a general lien on the assets of the Company.  The note bearing
the 9.25% rate was paid off during 1998.

     The Company leases various equipment under capital leases.

     Future minimum lease payments under capital leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
1999 ............................................    $  1,343
2000 ............................................       1,187
2001 ............................................         614
                                                     --------
    Total capital lease obligations .............       3,144
Less amount representing interest ...............        (398)
Less current portion ............................      (1,097)
                                                     --------
    Long-term capital lease obligations .........    $  1,649
                                                     ========

</TABLE>

8.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS


     Prior to 1997,  the Company  granted  non--qualified  stock  options to its
employees as directed by the Company's Board of Directors.  In January 1997, the
Company  established the 1997 stock option plan, under which it is authorized to
grant up to 19,757,596 of either incentive stock options or non-qualified  stock
options to it  employees.  Options  under this plan  become  exercisable  over a
three-year  vesting period from the date of grant and expire ten years after the
date of grant. The Company issued 8,087,100 options under this plan during 1997.


     Additionally,  on July 8, 1997,  the Company  granted an  employee  790,304
options to purchase the Company's common stock at $.07 per share.  These options
vested immediately and have a ten-year life.

     Effective  October 15, 1997, the Company's  Board of Directors  amended and
restated  the 1997 stock option plan and  authorized  an  additional  15,072,319
options to be granted  under the plan. As part of this  amendment,  the Board of
Directors authorized the existing option holders to exchange


                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

8.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS - (CONTINUED)


their  options for  incentive  stock  options  priced at $.01 per share,  with a
vesting  period of four years from the  employee's  start  date.  The  incentive
options  vest  6/48 six  months  from the  employee's  start  date and then 1/48
monthly thereafter. Accordingly, options with respect to 9,228,655 shares of the
Company's common stock were cancelled,  and new options with respect to the same
number of shares  were  granted  with an exercise  price of $.01 per share,  the
existing  estimated fair market value of the Company's common stock at the time.
An additional  21,389,890  options were also granted  during 1997 under the same
terms  as the  incentive  options.  Two  option  holders,  representing  238,356
options,  elected not to  exchange,  and  accordingly,  these  options  remained
outstanding  under their  original  terms at the end of 1997. Of these  options,
214,647 were forfeited during 1998.


     In 1998, the Company's Board of Directors established the 1998 stock option
plan,  under which it authorized  111,149,677  and granted  91,926,998  options.
These options vest on varying bases over four years  beginning at the later date
of six months after the  employee's  start date or the grant date, and expire 10
years from the grant date.

     The Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees ("APB 25") and related interpretations in accounting for its
employee  stock  option  plans.  Under the  provisions  of APB 25,  compensation
expense is recognized to the extent the value of the Company's stock exceeds the
exercise  price of  options  at the date of  grant.  During  1998,  the  Company
recognized  $93 of  compensation  expense for option  grants in 1998 with strike
prices that were below the value of the Company's stock.

     Pro forma information  regarding net income is required by SFAS No. 123 and
has been  determined  as if the Company had  accounted  for its  employee  stock
options  under the fair value  method of SFAS No.  123.  The fair value of these
options was estimated at the date of grant using the minimum value method. Under
this  method,  the  expected  volatility  of the  Company's  common stock is not
estimated,  as there is no market  for the  Company's  common  stock in which to
monitor stock price volatility. The calculation of the fair value of the options
granted in 1996, 1997 and 1998 assumes a risk-free interest rate of 6.7 percent,
6.2 percent and 5.0 percent,  respectively,  an assumed  dividend yield of zero,
and an expected  life of the options of three years.  The weighted  average fair
value of  options  granted  was  below  $.01 per  share in 1996,  1997 and 1998,
respectively. For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of
the options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting periods.

     Had  compensation  cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined
consistent  with the  provisions  of SFAS No. 123 based on the fair value at the
grant date, the Company's pro forma net loss would have been as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1996            1997            1998
                                        ------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>
Net loss attributable to common
 stockholders:
 As reported ........................     $ (2,171)      $ (14,161)      $ (22,666)
 Pro forma ..........................       (2,171)        (14,175)        (22,696)
Basic and diluted net loss per share:
 As reported ........................     $   (.06)      $    (.38)      $    (.39)
 Pro forma ..........................         (.06)           (.38)           (.39)

</TABLE>


                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
8.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS - (CONTINUED)

     The following  table  summarizes  stock option activity for the three years
ended December 31, 1998:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         NUMBER OF
                                                          SHARES                            WEIGHTED
                                                         OF COMMON            PRICE         AVERAGE
                                                       STOCK OPTIONS           PER          EXERCISE
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)          SHARE          PRICE
                                                     ----------------   ----------------   ---------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>                <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995 .......................            --        $       --          $  --
 Granted .........................................         1,625                .01         0.01
                                                           -----
Balance, December 31, 1996 .......................         1,625                .01         0.01
 Granted .........................................        39,496         .01 -   .07        0.02
 Forfeited .......................................          (245)               .03         0.03
 Cancelled .......................................        (9,229)        .01 -   .04        0.03
                                                          ------
Balance, December 31, 1997 .......................        31,647         .01 -   .07        0.01
 Granted .........................................        91,927         .01 -   .02        0.02
 Exercised .......................................          (958)               .01         0.01
 Forfeited .......................................        (7,416)        .01 -   .02        0.01
                                                          ------
Balance, December 31, 1998 .......................       115,200        $.01 - $ .07       $ 0.02
                                                         =======
Options exercisable at December 31, 1996 .........            --
                                                         =======
Options exercisable at December 31, 1997 .........         7,271        $.01 - $ .07       $ 0.02
                                                         =======
Options exercisable at December 31, 1998 .........        28,051        $.01 - $ .07       $ 0.01
                                                         =======
</TABLE>

     The following table summarizes  information  about the options  outstanding
and exercisable at December 31, 1998:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                   OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------------------   ----------------------------
                     WEIGHTED     WEIGHTED                        WEIGHTED
                     AVERAGE       AVERAGE                        AVERAGE
     SHARES         REMAINING     EXERCISE         SHARES         EXERCISE
 (IN THOUSANDS)        LIFE         PRICE      (IN THOUSANDS)      PRICE
- ----------------   -----------   ----------   ----------------   ---------
<S>                <C>           <C>          <C>                <C>
        13,542          9.93       $  .01          12,267         $  .01
        25,995          8.81          .01          10,325            .01
        74,849          9.59          .02           4,658            .02
            24          8.08          .04              10            .04
           790          8.50          .07             790            .07
    ----------                                     ------
       115,200          9.51       $  .02          28,051         $  .02
    ==========                                     ======
</TABLE>


9. EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PROGRAM

     The Company  sponsors an employee  savings plan that qualifies as a defined
contribution  arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All
employees  may  contribute  a  percentage  of  their  base  salary,  subject  to
limitations. The plan was put into place during 1998. All employer contributions
are  discretionary  under plan provisions.  The Company made no contributions to
the plan during 1998.

10.  INCOME TAXES

     No provision for income taxes was provided for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1997, and 1998 as the potential  deferred tax benefit of $208, $3,044, and
$6,853,  respectively,  resulting  primarily from the net operating losses,  was
fully  offset by a  provision  to provide a  valuation  allowance  against  such
deferred tax benefit.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

10.  INCOME TAXES - (CONTINUED)

     The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows
at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1997          1998
                                              ----------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets:
 Net operating loss carryforwards .........    $  3,234     $  10,215
 Other ....................................          44            87
                                               --------     ---------
    Gross deferred tax assets .............       3,278        10,302
Deferred tax liabilities:
 Intangible assets ........................          --          (109)
 Other ....................................         (26)          (88)
                                               --------     ---------
    Net deferred tax assets ...............       3,252        10,105
Valuation allowances ......................      (3,252)      (10,105)
                                               --------     ---------
                                               $     --     $      --
                                               ========     =========
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1997 and 1998, the Company  recorded a valuation  allowance
of $3,252 and $10,105,  respectively,  against the net deferred tax asset due to
the uncertainty of its ultimate  realization.  The valuation allowance increased
by $3,044  from  December  31,  1996 to  December  31,  1997 and by $6,853  from
December 31, 1997 to December 31, 1998.


     Section 382 of the Internal  Revenue Code restricts the  utilization of net
operating  losses and other  carryover tax attributes  upon the occurrence of an
ownership change, as defined. Such an ownership change occurred during 1998 as a
result of the corporate  reorganization and financing transactions (see Note 3).
Management  believes such limitation may affect the Company's ability to utilize
the net operating losses over the 20-year carryforward period.

     At December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately $30,000 in U.S. Federal
net operating loss carryforwards expiring between 2011 and 2018.


     The effective  income tax rate differed from the statutory  federal  income
tax rate as follows for the years ended December 31:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1996       1997        1998
                                                     --------   --------   ----------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Pretax loss ......................................       34%        34%         34%
Federal income tax portion of changes in
 valuation allowance .............................      (10)       (16)        (32)
Minority interest in net operating loss ..........       --        (18)         (1)
S Corporation loss ...............................      (24)        --          --
Other - net ......................................       --         --          (1)
                                                        ---        ---        ------
Effective income tax rate ........................        0%         0%         0%
                                                        ===        ===        =====
</TABLE>


                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The Company leases communications  equipment and office space under various
operating  leases.  Future  minimum  lease  payments at December 31, 1998 are as
follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         NETWORK        OTHER        OFFICE
                        EQUIPMENT     EQUIPMENT      SPACE       TOTAL
                       -----------   -----------   ---------   ---------
<S>                       <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
1999 ...............      $  378         $158       $1,106      $1,642
2000 ...............       1,115          126        1,086       2,327
2001 ...............          --          101          906       1,007
2002 ...............          --           38          918         956
2003 ...............          --           13          932         945
Thereafter .........          --           --          901         901
                          ------         ----       ------      ------
    Total ..........      $1,493         $436       $5,849      $7,778
                          ======         ====       ======      ======
</TABLE>


     Rental  expense  under  operating  leases for the years ended  December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998, was $110, $1,924, and $1,905, respectively.

     EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT  -- On December 4, 1998 the Company  entered  into an
employment  agreement  with the  Company's  new  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer. In connection with his employment,  the executive received an option to
purchase the number of shares of the Company's common stock,  which  constituted
5% of the current fully diluted number of all shares of common stock.  One-third
of the options vested  immediately with the balance to vest over 42 months.  All
unvested options vested immediately upon the purchase of the Company by Bridge.
See Note 2 for discussion of the purchase.

     LITIGATION -- The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and other
actions arising out of the normal course of business.  While the results of such
proceedings and actions cannot be predicted,  management believes,  based on the
advice of legal  counsel,  that the  ultimate  outcome of such  proceedings  and
actions  will not have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.

12. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

     Activity in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ADDITIONS
                                BALANCE AT      CHARGED TO
                               BEGINNING OF     COSTS AND                    BALANCE AT
                                   YEAR          EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS     END OF YEAR
                              --------------   -----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>
December 31, 1996 .........        $ --            $ 16         $   --          $ 16
December 31, 1997 .........          16             254           (142)          128
December 31, 1998 .........         128             278           (257)          149
</TABLE>

13. GOING CONCERN MATTERS

     The Company has experienced  recurring losses from operations and cash flow
deficiencies  which,  since April of 1999, have been funded by Bridge,  of which
the Company is a majority-owned consolidated subsidiary. While Bridge has funded
the  Company's  operations  through  1999,  Bridge has not committed to fund the
Company's  operations in the future. These matters raise substantial doubt as to
the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management intends to fund
operations  and other  cash flow needs with the  proceeds  of an initial  public
offering in the first quarter of 2000.  There can be no assurances  that such an
offering  will be  consummated.  If an offering is not  consummated,  management
intends to seek other financing and otherwise alter its business plans.


                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


14. RESTATEMENT

     Subsequent to the issuance of its financial  statements for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998,  the Company  determined  that the Class A shares of
its  subsidiary  represented  a  minority  interest  to which  losses  should be
allocated and for which accretion on the Class A shares and related  convertible
notes should be recorded at an effective rate of 20%. The Company also concluded
that the exchange of these  instruments  for Class B preferred stock in March of
1998  should  be  treated  as a  debt  extinguishment,  with  recognition  of an
extraordinary  gain, and as the purchase of a minority  interest.  The Company's
financial statements have been restated to correct the accounting for the above.
A summary of the significant effects of the restatement are as follows.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997                          1998
                                             ----------------------------   --------------------------
                                                  AS                             AS
                                              PREVIOUSLY                     PREVIOUSLY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31:                REPORTED      AS RESTATED      REPORTED     AS RESTATED
- ------------------------------------------   ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>
Depreciation and amortization ............    $     631       $     631      $   2,208     $   2,288
Interest expense .........................          427             482            458           483
Loss before income taxes, minority
 interest and extraordinary item .........      (14,502)        (14,557)       (21,743)      (21,848)
Minority interest in losses, net of
 accretion ...............................           --             547             --          (147)
Extraordinary item, net of tax ...........           --              --             --        (1,954)
Net loss .................................      (14,502)        (14,010)       (21,743)      (20,041)
Preferred stock accretion ................          151             151          1,821         2,054
Net Loss attributable to common
 stockholders ............................      (14,653)        (14,161)       (24,134)      (22,666)
Basic and diluted loss per common share
 before extraordinary item ...............         (.40)           (.38)          (.41)         (.42)
Extraordinary gain on debt
 extinguishment ..........................           --              --             --            .03
Basic and diluted loss per common share.           (.40)           (.38)          (.41)         (.39)
At December 31:
 Goodwill and intangibles, net ...........           --              --          1,197         1,406
 Accounts payable ........................        3,993           3,812          4,498         4,498
 Minority interest .......................           --             370             --            --
 Accumulated deficit .....................      (16,837)        (16,345)       (40,971)      (39,011)
 Senior convertible notes ................        5,400           4,719             --            --
 Stockholders' deficit ...................      (15,395)        (14,903)       (35,157)      (33,197)

</TABLE>



                                    ******


                                      F-30
<PAGE>


                BRIDGE MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
            FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF BRIDGE

     The  following  discussion  should be read  together with the more detailed
information in Bridge's historical consolidated financial statements,  including
the related notes thereto,  appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.  The results
shown herein are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any
future periods.  This discussion  contains  forward-looking  statements based on
current  expectations which involve risks and uncertainties.  Actual results and
the timing of events could differ materially from the forward-looking statements
as a result of a number of factors.

OVERVIEW

     Bridge is a global  provider  of  high-quality,  real  time and  historical
financial  information,  including  market  data,  news  and  analytical  tools.
Bridge's   customers  are  investment  and  commercial  banks,  money  managers,
investment  advisors,  broker/dealers,   traders,  exchanges,  corporations  and
governmental  agencies.  Bridge's  products  include  a wide  range of  computer
workstations,  market data feeds and web-browser-based applications that provide
comprehensive  market data, in-depth news, powerful analytical tools and trading
room integration systems.

     During the period 1996  through  September  30,  1999,  Bridge made several
acquisitions  as outlined  below  which  resulted in  significant  increases  in
Bridge's revenues,  expenses,  intangible assets, debt and redeemable  preferred
stock.

     On  July  26,  1996,  Bridge  acquired  all of the  outstanding  shares  of
Knight-Ridder  Financial,  Inc.  ("KRF") for  approximately  $272.8 million in a
business  combination  accounted  for as a purchase.  The  purchase was financed
through  the  sale of  approximately  $155.5  million  of  Series  D  redeemable
preferred stock of Bridge and through a portion of the proceeds  obtained from a
$160  million term loan.  The total cost of the  acquisition  was  approximately
$273.5 million, which exceeded the fair value of the net assets of KRF by $203.2
million.   This  excess  is  being   amortized  over  40  years.   In  addition,
approximately  $6.5  million of the  purchase  price was  allocated to purchased
research and development,  which was expensed to acquisition  related expense in
1996. In 1997,  Bridge  recognized  non-recurring  costs of  approximately  $5.4
million  comprised of customer  credits for downtime and other  conversion costs
related to the closure of KRF's data center which are included in  restructuring
and acquisition related expense.

     On  July  15,  1997,  Bridge  acquired  all of the  outstanding  shares  of
Telesphere  Corporation  ("Telesphere")  for  approximately  $34.5  million in a
business combination accounted for as a purchase. Bridge acquired Telesphere for
450,000 shares of Series A common stock of Bridge (valued at approximately  $3.3
million),  approximately $3 million in an 11% senior subordinated note of Bridge
and  approximately  $28.6 million in cash. The total cost of the acquisition was
approximately  $34.8  million,  which  exceeded the fair market value of the net
assets of  Telesphere  by  approximately  $27.6  million.  This  excess is being
amortized over 20 years.

     On May 29, 1998,  Bridge acquired all the  outstanding  shares of Dow Jones
Markets  Holdings,  Inc.,  ("Telerate")  for  approximately  $510  million  in a
business combination  accounted for as a purchase.  Bridge acquired Telerate for
1,500,000  shares of Series E preferred stock of Bridge (valued at approximately
$150 million) and approximately $360 million in cash, which was financed through
the  proceeds  obtained  from  a  loan  under  Bridge's  senior  secured  credit
agreement.  The total cost of the acquisition was approximately  $511.6 million,
which  exceeded  the  fair  market  value  of the  net  assets  of  Telerate  by
approximately  $184.1 million.  This excess is being amortized over 30 years. In
addition  approximately  $22  million of the  purchase  price was  allocated  to
purchased  research and development,  which was expensed to acquisition  related
expenses  in 1998.  In  1998,  Bridge  also  recognized  non-recurring  costs of
approximately  $6.7 million,  comprised of other conversion costs related to the
closure  of  redundant  offices,  which  are  included  in  acquisition  related
expenses.

     On November 10, 1998,  Bridge acquired the financial  information  business
assets of ADP Financial  Information  Services ("ADP") for approximately  $154.2
million in a business combination  accounted for as a purchase.  Bridge acquired
the assets in exchange for 900,000 shares of Series F preferred  stock of Bridge
(valued at approximately  $90 million) and  approximately  $64.2 million in cash
which was financed


                                      F-31
<PAGE>


through  proceeds  obtained from a loan under  Bridge's  senior  secured  credit
agreement.  The total cost of the acquisition was approximately  $154.5 million,
which  exceeded  the  fair  market  value  of the net  assets  of ADP  Financial
Information  Services  by  approximately  $99.8  million.  This  excess is being
amortized over 20 years.

     On April 7, 1999, Bridge acquired SAVVIS Communications Corporation,  f/k/a
SAVVIS Holdings  Corporation,  ("SAVVIS"),  in an all stock transaction that was
accounted for as a purchase.  Pursuant to the terms of the  transaction,  Bridge
issued   approximately   3,011,000   shares  of  common  stock,   together  with
approximately  239,000 options and warrants to purchase common stock in exchange
for all the outstanding  equity interest of SAVVIS.  The purchase price has been
allocated to the underlying  assets  purchased and liabilities  assumed based on
their  estimated fair market values at the  acquisition  date. The total cost of
the acquisition  exceeded the fair value of SAVVIS' net assets by  approximately
$23.8 million, which is being amortized over 3 years. In addition, approximately
$20.3  million of the purchase  price was  allocated to property and  equipment,
trademarks,  non-compete  agreements  and  other  intangibles,  which  are being
amortized over 1 to 5 years.  Also, in connection with the  acquisition,  Bridge
assumed net liabilities of SAVVIS in the amount of approximately  $12.3 million.
Subsequent to the acquisition,  on September 10, 1999,  Bridge sold in a private
placement  approximately  25%  of  its  ownership  to  Bridge  shareholders  for
approximately $9.0 million.

     The net value of goodwill  and other  intangible  assets  arising from past
acquisitions was $863.9 million on September 30, 1999. Bridge's determination of
the amortization period for these assets was based on management's  estimates of
their useful lives which they believe were consistent with accounting  precedent
and practice on the dates of the  acquisitions.  Had management  assumed shorter
useful lives,  amortization charges would have been higher,  increasing Bridge's
operating  losses.  Since the completion of these  acquisitions,  there has been
considerable debate, both within the accounting  profession and among government
agencies,  about the  appropriateness  of useful life assumptions beyond 5 to 10
years.  Were Bridge to amortize all goodwill over 10 years and other intangibles
over no more than 5 years,  net  losses  would have been  $68.7  million,  $86.0
million and $180.7  million for 1996,  1997 and 1998,  respectively,  and $115.3
million  and $180.0  million for the nine months  ended  September  30, 1998 and
1999, respectively.

     Revenues.

     Bridge's  revenues  include  fees  for  information  services,  transaction
services, equipment sales, customer data fees and other revenues.

     Information  services.  Information  services  revenues  are  derived  from
subscription charges to clients for the use of Bridge's real time and historical
information and news on equities,  fixed income,  foreign exchange,  derivatives
and  commodities.  Information  services  revenues  are billed 1 to 12 months in
advance and are recognized in the period the related services are provided.

     Transaction  services.  Bridge's wholly owned subsidiaries,  Bridge Trading
Company ("Bridge Trading"), Bridge International Broking Ltd.-Hong Kong ("Bridge
Broking-Hong  Kong") and Bridge  International  Broking (U.K.) Limited  ("Bridge
Broking-U.K.")  provide  securities  order routing and  execution  services , or
transaction services, to many of Bridge's institutional clients. Bridge Trading,
Bridge Broking-Hong Kong and Bridge Broking-U.K.  are registered  broker-dealers
under  securities  laws of the United States,  Hong Kong and the United Kingdom,
respectively.  Transaction  services revenues  represent the net commissions and
fees earned from providing the  transactions  services in excess of the value of
the subscription charges recorded as information services revenues.  Transaction
services are recorded on the trade date of the relevant security transaction.

     Equipment  sales.  Bridge is a value added  reseller for Sun  Microsystems,
Inc. Equipment sales revenues are derived from the sale of computer equipment to
clients. Equipment sales are recorded upon delivery of the equipment.

     Customer  data  fees.  Customer  data  fees  revenues  represent  fees  and
royalties charged by Bridge to clients for the right for clients to use the data
of third  party data  suppliers  subscribed  for  through  Bridge's  information
system. Pursuant to contracts with the third party data suppliers, Bridge remits
a portion of such fees and royalties to the data suppliers.



                                      F-32
<PAGE>


     Other  revenues.  Other  revenues  primarily  consist of sales of  computer
software and printed information  products and charges for systems  installation
and maintenance.

     Operating Expenses.

     Operating  expenses  include employee  related  expenses,  depreciation and
amortization,  technology  related expenses,  equipment cost of sales,  customer
data fees,  transaction  services related  expenses,  data  acquisition  related
expenses, facilities related expenses and general and administrative expenses.

     Employee  related.  Employee  related  expenses  include,  in  addition  to
employee  salaries  and  bonuses,  payroll  taxes,  Bridge's  401(k) and pension
contributions,  health  insurance  costs,  travel  and  entertainment  and other
miscellaneous employee costs.

     Depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses
consist of (1) depreciation of buildings, leasehold improvements,  furniture and
fixtures and equipment used in Bridge's data centers,  sales and  administrative
offices,  the global data network and client's offices;  and (2) amortization of
goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  principally  resulting  from  Bridge's
acquisitions.  Generally,  depreciation  is calculated  using the  straight-line
method over the useful life of the  associated  asset,  which ranges from 3 to 5
years for equipment and software and 5 to 32 years for buildings,  improvements,
furniture and fixtures. Goodwill is being amortized over 3 to 40 years and other
intangible assets over 1 to 20 years, all using the straight-line method.

     Technology  related.  Technology  related expenses consist of communication
and equipment  charges  incurred to operate  Bridge's  global data network.  The
network  serves  to both  collect  data  from  Bridge's  data  suppliers  and to
distribute data to Bridge's  clients.  Following SAVVIS' initial public offering
and the  transfer  of Bridge  Internet  Protocol  network  to  SAVVIS,  Bridge's
payments under the Network Services Agreement will be reflected here.

     Equipment  cost of sales.  Equipment  cost of sales is directly  related to
equipment  sales  revenues and  represents  the cost of  equipment  acquired for
resale to clients.

     Customer  data  fees.  Customer  data  fees  expenses  represent  fees  and
royalties  paid by Bridge to data suppliers for the right for clients to use the
suppliers' data obtained through Bridge's information system.

     Transaction  services  related.   Transaction  services  related  expenses,
primarily clearing, floor brokerage and specialist fees, are directly related to
transaction services revenue. All fees for executed transactions are recorded on
the trade date of the relevant securities transaction.

     Data acquisition related. Data acquisition related expenses consist of fees
and royalties  paid by Bridge to data suppliers for Bridge's right to obtain and
redistribute the suppliers' data.

     Facilities  related.  Facilities  related expenses include costs related to
Bridge's leased facilities in approximately 90 cities throughout the world.

     General and  administrative.  General and  administrative  expenses include
voice communications costs, professional services fees, insurance,  property and
other general taxes,  marketing and advertising  expenses,  shipping and freight
expenses and other miscellaneous expenses.

     Acquisition  related.  Acquisition  related expenses,  primarily  purchased
research and  development  expenses,  are  one-time  costs  directly  related to
acquisitions made in the respective years.

     Interest   expense.   Interest   expense  is  related  to  debt  to  banks,
subordinated debt and capital leases.

     Income taxes.  Income tax expense  primarily  consists of taxes paid in the
local jurisdictions of Bridge's foreign subsidiaries.  Bridge incurred operating
losses in the United  States and,  therefore,  has not recorded a provision  for
income  taxes in its  historical  financial  statements.  Bridge has  recorded a
valuation  allowance for the full amount of its net deferred tax assets  because
it believes that the future realization of the tax benefit is uncertain.

     Loss  on  early  extinguishment  of debt. Losses on early extinguishment of
debt  represent  the  write-off  of  deferred financing costs upon prepayment of
debt.



                                      F-33
<PAGE>


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Nine  Months  Ended  September  30,  1999  Compared  to  Nine  Months Ended
September 30, 1998

     Telerate  was  acquired  on May 29,  1998;  therefore,  only four months of
Telerate's results are included in the results of operations for the nine months
ended September 30, 1998. ADP was acquired on November 10, 1998; therefore, none
of its results are  included  in the results of  operations  for the nine months
ended  September 30, 1998.  The results of operations  for the nine months ended
September  30, 1999  include  the results of Telerate  and ADP for the full nine
months.  SAVVIS  was  acquired  on April 7,  1999;  therefore,  its  results  of
operations are included from the date of acquisition through September 30, 1999.

     Revenues.

     Information services. Information services revenues were $651.2 million for
the first nine  months of 1999  compared  to $398.8  million  for the first nine
months of 1998, an increase of 63%. This $252.4 increase primarily resulted from
the  acquisitions of Telerate and ADP. The net revenue  increase  resulting from
the acquisitions was $245.3 million.  The remaining growth in revenue was due to
increased marketing and sales efforts for the new technology products, offset by
losses of old  technology  products  due to some  products  not being  Year 2000
compliant,  client  rationalization of market data services costs and reductions
in users due to mergers among clients. The affect of these pressures on Bridge's
revenues  increased in the fourth  quarter of 1999 primarily as a result of Year
2000 issues.

     Transaction services.  Transaction services revenues were $55.6 million for
the first  nine  months of 1999  compared  to $40.0  million  for the first nine
months of 1998, an increase of 39%.  This $15.6  million  increase was primarily
due to  increased  marketing  and sales  efforts and the  resulting  increase in
transaction volume.

     Equipment sales.  Equipment sales revenues were $73.9 million for the first
nine months of 1999 compared to $52.1 million for the first nine months of 1998,
an increase of 42%. This $21.8  million  increase was primarily due to increased
marketing and sales efforts and the resulting increase in sales volume.

     Customer data fees.  Customer  data fees were $149.6  million for the first
nine months of 1999 compared to $74.5 million for the first nine months of 1998,
an increase of 101%.  This $75.1 million  increase  primarily  resulted from the
acquisitions  of Telerate and ADP. The net revenue  increase  resulting from the
acquisitions was $69.6 million.  The balance of the increase is directly related
to the  growth  in the  installed  subscription  base  of  information  services
revenues excluding acquisitions.

     Other revenues. Other revenues were $16.0 million for the first nine months
of 1999 compared to $12.5 million for the first nine months of 1998, an increase
of 28%. This $3.5 million increase  primarily  resulted from the acquisitions of
Telerate and ADP. The net revenue  increase  resulting from the acquisitions was
$3.0 million.

     Operating Costs and Expenses.

     Employee  related.  Employee  related  expenses were $297.9 million for the
first nine months of 1999  compared to $182.4  million for the first nine months
of 1998, an increase of 63%. This $115.5  million  increase  primarily  resulted
from the  acquisitions  of Telerate,  ADP and SAVVIS.  The net expense  increase
resulting from the acquisitions  was $97.5 million.  The balance of the increase
primarily  related  to the  increases  in  employees  in the news  and  customer
services functions and annual wage increases.

     Depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and amortization was $211.9
million  for the first nine months of 1999  compared  to $133.4  million for the
first nine  months of 1998,  an  increase of 59%.  This $78.5  million  increase
primarily  resulted from the  acquisitions  of Telerate and ADP. The net expense
increase  resulting from the acquisitions was $72.6 million.  The balance of the
increase primarily resulted from increased equipment purchases related expansion
of the global data network and client conversion to new technology products.

     Technology related. Technology related expenses were $142.5 million for the
first nine months of 1999 compared to $58.8 million for the first nine months of
1998,  an  increase of 142%.  Of this $83.7  million  increase,  the net expense
increase  resulting from the acquisitions of Telerate,  ADP and SAVVIS was $55.3
million,  and the remainder  primarily  resulted from overlapping  network costs
incurred  as  Bridge  converted  clients  from the  legacy  networks  of KRF and
Telerate to the Bridge Internet Protocol network.



                                      F-34
<PAGE>


     Equipment cost of sales.  Equipment cost of sales was $68.0 million for the
first nine months of 1999 compared to $48.1 million for the first nine months of
1998, an increase of 41%. This $19.9 million increase is directly related to the
increase in equipment sales revenues.

     Customer data fees.  Customer  data fees were $122.2  million for the first
nine months of 1999 compared to $69.2 million for the first nine months of 1998,
an  increase of 77%.  This $53.0  million  increase  is directly  related to the
increase  in  customer  data fees  revenues,  and  primarily  resulted  from the
acquisitions  of Telerate and ADP. The net expense  increase  resulting from the
acquisitions was $46.7 million.  The balance of the increase is directly related
to the  growth  in the  installed  subscription  base  of  information  services
revenues excluding acquisitions.

     Transaction  services related.  Transaction  services related expenses were
$21.5  million for the first nine months of 1999  compared to $18.5  million for
the first nine months of 1998, an increase of 16%. This $3.0 million increase is
directly related to the increase in transaction services revenues.

     Data  acquisition  related.  Data  acquisition  related expenses were $62.3
million  for the first nine  months of 1999  compared  to $27.4  million for the
first nine  months of 1998,  an increase of 127%.  This $34.9  million  increase
primarily  resulted from the  acquisitions  of Telerate and ADP. The net expense
increase  resulting  from  the  acquisitions  was  $28.0  million.  The  balance
primarily  resulted  from  purchases  of  additional  fixed  income and  foreign
exchange data suppliers.

     Facilities related.  Facilities related expenses were $45.2 million for the
first nine months of 1999 compared to $20.8 million for the first nine months of
1998, an increase of 117%. This $24.4 million increase  primarily  resulted from
the  acquisitions of Telerate and ADP. The expense  increase  resulting from the
acquisitions was $21.3 million.

     General and administrative.  General and administrative expenses were $53.1
million  for the first nine  months of 1999  compared  to $36.4  million for the
first nine  months of 1998,  an  increase of 46%.  This $16.7  million  increase
primarily  resulted from the acquisitions of Telerate,  ADP and SAVVIS.  The net
expense increase resulting from the acquisitions was $12.5 million.  The balance
of the increase primarily resulted from increased expenditures for marketing and
advertising.

     Acquisition  related.  Acquisition  related expenses,  primarily  purchased
research and development expenses,  were $28.7 million for the first nine months
of 1998 resulting from the Telerate acquisition.

     Other Income and Expense.

     Interest income. Interest income was $2.2 million for the first nine months
of 1999  compared to $1.3 million for the first nine months of 1998, an increase
of 69%.  This $.9 million  increase was  primarily  due to larger cash  balances
available for short-term investment subsequent to the Telerate acquisition.

     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense was $68.1  million for the first nine
months of 1999  compared to $41.3  million for the first nine months of 1998, an
increase of 65%. This $26.8 million  increase is  attributable  to the bank debt
incurred to finance portions of the Telerate and ADP acquisitions and to provide
additional working capital.

     Provision  for income  taxes.  The  provision  for  income  taxes was $10.3
million for the first nine months of 1999 compared to $6.7 million for the first
nine months of 1998, an increase of 54%. This $3.6 million net expense  increase
resulted from the acquisition of Telerate.

     Loss on extinguishment of debt. The loss on extinguishment of debt was $3.0
million for the first nine months of 1998 and resulted from the  refinancing  of
bank debt in connection with the acquisition of Telerate.

     Net loss.  Net loss was $134.4  million  for the first nine  months of 1999
compared to $90.8 million for the first nine months of 1998.

     Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997

     Revenues.

     Information services.  Information services revenues were $621.6 million in
1998  compared  to $280.4  million in 1997,  an  increase  of 122%.  This $341.2
increase  primarily resulted from the acquisition of Telerate whose revenues for
1998 were $307.8 million.  The remaining growth in revenues was due to increased
marketing and sales efforts for the new technology products.



                                      F-35
<PAGE>


     Transaction  services.  Transaction services revenues were $55.7 million in
1998  compared to $41.5  million in 1997, an increase of 34%. This $14.2 million
increase was  primarily  due to increased  marketing  and sales  efforts and the
resulting increase in transaction volume.

     Equipment  sales.  Equipment  sales  revenues  were  $68.1  million in 1998
compared  to $43.3  million in 1997,  an  increase  of 57%.  This $24.8  million
increase was  primarily  due to increased  marketing  and sales  efforts and the
resulting increase in sales volume.

     Customer data fees. Customer data fees were $127.2 million in 1998 compared
to $36.4  million in 1997,  an increase  of 249%.  This $90.8  million  increase
primarily resulted from the acquisition of Telerate whose revenues for 1998 were
$73.0 million.  The remaining growth in revenues  primarily resulted from Bridge
becoming  responsible for invoicing Nasdaq fees to clients and from the increase
in information services revenues.

     Other revenues.  Other revenues were $19.5 million in 1998 compared to $8.4
million in 1997,  an increase of 132%.  This $11.1  million  increase  primarily
resulted from the  acquisition  of Telerate  whose  revenues for 1998 were $10.0
million.

     Operating Costs and Expenses.

     Employee  related.  Employee  related  expenses were $285.7 million in 1998
compared to $143.0  million in 1997,  an increase of 100%.  This $142.7  million
increase  primarily resulted from the acquisition of Telerate whose expenses for
1998 were $115.1 million.  The balance of the increase  primarily  resulted from
the  increases  in  employees  in the  news,  customer  service  and  accounting
functions and from annual wage increases.

     Depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and amortization was $203.9
million in 1998  compared to $83.7  million in 1997,  an increase of 144%.  This
$120.2  million  increase  primarily  resulted from the  acquisition of Telerate
whose  expenses  for 1998  were  $93.9  million.  The  balance  of the  increase
primarily resulted from increased  equipment  purchases related expansion of the
global data  network and  increases  in data center  computer  capacity  for the
development of new Telerate products.

     Technology related.  Technology related expenses were $98.3 million in 1998
compared  to $44.0  million in 1997,  an increase  of 123%.  This $54.3  million
increase  primarily resulted from the acquisition of Telerate whose expenses for
1998 were $37.0  million.  The balance of the increase  primarily  resulted from
expansion  of the  Internet  Protocol  network  and  increases  in the number of
information services clients.

     Equipment cost of sales.  Equipment cost of sales was $62.5 million in 1998
compared  to $39.2  million in 1997,  an  increase  of 59%.  This $23.3  million
increase is directly related to the increase in equipment sales revenues.

     Customer data fees. Customer data fees were $109.7 million in 1998 compared
to $31.5  million in 1997, an increase of 248%.  This $78.2 million  increase is
directly  related to the increase in customer data fees revenues,  and primarily
resulted from the  acquisition  of Telerate  whose  expenses for 1998 were $57.6
million.  The  remaining  growth in  revenues  primarily  resulted  from  Bridge
becoming  responsible for invoicing Nasdaq fees to clients and from the increase
in information services revenues.

     Transaction  services related.  Transaction  services related expenses were
$26.2  million in 1998  compared to $20.7  million in 1997,  an increase of 27%.
This $5.5 million  increase is directly  related to the increase in  transaction
services revenues.

     Data  acquisition  related.  Data  acquisition  related expenses were $40.9
million in 1998  compared to $21.0  million in 1997,  an  increase of 95%.  This
$19.9 million increase primarily resulted from the acquisition of Telerate whose
revenues  for 1998 were  $24.1  million,  offset by  reductions  in costs due to
termination of redundant feeds from third party data suppliers.

     Facilities related.  Facilities related expenses were $45.6 million in 1998
compared  to $18.9  million in 1997,  an increase  of 141%.  This $26.7  million
increase  primarily resulted from the acquisition of Telerate whose expenses for
1998 were $34.8 million, offset by the closure of redundant office facilities.



                                      F-36
<PAGE>


     General and administrative.  General and administrative expenses were $59.7
million in 1998  compared to $36.1  million in 1997,  an  increase of 65%.  This
$23.6 million increase primarily resulted from the acquisition of Telerate whose
expenses for 1998 were $22.9 million.

     Acquisition  related.  Acquisition  related expenses,  primarily  purchased
research and development  expenses,  were $28.7 million in 1998 compared to $5.4
million in 1997,  an increase of 431%.  The 1998 and 1997 expenses were directly
related to the acquisitions of Telerate and Telesphere, respectively.

     Other Income and Expense.

     Interest  income.  Interest income was $2.8 million in 1998 compared to $.7
million in 1997,  an increase of 300%.  This $2.1 million  increase is primarily
due to larger cash balances  available for short-term  investment  subsequent to
the Telerate acquisition.

     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense was $62.9 million in 1998 compared to
$30.5  million in 1997,  an increase  of 106%.  This $32.4  million  increase is
attributable  to the bank debt incurred to finance  portions of the Telerate and
ADP acquisitions.

     Provision  for income  taxes.  The  provision  for  income  taxes was $10.4
million in 1998  compared  to $.6 million in 1997,  an increase of 1,633%.  This
$9.8 million increase resulted from the acquisition of Telerate.

     Loss on early  extinguishment of debt. The loss on early  extinquishment of
debt was $3.0  million in 1998  compared to $4.2  million in 1997, a decrease of
$1.2 million.  The loss in 1998 resulted  from the  refinancing  of bank debt in
connection with the acquisition of Telerate. The loss in 1997 also resulted from
the  refinancing  of bank debt,  the purpose of which was to provide  additional
working capital.

     Net  loss. Net loss was $142.9 million in 1998 compared to $68.6 million in
1997.

     Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996

     KRF was  acquired on July 26,  1996,  therefore,  only five months of KRF's
results are included in the results of  operations  for the year ended  December
31, 1996. A full year of KRF's  results is included in the results of operations
for the year ended December 31, 1997.

     Revenues.

     Information services.  Information services revenues were $280.4 million in
1997  compared  to $173.4  million in 1996,  an  increase  of 62%.  This  $107.0
increase  primarily  resulted  from the  acquisition  of KRF and from  growth in
revenue due to  increased  marketing  and sales  efforts for the new  technology
products.

     Transaction  services.  Transaction services revenues were $41.5 million in
1997  compared to $38.0  million in 1996,  an increase of 9%. This $3.5  million
increase was  primarily  due to increased  marketing  and sales  efforts and the
resulting increase in transaction volume.

     Equipment  sales.  Equipment  sales  revenues  were  $43.3  million in 1997
compared  to $29.1  million in 1996,  an  increase  of 49%.  This $14.2  million
increase was  primarily  due to increased  marketing  and sales  efforts and the
resulting increase in sales volume.

     Customer data fees.  Customer data fees were $36.4 million in 1997 compared
to $24.2  million in 1996,  an  increase  of 50%.  This $12.2  million  increase
primarily  resulted  from  the  acquisition  of KRF and  from  growth  in  other
information services revenues.

     Other  revenues.  Other revenues were $8.4 million in 1997 compared to $4.5
million in 1996,  an  increase  of 87%.  This $3.9  million  increase  primarily
resulted from the acquisition of KRF.

     Operating Costs and Expenses.

     Employee  related.  Employee  related  expenses were $143.0 million in 1997
compared  to $107.7  million in 1996,  an increase  of 33%.  This $35.3  million
increase  primarily  resulted  from  the  acquisition  of KRF  and  annual  wage
increases,  offset by reductions in KRF personnel as functions  were  integrated
during the course of 1997.


                                      F-37
<PAGE>


     Depreciation and  amortization.  Depreciation  and amortization  were $83.7
million in 1997  compared to $59.1  million in 1996,  an  increase of 42%.  This
$24.6 million increase primarily resulted from the acquisition of KRF.

     Technology related.  Technology related expenses were $44.0 million in 1997
compared  to $29.5  million in 1997,  an  increase  of 49%.  This $14.5  million
increase  primarily  resulted from the  acquisition  of KRF and expansion of the
Internet Protocol network, offset by elimination of redundant backbone networks.

     Equipment cost of sales.  Equipment cost of sales was $39.2 million in 1997
compared  to $26.1  million in 1996,  an  increase  of 50%.  This $13.1  million
increase is directly related to the increase in equipment sales revenues.

     Customer data fees.  Customer data fees were $31.5 million in 1997 compared
to $22.1  million in 1996,  an increase of 43%.  This $9.4  million  increase is
directly  related to the increase in customer data fees revenues,  and primarily
resulted  from the  acquisition  of KRF and  from  growth  in other  information
services revenues.

     Transaction  services related.  Transaction  services related expenses were
$20.7  million in 1997  compared to $17.0  million in 1996,  an increase of 22%.
This $3.7 million  increase is directly  related to the increase in  transaction
services revenues.

     Data  acquisition  related.  Data  acquisition  related expenses were $21.0
million in 1997 compared to $14.1 million in 1996, an increase of 49%. This $6.9
million increase primarily resulted from the acquisition of KRF.

     Facilities related.  Facilities related expenses were $18.9 million in 1997
compared  to $13.4  million  in 1996,  an  increase  of 41%.  This $5.5  million
increase  primarily resulted from the acquisition of KRF and the addition of the
world headquarters office in New York, offset by the closure of redundant office
facilities in New York and other cities in the United States.

     General and administrative.  General and administrative expenses were $36.1
million in 1997  compared to $14.3  million in 1996,  an increase of 152%.  This
$21.8 million increase primarily resulted from the acquisition of KRF.

     Acquisition  related.  Acquisition  related expenses,  primarily  purchased
research and  development  expenses,  were $5.4 million in 1997 compared to $6.5
million in 1996, a decrease of 17%.  The 1997 and 1996  expenses  were  directly
related to the acquisitions of KRF and Telesphere, respectively.

     Other Income and Expense.

     Interest  income.  Interest  income was $.7 million in 1997 compared to $.7
million in 1996. The average cash balances  available for short-term  investment
during 1997 and 1996 were approximately the same.

     Interest  expense.  Interest  expense was $30.5 million in 1997 compared to
$20.9  million in 1996,  an  increase  of 46%.  This $9.6  million  increase  is
attributable  to the  bank  debt  incurred  to  finance  a  portion  of the  KRF
acquisition.

     Provision for income taxes.  The provision for income taxes was $.6 million
in 1997 compared to $.2 million in 1996,  an increase of 200%.  This $.4 million
increase resulted from the acquisition of KRF.

     Loss on early  extinguishment of debt. The loss on early  extinquishment of
debt was $4.2 million in 1997  resulting  from the  refinancing  of bank debt to
provide additional working capital.

     Net  loss.  Net loss was $68.6 million in 1997 compared to $61.0 million in
1996.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Bridge's  business  has  required  significant  cash to fund  acquisitions,
capital  expenditures,  debt service  costs and ongoing  operations.  Bridge has
historically   funded  and  expects  to  fund  future   operating   and  capital
requirements  through cash flows from  operations,  borrowings  under its credit
facilities,  debt financings,  equity financings and sales of assets,  including
future sales of SAVVIS stock.


                                      F-38
<PAGE>


     Bridge's net cash  provided by (used in) operating  activities  was $(19.5)
million,  $10.4  million  and  $46.3  million  in  fiscal  1996,  1997 and 1998,
respectively. The positive net cash generated from operations in fiscal 1997 and
1998 was due to  increasing  cash flows from  operations  as costs were  reduced
through  the  integration  of  acquired  companies.  For the nine  months  ended
September  30, 1999,  net cash provided by (used in)  operating  activities  was
$(76.0)  million  compared to $(6.3) million for the comparable  period in 1998.
Bridge continued to use cash in its operating  activities for the fourth quarter
of 1999.  The  increase  in use in 1999 was  primarily  due to  working  capital
pressures experienced in the course of integrating Bridge's recent acquisitions,
as well as declines in revenues  primarily  resulting  from higher than expected
cancellations  of  subscriptions  for products of acquired  companies due to (1)
non-Year 2000  compliant  products,  (2) client  rationalization  of market data
services  cost and (3)  reduction  in users due to mergers  among  clients.  The
increases in working capital are attributable to:

   o Accounts  receivable  increases of $75.8 million resulting from (1) billing
     delays resulting from conversions from the non-Year 2000 compliant  billing
     systems of acquired  companies to the Bridge billing system and (2) billing
     issues   resulting   from  the   migration  of  customers   from  the  less
     technologically   advanced  protocol  products  of  acquired  companies  to
     Bridge's new technology products;


   o Accounts payable  decreases of $46.6 million  resulting from the payment of
     one-time accruals related to companies acquired in 1998.

     Bridge's net cash used in investing  activities was $292.4  million,  $56.9
million and $498.9  million in fiscal  1996,  1997 and 1998,  respectively,  and
$386.8 million and $123.8  million for the nine months ended  September 30, 1999
and 1998,  respectively.  The  principal  uses have  been for  acquisitions  and
capital  expenditures,  primarily computer and communications  network equipment
and general working capital.

     Bridge's cash provided by financing  activities was $322.7  million,  $43.4
million and $473.8  million in fiscal  1996,  1997 and 1998,  respectively,  and
$411.7 million and $203.6  million for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998
and 1999,  respectively.  The funds raised  through  financing  activities  have
primarily  been  from  sales of  redeemable  preferred  stock and  issuances  of
long-term debt.

     As of September 30, 1999,  Bridge had $1,240 million of indebtedness,  $470
million  of  redeemable  preferred  stock and a  stockholders'  deficit  of $414
million.  In the three  months  ended  December  31,  1999,  Bridge  incurred an
additional $100 million of indebtedness under a bridge loan agreement.

     Under the terms of Bridge's indebtedness,  following the completion of this
offering,  Bridge  is  required  to  repay  approximately  $350  million  of its
indebtedness on or before June 30, 2000. Bridge will receive aggregate  proceeds
of  approximately  $175 million from the sale of a portion of its SAVVIS  shares
held by Bridge,  the sale of the network assets to SAVVIS, the payment by SAVVIS
of a $58 million  preferential  distribution  and the  repayment of a portion of
SAVVIS' indebtedness to Bridge.

     There can be no  assurances  that  Bridge will have  sufficient  sources of
capital to:

     o meet   its   capital   expenditure,  debt  service  and  working  capital
      requirements, and


     o satisfy its remaining  requirement to repay approximately $175 million of
       its indebtedness by June 30, 2000.

     Bridge  expects  its capital  expenditures  will total  approximately  $164
million in 1999.  Bridge expects to have capital  expenditures of $70 million in
2000 due to:

     o elimination of capital spending for network  equipment as a result of the
       sale of Bridge's network assets to SAVVIS,

     o reduction  in the  number of client  conversions  from  older  technology
       products to Bridge's new technology products, and


     o a reduction in spending on leasehold improvements as the consolidation of
       acquired  companies  office  facilities of acquired  companies comes to a
       conclusion.



                                      F-39
<PAGE>


RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1998,  SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments  and
Hedging  Activities"  was issued.  This  statement  establishes  accounting  and
reporting standards for derivative instruments, and for hedging activities. SFAS
No. 133 was amended by SFAS No. 137 that delays the  effective  date of SFAS No.
133 to fiscal years and  quarters  beginning  after June 15, 2000.  SFAS No. 133
will  require  Bridge to record all  derivatives  on the  balance  sheet at fair
value. Changes in derivative fair value will either be recognized in earnings as
offsets to the changes in fair value of related hedged assets,  liabilities  and
firm  commitments  or, for forecasted  transactions,  deferred and recorded as a
component of other stockholders'  equity until the hedged transactions occur and
are  recognized in earnings.  Bridge is currently  evaluating  the impact of the
standard  on  Bridge.  The  impact of SFAS No.  133 will  depend on a variety of
factors,  including future  interpretive  guidance,  the future level of hedging
activity,  the types of hedging  instruments used and the  effectiveness of such
instruments.

QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE MARKET RISKS

     Bridge's  primary market risk exposures relate to changes in interest rates
and foreign currency Exchange rates.

     Bridge's  financial  instruments  that are sensitive to changes in interest
rates  are  Bridge's   borrowings   under  senior  secured  credit   facilities,
subordinated  debt and capital leases,  all of which were entered into for other
than trading  purposes.  The senior secured credit loans and capital leases have
floating  interest  rates,  thus changes in rates will directly  impact Bridge's
cash flows. Approximately one-half of the outstanding senior secured credit loan
balances are hedged through  interest rate swaps to lessen the impact of changes
in interest rates. The subordinated debt has a fixed interest rate, thus changes
in interest rates will not directly impact Bridge's cash flows.

     Approximately  36% of Bridge's  revenue is derived from operations  outside
the United States,  and approximately 34% of Bridge's costs are incurred outside
the United States.  Currently,  the only material foreign currency exchange risk
relates to monthly fees received from Bridge's Japanese  distributor,  which are
denominated  in Japanese  yen.  Bridge has hedged that exposure for 2000 through
the purchase of forward exchange contracts.


                                      F-40
<PAGE>


                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Board of Directors of
Bridge Information Systems, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Bridge
Information  Systems,  Inc. and Subsidiaries  ("Bridge") as of December 31, 1997
and  1998,   and  the  related   consolidated   statements  of  operations   and
comprehensive  loss,  deficiency  in net assets,  and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated  financial
statements are the responsibility of Bridge's management.  Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects,  the financial position of Bridge Information  Systems,  Inc.
and  Subsidiaries  as of December  31,  1997 and 1998,  and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

We have not audited any financial statements of Bridge for any period subsequent
to December 31,  1998.  However,  as  discussed  in Note 21 to the  consolidated
financial  statements,  at December 31, 1999, Bridge did not comply with certain
of the  restrictive  covenants  contained in its Secured  Credit  Agreement (the
"Agreement").  As a result,  Bridge  agreed,  among other things,  to modify the
principal payments due under the Agreement and to cause one of its subsidiaries,
SAVVIS,  to complete a public offering of its equity  securities by February 29,
2000. These matters raise  substantial  doubt about Bridge's ability to continue
as a going concern. Bridge's plans in regard to these matters are also described
in Note 21. The financial  statements do not include any adjustments  that might
result from any outcome of this uncertainty.

April 30, 1999, except for Note 21 as to which the date is January 28, 2000

[THE ABOVE  REPORT IS IN THE FORM WHICH WILL BE  FURNISHED  BY DELOITTE & TOUCHE
LLP UPON COMPLETION OF THEIR  SUBSEQUENT  EVENTS REVIEW AND OTHER  PROCEDURES IN
CONNECTION  WITH THE ISSUANCE OF THEIR CONSENT  ASSUMING NO EVENTS HAVE OCCURRED
THAT WOULD AFFECT THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO.]


                                      F-41
<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PAR VALUE AND SHARE AMOUNTS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31
                                                                            -----------------------------
                                                                                 1997            1998
                                                                            -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                         <C>             <C>
                                   ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................    $   12,949      $   33,318
 Restricted cash equivalents ............................................            --           3,387
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $12,090
   (1997) and $32,671 (1998) ............................................        53,494         157,443
 Inventory ..............................................................         1,195           8,405
 Other current assets (Note 5) ..........................................        10,548          60,292
                                                                             ----------      ----------
    Total current assets ................................................        78,186         262,845
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, Net .............................................       103,243         238,690
GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, Net .....................................       274,552         935,445
OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS (Note 5) .........................................        21,037          83,822
                                                                             ----------      ----------
 TOTAL ..................................................................    $  477,018      $1,520,802
                                                                             ==========      ==========
                      LIABILITIES AND DEFICIENCY IN NET ASSETS
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable .......................................................    $   17,809      $   38,572
 Accrued employee compensation and benefits .............................         9,546          42,170
 Accrued exchange fees ..................................................         4,799          19,067
 Other liabilities and accrued expenses .................................        26,787         137,579
 Deferred revenue .......................................................         8,714          16,060
 Current portion of loss contract accruals (Note 8) .....................            --          21,918
 Current maturities of loss lease accruals (Note 9) .....................         6,067          14,007
 Current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
   (Note 10) ............................................................        17,820          51,022
                                                                             ----------      ----------
    Total current liabilities ...........................................        91,542         340,395
LOSS CONTRACT ACCRUALS, Net (Note 8) ....................................            --         104,967
LOSS LEASE ACCRUALS EXCLUDING CURRENT MATURITIES (Note 9) ...............        17,718          24,381
LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS EXCLUDING CURRENT
 MATURITIES (Note 10) ...................................................       306,166         833,271
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES .............................................         2,923          56,569
                                                                             ----------      ----------
    Total liabilities ...................................................       418,349       1,359,583
                                                                             ----------      ----------
MINORITY INTEREST (Note 3) ..............................................         1,297           1,494
                                                                             ----------      ----------
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (Note 14) ....................................       204,811         456,785
                                                                             ----------      ----------
COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 19)
DEFICIENCY IN NET ASSETS:
 Class A common stock, $.01 par value, 85 million shares authorized,
   33,403,631 (1997) and 33,934,475 (1998) shares issued (Notes 3 and 13)           334             339
 Class B common stock, $.01 par value, 15 million shares authorized, none
   issued (Note 13) .....................................................
 Additional paid-in capital (common) ....................................       181,512         187,934
 Accumulated deficit ....................................................      (326,076)       (480,910)
 Cumulative translation adjustments .....................................        (2,959)         (4,173)
 Treasury stock at cost, 20,000 shares ..................................          (250)           (250)
                                                                             ----------      ----------
    Total deficiency in net assets ......................................      (147,439)       (297,060)
                                                                             ----------      ----------
 TOTAL ..................................................................    $  477,018      $1,520,802
                                                                             ==========      ==========
</TABLE>



                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.


                                     F-42
<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                          1996           1997            1998
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
 Information services .............................    $ 173,420      $ 280,384       $  621,602
 Transaction services .............................       37,982         41,533           55,683
 Equipment sales ..................................       29,134         43,262           68,146
 Customer data fees ...............................       24,247         36,379          127,175
 Other revenues ...................................        4,529          8,368           19,535
                                                       ---------      ---------       ----------
                                                         269,312        409,926          892,141
OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:
 Employee related .................................      107,749        142,975          285,664
 Depreciation and amortization ....................       59,115         83,719          203,885
 Technology related ...............................       29,505         43,954           98,335
 Equipment cost of sales ..........................       26,102         39,243           62,485
 Customer data fees ...............................       22,147         31,547          109,709
 Transaction services related .....................       16,978         20,670           26,208
 Data acquisition related .........................       14,051         21,046           40,869
 Facilities related ...............................       13,402         18,937           45,616
 General and administrative .......................       14,306         36,086           59,707
 Acquisition related (Note 3) .....................        6,500          5,396           28,709
                                                       ---------      ---------       ----------
                                                         309,855        443,573          961,187
                                                       ---------      ---------       ----------
OPERATING LOSS ....................................      (40,543)       (33,647)         (69,046)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest income ..................................          747            739            2,818
 Interest expense .................................      (20,864)       (30,502)         (62,865)
 Minority interest in net income of consolidated
   subsidiary .....................................           --            (78)            (381)
 Other, net .......................................           41           (312)             119
                                                       ---------      ---------       ----------
                                                         (20,076)       (30,153)         (60,309)
                                                       ---------      ---------       ----------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES ..........................      (60,619)       (63,800)        (129,355)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 11) ..............         (177)          (634)         (10,480)
LOSS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM ....................      (60,796)       (64,434)        (139,835)
 Extraordinary Item-loss on early extinguishment of
   debt, net (Note 10) ............................           --         (4,176)          (3,026)
                                                       ---------      ---------       ----------
NET LOSS ..........................................      (60,796)       (68,610)        (142,861)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:
 Foreign currency translation adjustment ..........          598         (2,361)          (1,214)
                                                       ---------      ---------       ----------
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS ................................    $ (61,394)     $ (70,971)      $ (144,075)
                                                       =========      =========       ==========
</TABLE>



                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.

                                     F-43

<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF DEFICIENCY IN NET ASSETS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PAR VALUE AND SHARE AMOUNTS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           CLASS A COMMON STOCK
                                 ----------------------------------------
                                             $.01 PAR VALUE,
                                            85,000,000 SHARES
                                                AUTHORIZED
                                 ----------------------------------------
                                   ADDITIONAL
                                     SHARES     AMOUNT   PAID-IN CAPITAL
                                 ------------- -------- -----------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>      <C>
BALANCE -- JANUARY 1, 1996 .....  24,398,232    $ 244       $ 123,196
Equity offering ................   8,347,263       83          53,914
Employee stock transactions            5,000                       83
Accrued dividends on
 redeemable preferred
 stock .........................
Foreign currency translation
 adjustments ...................
Net Loss .......................
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 31,
 1996 ..........................  32,750,495    $ 327       $ 177,193
Issuance of common stock .......     500,000        5           3,620
Employee stock transactions
 (Note 15) .....................     153,136        2             699
Accrued dividends on
 redeemable preferred
 stock (Note 14) ...............
Accretion of redeemable
 preferred stock to
 redemption value
 (Note 14) .....................
Foreign currency
 translation adjustments .......
Net loss .......................
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 31,
 1997 ..........................  33,403,631    $ 334       $ 181,512
Common stock issued as
 part of the acquisition of
 Wall Street on Demand
 (Note 3) ......................     388,644        4           6,020
Employee stock
 transactions (Note 15) ........     142,200        1             402
Accrued dividends on
 redeemable preferred
 stock (Note 14) ...............
Accretion of redeemable
 preferred stock to
 redemption value (Note
 14) ...........................
Foreign currency translation adjustments .......
Net loss .......................
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 31,
 1998 ..........................  33,934,475    $ 339       $ 187,934
                                  ==========    =====       =========



<CAPTION>
                                                                   TREASURY STOCK
                                                                --------------------
                                                                      AT COST
                                                                --------------------
                                                   ACCUMULATED
                                                      OTHER
                                   ACCUMULATED    COMPREHENSIVE
                                     DEFICIT          LOSS       SHARES     AMOUNT        TOTAL
                                 --------------- -------------- -------- ----------- --------------
<S>                                <C>             <C>           <C>       <C>        <C>
BALANCE -- JANUARY 1, 1996 .....   $  (186,003)                  20,000    $  (250)   $   (62,813)
Equity offering ................                                                           53,997
Employee stock transactions                                                                    83
Accrued dividends on
 redeemable preferred
 stock .........................        (3,031)                                            (3,031)
Foreign currency translation
 adjustments ...................                        (598)                                (598)
Net Loss .......................       (60,796)                                           (60,796)
                                   -----------                                        -----------
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 31,
 1996 ..........................   $  (249,830)    $    (598)    20,000    $  (250)   $   (73,158)
Issuance of common stock .......                                                            3,625
Employee stock transactions
 (Note 15) .....................                                                              701
Accrued dividends on
 redeemable preferred
 stock (Note 14) ...............        (7,496)                                            (7,496)
Accretion of redeemable
 preferred stock to
 redemption value
 (Note 14) .....................          (140)                                              (140)
Foreign currency
 translation adjustments .......                      (2,361)                              (2,361)
Net loss .......................       (68,610)                                           (68,610)
                                   -----------                                        -----------
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 31,
 1997 ..........................   $  (326,076)    $  (2,959)    20,000    $  (250)   $  (147,439)
Common stock issued as
 part of the acquisition of
 Wall Street on Demand
 (Note 3) ......................                                                            6,024
Employee stock
 transactions (Note 15) ........                                                              403
Accrued dividends on
 redeemable preferred
 stock (Note 14) ...............       (11,880)                                           (11,880)
Accretion of redeemable
 preferred stock to
 redemption value (Note
 14) ...........................           (93)                                               (93)
Foreign currency
 translation adjustments .......                      (1,214)                              (1,214)
Net loss .......................      (142,861)                                          (142,861)
                                   -----------                                        -----------
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 31,
 1998 ..........................   $  (480,910)    $  (4,173)    20,000    $  (250)   $  (297,060)
                                   ===========     =========     ======    =======    ===========
</TABLE>



                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-44

<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE YEARS
                                                                                           ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                                                 31
                                                                                           --------------
                                                                                                1996
                                                                                           --------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss .................................................................................   $  (60,796)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................       59,115
  Purchased research and development .....................................................        6,500
  Amortization of discount on subordinated debt and deferred financing costs .............        2,056
  Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt .....................................           --
  Gain on sale of investments in companies ...............................................         (154)
  Deferred revenue .......................................................................         (870)
  Minority interest in loss of consolidated subsidiary ...................................           --
 Changes in assets and liabilities net of effects of acquisitions:
  Restricted cash ........................................................................      (20,000)
  Accounts receivable, net ...............................................................       (5,876)
  Inventory ..............................................................................           --
  Other assets ...........................................................................       (1,680)
  Loss contracts accrual, net ............................................................           --
  Loss lease accruals, net ...............................................................       (1,212)
  Accounts payable and other accrued expenses ............................................        3,433
  Other long-term liabilities ............................................................           --
                                                                                             ----------
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ...................................      (19,484)
                                                                                             ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (Note 3) ............................................     (264,663)
  Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries ..............................................           --
  Capital expenditures, net ..............................................................      (27,381)
  Software development costs .............................................................       (2,218)
  Sale of investments in companies .......................................................        1,813
                                                                                             ----------
   Net cash used in investing activities .................................................     (292,449)
                                                                                             ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of redeemable preferred stock .......................................      184,355
  Proceeds from sale of common stock .....................................................       13,900
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt ...............................................      183,500
  Redemption of redeemable preferred stock ...............................................       (1,973)
  Payments on long-term debt .............................................................      (41,055)
  Payments on capital lease obligations ..................................................      (11,596)
  Fees incurred in financing activities ..................................................       (4,535)
  Dividends paid by subsidiary ...........................................................           --
  Employee stock transactions ............................................................           83
                                                                                             ----------
   Net cash provided by financing activities .............................................      322,679
                                                                                             ----------
   EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ..........................          (56)
                                                                                             ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .....................................       10,690
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR .............................................        7,023
                                                                                             ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR ...................................................   $   17,713
                                                                                             ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during year for:
  Interest ...............................................................................   $   19,762
  Income taxes ...........................................................................          109
 Debt incurred under capital lease obligations ...........................................        5,799
 Accrued dividends on redeemable preferred stock .........................................        3,031
 Accretion of redeemable preferred stock to redemption value .............................           --
 Conversion of redeemable preferred stock and accrued dividends to common stock ..........        9,056
 Conversion of subordinated debt and accrued interest to common stock ....................       31,301

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                           FOR THE
                                                                                                                           ENDED D
                                                                                           FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31       3
                                                                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                                                                1997            1998
                                                                                           -------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss .................................................................................   $  (68,610)    $  (142,861)
 Adjustments  to reconcile  net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities:
  Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................       83,719         203,885
  Purchased research and development .....................................................           --          22,000
  Amortization of discount on subordinated debt and deferred financing costs .............        2,161           3,421
  Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt .....................................        4,176           3,026
  Gain on sale of investments in companies ...............................................           --              --
  Deferred revenue .......................................................................       (1,423)        (45,699)
  Minority interest in loss of consolidated subsidiary ...................................           78             381
 Changes in assets and liabilities net of effects of acquisitions:
  Restricted cash ........................................................................       20,000          (3,387)
  Accounts receivable, net ...............................................................      (13,480)         25,469
  Inventory ..............................................................................           --          (2,179)
  Other assets ...........................................................................          623          (4,850)
  Loss contracts accrual, net ............................................................           --         (13,350)
  Loss lease accruals, net ...............................................................       (4,574)         (1,347)
  Accounts payable and other accrued expenses ............................................      (12,266)         (7,313)
  Other long-term liabilities ............................................................           --           9,108
                                                                                             ----------     -----------
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ...................................       10,404          46,304
                                                                                             ----------     -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (Note 3) ............................................      (32,767)       (426,620)
  Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries ..............................................           --          (1,700)
  Capital expenditures, net ..............................................................      (11,004)        (58,428)
  Software development costs .............................................................      (13,177)        (12,188)
  Sale of investments in companies .......................................................           --              --
                                                                                             ----------     -----------
   Net cash used in investing activities .................................................      (56,948)       (498,936)
                                                                                             ----------     -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of redeemable preferred stock .......................................       10,000              --
  Proceeds from sale of common stock .....................................................          362              --
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt ...............................................      267,000         803,000
  Redemption of redeemable preferred stock ...............................................           --              --
  Payments on long-term debt .............................................................     (218,197)       (288,532)
  Payments on capital lease obligations ..................................................      (11,950)        (23,028)
  Fees incurred in financing activities ..................................................       (4,532)        (17,847)
  Dividends paid by subsidiary ...........................................................           --            (184)
  Employee stock transactions ............................................................          701             403
                                                                                             ----------     -----------
   Net cash provided by financing activities .............................................       43,384         473,812
                                                                                             ----------     -----------
   EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ..........................       (1,604)           (811)
                                                                                             ----------     -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .....................................       (4,764)         20,369
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR .............................................       17,713          12,949
                                                                                             ----------     -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR ...................................................   $   12,949     $    33,318
                                                                                             ==========     ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during year for:
  Interest ...............................................................................   $   28,323     $    46,567
  Income taxes ...........................................................................          306          10,303
 Debt incurred under capital lease obligations ...........................................       39,556          46,341
 Accrued dividends on redeemable preferred stock .........................................        7,496          11,880
 Accretion of redeemable preferred stock to redemption value .............................          140              93
 Conversion of redeemable preferred stock and accrued dividends to common stock ..........           --              --
 Conversion of subordinated debt and accrued interest to common stock ....................           --              --
</TABLE>



                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-45
<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                       DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
               (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)


1. DESCRIPTION OF BRIDGE

     Bridge   Information   Systems,   Inc.,   together  with  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries ("Bridge"),  is an international financial information company that
provides  a   comprehensive   resource  of  financial   data  and   interpretive
applications  for  investment  professionals  around  the world.  Bridge  offers
real-time and historical information and news on equities, fixed income, foreign
exchange,  derivatives  and  commodities  and  provides a wide array of flexible
analytic  applications to aid in the  interpretation  of such data.  Bridge also
provides transaction  services,  through its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Bridge
Trading  Company  ("Trading"),  Bridge  International  Broking  Ltd. - Hong Kong
("BBH") and Bridge International  Broking (U.K.) Limited ("BBU"),  comprehensive
valuations  on fixed income  securities,  computer  equipment  sales and systems
integration  and  information  delivery  technology,  including  private network
services, for the financial community.

     Bridge's clients include institutional investors, brokerage firms, research
analysts,  exchanges and other  enterprises  throughout the world. No individual
customer comprises a significant  portion of Bridge's revenues.  Bridge receives
data from more than 1,000  exchanges and  contributing  sources in 100 countries
with no single supplier comprising a significant percentage.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     PRINCIPLES OF  CONSOLIDATION--  The  consolidated  financial  statements of
Bridge  include  the  accounts  of  Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.  and its
subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

     REVENUE  RECOGNITION--  Information  services and other revenues are billed
one to twelve  months in advance in certain  markets and are  recognized  in the
period the related  services are provided.  Prepayments are included in deferred
revenue. Equipment sales are recognized upon delivery of the equipment.

     CASH AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS--  Bridge  considers  highly  liquid  investment
instruments  with remaining terms of three months or less at time of acquisition
to be cash equivalents.

     RESTRICTED  CASH  EQUIVALENTS--  Regulations  require the Japanese  trading
branch and India subsidiary to maintain restricted cash.

     NEW ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS-- In 1998,  Bridge adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting   Standards   ("SFAS")   130,   "Reporting   Comprehensive   Income."
Comprehensive income is defined as net income (loss) plus certain items that are
recorded   directly  to  shareholders'   equity.   Bridge's  only  component  of
comprehensive  income (loss) in addition to net loss is the  cumulative  foreign
translation  adjustments  which  are $176,  $(2,361)  and  $(1,214),  net of tax
effects for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997, and 1998, respectively.

     In June 1998,  SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for Derivative  Instruments  and
Hedging  Activities,"  was issued.  This  statement  establishes  accounting and
reporting standards for derivative instruments, and for hedging activities. SFAS
No. 133 was amended by SFAS No. 137 which delays the effective  date of SFAS No.
133 to fiscal years and  quarters  beginning  after June 15, 2000.  SFAS No. 133
will  require  Bridge to record all  derivatives  on the  balance  sheet at fair
value. Changes in derivative fair value will either be recognized in earnings as
offsets to the changes in fair value of related hedged assets, liabilities,  and
firm  commitments  or, for forecasted  transactions,  deferred and recorded as a
component of other stockholders'  equity until the hedged transactions occur and
are  recognized in earnings.  Bridge is currently  evaluating  the impact of the
standard  on  Bridge.  The  impact of SFAS No.  133 will  depend on a variety of
factors,  including future  interpretive  guidance,  the future level of hedging
activity,  the types of hedging  instruments used, and the effectiveness of such
instruments.


                                      F-46

<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: - (CONTINUED)


     SECURITIES   TRANSACTIONS--   Securities   transactions   and  the  related
commission revenue and expense are recorded on a trade date basis. In the normal
course of business,  the trading  companies'  activities  involve the execution,
settlement  and  financing  of various  securities  transactions  through  their
clearing  brokers.  The  resulting  receivables  from the  clearing  brokers are
available to the trading companies on a settlement date basis.  These activities
may expose the  trading  companies  to  off-balance-sheet  risk in the event the
customer or other party is unable to fulfill its  contractual  obligations.  The
trading  companies,  through their clearing brokers,  continually  monitor their
customers' activities.  At December 31, 1997 and 1998, receivables from clearing
brokers  totaled $2,034 and $3,398,  respectively,  and are included in accounts
receivable.

     Securities owned and securities sold, but not yet purchased, are carried at
market  value and  unrealized  gains and losses  are  reflected  in  transaction
services revenue. Securities owned totaled $520 and $43 at December 31, 1997 and
1998,  respectively,  and are  included  in other  current  assets (see Note 5).
Securities sold, but not yet purchased ("short positions"),  totaled $186 and $9
at  December  31,  1997  and  1998,  respectively,  and are  included  in  other
liabilities and accrued expenses. In the normal course of business,  the trading
companies assume short positions in their inventory.  The establishment of short
positions  exposes the trading  companies to off-balance sheet risk in the event
of price  increases.  The  trading  companies  attempt to  control  such risk by
monitoring the market value on a daily basis.

     INVENTORIES--  Inventories  which  consist  of  computer  equipment  to  be
installed  at customer  sites are stated at the lower of cost  (generally  on an
average cost basis) or market.

     PROPERTY AND  EQUIPMENT--  Property and  equipment is recorded at cost less
accumulated  depreciation and amortization.  Property additions and improvements
are capitalized  while  maintenance  and repairs are expensed as incurred.  Upon
retirement or disposition,  the cost and related  accumulated  depreciation  and
amortization  are removed  from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in
the results of operations.  Depreciation  and amortization is computed using the
straight-line method based on estimated useful lives as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
        Building, improvements and furniture and fixtures ......... 5 - 32 years
        Computer, communications equipment and software ...........  3 - 5 years

</TABLE>



     GOODWILL  AND OTHER  IDENTIFIABLE  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS--  Goodwill  is being
amortized over 20 to 40 years and other  intangible  assets are being  amortized
over 1 to 20 years,  all using the  straight-line  method.  Bridge  periodically
assesses  the  recoverability  of the  cost  of its  goodwill  and  identifiable
intangible assets based on a review of projected  undiscounted cash flows. As of
December 31, 1997 and 1998, no impairment had been identified.

     DEFERRED  FINANCING  COSTS--  Deferred  financing  costs are  amortized  to
interest  expense  over  the life of the  related  debt  based on a method  that
approximates the effective interest method.

     SOFTWARE  DEVELOPMENT  COSTS--  In April  1998,  the  Accounting  Standards
Executive   Committee  of  AICPA  issued   Statement  of  Position  98-1  (SOP),
"Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal
Use." The SOP is effective for financial  statements for fiscal years  beginning
after December 15, 1998. As permitted by the SOP,  Bridge adopted the provisions
of the SOP effective January 1, 1997.

     All  costs,   primarily  employee  compensation  and  benefits  related  to
conceptual  formulation,  design  and  testing  of  possible  software  projects
(preliminary  project  stage),  are expensed as  incurred.  Upon  completion  of
preliminary  project stage,  costs  incurred in the  development of software are
capitalized until the software is released to production.  Software  development
costs of $12,015 and


                                      F-47
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: - (CONTINUED)


$16,896 (net of accumulated  amortization of $5,488 and $10,604) are included in
other  assets at December  31, 1997 and 1998,  respectively,  and  research  and
development  expense  totaled  $8,443,  $2,620,  and $6,575 for the years  ended
December 31, 1996, 1997, and 1998,  respectively.  Unamortized capitalized costs
determined  to be in  excess of the net  realizable  value of the  products  are
expensed  to  depreciation  and  amortization   expense  at  the  date  of  such
determination.  As of  December  31,  1997  and  1998,  no  impairment  had been
identified.

     Amortization  is provided  over an estimated  economic life of the software
(generally 1 to 3 years) using the  straight-line  method and commences when the
software is released  into  production.  Amortization  expense  totaled  $1,767,
$3,673,  and $7,307 for the years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1997,  and 1998,
respectively.  The accumulated  amortization  and related  software  development
costs are removed from their respective accounts effective in the year following
full amortization.

     PREPAID  COMMISSION  EXPENSE--  Commissions  paid at the  beginning  of the
subscription  to sales  representatives  and  managers for  successful  customer
referrals  and  renewals  are  deferred  and  expensed  over the  length  of the
subscription. This policy is consistent with others in the financial information
business and matches  commissions  more closely with the revenue earned from the
related subscriptions.

     INCOME  TAXES--  Bridge  files  consolidated  federal and state  income tax
returns  and its foreign  subsidiaries  file  various  income tax returns in the
respective  foreign  jurisdictions.  Deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  are
determined  based on the  differences  between the  financial  statement and tax
bases of assets and  liabilities  using enacted tax rates in effect for the year
in which the differences are expected to reverse. In addition, the amount of any
future tax  benefits  is reduced by a  valuation  allowance  to the extent  such
benefits are not expected to be realized.

     Except for selective  dividends,  Bridge intends to reinvest the unremitted
earnings  of  its   non-U.S.   subsidiaries   and  postpone   their   remittance
indefinitely.  Accordingly,  no provision for U.S.  income taxes was required on
such earnings during the three years ended December 31, 1996, 1997, and 1998.

     FOREIGN  CURRENCY  TRANSLATION--  The  financial  position  and  results of
operations of Bridge's foreign subsidiaries are measured using local currency as
the functional  currency.  Revenues and expenses of such  subsidiaries have been
translated into U.S.  dollars at average  exchange rates  prevailing  during the
period.  Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange at
the balance sheet date.  Translation  adjustments are recorded as a component of
other comprehensive income.

     STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION  ARRANGEMENTS-- Bridge accounts for employee stock
options in accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting  for Stock Issued to Employees" and related  interpretations.  Under
APB No. 25, Bridge recognizes  compensation cost based on the intrinsic value of
the equity instrument awarded as determined at grant date.

     Bridge  is  also  subject  to  disclosure  requirements  under Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation".  SFAS  No. 123 prescribes the recognition of compensation expense
based  on  the  fair  value of options as determined on the grant date. However,
SFAS  No.  123  allows  companies to continue applying APB No. 25 if certain pro
forma  disclosures  are made assuming hypothetical fair value method application
(see Note 15).

     USE  OF  ESTIMATES  IN  THE  PREPARATION  OF  FINANCIAL   STATEMENTS--  The
preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting   principles   requires  Bridge  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.



                                      F-48
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: - (CONTINUED)


     RECLASSIFICATIONS--  Certain  reclassifications  have been made in the 1996
and 1997 financial statements to conform to the 1998 presentation.

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

     On  July  26,  1996,  Bridge  acquired  all of the  outstanding  shares  of
Knight-Ridder  Financial,  Inc.  ("KRF") for $272,827 in a business  combination
accounted  for as a purchase.  The  purchase  was  financed  through the sale of
$155,500  of Series D  redeemable  preferred  stock (see Note 14) and  through a
portion of the  proceeds  obtained  from a $160,000  term loan from a bank.  The
total cost of the acquisition was $273,461, which exceeded the fair value of the
net assets of KRF by $203,162 which is being  amortized over 40 years (see Notes
2 and 7). In addition,  $6,500 of the purchase  price was allocated to purchased
research and development,  which was expensed to acquisition  related expense in
1996. In 1997,  Bridge  recognized  non-recurring  costs of $5,396  comprised of
customer  credits for downtime and other conversion costs related to the closure
of KRF's data center which are included in acquisition related expense.

     On January 1, 1997,  Bridge  acquired an 80% common stock interest in Dunai
Financial  Systems Pty Limited ("DFS") in exchange for $1,491 in cash and a 100%
interest in one of Bridge's  subsidiaries,  Equinet Pty Limited, with a carrying
value of $2,621 plus additional acquisition costs of $264. Bridge also deposited
$500 into an escrow  account under the terms of a Shareholders  Agreement  which
will be released to the minority  shareholders upon its termination and the sale
of the remainder interest to Bridge. The total cost of the acquisition  exceeded
the fair value of the net assets  acquired by $3,433 which is amortized  over 20
years. The minimum purchase price for the minority interest shares is $1,650 and
may be greater if DFS exceeds targeted revenues and earnings.  If certain annual
performance  targets are met over a four-year period, the minority  shareholders
can  increase  their  profit  share by 1.875%  annually or receive a bonus.  The
minority  shareholders can also obtain an additional profit share of 2.5% if the
performance targets are achieved in the fourth year of the management agreement.
Bridge is obligated  to purchase  the shares owned by the minority  shareholders
upon termination of the Shareholders Agreement.  The agreement may be terminated
by Bridge or the minority  shareholders at the end of the initial four-year term
or by  Bridge  prior  to the  end of  the  initial  term  if  certain  financial
performance targets are not met.

     On January 7, 1997,  Bridge  entered  into an Asset  Purchase  Agreement to
purchase all of the assets,  primarily software, of Ease Technologies,  Inc. for
$1,415 in cash.

     On  July  15,  1997,  Bridge  acquired  all of the  outstanding  shares  of
Telesphere  Corporation for $34,486 in a business combination accounted for as a
purchase.  Bridge  received  100% of Telesphere  for 450,000  shares of Series A
common  stock  (valued at  $3,263),  a $2,975 11% Senior  Subordinated  Note and
$28,550 in cash. The total cost of the acquisition  was $34,788,  which exceeded
the  fair  value of the net  assets  of  Telesphere  by  $27,540  which is being
amortized over 20 years (see Notes 2 and 7).

     On May 29, 1998,  Bridge acquired all the  outstanding  shares of Dow Jones
Markets Holdings,  Inc., (DJM) for $510,000 in a business combination  accounted
for as a purchase.  Bridge received 100% of DJM for 1,500,000 shares of Series E
preferred  stock  (valued at  $150,000)  and $360,000 in cash which was financed
through  the  proceeds  obtained  from  a loan  under  Bridge's  Secured  Credit
Agreement (see Note 10). The total cost of the acquisition  was $511,648,  which
exceeded the fair market  value of the net assets of DJM by  $184,116,  which is
being  amortized  over 30 years (see Notes 2 and 7). In addition  $22,000 of the
purchase price was allocated to purchased  research and  development,  which was
expensed  to  acquisition  related  expenses  in  1998.  In  1998,  Bridge  also
recognized  non-recurring  costs of $6,709,  comprised of other conversion costs
related to the closure of redundant  offices,  which are included in acquisition
related expenses.


                                      F-49
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS - (CONTINUED)

     On October 20, 1998,  Bridge  acquired all the  outstanding  shares of Wall
Street on Demand (WSOD) for $21,000 in a business combination accounted for as a
purchase.  Bridge  received  100% of WSOD for 388,644  shares of Series A common
stock  (valued at $6,024)  and  $14,976 in cash which was  financed  through the
proceeds  obtained from a loan under Bridge's Secured Credit Agreement (see Note
10).  The total cost of the  acquisition  was $21,090,  which  exceeded the fair
market value of the net assets of WSOD by $19,683, which is being amortized over
20 years (see Notes 2 and 7).

     On November 10, 1998,  Bridge acquired the financial  information  business
assets of ADP Financial  Information  Services  (ADP) for $154,177 in a business
combination accounted for as a purchase.  Bridge received the assets for 900,000
shares of Series F preferred stock (valued at $90,000) and $64,177 in cash which
was financed  through the proceeds  obtained from a loan under Bridge's  Secured
Credit  Agreement (see Note 10). The total cost of the acquisition was $154,496,
which exceeded the fair market value of the net assets of ADP by $99,783,  which
is being amortized over 20 years (see Notes 2 and 7).

     Goodwill lives are determined at the acquisition date based on such factors
as market penetration, name recognition,  geographic coverage and infrastructure
of the acquired  entities.  Market,  industry  and other  factors at the date of
acquisition are also considered.

     A summary of the cash and non-cash  components  of the  acquisitions  is as
follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1996        1997         1998
                                                                   ----------- ----------- -------------
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>         <C>
      Fair value of assets acquired, including goodwill ..........  $333,958    $ 48,247    $1,138,412
      Liabilities assumed ........................................    61,131       8,589       453,235
      Minority interest ..........................................        --       1,219            --
                                                                    --------    --------    ----------
      Total purchase price .......................................   272,827      38,439       685,177
      Acquisition fees ...........................................       634         566         2,057
                                                                    --------    --------    ----------
      Total cost of the acquisitions .............................   273,461      39,005       687,234
      Common stock issued ........................................        --       3,263         6,024
      Preferred stock issued .....................................        --          --       240,000
      Subordinated debt issued ...................................        --       2,975            --
                                                                    --------    --------    ----------
      Total cash paid ............................................   273,461      32,767       441,210
      Acquired cash ..............................................     8,798          --        14,590
                                                                    --------    --------    ----------
      Total cash paid, net of acquired cash ......................  $264,663    $ 32,767    $  426,620
                                                                    ========    ========    ==========

</TABLE>



     The results of  operations  of all acquired  companies  are included in the
accompanying financial statements since their respective dates of acquisition.

     The following summarized unaudited pro forma financial information presents
a summary of consolidated results of operations as if the above transactions had
occurred  as of the  beginning  of the  period  in which the  acquisitions  were
completed and the beginning of the immediately preceeding period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1997 AND 1998
                                              ACQUISITIONS
                                       ---------------------------
                                            1997          1998
                                       ------------- -------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>
  Net revenue                           $1,371,652    $1,341,113
                                        ==========    ==========
  Net loss before extraordinary item    $ (259,871)   $ (224,817)
                                        ==========    ==========
  Net loss                              $ (257,847)   $ (227,643)
                                        ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


     Pro  forma results of operations for 1997 exclude a restructuring charge of
$296,739  that  was  recorded  by  one  of  the  acquired  entities prior to the
acquisition.

                                      F-50
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS - (CONTINUED)


     In  Bridge's  management's  opinion,  the pro  forma  combined  results  of
operations  may not be indicative of the actual results that would have occurred
had the acquisitions been consummated as of that time or of future operations of
the combined companies under the ownership and operation of Bridge.

4. INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

     On September 1, 1998 Bridge  entered into a joint  venture  (I-NET  Bridge)
with 3  partners,  of which  Bridge  owns 25%.  I-NET  Bridge is  engaged in the
business of producing and delivering an electronic on-line business  information
service  within  South  Africa.  Bridge  contributed  $200 in cash  and a Bridge
licensing  agreement  in return for 200 shares of the joint  venture  and a note
receivable of $6,045 which is to be repaid over the next 5 years.  The licensing
agreement  is being  recognized  as  revenue  over a  five-year  period  and the
remaining  balance at December 31, 1998 is $6,583.  The  investment in the joint
venture is accounted  for using the equity method and was valued at $1,900 as of
December 31, 1998.

     During 1998, Bridge made a $1,500 capital  contribution for a 10% ownership
interest  in  Strike   Technologies,   LLC,   which   operates   an   Electronic
Communications  Network, as defined in the Securities and Exchange  Commission's
Order Handling Rules.

5. OTHER CURRENT AND NONCURRENT ASSETS

     Other current and noncurrent  assets consisted of the following at December
31:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1997        1998
                                                                             ---------   ----------
<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>
   Other Current Assets:
   Prepaid expenses ......................................................    $ 4,428     $15,916
   Prepaid commissions (see Note 2) ......................................      2,391       4,574
   Current portion of prepaid data acquisition costs .....................        355         340
   Securities owned (see Note 2) .........................................        520          43
   Current portion of deferred financing costs (see Notes 2 and 10) ......        684       3,101
   Property held for sale, net ...........................................         --       7,967
   Receivable due from transitional service agreement ....................         --      14,544
   Other receivables .....................................................         --       7,948
   Other current assets ..................................................      2,170       5,859
                                                                              -------     -------
                                                                              $10,548     $60,292
                                                                              =======     =======
   Other Noncurrent Assets:
   Deferred financing costs (see Notes 2 and 10) .........................    $ 3,731     $13,884
   Software development costs, net (see Note 2) ..........................     12,015      16,896
   Long-term investments .................................................         --      31,036
   Prepaid data acquisition costs ........................................      2,840       2,489
   Other noncurrent assets ...............................................      2,451      19,517
                                                                              -------     -------
                                                                              $21,037     $83,822
                                                                              =======     =======
</TABLE>



6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
     Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1997            1998
                                                                        -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>
   Land, building, improvements and furniture and fixtures ..........    $   49,349      $  111,885
   Computer and communications equipment ............................       157,417         312,845
                                                                         ----------      ----------
                                                                            206,766         424,730
   Less: accumulated depreciation ...................................      (103,523)       (186,040)
                                                                         ----------      ----------
   Property and equipment, net ......................................    $  103,243      $  238,690
                                                                         ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


                                      F-51
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     Components  of  intangible  assets,  which  primarily  relate  to  business
acquisitions, were as follows at December 31:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997           1998
                                                        -----------   -------------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>
   Goodwill .........................................    $ 259,909     $  561,000
   Software/technology ..............................       30,215         28,415
   Noncompete agreements ............................       20,000        126,000
   Trademarks .......................................       10,647        148,943
   Customer base ....................................        4,000        177,786
   Product distribution and service rights ..........        4,400          4,400
                                                         ---------     ----------
                                                           329,171      1,046,544
   Less: accumulated amortization ...................      (54,619)      (111,099)
                                                         ---------     ----------
                                                         $ 274,552     $  935,445
                                                         =========     ==========
</TABLE>



8. LOSS CONTRACT ACCRUALS

     Bridge,  in  connection  with  acquisitions,   assumes  various  equipment,
software and data contracts.  If Bridge determines that such contracts are above
market,  or are  redundant  and will not be utilized in the  ordinary  course of
business,  a loss is  accrued.  The loss  accrual  represents  the above  market
portion of the contract or the total payments remaining in those cases where the
contract is  effectively  abandoned.  Such accruals are generally  recorded on a
gross basis except for those with lengthy  remaining terms which are discounted.
Loss contract  accruals of acquired entities are accrued as part of the purchase
price  allocation.  Other loss contract  accruals are charged to expenses at the
time they are identified.

     The loss portion of the contractual  payments consisted of the following at
December 31, 1998:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      CONTRACTUAL
                                       PAYMENTS
                                     ------------
<S>                                  <C>
   1999 ............................   $ 21,918
   2000 ............................     17,808
   2001 ............................     15,701
   2002 ............................     15,444
   2003 ............................     15,344
   Thereafter ......................     40,670
                                       --------
   Future minimum payments .........   $126,885
                                       ========
</TABLE>



9. LOSS LEASE ACCRUALS

     Bridge enters into or assumes,  in connection  with  acquisitions,  various
operating lease  agreements for office space.  Bridge may determine that it will
no longer utilize  certain office space under a lease because it is redundant or
due to a change in Bridge's objectives. At the date of acquisition or other time
of such determination, Bridge fully reserves the gross amount of remaining lease
payments, net of expected future sublease rentals. The net reserve includes both
noncancellable  future sublease income and Bridge  management's best estimate of
future  sublease  rentals based on analyses of the  facilities  involved and the
local sublease markets.  Loss lease accruals of acquired entities are accrued as
part of the purchase price allocation.  Other loss lease accruals are charged to
expense.

     Required  lease  payments (net of estimated  future  sublease  rentals) and
noncancellable future sublease income consisted of the following at December 31,
1998:


                                      F-52
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

9. LOSS LEASE ACCRUALS - (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         REQUIRED     EXPECTED
                                        PAYMENTS,     SUBLEASE        NET
                                           NET         INCOME       ACCRUAL
                                       -----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>          <C>
   1999 ............................    $ 17,235      $  3,228     $ 14,007
   2000 ............................       9,486         4,614        4,872
   2001 ............................       5,824         3,441        2,383
   2002 ............................       7,776         2,468        5,308
   2003 ............................       5,687         2,582        3,105
   Thereafter ......................      27,507        18,794        8,713
                                        --------      --------     --------
   Future minimum payments .........    $ 73,515      $ 35,127     $ 38,388
                                        ========      ========     ========
</TABLE>



10. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

     Long-term debt and capital lease obligations  consisted of the following at
December 31:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1997          1998
                                                                   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>
   12% subordinated debt .......................................    $  59,926     $  61,090
   11% subordinated debt .......................................        2,975         2,975
   Secured credit agreement with bank ..........................      215,000       735,000
   7.75% note payable ..........................................           --        15,954
   Mortgage note ...............................................        3,826         3,612
   Capitalized equipment lease obligations, payments
     extend through 2003, at various rates of interest
     averaging 9.4% ............................................       42,259        65,662
                                                                    ---------     ---------
   Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations ..........      323,986       884,293
   Less: current maturities ....................................      (17,820)      (51,022)
                                                                    ---------     ---------
                                                                    $ 306,166     $ 833,271
                                                                    =========     =========

</TABLE>



     At December 31, 1998, the 12%  subordinated  debt consisted of the original
issue of senior subordinated notes payable to Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe.
This issue, as amended,  ($65,500 less unamortized discount of $4,410 and $5,574
at December 31, 1997 and 1998,  respectively -- effective rate of 16%) is due on
August 15,  2002,  and bears  interest at 12% per annum,  payable  quarterly  in
arrears.

     As part of the Telesphere acquisition (see Note 3), Bridge issued $2,975 of
subordinated  notes payable to the former owners. The notes bear interest of 11%
payable monthly in arrears. The principal is due on August 15, 2002.

     Bridge has a Secured Credit  Agreement (the  "Agreement")  originally dated
May 29, 1998 and amended and restated on July 7, 1998 with a bank  syndicate the
proceeds from which were used to finance the DJM acquisition (see Note 3) and to
repay the amounts  outstanding  under the then existing  Credit  Agreement dated
November 17, 1997.  The  Agreement  contains  four  tranches with a total credit
facility of $800,000.  The first tranche consists of a $125,000 revolving credit
line of which $60,000 was  outstanding  at December 31, 1998. The second tranche
consists of a  multi-draw  term loan of $75,000 all of which is  outstanding  at
December 31, 1998. The revolving credit line and the multi-draw term loan mature
May 29,  2003.  Bridge pays letter of credit  fees and a  commitment  fee on the
unused portion of the revolving  credit line and multi-draw  term loan which are
both tied to Bridge's  Leverage Ratio.  The third tranche consists of a $100,000
term loan payable in quarterly  installments of $3,750  beginning  September 30,
1999 and through June 30, 2001 and $8,750  through the maturity  date of May 29,
2003. The fourth  tranche  consists of a $500,000 term loan payable in quarterly
installments of $1,250  beginning  September 30, 1999 and through June 30, 2004,
quarterly  installments of $118,750  through March 31, 2005 with a final payment
of $118,750 due at maturity on May 29, 2005.  Interest accrues on all borrowings
at the  Eurodollar  rate (5.25% at December 31, 1998) plus a defined margin tied
to Bridge's Leverage Ratio. The Agreement is collateralized by a pledge of


                                      F-53
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

10. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS - (CONTINUED)

capital stock of the Bridge's U.S. entities,  excluding  Trading.  The Agreement
contains various  restrictive  covenants  including the maintenance of a minimum
rolling  four-quarter   earnings  before  interest,   taxes,   depreciation  and
amortization  (EBITDA),  a minimum  interest  coverage ratio, a maximum leverage
ratio, a maximum amount of capital leases incurred and a maximum amount of total
capital  expenditures.  Bridge incurred  transaction costs of $17,375 which were
capitalized  to  deferred  financing  costs  related  to  obtaining  the  credit
facility.  Due to the  repayment of the  previous  credit  agreement,  $3,026 of
deferred  financing costs were recognized in 1998 as an extraordinary  loss, net
of related  income taxes of $0. (See Note 21 regarding  subsequent  amendment to
the Agreement.)

     In connection  with the Agreement,  Bridge has also entered into three swap
transactions  pursuant to which it has  exchanged  its  floating  rate  interest
obligations for a fixed rate payment obligation. These swap agreements hedge the
third and fourth tranches of the credit agreement. The first swap has a notional
principal amount of $137,375 at December 31, 1998 and a fixed rate of 6.035% per
annum for the period  ending  December 31, 2002.  The second swap has a notional
principal  amount of $100,000  at December  31, 1998 and a fixed rate of 5.8125%
per annum ending June 29, 2001. The third swap has a notional  principal  amount
of $100,000 at December 31, 1998 and a fixed rate of 5.94% per annum ending June
29,  2002.  The fixing of the interest  rates for this period  minimizes in part
Bridge's exposure to the uncertainty of floating interest rates.

     The weighted  average  interest  rate on Bridge's debt with a bank was 8.5%
and 8.6% for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998,  respectively.  Letters
of credit  outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1998 totaled $19,910 and $8,641,
respectively.

     Bridge's mortgage note is collateralized by the technology center building,
bears  interest  at 8.5% and is payable  in equal  monthly  installments  of $44
through February 1, 2009.

     As part of the acquisition of DJM, Bridge assumed a 7.75% note payable to a
third  party.  The note is payable  over three  years.  Bridge  also  obtained a
guaranteed  investment  contract in the same  amount and earning a similar  rate
which was  designated by DJM to fund this note.  This  investment is included in
other assets.

     Required debt payments (net of  discount),  future  minimum lease  payments
(including  interest under capital leases) and noncancellable  operating leases,
consist of the following at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                OPERATING LEASES
                                                                             -----------------------
                                                                 CAPITALIZED
                                                                  EQUIPMENT                 OFFICE
                                                        DEBT       LEASES     EQUIPMENT   FACILITIES
                                                    ----------- ------------ ----------- -----------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>
   1999 ...........................................  $  14,366    $ 41,168      $ 514     $  28,909
   2000 ...........................................     24,363      28,815        205        24,250
   2001 ...........................................     34,362       1,009         48        20,535
   2002 ...........................................    107,994         486         10        17,859
   2003 ...........................................    157,828         121          3        27,570
   Thereafter .....................................    479,718          --          3        70,426
                                                     ---------    --------      -----     ---------
   Future minimum payments ........................  $ 818,631      71,599      $ 783     $ 189,549
                                                     =========                  =====     =========
   Amount representing interest ...................                 (5,937)
                                                                  --------
   Present value of net minimum lease payments ....               $ 65,662
                                                                  ========
</TABLE>


     Total rent  expense for all  operating  leases was  $10,313,  $14,448,  and
$32,002 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997, and 1998, respectively.
     Bridge is the  lessee of certain  computer,  communications  equipment  and
software under capital leases.  The assets and liabilities  under capital leases
are recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease  payments or
the fair value of the assets.  The assets are depreciated and amortized over the
lower of

                                      F-54
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

10. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS - (CONTINUED)


their related lease terms or their estimated useful lives. Assets recorded under
capital  leases are included in property and  equipment at a cost of $32,703 and
$47,561, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $40,613 and $59,881
at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

11. INCOME TAXES

     The income tax  provision  consists  of the  following  for the years ended
December 31:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1996       1997         1998
                                                --------   --------   -----------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
   Current tax provision:
     United States ..........................    $  --      $  --      $     --
     Foreign ................................      177        634         7,480
     State and local ........................       --         --            --
                                                 -----      -----      --------
                                                   177        634         7,480
   Deferred tax provision - foreign .........       --         --         3,000
                                                 -----      -----      --------
   Total provision for income taxes .........    $ 177      $ 634      $ 10,480
                                                 =====      =====      ========
</TABLE>



     The total income tax  provision  differed from that which would be computed
by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes.
The reasons for this difference are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1996            1997            1998
                                                                 -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>             <C>
   Federal income tax benefit computed at statutory
     federal income tax rate .................................     $ (21,217)      $ (23,791)      $ (46,333)
   Federal income tax portion of change in valuation
     allowance ...............................................        19,972          22,686          52,912
   Foreign income without federal income tax expense .........         1,112            (162)         (9,585)
   Nondeductible expenses ....................................           635           1,267           3,006
   Foreign taxes .............................................           177             634          10,480
   Other .....................................................          (502)             --              --
                                                                   ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                                   $     177       $     634       $  10,480
                                                                   =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>



     The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows
at December 31:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1997           1998
                                                  -----------   -------------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforwards .........    $  56,460     $   79,370
     Tax credit carryforwards .................        1,059          1,059
     Accounts receivable ......................        4,051          7,103
     Property and equipment ...................           --         77,042
     Intangible assets ........................        5,292             --
     Accrual for loss lease ...................        8,395         11,278
     Accrual for loss contracts ...............           --         51,872
     Other accrued liabilities ................           --         19,316
     Other ....................................          886            667
                                                   ---------     ----------
                                                      76,143        247,707
                                                   ---------     ----------
   Deferred tax liabilities:
     Software capitalization ..................        4,792          6,682
     Property and equipment ...................        1,215             --
     Intangible assets ........................           --         84,693
     Prepaid commissions ......................           --          1,784
     Limited partnerships' losses .............          420            420
                                                   ---------     ----------
                                                       6,427         93,579
                                                   ---------     ----------
   Net deferred tax asset .....................       69,716        154,128
   Valuation allowance ........................      (69,716)      (153,535)
                                                   ---------     ----------
                                                   $       0     $      593
                                                   =========     ==========

</TABLE>



     At December  31, 1997 and 1998,  Bridge  recorded a valuation  allowance of
$69,716 and  $153,535,  respectively,  against the net deferred tax asset due to
the uncertainty of its ultimate  realization.  The valuation allowance increased
by $32,090 from December 31, 1996 to December 31, 1997 and by


                                      F-55
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

11. INCOME TAXES - (CONTINUED)


$83,819 from  December 31, 1997 to December 31,  1998.  Amounts  fully  reserved
include $26,491 in deferred tax assets acquired by Bridge in a purchase business
combination. If it is determined in the future that such deferred tax assets are
recoverable,  the valuation allowances will be reversed and credited against the
original purchase price allocated to goodwill.

     Certain states do not allow for the filing of a  consolidated  state income
tax return;  therefore,  the taxable income of certain of Bridge's  subsidiaries
cannot be offset with losses  sustained  by other of  Bridge's  subsidiaries  in
those states. At December 31, 1998, Bridge has the following  approximate income
tax carryforwards available:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         TAX        EXPIRATION
                                                                      PURPOSES        DATES
                                                                    ------------   -----------
      <S>                                                                  <C>            <C>
         U.S. federal regular tax carryforwards other than from
           purchase business combinations:
           Net operating loss carryforwards ...................    $ 199,512      2004-2018
           Business tax credit carryforwards ..................    $     599      1999-2002
         U.S. federal minimum tax credit carryforwards against
           regular tax ........................................    $     298             --
         Foreign regular tax carryforwards other than from
           purchase business combinations:
         Net operating loss carryforwards .....................    $   4,132      2002-2009

      </TABLE>



12. REGULATORY REQUIREMENT

     Trading is subject to the  Uniform Net  Capital  Rule under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  which requires the  maintenance of minimum net capital of
$1,000 and  requires  that the ratio of aggregate  indebtedness  to net capital,
both as  currently  defined,  shall not exceed 15 to 1. At  December  31,  1998,
Trading  had net  capital of $3,490,  which was $2,490 in excess of the  minimum
required,  and the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital was 1.69 to 1.
Substantially  all customer  transactions are cleared through third parties on a
fully disclosed basis and, therefore,  Trading does not hold securities or funds
for the  accounts  of its  customers.  Accordingly,  Trading is exempt  from the
requirements of Rule 15c3-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     BBH is subject to regulatory  requirements  of the  Securities  and Futures
Commission and BBU is subject to the regulatory  requirements  of The Securities
and Futures Authority Resource Requirement.  At December 31, 1998, management is
not aware of any matters which would have a materially  adverse effect on BBH or
BBU.

13. CAPITAL STOCK

     During 1996,  Bridge  increased its number of authorized  shares of capital
stock to 102 million  shares,  consisting of 85 million shares of Class A common
stock,  15  million  shares of Class B common  stock,  and 2  million  shares of
preferred stock ($1 par value).  In addition,  Bridge increased the total number
of shares of common stock for which options may be granted from 2,360,250 shares
to 4 million  shares.  In October  1997,  Bridge  increased  the total number of
shares  for which  options  may be granted  from 4 million to 6 million  shares.
Class A common  shareholders  are  entitled  to one vote per share while Class B
common  shareholders  have no  voting  rights.  Both  Class A and Class B common
shareholders have the same dividend and liquidation  rights.  In addition,  both
classes of common stock contain  provisions which allow certain  shareholders of
both  classes  to  convert  their  shares  into  shares of the other  class on a
one-for-one basis.

     In May 1996, Bridge completed an equity offering  totaling $53,997,  net of
transaction  costs of $260 which  were  charged to  additional  paid-in  capital
(common) as costs incurred to raise capital.  The offering was  accomplished  in
three pieces. First, subordinated debt issues two through five totaling


                                      F-56
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

13. CAPITAL STOCK - (CONTINUED)


$29,500,  plus accrued interest of $1,801,  were converted into 4,815,543 shares
of Class A common  stock.  Secondly,  all  shares of  Series A and C  redeemable
preferred stock totaling $8,700,  plus accrued dividends of $356, were converted
into 1,393,305  shares of Class A common stock. The third piece consisted of the
sale of  2,138,415  shares  of Class A common  stock  for  $13,900  to  existing
shareholders and a strategic investor. In addition, as part of the offering, all
shares of Series B redeemable  preferred  stock  totaling  $1,900,  plus accrued
dividends of $73, were redeemed from the proceeds of the offering.

14. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

     In  connection  with the  acquisition  of KRF (see Note 3) in 1996,  Bridge
designated  1,950,000 shares of Series D redeemable preferred stock. At the time
of the KRF  acquisition,  1,550,000  shares  were  issued for  $154,355,  with a
redemption  value of $155,000.  The carrying value of the  redeemable  preferred
stock is accreted to the  redemption  value  through  its  mandatory  redemption
dates. In connection with the DJM acquisition (see Note 3) Bridge designated and
issued 1,500,000  shares of Series E redeemable  preferred stock at a redemption
value of $150,000.  Bridge also designated and issued 900,000 shares of Series F
redeemable  preferred stock at a redemption  value of $90,000 in connection with
the ADP acquisition  (see Note 3). The following shares have been issued and are
outstanding as of December 31, 1998:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   PREFERRED STOCK
               -----------------------
                                         ADDITIONAL                ACCRETION
                  SHARES      $1 PAR      PAID-IN                     TO          TOTAL
                ISSUED AND     VALUE      CAPITAL      ACCRUED    REDEMPTION    CARRYING
    SERIES      DESIGNATED    AMOUNT    (PREFERRED)   DIVIDENDS      VALUE        VALUE
- -------------- ------------ ---------- ------------- ----------- ------------ ------------
<S>            <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
  D ..........  1,950,000    $ 1,950     $ 192,405    $ 18,116       $ 234     $ 212,705
  E ..........  1,500,000      1,500       148,500       3,567          --       153,567
  F ..........    900,000        900        89,100         513          --        90,513
                             -------     ---------    --------       -----     ---------
                             $ 4,350     $ 430,005    $ 22,196       $ 234     $ 456,785
                             =======     =========    ========       =====     =========

</TABLE>



     Series D and E preferred  shareholders  are entitled to one common vote for
each share of Class A common  stock that would be issuable  upon  conversion  of
preferred stock. Series F preferred  shareholders do not have any voting rights.
At December 31, 1998, one share of Series D preferred stock was convertible into
12.5 shares of common  stock and one share of Series E or F preferred  stock was
convertible  into 4.62 shares of common stock. All preferred  shareholders  rank
senior  to common  shareholders  in the event of any  voluntary  or  involuntary
liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding up of Bridge.  All  preferred  stocks pay
dividends at the rate of $4.00 per share per annum. All preferred  dividends are
cumulative and non-participating.

     On June 30 in each of 2002,  2003,  2004,  Bridge is required to redeem the
lesser of 1) 33-1/3%  of the  aggregate  number of shares of Series D  preferred
stock thereto issued or 2) the number of shares of Series D preferred stock then
outstanding.  Preferred stock has a redemption  price of $100 per share plus all
accrued but unpaid dividends,  which is equivalent to the carrying value. Bridge
may  elect  to  redeem  preferred  shares,  in  whole  or in  part,  at any time
subsequent to January 1, 2001,  but prior to the mandatory  redemption  dates as
well.

     On May 29, 2003 and  November  10,  2003,  Bridge is required to redeem all
shares of Series E and Series F preferred stock,  respectively,  then issued and
outstanding  at the  redemption  price of $100 per share  plus all  accrued  but
unpaid dividends, which is equivalent to the carrying value.



                                      F-57
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


15. STOCK OPTIONS

     Bridge  has a Stock  Option  and  Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan,  which
provides for stock option and other awards to selected employees and officers of
Bridge.  Bridge's Board of Directors determines the option price (not to be less
than 100% of fair  market  value for  incentive  stock  options)  at the date of
grant.  Options  granted  during 1997 and 1998 vest  ratably over five years and
expire ten years from the date of grant.

     Bridge applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting
for its plan.  Accordingly,  compensation cost has been recognized for its stock
option plan only to the extent the fair market  value of Bridge's  common  stock
exceeded the exercise  price of  nonqualified  stock option  grants at the grant
date. Had compensation cost for Bridge's stock option plan been determined based
on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under the plan  consistent  with
the method of SFAS No. 123,  Bridge's net loss would have been  increased to the
pro forma amounts indicated below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1996            1997            1998
                           -------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                          <C>             <C>             <C>
   Net loss
   As reported .........     $ (60,796)      $ (68,610)      $ (142,861)
   Pro Forma ...........     $ (61,339)      $ (69,755)      $ (144,452)
</TABLE>



     Changes in outstanding options are as follows:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1996
                                            --------------------------------------------
                                                            WEIGHTED-
                                                            AVERAGE
                                                SHARES    EXERCISE PRICE       SHARES
                                            ------------- ---------------- -------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>              <C>
  Outstanding, beginning of year ..........    2,363,250      $  4.73         2,209,117
  Granted .................................      567,112         6.50         2,738,000
  Exercised ...............................       (5,000)        4.73          (153,136)
  Forfeited ...............................     (713,245)        6.05          (345,800)
  Expired .................................       (3,000)      250.00                --
                                               ---------      -------         ---------
  Outstanding, end of year ................    2,209,117      $  4.80         4,448,181
                                               =========      =======         =========
  Options exercisable at year-end .........      444,050                        660,350
                                               =========                      =========
  Weighted-average fair value of options
   granted during the year ................  $      2.04                    $      2.04
                                             ===========                    ===========



<CAPTION>
                                                         1997                    1998
                                            ------------------------------ ----------------
                                                WEIGHTED-                     WEIGHTED-
                                                 AVERAGE                       AVERAGE
                                             EXERCISE PRICE      SHARES     EXERCISE PRICE
                                            ---------------- ------------- ---------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>           <C>
  Outstanding, beginning of year ..........     $   4.80        4,448,181    $  6.22
  Granted .................................         7.25        1,474,319      10.21
  Exercised ...............................         4.67         (142,200)      2.83
  Forfeited ...............................         6.05         (243,300)      6.77
  Expired .................................           --               --         --
                                                --------        ---------    -------
  Outstanding, end of year ................     $   6.22        5,537,000    $  7.36
                                                ========        =========    =======
  Options exercisable at year-end .........     $   4.57        1,396,886    $  5.67
                                                ========        =========    =======
  Weighted-average fair value of options
   granted during the year ................                   $      2.73
                                                              ===========
</TABLE>



     The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the  minimum  value  option-pricing  model with the  following  weighted-average
assumptions  used for grants in 1996,  1997,  and 1998,  respectively:  dividend
yield of 0 percent for all three years;  risk-free  interest  rates of 5.4, 6.7,
and 5.5 percent; and expected lives of 6 years for all three years.

     The  following  table  summarizes  the  characteristics  of  stock  options
outstanding at December 31, 1998:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                  OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                   -------------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                     WEIGHTED-      WEIGHTED-                    WEIGHTED-
                                      AVERAGE        AVERAGE                      AVERAGE
                                     REMAINING       EXERCISE                    EXERCISE
 EXERCISE PRICE       SHARES           LIFE           PRICE         SHARES         PRICE
- ----------------   ------------   --------------   -----------   ------------   ----------
<S>                <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>
 $   1.00              80,000     6.71 years        $   1.00         48,000      $   1.00
 $   4.73           1,176,569     7.36                  4.73        705,941          4.73
 $   6.50             429,612     7.42                  6.50        171,845          6.50
 $   7.25           2,355,500     8.50                  7.25        471,100          7.25
 $   8.00             317,819     9.00                  8.00             --            --
 $  10.80           1,177,500     9.42                 10.80             --            --
                    ---------     ----              --------        -------      --------
                    5,537,000     7.16 years        $   7.36      1,396,886      $   5.67
                    =========     ====              ========      =========      ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-58
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


16. EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PROGRAMS

     DOMESTIC SAVINGS PLANS -- In the United States, Bridge sponsors an employee
savings plan that qualifies as a defined salary arrangement under Section 401(k)
of the Internal  Revenue Code.  Participating  U.S.  employees may  contribute a
percentage  of their base  salary,  subject to certain  limitations,  and Bridge
matches a portion of the  employees'  contributions.  Bridge  contributed  $723,
$1,388,  and $2,463 to these plans  during the years ended  December  31,  1996,
1997,  and  1998,  respectively.   Also  under  Bridge's  plan,  profit  sharing
contributions  may be made at the  discretion of Bridge.  No such  contributions
were made  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  1996,  1997,  and 1998.  No
post-retirement benefits are provided.

     FOREIGN  SAVINGS PLANS -- Bridge  maintains  certain  retirement  plans for
employees outside of the United States that provide retirement benefits based on
service and  salary.  The funding  policy for these plans is to  contribute  the
amounts  required by the plan  provisions  or applicable  regulations,  although
additional  amounts may be made at the discretion of Bridge.  Bridge contributed
$987,  $1,923,  and $5,430,  to these plans during the years ended  December 31,
1996, 1997, and 1998 respectively.

     Bridge has a defined benefit plan covering  certain  employees of Bridge in
Japan.  The  benefits  for this plan are based on years of service  and  current
salaries.  Payments are made on a monthly basis and the net pension  expense for
1996, 1997 and 1998 was immaterial.


17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Bridge  provides  services  to  certain  shareholders  at terms and  prices
approximating market. Sales to existing  shareholders totaled $34,549,  $28,260,
and $56,205 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997, and 1998, respectively.
Accounts  receivable  from existing  shareholders  totaled $6,795 and $30,957 at
December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.


18. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The  following   disclosure  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  financial
instruments  is made in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of SFAS  No.  107,
"Disclosures  about Fair Value of Financial  Instruments".  The  estimated  fair
value amounts have been determined by Bridge using available market  information
and  appropriate  valuation  methodologies.  However,  considerable  judgment is
necessarily  required in  interpreting  market data to develop the  estimates of
fair value.  Accordingly,  the estimates  presented  herein are not  necessarily
indicative  of the  amounts  that  Bridge  could  realize  in a  current  market
exchange.

     The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may
have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1997                  1998
                                          --------------------- ---------------------
                                           CARRYING     FAIR     CARRYING     FAIR
                                            AMOUNT      VALUE     AMOUNT      VALUE
                                          ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
   Financial assets:
     Treasury bills .....................  $  1,314   $  1,331   $     --   $     --
     Securities owned ...................       520        520         43         43
     Guaranteed investment contract .....        --         --     15,955     15,955
   Financial liabilities:
     Term loan with Bank ................   200,000    200,000    600,000    600,000
     Mulit-draw loan ....................        --         --     75,000     75,000
     Revolving credit agreement .........    15,000     15,000     60,000     60,000
     Mortgage note ......................     3,826      4,063      3,612      3,861
     11% subordinated debt ..............     2,975      2,975      2,975      2,975
</TABLE>


                                      F-59
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

18. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - (CONTINUED)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1997                 1998
                                                 ------------------- --------------------
                                                  CARRYING    FAIR    CARRYING     FAIR
                                                   AMOUNT     VALUE    AMOUNT     VALUE
                                                 ---------- -------- ---------- ---------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
     12% subordinated debt .....................   59,926    59,926    61,090     61,090
     7.75% note payable ........................       --        --    15,955     15,955
     Loss lease accruals .......................   23,785    14,633    38,388     27,256
     Loss contract accruals ....................       --        --   126,885    125,401
     Securities sold but not yet purchased .....      186       186         9          9
   Unrecognized financial instruments:
   Swap Agreements .............................       --     1,446        --      8,790
   Standby letters of credit ...................       --       164        --        319

</TABLE>



     SECURITIES  OWNED AND  SECURITIES  SOLD BUT NOT YET  PURCHASED -- For those
instruments  held for trading  purposes,  fair values are based on quoted market
prices or dealer quotes.

     LONG-TERM DEBT -- Term loan with Bank, multi-draw loan and revolving credit
agreement,  are variable rate in nature and reprice  quarterly.  Bridge believes
the carrying value of this debt  approximates  fair value. The fair value of the
subordinated  debt,  notes  payable  and other fixed rate debt is  estimated  by
discounting  cash flows based on the rates Bridge could obtain today for similar
borrowings.

     LOSS LEASE  ACCRUALS -- The fair value of Bridge's  loss lease  accruals is
estimated  based on the  remaining  required  lease  payments  (net of estimated
future sublease rentals) and noncancellable future sublease income discounted at
current rates offered to Bridge for debt of similar remaining maturities.

     LOSS CONTRACT ACCRUALS -- The fair value of Bridge's loss contract accruals
is estimated  based on the  contractual  payments  discounted  at current  rates
offered to Bridge for debt of similar maturities.

     SWAP AGREEMENT -- The fair value of Bridge's swap agreement  represents the
estimated  amount Bridge would receive to terminate the  agreement,  considering
current interest and currency rates.

     STANDBY  LETTERS  OF CREDIT -- The fair value of letters of credit is based
on fees currently charged for similar agreements.

     The  fair  value  estimates   presented   herein  are  based  on  pertinent
information   available  to  management  as  of  December  31,  1997  and  1998,
respectively.  Although  Bridge's  management  is not aware of any factors  that
would significantly  affect the estimated fair value amounts,  such amounts have
not been  comprehensively  revalued for purposes of these  financial  statements
since that date,  and current  estimates of fair value may differ  significantly
from the amounts presented herein.

19. OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     At the time of the DJM  acquistion,  DJM was  party to  certain  agreements
between  DJM and  Cantor  Fitzgerald  Securities  Corp.  ("Cantor"),  a  primary
supplier of market data to DJM, and Market Data Corporation  ("MDC").  As of the
date of the acquisition,  certain provisions of these agreements were in dispute
between DJM and Cantor.  In addition,  Cantor has taken the  position  that as a
result of the acquistion, by virtue of certain provisions in the agreements with
Cantor and MDC,  Bridge has incurred  certain  obligations  separate  from DJM's
obligations  under  those  agreements  to make  payments  to MDC and Cantor with
respect to  terminals  other than those to which DJM was  providing  information
prior to the acquisition.


                                      F-60
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

19. OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - (CONTINUED)


     Bridge has been in  discussions  with Cantor  regarding  settlement of this
dispute.  Any such  settlement  would also require  approval of Dow Jones. It is
uncertain  at this time whether  Bridge will be able to settle this  matter.  If
settlement is not feasible,  and litigation were to ensue,  Bridge believes that
it has meritorious defense to Cantor claims.

     Bridge,  in the normal course of business,  enters into service  agreements
with  telecommunication  companies,  whereby Bridge has guaranteed  annual usage
levels of data communications. Remaining minimum commitments are $10,000 for the
year ending December 31, 1999.

     Bridge  also enters  into  agreements  for the  licensing  of software  and
information  databases to be used in connection with Bridge's products.  Certain
of these agreements  provide for royalty payments based on Bridge's  revenues or
the  number of  workstations  installed,  as  defined.  Bridge  has no  material
commitments with respect to these licenses.

     Bridge is subject to various other legal proceedings and claims which arise
in the ordinary course of its business.

     Loss accruals for matters that have not been indemnified by the sellers and
relate  directly to acquisitions  have been  established as part of the purchase
price  (goodwill).  When  and  if  it  is  determined  that  such  accruals  are
unnecessary,  they will be reversed  and  credited  back to the  purchase  price
(goodwill).  The ultimate  resolution of these matters  cannot be predicted with
certainty.  However,  based on the  information  currently  available,  Bridge's
management does not believe they will have a material adverse effect on Bridge's
financial condition.

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     ACQUISITION AND  INVESTMENTS -- On February 8, 1999,  Bridge entered into a
Formation Agreement with FutureSource  Information Systems,  Inc. (FSIS) and its
shareholders to form a new business enterprise named FutureSource/Bridge  L.L.C.
(FS/B).  The  transaction  closed on March 5,  1999.  The  purpose of FS/B is to
better  develop and market  financial  information  products in the  commodities
field.  Bridge  contributed  $4,500  of cash  and  customer  contracts  totaling
approximately  $16,500  of  annualized  revenue  to  FS/B  for a  45%  ownership
interest. FSIS contributed all of its assets, subject to assumed liabilities, to
FS/B for a 55% ownership  interest.  Bridge also made a $2,000 subordinated loan
to FS/B.

     On February 17, 1999,  Bridge  entered into a Merger  Agreement with SAVVIS
Holdings Corporation (SAVVIS) to acquire all of the equity of SAVVIS in exchange
for 3,250,000 shares of Bridge's common stock.  The transaction  closed on April
7, 1999.

     DEBT EXTENSION -- On March 5, 1999,  Bridge increased the fourth tranche of
the term loan under its Secured  Credit  Agreement (see Note 10) by $50,000 to a
total of $550,000.  The proceeds  were used to reduce the  outstanding  balances
under the revolving  credit  facility,  to provide funds for working capital and
for other corporate  purposes.  The covenants  relating to the maximum  leverage
ratio and the minimum interest coverage were adjusted accordingly.

     PUBLIC  OFFERING  (UNAUDITED)  -- The  Board of  Directors  of  Bridge  has
authorized  management  of  SAVVIS  to file a  registration  statement  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  for the initial public  offering of SAVVIS'
common  stock.  SAVVIS  intends  to use a portion of the  proceeds  to finance a
portion of its purchase of Bridge's  Internet protocol network assets and to pay
a preferential dividend to Bridge.

     STOCK  OPTIONS  (UNAUDITED)  -- During  the  period  from  October  through
December 1999, SAVVIS granted 2,843,758 stock options to employees of SAVVIS and
Bridge with an exercise price of $.50 per share. Noncash compensation cost based
upon the difference between the exercise price and the


                                      F-61
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - (CONTINUED)


imputed  fair value of SAVVIS'  stock as if the  respective  option  grant dates
totaling  approximately $53 million will be recorded over the vesting periods of
such options, which periods range from immediate up to four years. Approximately
$2,000 of noncash compensation expense will be recorded in the fourth quarter of
1999.

21. GOING CONCERN

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  do not  include  any  adjustments
relating to the  recoverability  and classification of recorded asset amounts or
the amounts and  classification  of liabilities  that might be necessary  should
Bridge  be  unable  to  continue  as a going  concern.  Bridge  has  experienced
recurring  losses from  operations and operating cash flow  deficiencies,  which
have been funded by additional borrowings.  At December 31, 1999, Bridge did not
comply with certain of the restrictive covenants contained in its Secured Credit
Agreement (the "Agreement") (see Note 11).

     The  Agreeement  was  amended on January  7, 2000 (the  "Amendment")  to 1)
permit  the  sale of  Bridge's  network  assets  to  SAVVIS,  2)  allow  for the
subsequent  public  offering of SAVVIS  shares,  and 3) waive and modify certain
covenants in the Agreement related to EBITDA,  interest coverage ratio, leverage
ratio and capital  expenditure  limitations.  The Agreement was also modified to
require Bridge to repay  approximately  $250,000 of its  indebtedness  under the
Agreement on or before June 30, 2000. However, Bridge must repay a separate loan
in the amount of $100,000  before it can repay the full amounts  required  under
the amended Agreement.

     In addition, the Amendment requires the public offering of SAVVIS shares to
be completed by February 29, 2000.  Failure to comply with this provision  could
result in acceleration of the maturity of the outstanding  balance due under the
Agreement.

     The  Amendment  also  requires  that all of the  proceeds  from the sale of
assets  to  SAVVIS  and  the   preferential   distribution  be  applied  to  the
indebtedness under the Agreement.

     In 2000,  Bridge expects to complete the integration of past  acquisitions,
to the extent possible, and plans to reduce both employee and technology related
expenses. Further, with the sale of its network assets to SAVVIS, Bridge expects
its capital spending requirements to be reduced significantly. Therefore, Bridge
expects operating results and cash flow to improve in 2000 as compared to 1999.

     Also as part of Bridge's  ongoing  strategy,  management  has for some time
been  pursuing  plans to expand the pool of capital  available to fund  business
growth.  These  plans  include,  but are not limited to, the sale or spin-off or
assets,  including the sale of additional  SAVVIS  shares,  and other public and
private debt  financing  alternatives.  Management  believes these plans will be
sufficient to satisfy its fiscal 2000 financing requirements. However, there can
be no assurance  that  sufficient  proceeds  through  these  activities  will be
available to meet Bridge's debt obligations.



                                  * * * * * *

                                      F-62

<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                            1999
                                                                                       --------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
                                      ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents .........................................................     $   34,577
 Restricted cash equivalents .......................................................          1,935
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $55,573 ............        235,409
 Inventory .........................................................................         22,058
 Other current assets ..............................................................         55,999
                                                                                         ----------
 Total current assets ..............................................................        349,978
 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of depreciation of $237,534 ...........................        269,078
 GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of amortization of $202,873 ...................        863,864
 OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS ............................................................        112,479
                                                                                         ----------
   TOTAL ...........................................................................     $1,595,399
                                                                                         ==========
                      LIABILITIES AND DEFICIENCY IN NET ASSETS
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable ..................................................................     $   75,242
 Accrued employee compensation and benefits ........................................         33,270
 Accrued exchange fees .............................................................         16,118
 Other liabilities and accrued expenses ............................................        107,167
 Deferred revenue ..................................................................         23,742
 Current portion of loss contract accruals .........................................         20,731
 Current maturities of loss lease accruals .........................................          8,918
 Current maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligation .................         60,999
                                                                                         ----------
 Total current liabilities .........................................................        346,187
 LOSS CONTRACT ACCRUALS, NET .......................................................         90,915
 LOSS LEASE ACCRUALS EXCLUDING CURRENT MATURITIES ..................................         28,340
 LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS EXCLUDING CURRENT MATURITIES..........      1,030,130
 OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES .......................................................         35,076
                                                                                         ----------
 Total liabilities .................................................................      1,530,648
                                                                                         ----------
MINORITY INTEREST ..................................................................         11,288
                                                                                         ----------
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK .........................................................        469,869
                                                                                         ----------
COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES .......................................................
DEFICIENCY IN NET ASSETS:
 Class A common stock, $.01 par value, 85 million shares authorized,
   36,984,524 shares issued ........................................................            370
 Class B common stock, $.01 par value, 15 million shares authorized, none issued
 Additional paid-in capital (common) ...............................................        219,180
 Accumulated deficit ...............................................................       (628,371)
 Cumulative translation adjustments ................................................         (7,335)
 Treasury stock at cost, 20,000 shares .............................................           (250)
                                                                                         ----------
 Total deficiency in net assets ....................................................       (414,406)
                                                                                         ----------
 TOTAL .............................................................................     $1,595,399
                                                                                         ==========

</TABLE>



              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                  condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-63

<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               FOR THE NINE-MONTH PERIOD
                                                                                  ENDED SEPTEMBER 30
                                                                             -----------------------------
                                                                                  1998            1999
                                                                             -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>
REVENUES:
 Information services ....................................................     $ 398,773      $  651,150
 Transaction services ....................................................        40,015          55,683
 Network services ........................................................            --          12,193
 Equipment sales .........................................................        52,114          73,937
 Customer data fees ......................................................        74,456         149,551
 Other revenues ..........................................................        12,533          15,965
                                                                               ---------      ----------
                                                                                 577,891         958,435
OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:
 Employee related ........................................................       182,403         297,922
 Depreciation and amortization ...........................................       133,447         211,893
 Technology related ......................................................        58,818         142,472
 Equipment cost of sales .................................................        48,093          67,997
 Customer data fees ......................................................        69,151         122,222
 Transaction services related ............................................        18,545          21,487
 Data acquisition related ................................................        27,431          62,281
 Facilities related ......................................................        20,817          45,194
 General and administrative ..............................................        36,353          53,107
 Acquisition related .....................................................        28,709              --
                                                                               ---------      ----------
                                                                                 623,767       1,024,575
                                                                               ---------      ----------
OPERATING LOSS ...........................................................       (45,876)        (66,140)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest income .........................................................         1,289           2,246
 Interest expense ........................................................       (41,279)        (68,126)
 Minority interest in net income of consolidated subsidiary ..............          (482)           (804)
 Other, net ..............................................................         5,282           8,763
                                                                               ---------      ----------
                                                                                 (35,190)        (57,921)
                                                                               ---------      ----------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES .................................................       (81,066)       (124,061)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES ...............................................        (6,688)        (10,316)
                                                                               ---------      ----------
LOSS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM ...........................................       (87,754)       (134,377)
 Extraordinary item -- loss on early extinguishment of debt, net .........        (3,026)             --
                                                                               ---------      ----------
NET LOSS .................................................................       (90,780)       (134,377)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:
 Foreign currency translation adjustment .................................        (1,056)         (3,162)
                                                                               ---------      ----------
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS .......................................................     $ (91,837)     $ (137,539)
                                                                               =========      ==========
</TABLE>



              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                  condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-64

<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                (IN THOUSANDS)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FOR THE NINE-MONTH PERIOD
                                                                                     ENDED SEPTEMBER 30
                                                                                ----------------------------
                                                                                     1998          1999
                                                                                ------------- --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
NET LOSS ......................................................................  $  (90,780)    $ (134,377)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization ................................................     133,447        211,892
 Acquisition related costs ....................................................      22,000             --
 Amortization of discount on subordinated debt and deferred financing costs ...       2,207          4,392
 Gain on joint venture investment .............................................          --        (10,000)
 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt ...........................       3,026             --
 Deferred revenue .............................................................     (30,460)         7,682
 Minority interest in loss of consolidated subsidiary .........................         481            804
Changes in assets and liabilities net of effects of acquisitions:
 Restricted cash ..............................................................      (2,225)         1,452
 Accounts receivable, net .....................................................       6,031        (75,836)
 Inventory ....................................................................      (2,687)       (13,653)
 Other assets .................................................................     (17,225)        (1,287)
 Loss contracts accrual, net ..................................................      (7,312)       (17,936)
 Loss lease accruals, net .....................................................      (5,130)       (10,441)
 Accounts payable and other accrued expenses ..................................     (14,319)       (20,292)
 Other long-term liabilities ..................................................      (3,324)       (18,425)
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
   NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES ......................................      (6,270)       (76,025)
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Acquisitions, net of cash acquired ...........................................    (348,112)          (106)
 Equity investment in minority subsidiary .....................................      (1,673)        (6,650)
 Capital expenditures, net ....................................................     (27,779)       (99,150)
 Software development costs ...................................................      (9,239)       (17,941)
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
   NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES ......................................    (386,803)      (123,847)
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt .....................................     680,000        377,051
 Payments on long-term debt ...................................................    (240,159)      (149,576)
 Principal payments on capital lease obligations ..............................     (11,236)       (28,129)
 Fees incurred in financing activities ........................................     (16,863)        (5,025)
 Proceeds from partial sale of subsidiary .....................................          --          8,990
 Dividends paid by subsidiary .................................................        (187)            --
 Employee stock transactions ..................................................         178            231
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
   NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES ..................................     411,733        203,542
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ..................        (776)        (2,411)
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .....................................      17,884          1,259
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................................      12,949         33,318
                                                                                 ----------     ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD ......................................  $   30,833     $   34,577
                                                                                 ==========     ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during period year for:
   Interest ...................................................................  $   25,760     $   61,154
   Income taxes ...............................................................       6,688          6,794
   Debt incurred under capital lease obligations ..............................      14,294          1,405
   Accrued dividends on redeemable preferred stock ............................       7,889         13,014
   Accretion of redeemable preferred stock to redemption value ................          70             70

</TABLE>



              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                  condensed consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-65

<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
        UNAUDITED CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1999
           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)


1. DESCRIPTION OF BRIDGE

     Bridge   Information   Systems,   Inc.,   together  with  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries ("Bridge"),  is an international financial information company that
provides  a   comprehensive   resource  of  financial   data  and   interpretive
applications  for  investment  professionals  around  the world.  Bridge  offers
real-time and historical information and news on equities, fixed income, foreign
exchange,  derivatives  and  commodities  and  provides a wide array of flexible
analytic  applications to aid in the  interpretation  of such data.  Bridge also
provides transaction  services,  through its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Bridge
Trading Company ("Trading"),  Bridge International  Broking Ltd. - Hong Kong and
Bridge International Broking (U.K.) Limited,  comprehensive  valuations on fixed
income  securities,   computer  equipment  sales  and  systems  integration  and
information  delivery  technology,  including private network services,  for the
financial community.

     Bridge's clients include institutional investors, brokerage firms, research
analysts,  exchanges and other  enterprises  throughout the world. No individual
customer composed a significant  portion of Bridge's  revenues.  Bridge receives
data from more than 1,000  exchanges and  contributing  sources in 100 countries
with no single supplier composing a significant percentage.

2. UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have
been prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles.  In
the opinion of Bridge's management,  all adjustments,  consisting only of normal
recurring  adjustments  considered necessary for a fair presentation,  have been
included. Operating results for any period are not necessarily indicative of the
results for any other period or for the full year.  These  statements  should be
read in conjunction with Bridge's financial statements and notes thereto for the
year ended December 31, 1998.

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     PRINCIPLES OF  CONSOLIDATION -- The  consolidated  financial  statements of
Bridge's  include  the  accounts of Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.  and its
subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

     REVENUE  RECOGNITION -- Information  services and other revenues are billed
one to twelve  months in advance in certain  markets and are  recognized  in the
period the related  services are provided.  Prepayments are included in deferred
revenue. Equipment sales are recognized upon delivery of the equipment.

     CASH AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS  -- Bridge  considers  highly liquid  investment
instruments  with remaining terms of three months or less at time of acquisition
to be cash equivalents.

     RESTRICTED  CASH  EQUIVALENTS -- Regulations  require the Japanese  trading
branch and India subsidiary to maintain restricted cash.

     NEW ACCOUNTING  STANDARDS -- In June 1998,  SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for
Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities"  was issued.  This  statement
establishes  accounting and reporting  standards for derivative  instruments and
for hedging  activities.  SFAS No. 133 was amended by SFAS 137, which delays the
effective date of SFAS 133 to fiscal years and quarters beginning after June 15,
2000.  SFAS No. 133 will require Bridge to record all derivatives on the balance
sheet at fair value.  Changes in derivative fair value will either be recognized
in earnings as offsets to the  changes in fair value of related  hedged  assets,
liabilities, and firm commitments or, for forecasted transactions,  deferred and
recorded  as  a  component  of  other  stockholders'  equity  until  the  hedged
transactions occur and are recognized in earnings. Bridge is


                                      F-66
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 UNAUDITED CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

currently  evaluating  the impact of the standard on Bridge.  The impact of SFAS
No.  133 will  depend on a variety of  factors,  including  future  interpretive
guidance, the future level of hedging activity, the types of hedging instruments
used, and the effectiveness of such instruments.

     SECURITIES   TRANSACTIONS  --  Securities   transactions  and  the  related
commission revenue and expense are recorded on a trade date basis. In the normal
course of business,  the trading  companies'  activities  involve the execution,
settlement and financing of various securities transactions through its clearing
brokers.  The resulting  receivables  from the clearing brokers are available to
the trading  companies on a settlement date basis.  These  activities may expose
the trading  companies  to  off-balance-sheet  risk in the event the customer or
other  party is unable to fulfill  their  contractual  obligations.  The trading
companies,  through their clearing brokers,  continually  monitor its customers'
activities.  At September 30, 1999  receivables  from clearing  brokers  totaled
$2,236 and are included in accounts receivable.

     Securities owned and securities sold, but not yet purchased, are carried at
market  value and  unrealized  gains and losses  are  reflected  in  transaction
services  revenue.  Securities owned totaled $108 at September 30, 1999, and are
included in other current assets. Securities sold, but not yet purchased ("short
positions"),  totaled  $191 at  September  30,  1999 and are  included  in other
liabilities and accrued expenses. In the normal course of business,  the trading
companies assume short positions in their inventory.  The establishment of short
positions  exposes the trading  companies to off-balance sheet risk in the event
of price  increases.  The  trading  companies  attempt to  control  such risk by
monitoring the market value on a daily basis.

     INVENTORIES -- Inventories  which consist of computer  equipment are stated
at the lower of cost (generally on an average cost basis) or market.

     PROPERTY AND  EQUIPMENT -- Property and  equipment is recorded at cost less
accumulated  depreciation and amortization.  Property additions and improvements
are capitalized  while  maintenance  and repairs are expensed as incurred.  Upon
retirement or disposition,  the cost and related  accumulated  depreciation  and
amortization  are removed  from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in
the results of  operations.  As of September 30, 1999,  no  impairment  had been
identified.

     Depreciation  and amortization is computed using the  straight-line  method
based on estimated useful lives as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
       Building, improvements and furniture and fixtures .........   5-32 years
       Computer, communications equipment and software ...........    3-5 years

</TABLE>



     GOODWILL  AND OTHER  IDENTIFIABLE  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS --  Goodwill is being
amortized over 3 to 40 years and other intangible assets over 1 to 20 years, all
using the straight-line  method. Bridge periodically assesses the recoverability
of the cost of its goodwill and identifiable intangible assets based on a review
of projected undiscounted cash flows. As of September 30, 1999 no impairment had
been identified.

     DEFERRED  FINANCING  COSTS -- Deferred  financing  costs are  amortized  to
interest  expense  over  the life of the  related  debt  based on a method  that
approximates the interest method.

     SOFTWARE  DEVELOPMENT  COSTS -- In April  1998,  the  Accounting  Standards
Executive Committee issued Statement of Position 98-1 (SOP), "Accounting for the
Cost of Computer  Software  Developed or Obtained for Internal  Use." The SOP is
effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1998.  As  permitted  by the  SOP,  Bridge  adopted  the  provisions  of the SOP
effective January 1, 1997.


                                      F-67
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 UNAUDITED CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (CONTINUED)

     All  costs,   primarily  employee  compensation  and  benefits  related  to
conceptual  formulation,  design  and  testing  of  possible  software  projects
(preliminary  project  stage),  are expensed as  incurred.  Upon  completion  of
preliminary  project stage,  costs  incurred in the  development of software are
capitalized until the software is released to production.  Software  development
costs of $26,017 (net of  accumulated  amortization  of $19,182) are included in
other assets at September 30, 1999. Unamortized  capitalized costs determined to
be in  excess  of the net  realizable  value of the  products  are  expensed  to
depreciation and amortization  expense at the date of such determination.  As of
September 30, 1999, no impairment had been identified.

     Amortization  is provided  over an estimated  economic life of the software
(generally 1 to 3 years) using the  straight-line  method and commences when the
software is released into  production.  Amortization  expense totaled $5,294 and
$8,820  for  the  nine-month   periods  ended   September  30,  1998  and  1999,
respectively.  The accumulated  amortization  and related  software  development
costs are removed from their respective accounts effective in the year following
full amortization.

     PREPAID  COMMISSION  EXPENSE --  Commissions  paid at the  beginning of the
subscription  to sales  representatives  and  managers for  successful  customer
referrals  and  renewals  are  deferred  and  expensed  over the  length  of the
subscription. This policy is consistent with others in the financial information
business and matches  commissions  more closely with the revenue earned from the
related subscriptions.

     INCOME  TAXES -- Bridge  files  consolidated  federal and state  income tax
returns  and its foreign  subsidiaries  file  various  income tax returns in the
respective  foreign  jurisdictions.  Deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  are
determined  based on the  differences  between the  financial  statement and tax
bases of assets and  liabilities  using enacted tax rates in effect for the year
in which the differences are expected to be reversed. In addition, the amount of
any future tax  benefits is reduced by a valuation  allowance to the extent such
benefits are not expected to be realized.

     Except for selective  dividends,  Bridge intends to reinvest the unremitted
earnings  of  its   non-U.S.   subsidiaries   and  postpone   their   remittance
indefinitely.  Accordingly,  no provision for U.S.  income taxes was required on
such earnings during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 1998 and 1999.

     FOREIGN  CURRENCY  TRANSLATION  -- The  financial  position  and results of
operations of Bridge's foreign subsidiaries are measured using local currency as
the functional  currency.  Revenues and expenses of such  subsidiaries have been
translated into U.S.  dollars at average  exchange rates  prevailing  during the
period.  Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange at
the balance sheet date.  Translation  adjustments are recorded as a component of
other comprehensive income.

     STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS -- Bridge accounts for employee stock
options in accordance  with  Accounting  Principles  Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting  for Stock  Issued to  Employees."  Under APB No.  25,  the  Company
recognizes  compensation  cost  based  on the  intrinsic  value  of  the  equity
instrument awarded as determined at grant date.

     The  Company  is also subject to disclosure requirements under Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS)  No.  123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation".  SFAS  No. 123 prescribes the recognition of compensation expense
based  on  the  fair  value of options as determined on the grant date. However,
SFAS  No.  123  allows  companies to continue applying APB No. 25 if certain pro
forma  disclosures are made assuming hypothetical fair value method application.

     USE  OF  ESTIMATES  IN  THE  PREPARATION  OF  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  -- The
preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.



                                      F-68
<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 UNAUDITED CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )


4. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS:


     On April 7, 1999, Bridge acquired SAVVIS Holdings Corporation ("SAVVIS") in
an all stock  transaction  that was  accounted  for as a "purchase  transaction"
under  Accounting  Principles  Board  No.  16.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of the
transaction,  Bridge  issued  3,011,000  shares of common  stock,  together with
239,000 options and warrants to purchase common stock in exchange for all of the
outstanding  equity interest of SAVVIS. The purchase price has been allocated to
the underlying assets purchased and liabilities assumed based on their estimated
fair market values at the  acquisition  date. The total cost of the  acquisition
exceeded  the fair  value of  SAVVIS'  net  assets  by  $23,767,  which is being
amortized  over three  years.  In addition,  $20,300 of the  purchase  price was
allocated to property and equipment, trademarks, noncompete agreements and other
intangibles,  which  are  being  amortized  over  one to five  years.  Also,  in
connection with the acquisition, Bridge assumed net liabilities of SAVVIS in the
amount of $12,321.  Subsequent to the acquisition, on September 10, 1999, Bridge
sold in a private  placement  (Note 5)  approximately  25% of its  ownership  to
Bridge shareholders for $9,000.

     The following  summarized  pro forma  (unaudited)  information  assumes the
SAVVIS acquisition had occurred at the beginning of each period:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NINE MONTHS
                                        ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                  -------------------------------
                                       1998             1999
                                  --------------   --------------
>
   <S>                        <C>              <C>
   Net revenues .........     $  586,805       $  963,875
                                ==========       ==========
   Net loss .............     $ (103,246)      $ (142,428)
                                ==========       ==========

</TABLE>



     In  Bridge  management's   opinion,  the  pro  forma  combined  results  of
operations  may not be indicative of the actual results that would have occurred
had the acquisitions been consummated as of that time or of future operations of
the combined companies under the ownership and operation of Bridge.


5. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS


     Long-term  debt and capital lease  obligations  consist of the following at
September 30:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1999
                                                                              ------------
<S>                                                                           <C>
   12% subordinated debt ...................................................   $   61,977
   11% subordinated debt ...................................................        2,975
   Secured credit agreement with bank ......................................      934,624
   Junior subordinated variable rate notes .................................       26,970
   7.75% note payable ......................................................       15,954
   Mortgage notes ..........................................................        4,492
   Capitalized equipment lease obligations, payments extend through 2003, at
    various rates of interest averaging 9.4% ...............................       44,137
                                                                               ----------
   Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations ......................    1,091,129
   Less: current maturities ................................................       60,999
                                                                               ----------
                                                                               $1,030,130
                                                                               ==========

</TABLE>



     At September 30, 1999, the 12% subordinated  debt consisted of the original
issue of senior subordinated notes payable to Welsh,  Carson,  Anderson & Stowe.
This  issue,  as  amended,  ($65,500  less  unamortized  discount  of  $3,523 at
September  30, 1999 --  effective  rate of 16%) is due on August 15,  2002,  and
bears interest at 12% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.



                                      F-69
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 UNAUDITED CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

5. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS - (CONTINUED)


     As part of the  Telesphere  acquisition  in 1997,  Bridge  issued $2,975 of
subordinated  notes payable to the former owners. The notes bear interest of 11%
payable monthly in arrears. The principal is due on August 15, 2002.

     Bridge has a Secured Credit  Agreement (the  "Agreement")  originally dated
May 29, 1998 and amended and restated on July 7, 1998 with a bank syndicate from
which the  proceeds  were used to finance the Dow Jones  Markets,  Inc.  ("DJM")
acquisition  and to repay  the  amounts  outstanding  from the  existing  Credit
Agreement  dated November 17, 1997. The Agreement  contains four tranches with a
total credit  facility of $944,625 as of September  30, 1999.  The first tranche
consists of a $125,000  revolving  credit line of which $115,000 was outstanding
at September 30, 1999. The second tranche  consists of a multi-draw term loan of
$75,000 all of which is outstanding at September 30, 1999. The revolving  credit
line and the  multi-draw  term loan mature May 29,  2003.  Bridge pays letter of
credit fees and a commitment fee on the unused  portion of the revolving  credit
line and multi-draw  term loan which are both tied to Bridge's  Leverage  Ratio.
The  third  tranche  consists  of a  $96,250  term  loan  payable  in  quarterly
installments  of $3,750  through  June 30, 2001 and $8,750  through the maturity
date of May 29,  2003.  The fourth  tranche  consists  of a  $648,375  term loan
payable in quarterly  installments  of $1,625  through June 30, 2004,  quarterly
installments of $154,375 through March 31, 2005 with a final payment of $154,375
due at maturity  on May 29,  2005.  Interest  accrues on all  borrowings  at the
Eurodollar  rate (5.4375% at September  30, 1999) plus a defined  margin tied to
Bridge's  Leverage Ratio. The Agreement is collateralized by a pledge of capital
stock of the company's U.S. entities,  excluding Trading. The Agreement contains
various  restrictive  covenants  including the  maintenance of a minimum rolling
four-quarter  earnings before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and amortization
(EBITDA), a minimum interest coverage ratio, a maximum leverage ratio, a maximum
amount  of  capital  leases  incurred  and a  maximum  amount  of total  capital
expenditures.   Bridge  incurred   transaction   costs  of  $19,952  which  were
capitalized  to  deferred  financing  costs  related  to  obtaining  the  credit
facility. (See Note 8 regarding subsequent amendment to the Agreement)

     In connection  with the Agreement,  Bridge has also entered into three swap
transactions  pursuant to which it has  exchanged  its  floating  rate  interest
obligations for a fixed rate payment obligation. These swap agreements hedge the
third and fourth tranches of the credit agreement. The first swap has a notional
principal  amount of $136,625 at  September  30, 1999 and a fixed rate of 6.035%
per annum for the  period  ending  December  31,  2002.  The  second  swap has a
notional  principal amount of $100,000 at September 30, 1999 and a fixed rate of
5.8125% per annum ending June 29, 2001. The third swap has a notional  principal
amount of  $100,000  at  September  30, 1999 and a fixed rate of 5.94% per annum
ending June 29, 2002. The fixing of the interest rates for this period minimizes
in part Bridge's  exposure to the uncertainty of floating  interest rates during
this period.

     In connection with the private  placement of SAVVIS' stock (Note 4), Bridge
received proceeds and issued junior subordinated  variable rate notes. The notes
bear interest of 2% plus the otherwise  applicable  variable rate on any overdue
principal amount. The principal is due December 31, 2005.

6. STOCK OPTIONS

     BRIDGE  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  -- Bridge has a Stock  Option and  Restricted
Stock  Purchase  Plan,  which  provides  for stock  option  and other  awards to
selected employees and officers of Bridge. The Board of Directors determines the
option price (not to be less than 100% of fair market value for incentive  stock
options) at the date of grant.  During the nine-month period ended September 30,
1999,  2,236,500  options to purchase  common  stock were  granted  with ratable
vesting over five years and expiring ten years from the date of grant.


                                      F-70
<PAGE>


               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 UNAUDITED CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

6. STOCK OPTIONS - (CONTINUED)


     Bridge applies APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting for Stock Issue to Employees
("APB 25") and related  interpretations in accounting for its plan. Accordingly,
compensation  cost has been  recognized  for its stock  option  plan only to the
extent the fair market  value of Bridge's  common  stock  exceeded  the exercise
price of  nonqualified  stock option grants at the grant date. Had  compensation
cost for Bridge's stock option plan been  determined  based on the fair value at
the grant dates for awards under the plan consistent with the method of SFAS No.
123, Bridge's net loss would not have been significantly  different than the net
loss reported.

     SAVVIS COMMUNICATION  CORPORATION -- Upon Bridge's acquisition of SAVVIS on
April 7, 1999, all outstanding  SAVVIS stock options were exchanged for Bridge's
stock options and included as part of the purchase  consideration based upon the
fair value of Bridge's options issued.  Subsequently,  on July 22, 1999, SAVVIS'
Board of  Directors  adopted a new stock  option plan and  authorized  8 million
stock  options to be granted under the plan.  Between July and  September  1999,
SAVVIS  granted  options to  purchase  3,639,000  shares of its common  stock to
certain  employees of Bridge.  In that same period,  SAVVIS  granted  options to
purchase up to 2,300,008 shares of its common stock to certain of its employees.

     SAVVIS  has  elected  to follow  APB 25,  and  related  interpretations  in
accounting for its employee stock option plan. Had compensation cost for SAVVIS'
stock option plan been determined consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123
based on the fair value at the grant date,  SAVVIS' pro forma net loss would not
have been significantly different than the net loss reported.

7. OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     At the time of the DJM  acquisition  in  1998,  DJM was  party  to  certain
agreements  between DJM and Cantor  Fitzgerald  Securities Corp.  ("Cantor"),  a
primary supplier of market data to DJM, and Market Data Corporation  ("MDC"). As
of the date of the acquisition,  certain  provisions of these agreements were in
dispute between DJM and Cantor. In addition,  Cantor has taken the position that
as a  result  of  the  acquisition,  by  virtue  of  certain  provisions  in the
agreements with Cantor and MDC, Bridge has incurred certain obligations separate
from DJM's obligations under those agreements to make payments to MDC and Cantor
with  respect  to  terminals  other  than  those  to  which  DJM  was  providing
information prior to the acquisition.

     Bridge has been in  discussions  with Cantor  regarding  settlement of this
dispute.  Any such  settlement  would also require  approval of Dow Jones. It is
uncertain  at this time  whether the Company will be able to settle this matter.
If settlement is not feasible,  and litigation  were to ensue,  Bridge  believes
that it has meritorious defense to Cantor claims.

     Bridge  also enters  into  agreements  for the  licensing  of software  and
information  data bases to be used in  connection  with the  Bridge's  products.
Certain of these agreements  provide for royalty payments based on the Company's
revenues or the number of  workstations  installed,  as  defined.  Bridge has no
material commitments with respect to these licenses.

     Bridge is subject to various other legal proceedings and claims which arise
in the ordinary course of its business.

     Loss accruals for matters that have not been indemnified by the sellers and
relate  directly to acquisitions  have been  established as part of the purchase
price  (goodwill).  When  and  if  it  is  determined  that  such  accruals  are
unnecessary,  they will be reversed  and  credited  back to the  purchase  price
(goodwill).  The ultimate  resolution of these matters  cannot be predicted with
certainty.  However,  based on the information  currently available,  management
does not believe they will have a material adverse effect on Bridge's  financial
condition.


                                      F-71
<PAGE>

               BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 UNAUDITED CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

     PUBLIC  OFFERING:  The Board of  Directors  of the Company  has  authorized
management of SAVVIS to file a  registration  statement  with the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  for the initial  public  offering of SAVVIS' common stock.
SAVVIS  intends  to use a portion  of the  proceeds  to finance a portion of its
purchase  of  the  Company's  Internet  protocol  network  assets  and  to pay a
preferential dividend to the Company.

     STOCK OPTIONS: During the period from October through December 1999, SAVVIS
granted  2,543,258  stock options to employees of SAVVIS and the Company with an
exercise  price of $.50 per  share.  Noncash  compensation  cost  based upon the
difference  between the  exercise  price and the  imputed  fair value of SAVVIS'
stock as if the respective option grant dates totaling approximately $53 million
will be recorded over the vesting  periods of such options,  which periods range
from immediate up to four years.  Approximately  $2,000 of noncash  compensation
expense will be recorded in the fourth quarter of 1999.

     DEBT  RESTRUCTURING:  At  December  31,  1999,  Bridge did not comply  with
certain of the restrictive  covenants  contained in its Secured Credit Agreement
(the   "Agreement").   The  Agreement  was  amended  on  January  7,  2000  (the
"Amendment")  to 1) permit the sale of  Bridge's  network  assets to SAVVIS,  2)
allow for the  subsequent  public  offering of SAVVIS  shares,  and 3) waive and
modify certain covenants in the Agreement  related to EBITDA,  interest coverage
ratio,  leverage ratio and capital  expenditure  limitations.  The Amendment was
also  modified  to  require  Bridge  to  repay  approximately  $250,000  of  its
indebtedness  under the  Agreement on or before June 30, 2000.  However,  Bridge
must repay a separate  loan in the  amount of  $100,000  before it can repay the
full amounts required under the amended  Agreement.  In addition,  the Amendment
requires  the public  offering of SAVVIS  shares to be completed by February 29,
2000.  Failure to comply with this provision could result in acceleration of the
maturity of the outstanding balance due under the Agreement.  The Amendment also
requires  that all of the  proceeds  from the sale of assets  to SAVVIS  and the
preferential dividend, be applied to the indebtedness under the Agreement.


                                  * * * * * *


                                      F-72
<PAGE>


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Through  and  including  ,  2000  (the  25th  day  after  the  date of this
prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities,  whether or
not  participating  in this  offering,  may be required to deliver a prospectus.
This is in addition to the  dealers'  obligation  to deliver a  prospectus  when
acting  as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold   allotments  or
subscriptions.

                               17,000,000 SHARES


[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                       SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION



                                 COMMON STOCK



                               ----------------
                              P R O S P E C T U S
                               ----------------


                          Joint Book-Running Managers

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.                                  MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                               ----------------
                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
                               ----------------
                         BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

                               CIBC WORLD MARKETS



                                        , 2000


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>


                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The  following  table  sets  forth all fees and  expenses,  other  than the
underwriting discounts and commissions,  payable by the Registrant in connection
with the sale of the  common  stock  being  registered.  All  amounts  shown are
estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AMOUNT
                                                       -------------
<S>                                                    <C>
       SEC registration fee ........................    $  130,081
       NASD filing fee .............................        30,500
       Nasdaq National Market listing fee ..........        95,000
       Blue sky fees and expenses ..................        10,000
       Accounting fees and expenses ................       575,000
       Legal fees and expenses .....................       600,000
       Printing and engraving expenses .............       500,000
       Transfer agent fees and expenses ............         3,500
       Miscellaneous expenses ......................       305,919
                                                        ----------
          Total ....................................    $2,250,000
                                                        ==========

</TABLE>


ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS


     Under Section 145 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law, a corporation
may  indemnify  its  directors,  officers,  employees  and agents and its former
directors,   officers,  employees  and  agents  and  those  who  serve,  at  the
corporation's  request,  in such  capacities  with another  enterprise,  against
expenses  (including   attorneys'  fees),  as  well  as  judgments,   fines  and
settlements  in  nonderivative  lawsuits,  actually and  reasonably  incurred in
connection  with the defense of any action,  suit or proceeding in which they or
any of them were or are made  parties or are  threatened  to be made  parties by
reason of their serving or having served in such capacity.  The Delaware General
Corporation  Law  provides,  however,  that such  person must have acted in good
faith and in a manner such person  reasonably  believed to be in (or not opposed
to) the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of a criminal action,
such person must have had no reasonable  cause to believe his or her conduct was
unlawful.  In addition,  the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law does not permit
indemnification  in an  action  or suit by or in the  right of the  corporation,
where such person has been adjudged liable to the corporation,  unless, and only
to the extent that, a court determines that such person fairly and reasonably is
entitled to  indemnity  for costs the court deems  proper in light of  liability
adjudication. Indemnity is mandatory to the extent that a claim, issue or matter
has been successfully defended.

     The  Registrant's  Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation,  as
amended  (the  "Certificate")  contains  provisions  that  no  director  of  the
Registrant  shall be liable for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,  except
for (1) any breach of the  director's  duty of loyalty to the  Registrant or its
stockholders;  (2)  acts  or  omissions  not in  good  faith  or  which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of the law; (3) liability  under
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (4) any transaction from
which the director derived an improper  personal  benefit.  The  indemnification
provided under the Certificate includes the right to be paid expenses in advance
of any  proceeding  for  which  indemnification  may be had,  provided  that the
director or officer undertakes to repay such amount if it is determined that the
director or officer is not entitled to indemnification.


ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     Since the  Registrant's  formation on March 3, 1998, it has issued and sold
the securities described below in the following unregistered transactions:

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

       (1) On March 4, 1998, in connection  with its  formation,  the Registrant
           issued  63,488,349  shares of its common stock in exchange for all of
           the outstanding common stock of SAVVIS Communications  Corporation, a
           Missouri  corporation  ("SCC"), in connection with the reorganization
           of SCC and  SAVVIS  Communications  Enterprises,  L.L.C.,  a Missouri
           limited liability company (the "LLC").  These issuances were effected
           in reliance on the exemptions from  registration  provided by Section
           4(2) of the Securities Act.

       (2) Between March and July 1998, in a series of related transactions, the
           Registrant sold to First Union Capital Partners, Inc., BCI Growth IV,
           L.P. and R-H Capital  Partners,  L.P. a total of 18,226,228 shares of
           its Series C  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock for  $18,226,228;  to J.P.
           Morgan Investment Corporation and Sixty Wall Street SBIC Fund, L.P. a
           total of 8,000,000 shares of its Series C Redeemable  Preferred Stock
           for $8,000,000; and to the holders of convertible promissory notes of
           SCC  and  the  LLC a  total  of  3,773,772  shares  of its  Series  C
           Redeemable Preferred Stock in exchange for all the outstanding notes.
           The Registrant issued to these investors warrants to purchase up to a
           total of 408,362,922 shares of its common stock, at an exercise price
           below $.01 per share.  These  sales were  effected in reliance on the
           exemptions  from  registration   provided  by  Section  4(2)  of  the
           Securities Act.

       (3) On March 4, 1998, the Registrant  issued 502,410 shares of its Series
           A Convertible  Preferred Stock in exchange for all of the outstanding
           shares of SCC's Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  In addition,
           the Registrant issued warrants to purchase up to 15,000 shares of its
           Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock at an exercise price of $10.64
           per share in exchange  for  warrants  to purchase an equal  amount of
           shares of SCC's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and warrants to
           purchase up to  13,799,812  shares of its common stock at an exercise
           price of $.10 per share in exchange for warrants to purchase an equal
           amount of shares of SCC's common stock. These issuances were effected
           in reliance on the exemption  from  registration  provided by Section
           4(2) of the Securities Act.

       (4) On March 4,  1998,  the  Registrant  issued  5,649,241  shares of its
           Series B Convertible  Preferred Stock in exchange for an equal amount
           of Class B shares  of the  LLC.  These  issuances  were  effected  in
           reliance on the exemption from registration  provided by Section 4(2)
           of the Securities Act.

       (5) On March 4, 1998,  the  Registrant  issued  28,789,781  shares of its
           common  stock  in  exchange  for  the   outstanding   securities   of
           Interconnected  Associates,  Inc. These  issuances  weres effected in
           reliance on the exemption from registration  provided by Section 4(2)
           of the Securities Act.

       (6) Between May 1998 and March 1999,  the  Registrant  issued  options to
           purchase a total of 61,681,951  shares of its common stock to a total
           of 177  employees,  at exercise  prices ranging from $.01 to $.03 per
           share.  These options were granted under the Registrant's  1998 Stock
           Option  Plan.  These  issuances  were  effected  in  reliance  on the
           exemption from  registration  provided by Rule 701 promulgated  under
           Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.


       (7) Between July and December  1999, the  Registrant  granted  options to
           purchase  3,639,000  shares of the  Registrant's  common stock to 121
           employees  of  Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.  ("Bridge")  at an
           exercise price of $.50 per share. In that same period, the Registrant
           granted  options to  purchase  up to  2,300,008  shares of its common
           stock to 92 of its employees at an exercise  price of $.50 per share.
           All of these options were granted pursuant to the  Registrant's  1999
           Stock Option Plan. In October  1999,  the  Registrant  granted to its
           employees the right to convert options to purchase  236,882 shares of
           common  stock of Bridge into  options to purchase  236,882  shares of
           common stock of the



                                      II-2
<PAGE>

          Registrant  at an exercise  price of $.50 per share.  These  issuances
          were effected in reliance on the exemption from registration  provided
          by Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.


       (8) During 1998 and 1999,  Registrant  issued 92,565 shares of its common
           stock  pursuant to the exercise of stock options by its employees for
           an aggregate purchase price of $36,100. These issuances were effected
           in reliance on the exemption from  registration  provided by Rule 701
           promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.


          Each of the foregoing  transactions was effected without the use of an
          underwriter.


ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   NUMBER     EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
  1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1**       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.2         Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
              Registrant

  3.3**       Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

  4.1         Form of Common Stock Certificate

  5.1*        Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. as to the validity of the shares
              being  offered  10.1  1999  Stock  Option  Plan

 10.2**       Form of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  under the 1999 Stock
              Option Plan

 10.3**       Form of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  under the 1999 Stock
              Option Plan 10.4* * Form of  Non-Qualified  Stock Option Agreement
              under the 1999  Stock  Option  Plan 10.5* * Amended  and  Restated
              Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated February 19, 1999,  among the
              Registrant,   SAVVIS  Acquisition  Corp.  and  Bridge  Information
              Systems, Inc.

 10.6**       Employment   Agreement,   dated  December  4,  1998,  between  the
              Registrant and Clyde A. Heintzelman

 10.7**       Letter Agreement,  dated November 12, 1999, between the Registrant
              and Clyde A. Heintzelman

 10.8**       Employment  Agreement,   dated  December  20,  1999,  between  the
              Registrant and Jack M. Finlayson

 10.9**       Letter Agreement,  dated June 14, 1999, between the Registrant and
              David J. Frear

 10.10**      Letter Agreement, dated September 30, 1999, between the Registrant
              and James D. Mori

 10.11        Form of Master  Establishment and Transition Agreement between the
              Registrant  and Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.,  including as
              Exhibit B a Form of Administrative  Services Agreement, as Exhibit
              E a Form of  Local  Contract  of  Assignment  and  Assumption,  as
              Exhibit F a Form of Local Asset Transfer Agreement, as Exhibit H a
              Form  of  Equipment  Colocation  Permit,  as  Exhibit  I a Form of
              Promissory  Note,  as  Exhibit  J a Form  of Call  Asset  Transfer
              Agreement and as Exhibit K the Sublease Agreement.
</TABLE>


                                      II-3
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  NUMBER      EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
 10.12 +**    Form of Network Services  Agreement between SAVVIS  Communications
              Corporation and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

 10.13 +**    Form of Technical Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications
              Corporation and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

 10.14**      Managed Network Agreement,  dated January 31, 1995, between Sprint
              Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company

10.15**       Amendment One to the Managed Network  Agreement,  dated August 23,
              1995, between Sprint  Communications  Company L.P. and Bridge Data
              Company

10.16**       Amendment Two to the Managed Network  Agreement,  dated August 16,
              1995, between Sprint  Communications  Company L.P. and Bridge Data
              Company

10.17 +**     Amendment Three to the Managed Network  Agreement,  dated March 1,
              1996, between Sprint  Communications  Company L.P. and Bridge Data
              Company

10.18 +**     Amendment Four to the Managed  Network  Agreement,  dated July 29,
              1996, between Sprint  Communications  Company L.P. and Bridge Data
              Company

10.19 +**     Amendment Five to the Managed Network Agreement, dated December 5,
              1996, between Sprint  Communications  Company L.P. and Bridge Data
              Company

10.20+**      Amendment  Six to the  Managed  Network  Agreement,  dated May 23,
              1997, between Sprint  Communications  Company L.P. and Bridge Data
              Company

10.21+**      Amendment Seven to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 28,
              1998, between Sprint  Communications  Company L.P. and Bridge Data
              Company

10.22+**      Service  Agreement,  dated August 15, 1996, between the Registrant
              and IXC Carrier, Inc.

10.23+**      Amendment No. 1 to the Service Agreement,  dated October 22, 1996,
              between the Registrant and IXC Carrier, Inc.

10.24+**      Master Internet  Services  Agreement,  effective June 4, 1999,
              between the Registrant and UUNET Technologies, Inc.

10.25+**      InternetMCI Dedicated Access Agreement,  dated April 16, 1998,
              between the Registrant and networkMCI, Inc.

16.1          Letter Re Change in Certifying Accountant

21.1* *       Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1          Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2          Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

23.3*         Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1**        Power  of  attorney  (included  in  the  signature  page  to  this
              registration statement) 27.1 Financial Data Schedule

</TABLE>


- ------------------

 * To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
 + Request for Confidential Treatment


                                      II-4
<PAGE>

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing  specified in the  Underwriting  Agreement,  certificates in such
denominations   and  registered  in  such  names  as  may  be  required  by  the
underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore,  unenforceable.  If a claim for indemnification  against such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  registrant  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
registration  statement  in reliance  upon Rule 430A and  contained in a form of
prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be part of this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new registration  statement  relating to the securities offered therein,
and the  offering  of such  securities  at that  time  shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.


                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES


     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has  duly  caused  this  Amendment  No.  6  to this Registration Statement to be
signed  on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of St. Louis, State of Missouri, on January 31, 2000.



                                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION





                                        By: /s/ Robert McCormick
                                           ------------------------------------

                                           Robert McCormick
                                           Chief Executive Officer and
                                           Chairman of the Board




     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 6 to this Registration  Statement has been signed by the following  persons,
in the capacities indicated below, on the dates indicated.



                                      II-6
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                           TITLE                        DATE
- -----------------------------   ---------------------------------   -----------------
<S>                             <C>                                 <C>
      /s/ ROBERT MCCORMICK      Chief Executive Officer and         January 31, 2000
- ---------------------------
                                Chairman of the Board
         Robert McCormick
                                (principal executive officer)
               *                Executive Vice President, Chief     January 31, 2000
- ---------------------------
                                Financial Officer and Director
        David J. Frear
                                (principal financial officer and
                                principal accounting officer)
               *                Director                            January 31, 2000
- ---------------------------
      Clyde A. Heintzelman
               *                Director                            January 31, 2000
- ---------------------------
         Thomas McInerney
               *                Director                            January 31, 2000
- ---------------------------
         Patrick Welsh
               *                Director                            January 31, 2000
- ---------------------------
         Thomas M. Wendel

</TABLE>


*By: /s/ Robert McCormick
     -----------------------
     Robert McCormick
     Attorney-in-Fact
     and Agent

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     NUMBER       EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- ---------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>               <C>
  1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1**       Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of   Incorporation   of  the
              Registrant

  3.2         Certificate  of Amendment to Amended and Restated  Certificate  of
              Incorporation of the Registrant

  3.3**       Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

  4.1         Form of Common Stock Certificate

  5.1*        Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. as to the validity of the shares
              being offered

 10.1         1999 Stock Option Plan

 10.2**       Form of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  under the 1999 Stock
              Option Plan

10.3**        Form of  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  under the 1999 Stock
              Option Plan

10.4**        Form of Non-Qualified  Stock Option Agreement under the 1999 Stock
              Option Plan

10.5**        Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated February
              19, 1999,  among the  Registrant,  SAVVIS  Acquisition  Corp.  and
              Bridge Information Systems, Inc.


10.6**        Employment   Agreement,   dated  December  4,  1998,  between  the
              Registrant and Clyde A. Heintzelman

 10.7**       Letter Agreement,  dated November 12, 1999, between the Registrant
              and Clyde A. Heintzelman

 10.8**       Employment  Agreement,   dated  December  20,  1999,  between  the
              Registrant and Jack M.Finlayson

   10.9* *    Letter Agreement,  dated June 14, 1999, between the Registrant and
              David J. Frear

  10.10**     Letter Agreement, dated September 30, 1999, between the Registrant
              and James D. Mori

  10.11       Form of Master  Establishment and Transition Agreement between the
              Registrant  and Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc.,  including as
              Exhibit B a Form of Administrative  Services Agreement, as Exhibit
              E a Form of  Local  Contract  of  Assignment  and  Assumption,  as
              Exhibit F a Form of Local Asset Transfer Agreement, as Exhibit H a
              Form  of  Equipment  Colocation  Permit,  as  Exhibit  I a Form of
              Promissory  Note,  as  Exhibit  J a Form  of Call  Asset  Transfer
              Agreement and as Exhibit K the Sublease Agreement.

 10.12 +**    Form of Network Services  Agreement between SAVVIS  Communications
              Corporation and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

 10.13+**     Form of Technical Services Agreement between SAVVIS Communications
              Corporation and Bridge Information Systems, Inc.

  10.14**     Managed Network Agreement,  dated January 31, 1995, between Sprint
              Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company

  10.15**     Amendment One to the Managed Network  Agreement,  dated August 23,
              1995, between Sprint  Communications  Company L.P. and Bridge Data
              Company
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     NUMBER       EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- ---------------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>               <C>
  10.16**         Amendment Two to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 16, 1995, between
                  Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company
 10.17 +**        Amendment Three to the Managed Network Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between
                  Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company
 10.18 +**        Amendment Four to the Managed Network Agreement, dated July 29, 1996, between Sprint
                  Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company
 10.19 +**        Amendment Five to the Managed Network Agreement, dated December 5, 1996, between
                  Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company
 10.20 +**        Amendment Six to the Managed Network Agreement, dated May 23, 1997, between Sprint
                  Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company
 10.21 +**        Amendment Seven to the Managed Network Agreement, dated August 28, 1998, between
                  Sprint Communications Company L.P. and Bridge Data Company
 10.22 +**        Service Agreement, dated August 15, 1996, between the Registrant and IXC Carrier, Inc.
 10.23 +**        Amendment No. 1 to the Service Agreement, dated October 22, 1996, between the Registrant
                  and IXC Carrier, Inc.
 10.24            +** Master  Internet  Services  Agreement,  effective  June 4,
                  1999, between the Registrant and UUNET Technologies, Inc.
 10.25            +** InternetMCI  Dedicated Access  Agreement,  dated April 16,
                  1998, between the Registrant and networkMCI, Inc.
  16.1            Letter Re Change in Certifying Accountant
   21.1* *        Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1            Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23.2            Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
   23.3*          Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
   24.1*  *  Power  of  attorney   (included  in  the  signature  page  to  this
  registration statement) 27.1 Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>


- ------------------

 * To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
 + Request for Confidential Treatment



                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                             CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                                    * * * * *

SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  a corporation organized and existing under
and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said  corporation,  at a meeting duly
held  on  January  28  ,  2000  adopted a  resolution  proposing  and  declaring
advisable the  following  amendment to the Amended and Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation of SAVVIS Communications Corporation:

     RESOLVED,  that the Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of
     SAVVIS Communications Corporation be amended by deleting Article 4.1 in its
     entirety and substituting  therefor the following so that, as amended, said
     Article shall be and read as follows:

     "The total  number of shares of all  classes of stock that the  Corporation
shall have the authority to issue is 300,000,000,  of which  250,000,000 of such
shares shall be common stock,  all of one class,  having a par value of $.01 per
share ("Common Stock"),  and 50,000,000 of such shares shall be preferred stock,
having a par value of $.01 per share ("Preferred Stock")."

     SECOND:  That  in  lieu  of  a  meeting  and  vote  of  stockholders,   the
stockholders have given written consent to said amendment in accordance with the
provisions  of  Section  228 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State  of
Delaware and written  notice of the adoption of the  amendment has been given as
provided in Section 228 of the General  Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
to every stockholder entitled to such notice.

     THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
applicable  provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   SAVVIS   COMMUNICATIONS   CORPORATION  has  caused  this
Certificate  to be signed by Steven M.  Gallant,  its Vice  President  - General
Counsel,  who hereby  acknowledges  under  penalties  of perjury  that the facts
herein stated are true and that this Certificate  is his act and deed, this 28th
day of January 2000.


                                            SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS  CORPORATION



                                            By:/s/ Steven M. Gallant
                                               -------------------------
                                               Steven M. Gallant
                                               Vice President - General Counsel


                                      1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1

                                    [SAVVIS]
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE


     COMMON STOCK                                            COMMON STOCK
         NUMBER                                                 SHARES

- ----------------------------                        ----------------------------
     SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR                                  CUSIP 805423 10 0
     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


THIS CERTIFIES that




is the owner of

     FULLY PAID AND  NON-ASSESSABLE  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK,  PAR VALUE $.01 PER
SHARE OF

          ============= SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION =============

transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person
or by duly  authorized  Attorney  upon  surrender of this  Certificate  properly
endorsed.

     In Witness Whereof,  the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed by its duly  authorized  officers  and to be sealed  with the Seal of the
Corporation.

Dated

- -------------------------                 ----------------------------------
       SECRETARY                          CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                               AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                                 CORPORATE SEAL
                                      2000
                                    DELAWARE

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
     ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
                           (New York, New York)                   TRANSFER AGENT
                                                                  AND REGISTRAR,

                                                            Authorized Signature


<PAGE>


     The following  abbreviations,  when used in the  inscription on the face of
this  certificate,  shall be  construed  as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations.  Additional  abbreviations may also
be used though not in the list.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>              <C>                                 <C>
     TEN COM-     as tenants in common               UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-____________Custodian_____________
     TEN ENT-     as tenants by the entireties                         (Cust)                  (Minor)
     JT TEN-      as joint tenants with right                          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                  of survivorship and not as                           Act ____________________________
                  tenants in common                                                (State)
                                                     UNIF TRF MIN ACT-____________Custodian(until age____)
                                                                        (Cust)
                                                      __________ under Uniform Transfers
                                                    ,                    (Minor)
                                                      to Minors Act ______________________
                                                                         (State)
</TABLE>

     For value  received,  the undersigned  hereby sells,  assigns and transfers
unto ____________________

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

================================================================================

________________________________________________________________________________
Shares represented by the within Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and  appoints  ___________________  Attorney to transfer  the said shares on the
books of the  within-named  Corporation  with full power of  substitution in the
premises.

Dated, ________________________       X ________________________________________

                                      X ________________________________________
                                        NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT
                                        MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN
                                        UPON  THE  FACE  OF THE  CERTIFICATE  IN
                                        EVERY PARTICULAR  WITHOUT  ALTERATION OR
                                        ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

- -----------------------------------------------
THE  SIGNATURES(S)  SHOULD BE  GUARANTEED BY AN
ELIGIBLE    GUARANTOR    INSTITUTION    (BANKS,
STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND
CREDIT  UNIONS WITH  MEMBERSHIP  IN AN APPROVED
SIGNATURE    GUARANTEE    MEDALLION   PROGRAM),
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


KEEP THIS  CERTIFICATE  IN A SAFE PLACE,  IF IT IS LOST,  STOLEN,  MUTILATED  OR
DESTROYED,  THE  CORPORATION  WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO
THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               CFC NORTHERN BANK NOTE COMPANY, L.L.C.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                                 <C>
              Phone approval                Proof Prepared On Above Date        P.O. Box 608
              necessitates                  Proof Approved:                     LaGrange, Illinois 60525
              returning a signed                                                708/482-3900
              copy of the final approved    By__________________________        Fax 708/482-3332
              proof for our records.        Date________________________
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

SECTION 1.  PURPOSE.

        The  purpose  of the Plan is to  attract,  retain,  motivate  and reward
employees  of, and other  individuals  providing  services  to, the  Company and
Related Companies with stock-related compensation arrangements.

SECTION 2.  MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES.

       (a) The maximum number of shares of Stock which may be issued pursuant to
Options under the Plan,  and the maximum  number of shares for which ISOs may be
granted  under the Plan,  shall be 12,000,000  shares,  subject to adjustment as
provided in Section 8. For this purpose:

             (i) The  number of shares  underlying  an Option  shall be  counted
      against the Plan maximum ("used") at the time of grant.

            (ii)  If  the  number  of  shares   underlying   an  Option  is  not
      determinable  at the time of grant,  the Committee  shall determine at the
      time of grant a number of shares which is deemed to underlie  such Option;
      that  number  may  be  adjusted   after  grant  as  the  Committee   deems
      appropriate.

           (iii) Shares which underlie  Options that (in whole or part)  expire,
      terminate, are  forfeited, or otherwise  become  non-payable, or which are
      recaptured by the Company in  connection with a forfeiture  event,  may be
      re-used in new grants  to  the  extent  of  such  expiration, termination,
      forfeiture, non-payability, or recapture.

           (iv)  Shares  of  Stock   delivered  under  the  Plan in  settlement,
      assumption  or substitution of outstanding awards (or obligations to grant
      future awards) under the plans or  arrangements  of another  entity  shall
      not reduce the maximum  number of shares of Stock  available  for delivery
      under  the  Plan,  to  the  extent  that  such  settlement,  assumption or
      substitution occurs as a result of the Company  acquiring  another  entity
      (or an interest in another entity).

      (b)  In  its  discretion,  the  Company   may  issue  treasury  shares  or
authorized but previously unissued shares.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

        Grants may be made under the Plan to: (i) any employee of the Company or
of any  Related  Company,  including  any such  employee  who is an  officer  or
director of the Company or a Related  Company,  as the Board shall determine and
designate  from time to time (ii) any  non-employee  members of the Board or the
board of directors of any Related Company,  and (iii) any other individual whose
participation  in the  Plan is  determined  to be in the best  interests  of the
Company by the Board.


<PAGE>

SECTION 4.  GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS.

       (a) Subject to the  limitations  in the Plan, the Committee may cause the
Company to grant Options to such Eligible  Participants,  at such times, of such
types, in such amounts,  for such periods,  becoming  exercisable at such times,
with such features,  with such option  prices,  and subject to such other terms,
conditions,  and  restrictions as the Committee deems  appropriate.  Each Option
shall be evidenced  by a written  Option  Agreement  between the Company and the
Optionee.  In granting an Option, the Committee may take into account any factor
it deems appropriate and consistent with the purpose of the Plan.

       (b) All or any portion of any payment to an Optionee,  whether in cash or
shares of Stock,  may be  deferred  to a later  date if and as  provided  in the
Option  Agreement.  Deferrals  may be for such  periods  and upon such terms and
conditions (including the provision of interest,  dividend equivalents, or other
return on such  amounts) as the  Committee  may  determine.  The  Committee  may
structure Option  Agreements so that the imposition of income and other taxes on
Optionees is deferred in whole or part.

       (c) Option Agreements may contain any provision approved by the Committee
relating to the period for exercise or vesting after  termination of employment.
Except to the extent  otherwise  expressly  provided  in the  Option  Agreement,
termination  of  employment  includes  separation  from the Company or a Related
Company for any reason,  including death, Disability,  retirement,  resignation,
dismissal,  disposition  of an  operation  (whether  by stock  or asset  sale or
otherwise) or any other event.

       (d) Option Agreements may, in the discretion of the Committee,  contain a
provision  permitting  an Optionee to  designate  the person who may exercise or
receive an Option upon the  Optionee's  death,  either by will or by appropriate
notice to the Company.

       (e) An  Optionee  shall  have none of the  rights of a  shareholder  with
respect to shares of Stock  covered by his or her Option until shares are issued
in his or her name.

       (f) The Committee may provide in Option  Agreements that Options,  except
for ISO's are  transferable.  Transferability  may be subject to such conditions
and  limitations  as the  Committee  deems  appropriate.  Except  to the  extent
otherwise  expressly  set forth in the Option  Agreement,  Options  shall not be
transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and (if
exercise is required) shall be exercisable  during the Optionee's  lifetime only
by the Optionee or his or her guardian or legal representative.

SECTION 5.  OPTIONS.

       (a) Except as provided  in Section  8(b),  the option  price per share of
ISOs  shall not be less than Fair  Market  Value per share of Stock on the ISO's
grant date,  nor less than the par value of a share of Stock.  The Option  price
per share of NQSO's shall not be less than the par value of a share of stock.

       (b) The grant of Options and their related Option  Agreement must clearly
identify the Options as either ISOs or as NQSOs.

                                       2
<PAGE>


SECTION 6.  STOCK ISSUANCE, PAYMENT, AND WITHHOLDING.

       (a) An Optionee may pay the purchase price in cash, Stock but only if the
Stock is publicly traded, or other property, to the extent permitted or required
by the Option  Agreement or the Committee  from time to time.  The Stock will be
treated as publicly traded if the Stock is listed on an established  national or
regional stock exchange or is admitted to quotation on the National  Association
of Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation System, or is publicly traded in an
established  securities  market. The Committee may permit deemed or constructive
transfers  of  shares  in lieu of  actual  transfer  and  physical  delivery  of
certificates.  Except to the extent  prohibited by applicable law, the Committee
or its  delegate  may  take  any  necessary  or  appropriate  steps  in order to
facilitate the payment of any such option price. Without limiting the foregoing,
the Committee  may allow the Optionee to defer payment of such option price,  or
may cause the  Company to loan the option  price to the  Optionee or to guaranty
that any shares to be issued will be delivered to a broker or lender in order to
allow the Optionee to borrow the option price.  The  Committee  may provide,  by
inclusion of appropriate  language in an Option Agreement,  that payment in full
of the option price need not accompany the written  notice of exercise  provided
that the notice of exercise directs that the certificate or certificates for the
shares of Stock for which the Option is  exercised  be  delivered  to a licensed
broker acceptable to the Company as the agent for the individual  exercising the
Option and, at the time such  certificate or  certificates  are  delivered,  the
broker  tenders  to the  Company  cash (or cash  equivalents  acceptable  to the
Company) equal to the option price for the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to
the  exercise  of the Option  plus the amount (if any) of  Required  Withholding
Taxes.  The  Committee  may require  satisfaction  of any rules or conditions in
connection  with  paying  the  purchase  price at any  particular  time,  in any
particular form, or with the Company's assistance.

       (b) If shares used to pay any such option  price are subject to any prior
restrictions  imposed in connection with any plan of the Company  (including the
Plan), an equal number of the shares of Stock purchased shall be made subject to
such prior restrictions in addition to any further  restrictions imposed on such
purchased shares by the terms of the Option Agreement or Plan.

       (c) When the  obligation  arises to collect and pay Required  Withholding
Taxes,  the Optionee shall promptly  reimburse the Company or a Related  Company
for the amount of such  Required  Withholding  Taxes in cash,  unless the Option
Agreement or the Committee  permits or requires  payment in another form. In the
discretion of the Committee or its delegate and at the Optionee's  request,  the
Committee or its  delegate may cause the Company or a Related  Company to pay to
the  appropriate  taxing  authority  Withholding  Taxes in  excess  of  Required
Withholding  Taxes on behalf of an Optionee,  which shall be  reimbursed  by the
Optionee.  In the Option  Agreement or  otherwise,  the  Committee  may allow an
Optionee  to  reimburse  the  Company  or  a  Related  Company  for  payment  of
Withholding  Taxes with shares of Stock or other  property.  The  Committee  may
require the  satisfaction  of any rules or  conditions  in  connection  with any
non-cash payment of Withholding Taxes.

       (d) If provided in the Option Agreement relating to an ISO, the Committee
may prohibit the transfer by an Optionee of shares of Stock issued to him or her
upon  exercise  of an ISO into  the name of a  nominee,  and the  Committee  may
require the  placement of a legend on  certificates  for such shares  reflecting
such prohibition.
                                       3
<PAGE>

SECTION 7.  FORFEITURES.

       (a) The  Committee  may include in any Option  Agreement  any  provisions
relating to forfeitures of Options that it deems  appropriate.  Such  forfeiture
provisions may include, among others, prohibitions on competing with the Company
or any Related Company and other detrimental conduct.  Forfeiture provisions for
one Option may differ  from those for  another  Option.  As used in the Plan,  a
"forfeiture"  of an Option includes the recapture of economic  benefits  derived
from an Option,  as well as the  forfeiture of an Option  itself;  however,  the
Committee  may define the term more  narrowly in specific  Option  Agreements or
contexts.

       (b)  Option  Agreements  may  provide  for any  forfeiture  provision  to
terminate or be waived upon an acceleration  date pursuant to Section 8 or 9. In
its  discretion,  the  Committee  may  provide in any Option  Agreement  for the
termination  of any  forfeiture  provision  upon the  happening of any specified
event, and may terminate or waive any forfeiture provision by action taken after
grant.

SECTION 8.  ADJUSTMENTS AND ACQUISITIONS.

       (a) In the event of (i) any change in the outstanding  shares of Stock by
reason of any stock split (excluding the July 22, 1999 stock split), combination
of shares,  stock  dividend,  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  or other
corporate  change having a similar  effect,  (ii) any  separation of the Company
including a spin-off or other  distribution of stock or property by the Company,
or  (iii)  any  distribution  to  shareholders  generally  other  than a  normal
dividend, the Committee shall make such equitable adjustments to the Plan and to
outstanding  Options  as it shall  deem  appropriate  in order  to  prevent  the
dilution or enlargement  of (A) the Options which may be granted,  the shares of
Stock which may be issued, or the shares for which ISOs may be granted under the
Plan, or (B) the economic value of outstanding Options, provided,  however, that
the Committee shall not make any adjustment  which would constitute or result in
an increase in the aggregate number of Shares available under the Plan requiring
shareholder  approval under Section 422 of the Code. Any such  determination  by
the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all concerned.

        (b) In the event the Company  enters  into a  transaction  described  in
Section 424(a) of the Code with any other  corporation,  the Committee may grant
Options to employees or former  employees of such corporation in substitution of
stock awards,  stock appreciation  rights or limited stock  appreciation  rights
(respectively)  previously  granted to them by such  corporation upon such terms
and  conditions  as shall be necessary  to qualify such grant as a  substitution
described in Section 424(a) of the Code.

        (c)  Upon the  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the  Company,  or upon a
merger,  consolidation or  reorganization  of the Company with one or more other
entities in which the  Company is not the  surviving  entity,  or upon a sale of
substantially  all of the assets of the Company to another person or entity,  or
upon any transaction (including,  without limitation, a merger or reorganization
in which the Company is the surviving entity) approved by the Board that results
in any person or entity  (other  than  persons  who are  holders of stock of the
Company at the time the Plan is approved by the  stockholders  and other than an
affiliate) owning 80 percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes
of stock of the Company,  the Plan and all Options  outstanding  hereunder shall
terminate,  except  to the  extent  provision  is made in  connection  with such


                                       4
<PAGE>

transaction  for the  continuation  of the Plan  and/or  the  assumption  of the
Options  theretofore  granted,  or for the  substitution for such Options of new
options  covering  the stock of a successor  entity,  or a parent or  subsidiary
thereof,  with appropriate  adjustments as to the number and kinds of shares and
exercise prices, in which event the Plan and Options  theretofore  granted shall
continue in the manner and under the terms so provided. In the event of any such
termination  of the Plan,  each  Optionee  shall have the right  (subject to the
general  limitations  on  exercise  set forth  herein  and  except as  otherwise
specifically  provided  in  the  Option  Agreement  relating  to  such  Option),
immediately  prior to the occurrence of such  termination and during such period
occurring  prior to such  termination  as the  Committee in its sole  discretion
shall  designate,  to exercise  such Option in whole or in part,  whether or not
such Option was otherwise  exercisable at the time such termination  occurs, but
subject  to any  additional  provisions  that  the  Committee  may,  in its sole
discretion,  include in any Option  Agreement.  The Committee shall send written
notice of an event that will result in such a  termination  to all Optionees not
later  than  the  time  at  which  the  Company  gives  notice  thereof  to  its
stockholders.  Nothwithstanding the foregoing (but only if expressly provided in
any option agreement),  in the event of a transaction  described in this Section
8(c), the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, cancel any outstanding
Options  (provided,  however,  that the  limitations  of Section 424 of the Code
shall apply with respect to  adjustments  made to ISO's) and pay or deliver,  or
cause to be paid or  delivered,  to the  holder  thereof  an  amount  in cash or
securities  having a value (as  determined  by the Board of Directors  acting in
good  faith)  equal to the  product of (A) the number of shares of Common  Stock
(the "Option Shares") that, as of the date of consummation of such  transaction,
the  holder  of such  Option  had  become  entitled  to  purchase  (and  had not
purchased)  multiplied  by (B) the  amount,  if any, by which (1) the formula or
fixed price per share paid to holders of shares of Common Stock pursuant to such
transaction  exceeds (2) the options  price  applicable  to such Option  Shares.

SECTION 9. ACCELERATION.

      (a) The  Committee  may  accelerate  the date on which any Option or stock
issued pursuant to an Option shall vest and may remove any  restrictions on such
Option  at any  time  after  grant  and  for  any  reason  the  Committee  deems
appropriate.

      (b) All Options,  and all shares of  Stock  issued  pursuant to an Option,
shall  automatically  vest upon a termination of employment caused by the death,
Disability,  or  retirement  of the  Optionee.  The  Committee may determine the
circumstances  under which an Optionee  is deemed to have  retired.

SECTION 10. ADMINISTRATION.

      (a) Prior to the time that the securities of the Company  become  publicly
traded,  the Plan shall be administered by the Board (unless and until the Board
appoints the Committee and the members thereof to administer the Plan), in which
case the term "Committee" when used herein with respect to the administration of
the Plan shall be deemed to mean the Board.  After the securities of the Company
become publicly  traded,  the Plan shall be  administered by the Committee.  The
Committee  shall have the full power and  authority  to take all  actions and to
make all  determinations  required or provided  for under the Plan or any Option
granted or Option  Agreement  entered into  hereunder and all such other actions
and  determinations  not inconsistent  with the specific terms and provisions of
the  Plan  deemed  by  the  Committee  to be  necessary  or  appropriate  to the



                                       5
<PAGE>

administration  of the Plan or any Option  granted or Option  Agreement  entered
into  hereunder.  The  interpretation  and  construction by the Committee of any
provision of the Plan or of any Option granted or Option Agreement  entered into
hereunder shall be final and conclusive.

      (b) In the event that the Plan, any Option or any Option Agreement entered
into  hereunder  provides for any action to be taken by or  determination  to be
made by the  Committee,  such action may be taken or such  determination  may be
made by the Board. As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authority
under the Plan to a member of the Board of Directors or an executive  officer of
the Company.

      (c) No member of the  Committee  or of the Board  shall be liable  for any
action or  determination  made in good  faith  with  respect  to the Plan or any
Option or Option Agreement.

SECTION 11. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.

       (a) The Board may amend or  terminate  the Plan at any time,  except that
without the  approval of the  Company's  shareholders,  no  amendment  shall (i)
increase the maximum number of shares issuable,  or the maximum number of shares
for which ISOs may be granted,  under the Plan, (ii) change the class of persons
eligible to be Optionees, or (iii) change the provisions of this Section 11(a).

       (b) No Options may be granted under the Plan after July 22, 2009.

       (c) The  approval  of the  Plan by  shareholders  shall  be  obtained  in
accordance with the requirements of the Company's charter or by-laws, the Board,
the Company's principal stock exchange, and applicable law.

SECTION 12. ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS.

        The  Committee  may grant an  Optionee  the right to receive  additional
compensation in cash or other property (in addition to any cash or stock payable
under the terms of the Option  itself)  upon the  exercise of Options,  provided
that in the  case of ISOs  such  compensation  is  includible  in  income  under
Sections 61 and 83 of the Code at the time of such exercise or vesting.

SECTION 13. DEFINITIONS.

       (a) "Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time
to time.

       (b) "Option Agreement" means the written agreement referred to in Section
4(a) between the Company and the Optionee evidencing an Option.

       (c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

       (d)  Options  "cease  to  qualify  as ISOs"  when  they  fail or cease to
qualify for the exclusion from income  provided in Section 421 (or any successor
provision) of the Code.

       (e) "Code" means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code as in effect from time to
       time.

       (f) "Committee" means the Committee described in Section 10 hereof.

       (g) "Company" means Savvis Communications Corporation and its successors.


                                       6
<PAGE>



       (h)  "Disability" means the condition of being "disabled" within the
meaning of  Section 422(c)(6)  of the Code or any successor provision.

       (i) "Eligible  Participant"  means a person who is eligible to receive an
       Option under  Section 3 of the Plan.

       (j) "Fair Market Value" means the value of a share  of Stock,  determined
as follows: if on the grant date or otherdetermination  date the Stock is listed
on an established national or regional stock exchange,  is admitted to quotation
on  the  NASDAQ  National  Market,  or is  publicly  traded  on  an  established
securities  market,  the Fair  Market  Value  of a share  of Stock  shall be the
closing  price of the Stock on such exchange or in such market (the highest such
closing  price if there is more than one such  exchange  or market) on the grant
date or such other  determination  date (or if there is no such reported closing
price,  the Fair  Market  Value  shall be the mean  between  the highest bid and
lowest asked prices or between the high and low sale prices on such trading day)
or, if no sale of Stock is reported for such trading day, on the next  preceding
day on which any sale  shall have been  reported.  If the Stock is not listed on
such an exchange,  quoted on such system or traded on such a market, Fair Market
Value shall be the value of the Stock as  determined  by the  Committee  in good
faith.

       (k)  "Forfeiture" has the meaning given in Section 7(a).

       (l) "ISO" or  "Incentive  Stock  Option"  means an option to purchase one
share of Stock for a specified option price which is designated by the Committee
as an  "Incentive  Stock  Option" and which  qualifies  as an  "incentive  stock
option" under Section 422 (or any successor provision) of the Code.

       (m) "NQSO" or  "Non-Qualified  Stock  Option" means an option to purchase
one share of Stock for a  specified  option  price  which is  designated  by the
Committee  as a  "Non-Qualified  Stock  Option," or which is  designated  by the
Committee as an ISO but which ceases to qualify as an ISO.

       (n) "Option" means an ISO or an NQSO.

       (o) "Optionee" means a person to whom Options are granted pursuant to the
Plan.

       (p) "Plan" means The SAVVIS Communications  Corporation 1999 Stock Option
      Plan, as amended from time to time.

       (q)  "Related  Company"  means  any parent or  subsidiary  of the Company
within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code, any business venture in which the
Company has a  significant  interest,  as  determined  in the  discretion of the
Committee and any subsidiary of any parent of the Company.

       (r) "Stock"  means shares of the common stock  of the Company,  par value
$.01 per share, or such other class or kind of shares or other securities as may
be applicable under Section 6.

       (s) "Vest" means that Options become  exercisable in accordance with the
Plan and the terms of the governing Option Agreements.


       (t)  "Withholding  Taxes" means, in  connection  with an Option,  (i) the
total amount of Federal and state income taxes, social security taxes, and other
taxes  which the  Employer of the  Optionee  is required to withhold  ("Required
Withholding  Taxes") plus (ii) any other such taxes which the  Employer,  in its
sole discretion, withholds at the request of the Optionee.


                                       7
<PAGE>


SECTION 14. MISCELLANEOUS.

       (a) Each  provision  of the Plan and Option  Agreement  relating  to ISOs
shall be  construed  so that all ISOs  shall be  "incentive  stock  options"  as
defined in Section 422 of the Code or any statutory  provision  that may replace
Section 422, and any  provisions  thereof which cannot be so construed  shall be
disregarded.  Except as provided in Section 7, no discretion  granted or allowed
to the Committee  under the Plan shall apply to ISOs after their grant except to
the extent the related Option  Agreement shall so provide.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,   nothing  shall  prohibit  an  amendment  to  or  action   regarding
outstanding  ISOs which would cause them to cease to qualify as ISOs, so long as
the Company and the Optionee shall consent to such amendment or action.

       (b)  Nothing  in the Plan or any  Option  Agreement  shall  confer on any
person or  expectation  to  continue  in the employ of the  Company or a Related
Company, or shall interfere in any manner with the absolute right of the Company
or a Related Company to change or terminate such person's employment at any time
for any reason or for no reason.

                                       8

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                  MASTER ESTABLISHMENT AND TRANSITION AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                       AND

                        BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

                             ________________, 2000


<PAGE>
                                            TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE I.........................................................................................................1
   1.1 "Acquired Network Facilities"..............................................................................2
   1.2 "Adverse Consequences".....................................................................................2
   1.3 "Assumed Liabilities"......................................................................................2
   1.4 "Buyer Subsidiaries".......................................................................................2
   1.5 "Code".....................................................................................................2
   1.6 "Contracts"................................................................................................2
   1.7 "Employee Benefit Plan"....................................................................................2
   1.8 "ERISA"....................................................................................................3
   1.9 "Impermissible Security Interest"..........................................................................3
   1.10 "International Network Assets"............................................................................3
   1.11 "IP Network"..............................................................................................3
   1.12 "Lien"....................................................................................................3
   1.13 "Local Transfer Agreements"...............................................................................3
   1.14 "Retained Liabilities"....................................................................................3
   1.15 "Seller Subsidiaries".....................................................................................4
   1.16 "US Network Assets".......................................................................................4
   1.17 "WARN Act"................................................................................................4
   1.18 "Terms"...................................................................................................4

ARTICLE II........................................................................................................7
   2.1 Purchase and Sale of Purchased Assets; Effective Time......................................................7
   2.2 Assumption of Liabilities..................................................................................7
   2.3 Purchase Price.............................................................................................7
   2.4 The Closing................................................................................................8
   2.5 Deliveries at the Closing..................................................................................8
   2.6 Purchase Price Allocation and Adjustment...................................................................9

ARTICLE III.......................................................................................................9
   3.1 Organization of Seller.....................................................................................9
   3.2 Authorization of Transaction...............................................................................9
   3.3 Noncontravention..........................................................................................10
   3.4 Brokers'Fees..............................................................................................10
   3.5 Purchased Assets; Assumed Liabilities.....................................................................10
   3.6 Contracts.................................................................................................11
   3.7 Employees.................................................................................................11
   3.8 Disclaimer of Other Representations and Warranties........................................................11

ARTICLE IV.......................................................................................................12
   4.1 Organization of the Buyer.................................................................................12
   4.2 Authorization of Transaction..............................................................................12
   4.3 Noncontravention..........................................................................................12
   4.4 Brokers'Fees..............................................................................................13

ARTICLE V........................................................................................................13
   5.1 Notices and Consents......................................................................................13
   5.2 Call Right................................................................................................13
</TABLE>
                                       i

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                             <C>
   5.3 Exercise of Call Right....................................................................................14
   5.4 Seller's Obligation with Respect to Call Assets...........................................................14
   5.5 Buyer's Obligations with Respect to Call Assets...........................................................15
   5.6 Termination of Call Right.................................................................................16
   5.7 Employee Services.........................................................................................16
   5.8 Offers of Employment......................................................................................16
   5.9 Employee Benefits.........................................................................................16
   5.10 Access to Employee Information...........................................................................17
   5.11 WARN Act Indemnification.................................................................................17
   5.12 Workers'Compensation Claims..............................................................................17
   5.13 Employee Benefit Plans...................................................................................18
   5.14 Further Assurances.......................................................................................18

ARTICLE VI.......................................................................................................18
   6.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties................................................................18
   6.2 Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Buyer.......................................................18
   6.3 Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of Seller..........................................................19
   6.4 Matters Involving Third Parties...........................................................................19
   6.5 Call Right Remedies.......................................................................................20
   6.6 Exclusive Remedy..........................................................................................20

ARTICLE VII......................................................................................................20
   7.1 No Third-party Beneficiaries..............................................................................20
   7.2 Entire Agreement..........................................................................................20
   7.3 Succession and Assignment.................................................................................21
   7.4 Counterparts..............................................................................................21
   7.5 Headings..................................................................................................21
   7.6 Notices...................................................................................................21
   7.6 Governing Law.............................................................................................22
   7.7 Arbitration...............................................................................................22
   7.8 Amendments and Waivers....................................................................................23
   7.9 Severability..............................................................................................23
   7.10 Expenses.................................................................................................23
   7.11 Construction.............................................................................................23
   7.12 Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules..................................................................23
   7.13 Bulk Transfer Laws.......................................................................................23

EXHIBIT A........................................................................................................25
EXHIBIT B........................................................................................................26
EXHIBIT C........................................................................................................54
EXHIBIT D........................................................................................................55
EXHIBIT E........................................................................................................56
EXHIBIT F........................................................................................................59
EXHIBIT G........................................................................................................72
EXHIBIT H........................................................................................................73
EXHIBIT J........................................................................................................81
EXHIBIT K........................................................................................................84
EXHIBIT L.......................................................................................................115
</TABLE>
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                            <C>
SCHEDULE 1.3....................................................................................................186
SCHEDULE 1.10...................................................................................................187
SCHEDULE 1.16...................................................................................................188
SCHEDULE 2.3....................................................................................................189
SCHEDULE 3.3....................................................................................................190
SCHEDULE 3.5(A).................................................................................................191
SCHEDULE 3.6....................................................................................................192
SCHEDULE 3.7....................................................................................................193
SCHEDULE 5.1....................................................................................................194
SCHEDULE 5.2(A).................................................................................................195
SCHEDULE 5.2(B).................................................................................................196
SCHEDULE 5.5....................................................................................................197
</TABLE>
                                      iii

<PAGE>

1.                MASTER ESTABLISHMENT AND TRANSITION AGREEMENT


                  This   Master    Establishment   and   Transition    Agreement
("Agreement"),  made this ____ day of  __________,  2000, by and between  SAVVIS
Communications   Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation  ("Buyer"),  and  Bridge
Information Systems, Inc., a Missouri corporation  ("Seller").  Buyer and Seller
are referred to collectively herein as the "parties."

                                    RECITALS

                  WHEREAS,  Seller is engaged in the business of collecting  and
distributing various financial, news and other data;

                  WHEREAS,  Buyer  is  engaged  in  the  business  of  providing
Internet protocol backbone and other data transport services;

                  WHEREAS,  Seller  and  its  subsidiaries  own  certain  assets
relating to the provision of Internet protocol backbone and other data transport
services,  such  assets  consisting  of  (i)  all of the  equity  interest  (the
"Interest") in Seller's wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Global Network Assets, LLC, a
Delaware  limited  liability  company  (the "LLC"),  and (ii) the  International
Network Assets (defined below);

                  WHEREAS,  Seller does not own  outright  but instead  leases a
substantial  portion of the US based assets  comprising  its  Internet  protocol
backbone ("Leased Assets"); and

                  WHEREAS,  Seller  and  certain of its  subsidiaries  desire to
sell,  and Buyer and certain of its  subsidiaries  desire to  purchase,  (i) the
Interest,  (ii) the  International  Network  Assets  and (iii)  the Call  Assets
(collectively,  such  acquired  assets are referred to herein as the  "Purchased
Assets";  provided,  however,  that  Call  Assets  first  shall  be added to the
Purchased  Assets as they are acquired by Buyer and certain of its  subsidiaries
under a Call Asset Transfer Agreement).

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the
mutual  promises  herein  made,  and in  consideration  of the  representations,
warranties, and covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

                  Whenever used in this Agreement,  the words and phrases listed
below shall have the meanings  given below,  and all defined terms shall include
the plural as well as the singular. Unless otherwise stated, the words "herein",
"hereunder"  and other similar words refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not
to  a  particular  Section  or  other  subdivision.  The  words  "included"  and
"including"  shall not be construed as terms of limitation.  The following terms
shall have the meanings set forth below:

                                       i
<PAGE>


                  1.1 "Acquired Network Facilities" means the US Network Assets,
the International Network Assets and the Call Assets; provided, however that the
Call  Assets are  included  only to the  extent  acquired  by Buyer and  Buyer's
subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement and the Call Asset Transfer Agreements.

                  1.2  "Adverse   Consequences"   means  all   actions,   suits,
proceedings,  hearings,  investigations,  charges, complaints,  claims, demands,
injunctions,  judgments,  orders,  decrees,  rulings,  damages, dues, penalties,
fines, costs, reasonable amounts paid in settlement,  liabilities,  obligations,
taxes, liens, losses,  expenses,  and fees, including court costs and reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses.

                  1.3   "Assumed   Liabilities"   means  all   liabilities   and
obligations  of Seller and the Seller  Subsidiaries  (whether  known or unknown,
whether asserted or unasserted,  whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued
or unaccrued,  whether liquidated or unliquidated,  and whether due or to become
due) fulfilling both of the following requirements:

                  (a)  which  are  directly  associated  with (i) the  Purchased
Assets,  (ii) the use of the IP  Network,  (iii) the  Contracts,  or (iv)  those
matters set forth on Schedule 1.3 attached hereto; and

                  (b) which are not Retained Liabilities.

                  1.4  "Buyer   Subsidiaries"  means  the  direct  and  indirect
subsidiaries  of the Buyer which will be involved in the  operation or ownership
of the Acquired Network Facilities,  including those subsidiaries purchasing (i)
certain of the  International  Network  Assets  pursuant  to the Local  Transfer
Agreements  and (ii)  certain  of the Call  Assets  pursuant  to the Call  Asset
Transfer Agreements.

                  1.5  "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
amended.

                  1.6  "Contracts"  means  any  and all  contracts,  agreements,
arrangements,  leases,  understandings,  purchase orders, and offers, written or
oral, of the Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries relating to the provision of the
IP Network and related data transport services, together with certain agreements
being entered into by Buyer or Buyer  Subsidiaries on or around the Closing Date
in  substitution  for  certain  contracts  of  Seller  or  Seller  Subsidiaries,
including  without  limitation the agreements set forth on Schedule 3.6 attached
hereto; provided, however, such obligations and other agreements concerning Call
Jurisdictions  or with  respect  to the  Satellite  Rights  shall  first  become
"Contracts" upon exercise of the respective Call Right.

                  1.7 "Employee Benefit Plan" means all "employee benefit plans"
as such  term  is  defined  in  Section  3(3) of  ERISA  and all  stock  option,
restricted  stock,  stock  appreciation  or other  equity  plans and all  bonus,
severance,  change  in  control,  retention,   deferred  compensation  or  other
compensatory  plans  maintained  or  contributed  to by the  Seller in which any
Employee  participates,   in  addition  to  all  documents  describing  Seller's
employment policies and procedures.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                  1.8 "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended.

                  1.9  "Impermissible  Security  Interest" means any Lien, other
than (a) mechanic's,  materialmen's,  and similar liens, (b) liens for taxes not
yet due and payable or for taxes that the taxpayer is  contesting  in good faith
through  appropriate  proceedings,  (c) purchase  money liens and liens securing
rental payments under capital lease arrangements, and (d) other liens arising in
the  ordinary  course  of  business  and not  incurred  in  connection  with the
borrowing of money.

                  1.10  "International  Network  Assets"  means  the IP  Network
assets,  with the  exception  of the Call Assets,  that are located  outside the
United States as set forth on Schedule  1.10  attached  hereto and all rights of
the Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries under Contracts relating thereto.

                  1.11  "IP  Network"  means  the  switches,   routers,  circuit
contracts,  satellite  facilities  and other  assets  specifically  described on
Schedule 1.11 to the extent used by the Seller and its subsidiaries primarily in
providing  telecommunications utilizing the Internet protocol between Seller and
its subsidiaries, and their suppliers and customers.

                  1.12  "Lien"  means any  lien,  security  interest,  mortgage,
option, lease, tenancy, occupancy,  covenant,  condition,  easement,  agreement,
pledge, hypothecation, charge, claim, restriction, or other encumbrance of every
kind and nature.

                  1.13 "Local Transfer  Agreements"  means the various  transfer
agreements,  including  local  contracts of assignment  and  assumption  ("Local
Contracts  of  Assignment"),  local  asset  transfer  agreements  ("Local  Asset
Transfer Agreements") and the stock purchase agreement in Japan ("Japanese Stock
Purchase  Agreement")  executed by the direct and indirect  subsidiaries  of the
Seller and of the Buyer involved in this  transaction to effectuate the transfer
of the International  Network Assets. Each such agreement shall be substantially
in the form of Exhibit E,  Exhibit F, Exhibit A to the  foregoing  Exhibit F, or
Exhibit L attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

                  1.14 "Retained  Liabilities"  means  liabilities  which result
from or arise out of the  ownership or operation of the IP Network  prior to the
Effective  Time,   including   liabilities  which  exist  with  respect  to  (i)
obligations under the Contracts, other than an obligation to make payment, which
are  required  to be  fulfilled  by  Seller  wholly  prior to  Closing,  or (ii)
obligations to make payment, to the extent such payment is for services rendered
under the Contracts prior to Closing.  Provided,  further,  that the liabilities
resulting from or arising out of the ownership or operation of the IP Network in
the Call  Jurisdictions  shall be included  in the  definition  of the  Retained
Liabilities until the Call Right is exercised, and such liabilities shall remain
the responsibility of the Seller and/or the appropriate  Seller  Subsidiaries to
the extent they result from or arise out of the ownership or operation of the IP
Network in such countries prior to the effective date under each respective Call
Asset Transfer Agreement.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                  1.15 "Seller  Subsidiaries"  means the LLC, until the Interest
is acquired  hereunder by Buyer, and all other direct and indirect  subsidiaries
of the  Seller  involved  in  the  operation  or  ownership  of the IP  Network,
including those subsidiaries  selling the International  Network Assets pursuant
to the Local Transfer  Agreements and those subsidiaries  selling certain of the
Call  Assets at the time of any  subsequent  Call  Right  exercise  and  related
transfers effected by the "Call Asset Transfer  Agreements" in the form attached
as Exhibit J, as well as certain  other  subsidiaries  entering into other Local
Operative  Agreements,  but does not  include  Buyer or any entity  directly  or
indirectly owned by Buyer.

                  1.16 "US Network Assets" means the assets owned by the LLC and
the Leased  Assets,  all as set forth on Schedule 1.16  attached  hereto and all
rights of the  Seller  and the  Seller  Subsidiaries  under  Contracts  relating
thereto.

                  1.17 "WARN Act" means the Workers  Adjustment  and  Retraining
Notification Act of 1988, as amended.

                  1.18 "Terms".  The following terms shall have the meanings set
forth in the below referenced sections of this Agreement:

         "Arbitration Costs"                                  Section 7.7(f)

         "Arbitration Demand"                                 Section 7.7(b)

         "Arbitrators"                                        Section 7.7(c)

         "Bridge Plan"                                        Section 5.9(a)

         "Buyer"                                              Preface

         "Call Asset Transfer Agreements"                     Section 1.15

         "Call Assets"                                        Section 5.2

         "Call Jurisdictions"                                 Section 5.2(a)

         "Call Right"                                         Section 5.2

         "Closing"                                            Section 2.4

         "Closing Date"                                       Section 2.4

         "Dispute Notice"                                     Section 7.7(b)

         "Employees"                                          Section 3.7

         "Employment Date"                                    Section 5.8(a)

                                       4
<PAGE>

         "Expiration Date"                                    Section 5.2

         "Effective Time"                                     Section 2.1

         "Global Operative Agreements"                        Section 2.5(a)

         "Indemnified Party"                                  Section 6.4

         "Indemnifying Party"                                 Section 6.4

         "Interest"                                           Recitals

         "Japanese Stock Purchase Agreement"                  Section 1.13

         "Leased Assets"                                      Recitals

         "LLC"                                                Recitals

         "Local Asset Transfer Agreements"                    Section 1.13

         "Local Network Services Agreement"                   Section 2.5(b)

         "Local Contracts of Assignment"                      Section 1.13

         "Local Operative Agreements"                         Section 2.5(b)

         "Note"                                               Section 2.3

         "Original Asset Value"                               Section 2.6(a)

         "Public Offering Proceeds"                           Section 2.3

         "Purchase Price"                                     Section 2.3

         "Purchased Assets"                                   Recitals

         "Revised Asset Value"                                Section 2.6(b)

         "Rules"                                              Section 7.7(a)

         "Satellite Rights"                                   Section 5.2(b)

         "Savvis Plan"                                        Section 5.9(a)

         "Seller"                                             Preface

                                       5
<PAGE>

         "Short-Term Call Assets"                             Section 5.5

         "Sublease"                                           Section 2.5

          "Third Party Claim"                                 Section 6.4


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 PURCHASE & SALE

                  2.1 Purchase and Sale of Purchased Assets;  Effective Time. On
and subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the Buyer  hereby
purchases  from Seller (or shall cause the Buyer  Subsidiaries  to purchase from
the  appropriate  Seller  Subsidiaries),  and Seller  hereby  sells,  transfers,
conveys,  and delivers to the Buyer (or shall cause the Seller  Subsidiaries  to
sell, transfer,  convey and deliver to the appropriate Buyer Subsidiaries),  all
of the  Purchased  Assets at the  Closing  for the  consideration  specified  in
Section 2.3 hereof.  The Closing  shall be effective as of the close of business
on  _____________________________,  2000 ("Effective Time"); provided,  however,
that the  "Effective  Time" with respect to any Call Assets shall be as provided
in the respective Call Asset Transfer Agreement.

                  2.2 Assumption of Liabilities.

                  (a) On and  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this
Agreement,  the Buyer hereby assumes and becomes responsible for (or shall cause
the Buyer  Subsidiaries to assume and become responsible for) all of the Assumed
Liabilities.

                  (b)  To  the  extent   that   Seller  or  any  of  the  Seller
Subsidiaries  makes  payment on any Assumed  Liabilities  which are comprised of
undisputed  liabilities  for payment of services  received  under the Contracts,
then  Buyer or a Buyer  Subsidiary  shall  reimburse  Seller  for  such  payment
promptly upon receipt of an appropriate  invoice from Seller.  Likewise,  to the
extent that Buyer or any of the Buyer Subsidiaries makes payment on any Retained
Liabilities  which are comprised of undisputed  liabilities  under the Contracts
for payment of services  received under the  Contracts,  then Seller or a Seller
Subsidiary  shall reimburse  Buyer for such payment  promptly upon receipt of an
appropriate invoice from Buyer.

                  2.3  Purchase  Price.  The Buyer agrees to pay to the Seller $
________, which shall be an amount equal to $150,000,000 less the net book value
of all the Call Assets and less the net present  value of the sublease  payments
to be made by Buyer related to the Leased Assets,  both of which amounts will be
determined by the parties at Closing (the "Purchase Price").  The Purchase Price
allocable to the Interest shall be paid partially with cash and partially with a
promissory  note  (the  "Note")  substantially  in the form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit I. The cash  portion of the  Purchase  Price is intended to be paid from
the net proceeds of the initial  public  offering by Buyer of its shares,  after
payment of all costs and expenses of such offering  including  fees and expenses
of legal  counsel,  investment  bankers,  accountants  and  other  professionals
directly engaged in connection with such public offering,  which public offering
is being made simultaneously with the Closing ("Public Offering Proceeds").  The
cash  portion  of the  Purchase  Price  shall be equal to an  amount  determined
according to the following formula:  One Hundred Million Dollars  ($100,000,000)
of the first Three Hundred  Million  Dollars  ($300,000,000)  of Public Offering
Proceeds and 50% of the remaining  Public  Offering  Proceeds in excess of Three
Hundred Million ($300,000,000),  up to the full payment of the Purchase Price in
cash.  The  principal  amount of the Note shall be the Purchase  Price less this
cash payment.  The Purchase Price allocable to the International  Network Assets
shall be allocated first from this cash amount.

                                       7
<PAGE>

The cash portion of the Purchase  Price shall be paid by the legal  entities set
forth on Schedule 2.3, or as otherwise agreed by the parties.

                  2.4  The  Closing.   The   consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement (the  "Closing")  shall take place at the offices
of Bryan Cave LLP, 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York, commencing at 10:00 a.m.
local time on such date as the Parties may agree ("Closing Date").

                  2.5  Deliveries  at the  Closing.  The Parties  shall make the
following deliveries at Closing:

                  (a) The  Seller  shall  execute  and  deliver to Buyer and the
Buyer shall cause Savvis Communications  Corporation, a Missouri corporation and
Buyer's  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  to execute and deliver to Seller each of the
following  agreements:  (i) the Network Services Agreement  substantially in the
form of Exhibit A attached hereto,  (ii) the  Administrative  Services Agreement
substantially  in the form of Exhibit B  attached  hereto,  (iii) the  Technical
Services  Agreement  substantially  in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and
(iv) the Bill of Sale  substantially  in the form of Exhibit D  attached  hereto
(collectively,  the agreements  listed in (a)(i)  through  (a)(iv) are sometimes
referred to herein as the "Global Operative Agreements").

                  (b) The Seller shall cause the appropriate Seller Subsidiaries
to execute and deliver, and Buyer shall cause the appropriate Buyer Subsidiaries
to execute and deliver each of the following agreements: (i) the Local Contracts
of Assignment  substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto,  (ii) the
Local Asset Transfer Agreements  substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached
hereto, (iii) the Local Network Services Agreements substantially in the form of
Exhibit  G  attached  hereto  ("Local  Network  Services  Agreement"),  (iv) the
Equipment  Collocation  Permits  substantially in the form of Exhibit H attached
hereto, (v) the Local  Administrative  Services Agreements attached as Exhibit A
to the Administrative Services Agreement,  which is Exhibit B to this Agreement,
(vi) the sublease for the Leased Assets (the  "Sublease")  substantially  in the
form of Exhibit K attached hereto,  (vii) the Japanese Stock Purchase  Agreement
substantially in the form of Exhibit L attached hereto,  and (viii) the Telerate
Network Services Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Network
Services  Agreement,  which is Exhibit A to this  Agreement  (collectively,  the
agreements listed in (b)(i) through  (b)(viii) are sometimes  referred to herein
as the "Local Operative Agreements").

                  (c) Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries shall have delivered to
the Buyer satisfactory evidence of consent of Goldman Sachs and the participants
in Seller's  lenders group,  consent to sublease of the Leased Assets,  and such
other  consents to  assignment  of the  Contracts  (as  described in Section 5.1
hereof)  and  attainment  of  governmental  approvals  as Seller  and the Seller
Subsidiaries shall have received as of the date hereof. To the extent Seller and
the Seller  Subsidiaries  shall not have received such consents or  governmental
approvals,  the rights and obligations of the parties with respect thereto shall
be governed by Section 5.1 hereof.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                  (d) The Buyer will deliver to the Seller,  or Buyer will cause
the Buyer Subsidiaries to deliver to the Seller Subsidiaries, the Purchase Price
as specified in Section 2.3 above.

                  2.6      Purchase Price Allocation and Adjustment.

                  (a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section  2.6(b),  the
Purchase  Price shall be allocated  among the Purchased  Assets as follows:  The
Purchase Price allocable to the  International  Network Assets shall be equal to
the sum of the agreed upon value of such assets,  as set forth on Schedule  1.10
("Original Asset Value").  The Purchase Price allocable to the Interest shall be
equal to the difference  between the Purchase Price and the Original Value.  The
Parties believe that the allocations in this Section 2.6(a) reflect that most of
the fair value of the  Purchased  Assets is  contained  in the assets of the LLC
because of the positive cash flows generated by the US Network Assets.

                  (b) Within fifteen days after the Closing, Seller shall update
Schedule 1.10 and Schedule 1.17 attached hereto to include all US Network Assets
and all International Network Assets owned by Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries
as of  the  Effective  Time.  If  the  sum  of  the  agreed  upon  value  of the
International  Network Assets shown on such revised  Schedule 1.10 (the "Revised
Asset Value") exceeds the Original Asset Value,  then the amount of the Purchase
Price allocable to the  International  Network Assets pursuant to Section 2.6(a)
above shall be  increased,  dollar for dollar,  by such excess and the amount of
the Purchase Price  allocable to the Interest shall be decreased by such excess.
Likewise, if the Revised Asset Value is less than the Original Asset Value, then
the amount of the Purchase Price allocable to the  International  Network Assets
pursuant to Section 2.6(a) above shall be decreased,  dollar for dollar, by such
amount and the amount of the Purchase  Price  allocable to the Interest shall be
increased by such amount.  In either event,  Seller shall  redistribute the cash
portion of the Purchase  Price paid by the Buyer  hereunder such that the Seller
Subsidiaries  are  compensated  for the  sale of  International  Network  Assets
entirely in cash. In the event  sufficient cash is not available in the Purchase
Price for this  purpose,  then the deficit  shall be funded by means of an early
prepayment under the Note.

                                   ARTICLE III
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

                  Seller   represents   and  warrants  to  the  Buyer  that  the
statements contained in this Article III are correct and complete as of the date
of this Agreement.

                  3.1  Organization  of  Seller.  Seller is a  corporation  duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Missouri.  Each of the Seller Subsidiaries is an entity duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which such
entity was organized.

                  3.2  Authorization  of Transaction.  Seller has full corporate
power and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the Global
Operative  Agreements and to perform its  obligations  hereunder and thereunder.
Each of this Agreement and the Global

                                       9
<PAGE>

Operative Agreements constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the
Seller,  enforceable in accordance  with its terms and  conditions.  Each of the
Seller  Subsidiaries  has full  corporate  power and  authority  to execute  and
deliver the respective Local Operative Agreements and to perform its obligations
thereunder.  The respective Local Operative Agreements  constitute the valid and
legally binding  obligation of each of the Seller  Subsidiaries,  enforceable in
accordance with their terms and conditions.

                  3.3  Noncontravention.  Neither the execution and the delivery
of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby
by the Seller,  nor the execution and delivery of the Global and Local Operative
Agreements and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated thereby by the
Seller and by each of the Seller Subsidiaries will:

                  (a)  violate  any  constitution,  statute,  regulation,  rule,
injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any
government,  governmental  agency,  or court to which the  Seller or the  Seller
Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, is subject or any provision of the charter or
bylaws of the Seller or the Seller Subsidiaries, as the case may be,

                  (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default
under,  result  in the  acceleration  of,  create  in any  party  the  right  to
accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or  cancel,  or require  any notice  under any
agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument, or other arrangement to which
the  Seller  or the  Seller  Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, is a party or by
which  they are bound or to which  any of the  Purchased  Assets  or US  Network
Assets are subject; or

                  (c)  require  Seller to give any  notice  to,  make any filing
with,  or obtain any  authorization,  consent,  or approval of any third  party,
government or governmental agency.

Provided,  however,  that the  foregoing  representation  and  warranty  in this
Section 3.3 shall not apply to the extent:

                  (y) as set forth on Schedule 3.3, or

                  (z) as would not result in the imposition of any Impermissible
Security Interest upon any of the International Network Assets or the US Network
Assets,  and where  any  violation,  conflict,  breach,  default,  acceleration,
termination, modification, cancellation or failure to give notice would not have
a  material  adverse  effect  on the value or use of the  International  Network
Assets or the US Network Assets, or on the amount of the Assumed Liabilities, or
on the ability of the parties to consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by
this  Agreement  or the  Global  Operative  Agreements,  or the  ability  of the
parties'  affiliates to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  by the Local
Operative Agreements to the extent these are executed and delivered at Closing.

                  3.4 Brokers'  Fees.  Seller has no liability or  obligation to
pay any fees or commissions to any broker,  finder, or agent with respect to the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  for which the Buyer could become
liable or obligated.

         3.5      Purchased Assets; Assumed Liabilities.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                  (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.5(a),  the International
Network Assets,  the US Network Assets and the Call Assets constitute all of the
material  assets  of the  Seller  and  the  Seller  Subsidiaries  used in the IP
Network.

                  (b) Each of the respective Seller and Seller  Subsidiaries has
good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the Purchased Assets and the US
Network Assets,  free and clear of all  Impermissible  Security  Interests,  and
there  exists no  restriction  on the  transfer  of such  property,  other  than
Impermissible  Security  Interests  or  restrictions  which  would  not,  in the
aggregate,  have a material  adverse  affect on the  ability  of the  parties to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Global Operative
Agreements  or the  Local  Operative  Agreements  or on the  value or use of the
International Network Assets or the US Network Assets.

                  (c) Other than (i) the Assumed Liabilities  incurred by Seller
and Seller  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary  course of business after December 31,
1999, (ii) the Contracts,  and (iii) the Assumed  Liabilities listed on Schedule
1.3,  there are no  Assumed  Liabilities  which  are  material  to the  business
comprised of the Acquired Network Facilities, taken as a whole.

                  3.6 Contracts. Each of the Contracts material to the operation
and use of the US Network Assets and the International  Network Assets, taken as
a whole,  is set forth on Schedule 3.6 and is a valid and binding  obligation of
the parties  thereto,  enforceable in accordance with their terms and is in full
force  and  effect.  No party to any such  contract  is in  material  breach  or
violation thereof or default thereunder.  Except for matters which would not, in
the  aggregate,  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  value  or use of the
International  Network Assets or the US Network Assets,  or on the amount of the
Assumed Liabilities,  taken as a whole, no event has occurred which, through the
passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute,  and neither
the  execution  of this  Agreement  nor  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated hereby do or will constitute or result in, a breach or violation of
or default under any contract, or would cause the acceleration of any obligation
of any party thereto or the creation of any Impermissible Security Interest upon
any US Network Assets or International Network Assets.

                  3.7  Employees.  Schedule  3.7  sets  forth  the  names of all
employees of the Seller who have been released by Seller or Seller  Subsidiaries
for transfer to the Buyer as of January 1, 2000 (the "Employees").

                  3.8 Disclaimer of Other  Representations and Warranties EXCEPT
AS EXPRESSLY  SET FORTH IN THIS  ARTICLE III,  NEITHER THE SELLER NOR ANY OF THE
SELLER SUBSIDIARIES MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AT
LAW  OR IN  EQUITY,  IN  RESPECT  OF  ANY  OF  ITS  ASSETS  (INCLUDING,  WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THE PURCHASED ASSETS), LIABILITIES OR OPERATIONS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION,  WITH  RESPECT  TO  MERCHANTABILITY  OR FITNESS  FOR ANY  PARTICULAR
PURPOSE,  AND ANY SUCH OTHER  REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY
DISCLAIMED.  BUYER HEREBY  ACKNOWLEDGES  AND AGREES  THAT,  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
SPECIFICALLY  SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE III, THE BUYER AND EACH BUYER SUBSIDIARY
IS  PURCHASING  THE  PURCHASED  ASSETS

                                       11
<PAGE>

ON AN "AS-IS, WHERE-IS" BASIS. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING,
NEITHER  THE SELLER  NOR THE SELLER  SUBSIDIARIES  MAKES ANY  REPRESENTATION  OR
WARRANTY REGARDING ANY ASSETS OTHER THAN THE ACQUIRED NETWORK FACILITIES AND THE
INTEREST  AND SELLER AND  SELLER  SUBSIDIARIES  EXPRESSLY  HEREBY  DISCLAIM  ANY
REPRESENTATIONS  OR  WARRANTIES  REGARDING  THE CALL ASSETS PRIOR TO SUCH ASSETS
BEING  ACQUIRED  BY BUYER OR  BUYER  SUBSIDIARIES  HEREUNDER  OR  REGARDING  ANY
LIABILITIES OTHER THAN THE ASSUMED LIABILITIES, AND NONE SHALL BE IMPLIED AT LAW
OR IN EQUITY.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

                  The Buyer  represents  and  warrants  to the  Seller  that the
statements  contained in this Article IV are correct and complete as of the date
of this Agreement.

                  4.1 Organization of the Buyer. The Buyer is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.  Each of the Buyer  Subsidiaries is an entity duly organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which such
entity was organized.

                  4.2 Authorization of Transaction. The Buyer has full corporate
power and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the Global
Operative  Agreements and to perform its  obligations  hereunder and thereunder.
Each of this Agreement and the Global Operative Agreements constitutes the valid
and legally binding obligation of the Buyer,  enforceable in accordance with its
terms and conditions.  Each of the Buyer  Subsidiaries  has full corporate power
and authority to execute and deliver the respective  Local Operative  Agreements
and to perform  its  obligations  thereunder.  The  respective  Local  Operative
Agreements  constitute the valid and legally  binding  obligation of each of the
Buyer Subsidiaries, enforceable in accordance with their terms and conditions.

                  4.3  Noncontravention.  Except  as would  not have a  material
adverse  effect  on  ability  of the  parties  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or the Global Operative Agreements or the ability
of the parties'  affiliates to consummate the  transactions  contemplated by the
Local  Operative  Agreements,  neither the  execution  and the  delivery of this
Agreement and the  consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby by the
Buyer,  nor the  execution  and  delivery  of the  Global  and  Local  Operative
Agreements and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated thereby by the
Buyer and by each of the Buyer Subsidiaries will:

                  (a)  violate  any  constitution,  statute,  regulation,  rule,
injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any
government,  governmental  agency,  or  court to which  the  Buyer or the  Buyer
Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, is subject or any provision of the charter or
bylaws of the Buyer of the Buyer Subsidiaries, as the case may be;

                  (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default
under,  result  in the  acceleration  of,  create  in any  party  the  right  to
accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or  cancel,  or require

                                       12
<PAGE>

any notice under any agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument, or other
arrangement to which the Buyer or the Buyer Subsidiaries, as the case may be, is
a party or by which they are bound; or

                  (c) require Buyer to give any notice to, make any filing with,
or  obtain  any  authorization,  consent,  or  approval  of  any  government  or
governmental agency.

                  4.4 Brokers' Fees. The Buyer has no liability or obligation to
pay any fees or commissions to any broker,  finder, or agent with respect to the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement for which the Seller could become
liable or obligated.

                                    ARTICLE V
               ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS AND COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

                  5.1 Notices and Consents.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1
attached  hereto,  the  Seller  has given and  obtained  (or  caused  the Seller
Subsidiaries  to give or  obtain)  all  third-party  notices  and  consents  and
governmental  approvals necessary to effect the purchase of the Purchased Assets
and the assignment,  to the extent a replacement contract has not been executed,
of the Contracts and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities  hereunder.  With
respect to any third party notices or consents or  governmental  approvals  that
have not been given or  obtained as of the date  hereof,  Seller  covenants  and
agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to give or obtain (or cause the Seller
Subsidiaries  to give or obtain) the same.  The Buyer agrees to fully  cooperate
with (and cause the Buyer  Subsidiaries  to fully cooperate with) the Seller and
the Seller Subsidiaries in such efforts. Until such time as Seller or the Seller
Subsidiaries   shall  have  obtained  all  necessary  third  party  consents  to
assignment  by  Buyer  or the  Buyer  Subsidiaries  of  the  Contracts  and  the
assumption by the Buyer or the Buyer  Subsidiaries  of the Assumed  Liabilities,
Seller shall  continue (or shall cause the Seller  Subsidiaries  to continue) to
discharge and perform when due all obligations  associated therewith,  and Buyer
shall reimburse Seller for any expenses directly attributable thereto.

                  5.2  Call   Right.   Seller,   for   itself   and  the  Seller
Subsidiaries,  hereby  grants to Buyer and the Buyer  Subsidiaries  the right to
purchase (the "Call Right") the following assets ("Call Assets"):

                  (a) in each of the  jurisdictions set forth on Schedule 5.2(a)
hereof and such other  jurisdictions as Buyer and Seller may, from time to time,
mutually agree (the "Call Jurisdictions"), all of the IP Network assets owned by
the Seller and/or the Seller  Subsidiaries in each Call Jurisdiction,  including
those assets set forth in Schedule  5.2(a),  subject to additions  and deletions
subsequent to the Closing  permitted under the terms of this Agreement,  and all
contract   rights   associated   therewith;   provided,   for  the   purpose  of
clarification,  that  telecommunications  circuits to  destinations  in any Call
Jurisdiction,  but originating  outside of such Call Jurisdiction,  shall not be
Call Assets and instead  shall be included in the  Acquired  Network  Facilities
transferred hereunder at the initial Closing; and

                  (b)  all  the  rights  and  obligations  with  respect  to the
satellite  communications  agreements and all rights and obligations in specific
countries  with respect  thereto,  as described

                                       13
<PAGE>

in Schedule 5.2(b), subject to additions and deletions subsequent to the Closing
permitted under the terms of this Agreement, (the "Satellite Rights").

Unless  earlier  terminated  pursuant to Section 5.6  hereunder,  the Call Right
granted  hereunder  shall  expire on the tenth  anniversary  of the date  hereof
("Expiration Date"); provided, however, that if the term of the Network Services
Agreement is extended beyond the Expiration Date, then the Expiration Date shall
be the date upon which the  Network  Services  Agreement,  attached as Exhibit A
hereto,  is  terminated.  Upon  the  exercise  of the  Call  Right  in any  Call
Jurisdiction  or with respect to the  Satellite  Rights,  Buyer shall assume all
liabilities and obligations of the Seller and/or the Seller Subsidiaries related
to the respective  Call Assets to the extent that such  liabilities  arise on or
after the date of exercise.

                  5.3  Exercise  of Call Right.  Buyer shall use its  reasonable
best efforts, from and after the Closing, to secure the consents,  licenses, and
other  authorizations,  whether  from  governments  or private  parties,  and to
establish such foreign legal presence and to fulfill such other  conditions,  as
are  necessary in order to permit  Buyer to acquire the Call  Assets;  provided,
however,  that this obligation shall not require that Buyer permit third parties
to own a portion of any  subsidiaries of Buyer unless Buyer otherwise  agrees to
such ownership.  Prior to the receipt of all such material  consents,  licenses,
and  authorizations  and the  establishment of any necessary  foreign  presence,
Buyer shall not be  obligated  to exercise the Call Right with respect to any or
all of the Call Jurisdictions or with respect to the Satellite Rights, nor shall
Buyer be obligated to exercise  all the Call Rights at one time;  rather,  Buyer
may  exercise the Call Right in each Call  Jurisdiction  and with respect to the
Satellite  Rights  separately,  from time to time,  and at any time prior to the
Expiration Date subject to the immediately following provision. Upon the receipt
of all material  consents,  licenses and authorizations and the establishment of
any necessary  foreign presence in any Call  Jurisdiction or with respect to all
the Satellite Rights connected with a particular third-party satellite contract,
Buyer shall be obligated to proceed  expeditiously with the exercise of the Call
Right with respect to such Call Jurisdiction or Satellite  Rights.  The exercise
price of the Call Right,  other than with respect to Satellite  Rights,  in each
Call  Jurisdiction  shall be $1.00 plus the net book value of the Call Assets in
the applicable  Call  Jurisdiction(s)  on the date of exercise of the Call Right
for such Call  Jurisdiction.  The exercise of the Call Right with respect to the
Satellite  Rights shall only be permitted if made with respect to all  Satellite
Rights under a  particular  global  satellite  contract as set forth on Schedule
5.2(b),  and  the  exercise  price  shall  be $1  plus  the  assumption  of  all
obligations  of Seller with respect to such  contract.  The Call Assets shall be
transferred  via a Call  Asset  Transfer  Agreement  in  substantially  the form
attached as Exhibit J hereto. Upon the exercise of a Call Right, a Local Network
Services  Agreement for the respective Call  Jurisdiction  substantially  in the
form of Exhibit G attached  hereto will be executed  by the  appropriate  Seller
Subsidiaries and Buyer Subsidiaries.

                  5.4 Seller's Obligation with Respect to Call Assets. Until the
earliest  of (a) the  Expiration  Date,  (b) the date upon which no Call  Assets
remain subject to the Call Right,  or (c) the Call Right is terminated  pursuant
to Section 5.6, and subject at all times to the rights and obligations set forth
in the Network  Services  Agreement  executed between the parties as of the same
date as the date of this Agreement:


                                       14
<PAGE>

                  (a) Seller  shall  maintain  and  operate (or cause the Seller
Subsidiaries  to maintain and operate) the Call Assets in the same manner and to
the same extent as Seller and the Seller Subsidiaries,  as the case may be, have
maintained  such assets to date.  Seller  shall take (and shall cause the Seller
Subsidiaries  to take) any and all actions  reasonably  necessary to fulfill its
obligations hereunder;

                  (b)  Seller   shall  not  (nor  shall  it  permit  the  Seller
Subsidiaries to) dispose of, encumber or otherwise  transfer any interest in, or
amend,  waive or modify any provision of or terminate any Contract  relating to,
the Call Assets  without the prior written  consent of Buyer which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld; provided,  "unreasonable" shall be determined from
the perspective of Buyer and shall include all actions which may have a material
adverse effect if Buyer were to exercise the related Call Right;

                  (c)  Seller   shall   provide  (and  shall  cause  the  Seller
Subsidiaries to provide) Buyer with notice of any events that have, or may have,
a material  adverse  effect on the Call Assets or on Buyer's right or ability to
exercise the Call Right with respect to any of the Call Assets;

                  (d) If Buyer  chooses to exercise  any Call Right prior to the
receipt of all consents,  licenses and other  authorizations or establishment of
the appropriate  foreign legal  presence,  it does so with the assumption of all
risk or other liability arising from such absence of necessary consents, license
or other  authorizations  or legal  presence.  Upon  exercise of any Call Right,
Seller shall use its reasonable  best efforts to obtain any required  consent of
any other  contracting  parties to the  assignment  or novation of any agreement
pertaining to the  applicable  Call Assets,  and Buyer shall use its  reasonable
best  efforts  to assist  Seller in all such  endeavors.  Unless  and until such
consent  shall be  forthcoming  and any  relevant  agreements  shall  have  been
assigned or novated,  Buyer  shall at its own cost and expense  assume  Seller's
obligations under such agreements and Seller shall account to Buyer for all sums
received therefrom. Seller will at Buyer's request and expense give to Buyer all
assistance  in the  power  of  Seller  to  enable  Buyer to  enforce  any of the
agreements  so assigned  against  the other  contracting  party or parties  and,
without  prejudice to the  generality  of the  foregoing,  will provide all such
relevant books, documents and other information as Buyer may require in relation
thereto; and

                  (e) Buyer shall have no rights to use the Call Assets prior to
exercise of the Call Rights,  except as otherwise  consented to by Seller,  such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

                  5.5 Buyer's  Obligations  with  Respect to Call  Assets.  With
respect to those Call Assets in the Call Jurisdictions set forth on Schedule 5.5
("Short-Term  Call  Assets"),  Buyer and Seller  expect the exercise of the Call
Right to occur  within the  calendar  year  2000.  Regardless  if such  exercise
actually occurs in 2000,  with respect to the Short-Term  Call Assets,  Buyer or
the Buyer Subsidiaries shall reimburse the Seller or the Seller Subsidiaries for
all costs  requiring an expenditure of cash which are directly  associated  with
the use, maintenance and operation of the Short-Term Call Assets, including, but
not limited to, maintenance of leased lines.  Seller shall invoice Buyer monthly
for such  costs.  Likewise,  Seller  shall  compensate  Buyer for the use of the
Short-Term  Call Assets  pursuant to such Network  Services  Agreement

                                       15
<PAGE>

executed  between the parties as of the same date as the date of this Agreement.
Such  obligations of Buyer and Seller shall run  concurrently and shall continue
until the  Expiration  Date,  unless earlier  terminated by mutual  agreement of
Buyer and  Seller.  No similar  obligations  will exist for Buyer or Seller with
respect to the  remaining  Call Assets  prior to the exercise of the Call Rights
with respect thereto.

                  5.6 Termination of Call Right.  The Call Right shall terminate
automatically on the earlier of the Expiration Date or the date upon which Buyer
has  exercised  the Call Right in each of the Call  Jurisdictions.  Prior to the
Expiration  Date,  at any time and from  time to  time,  the Call  Right  may be
terminated with respect to any or all of the Call  Jurisdictions upon the mutual
agreement of the parties.

                  5.7 Employee  Services.  From and after the Closing until such
time as the  Employees  are  transferred  to the Buyer  pursuant to Section 5.8,
Seller shall make all of the Employees  available to Buyer on a full-time basis.
Buyer shall reimburse Seller, on a monthly basis, for all payroll costs directly
associated with such Employees.

                  5.8 Offers of Employment.

                  (a) As of December 31, 1999, Buyer has offered employment with
the Buyer to the Employees,  and Seller has released from their employment those
Employees  who  accepted  employment  with the Buyer to enable  them to commence
their employment with the Buyer.  Such Employees  commenced  employment with the
Buyer on January 1, 2000 (the "Employment Date").

                  (b) Seller shall  furnish  Buyer with all employee  data files
related to the  Employees.  The Seller makes no  representations  or  warranties
concerning such files, or the contents or sufficiency thereof.

                  5.9 Employee Benefits.

                  (a) Employees  shall  continue to participate in each Employee
Benefit  Plan  maintained  by Seller  until such time as Buyer  establishes  and
maintains a substantially  similar Employee  Benefit Plan;  provided that, as of
the  Employment  Date, an Employee  shall cease to be eligible to participate in
the Bridge Information Systems,  Inc. 401(k) Salary Savings Plan ("Bridge Plan")
and shall be eligible to  participate  in the Savvis  Communications  Co. 401(k)
Plan ("Savvis Plan"), in accordance with the terms of Section 5.9(b) and subject
to the terms of the  Savvis  Plan.  During  the  period in which  Employees  are
participating in Seller's  Employee Benefit Plans,  Buyer shall reimburse Seller
for any employer-paid amounts under such Employee Benefit Plans.

                  (b) As soon as practicable  after the Employment Date,  Seller
shall cause to be transferred from the Bridge Plan to the Savvis Plan all Bridge
Plan assets  representing  account  balances of Employees under the Bridge Plan.
Buyer and Seller  shall take all such  actions as are  necessary  to ensure that
such transfer complies with all relevant  provisions of Section 411(d)(6) of the
Code and the regulations  thereunder.  Buyer shall amend the Savvis Plan, to the
extent

                                       16
<PAGE>

necessary, to provide that each Employee is credited, for all purposes under the
Savvis Plan and subject to the other  provisions of such plan,  with all service
completed prior to the Employment Date with Seller.

                  (c) Buyer shall  assume the  obligations  in  connection  with
accrued but unused  vacation  and shall be  responsible  for vacation pay at and
after the Employment Date with respect to service (whether prior to or after the
Employment Date) of all Employees. Buyer shall afford Employees credit for their
period of  employment  with  Seller for  purposes of  determining  the amount of
vacation  to which the  Employees  are  entitled  each year and for  purposes of
determining all other seniority based benefits.

                  (d)  Buyer  and   Seller   acknowledge   and  agree  that  the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement shall not constitute a termination
of employment of any Employee.

                  (e)  No  provision  of  this  Agreement,   including   without
limitation this Section 5.9, shall create any third-party  beneficiary rights in
any person or organization,  including  without  limitation  employees or former
employees (including any beneficiary or dependent thereof) of Seller,  unions or
other  representatives  of such  employees  or former  employees,  or  trustees,
administrators, participants, or beneficiaries of any Employee Benefit Plan, and
no provision of this  Agreement,  including  this Section 5.9, shall create such
third-party  beneficiary rights in any such person or organization in respect of
any benefits that may be provided,  directly or  indirectly,  under any Employee
Benefit Plan.

                  (f) Seller and Buyer  shall  cooperate  as may  reasonably  be
required  with respect to each of the filings,  calculations,  and other actions
necessary  to effect the  transactions  contemplated  by this Section 5.9 and in
obtaining any government approvals as may be required hereunder.

                  5.10  Access  to  Employee  Information.  From and  after  the
Closing, the parties hereto will cooperate with each other in the administration
of any applicable  Employee Benefit Plans and programs.  To the extent permitted
by law, at the  Employment  Date or within a  reasonable  time  thereafter,  the
Seller will provide the Buyer the  necessary  employee  data or copies  thereof,
including  personnel  and benefit  information,  maintained  with respect to the
Employees  by the Seller or by its  independent  contractors,  such as insurance
companies and actuaries.

                  5.11 WARN Act  Indemnification.  The Buyer agrees to indemnify
the Seller and its directors,  officers, employees,  consultants and agents for,
and to hold the Seller and its directors,  officers, employees,  consultants and
agents  harmless from and against,  any and all losses arising or resulting,  or
alleged to arise or result from the  notification  or other  requirements of the
WARN Act.

                  5.12  Workers'   Compensation   Claims.  The  Seller  will  be
responsible  for any workers'  compensation  claims by any Employee for injuries
incurred prior to such Employee's Employment Date. The Buyer will be responsible
for any workers' compensation claims for injuries incurred by any Employee on or
after such Employee's Employment Date.

                                       17
<PAGE>

                  5.13 Employee Benefit Plans.  Except as expressly  provided in
this Article V, the Buyer will not adopt, assume or otherwise become responsible
for, either primarily or as a successor  employer,  any assets or liabilities of
any Employee  Benefit Plans,  arrangements,  commitments  or policies  currently
provided by the Seller or by any member of its controlled group of corporations.
In addition,  the Buyer will not assume Seller's  obligations under Code Section
4980B and ERISA Section 606 relating to  individuals  who are neither  Employees
nor  dependents  of  Employees.   Buyer  shall  be  responsible  for  satisfying
obligations   under  ERISA   Section  606  and  Code  Section  4980  to  provide
continuation  coverage to or with respect to any  Employees  with respect to any
"qualifying event" which occurs on or following the Employment Date.

                  5.14 Further Assurances.  From and after Closing,  the parties
shall  do such  acts  and  execute  such  documents  and  instruments  as may be
reasonably required to make effective the transactions  contemplated  hereby. In
the  event  that  consents,   approvals,  other  authorizations  or  other  acts
contemplated  by this Agreement have not been fully effected as of Closing,  the
parties will continue after Closing, without further consideration, to use their
reasonable best efforts to carry out such transactions;  provided,  however,  in
the event that  certain  approvals,  consents or other  necessary  documentation
cannot be secured,  then the party  having  legal  responsibility,  ownership or
control shall act on behalf of the other party,  without further  consideration,
to  effect  the  essential   intention  of  the  parties  with  respect  to  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                     REMEDIES FOR BREACHES OF THIS AGREEMENT

                  6.1   Survival  of   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
representations  and  warranties of the Seller  contained in Article III of this
Agreement  and of the Buyer  contained  in  Article IV of this  Agreement  shall
survive for a period of one year following the Closing.

                  6.2 Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of the Buyer.

                  (a)  Subject to the  limitations  set forth in Section  6.2(c)
below,  in the event the Seller or any  Seller  Subsidiary  breaches  any of its
representations, warranties, and covenants contained in this Agreement, provided
that the Buyer makes a written claim for indemnification against the Seller with
respect to its  representations  and warranties  within the survival  period set
forth in Section  6.1,  then the Seller  agrees to  indemnify  the Buyer and the
Buyer Subsidiaries from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences the
Buyer and the Buyer  Subsidiaries shall suffer through and after the date of the
claim for indemnification  (but excluding any Adverse  Consequences the Buyer or
the Buyer  Subsidiaries  shall suffer after the end of any  applicable  survival
period) caused proximately by the breach.

         (b)  Subject to the  limitations  set forth in Section  6.2(c)
below,  Seller agrees to indemnify the Buyer and the Buyer Subsidiaries from and
against  the  entirety  of any  Adverse  Consequences  the  Buyer  and the Buyer
Subsidiaries  shall suffer caused  proximately by any

                                       18
<PAGE>

liability of the Seller or any Seller  Subsidiary which is a Retained  Liability
(including any liability of the Seller or any Seller  Subsidiary  that becomes a
liability of the Buyer or any Buyer  Subsidiary  under any bulk  transfer law of
any jurisdiction,  under any common law doctrine of de facto merger or successor
liability, or otherwise by operation of law).

                  (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (i) Seller shall
not have any liability under this Article VI in respect of any individual  claim
(or group of  related  claims)  unless  such  claim or group of  related  claims
exceeds $25,000,  (ii) Seller shall not have any liability under this Article VI
except  and only to the extent  the  aggregate  of  permitted  claims  exceeds a
deductible amount of $1,500,000,  and (iii) Seller's  aggregate  liability under
this  Article  VI shall not exceed  $150,000,000;  provided,  however,  that the
foregoing  limitations  shall not apply to Seller's  obligations  under  Section
2.2(b) and Section 6.2(d).

                  (d) Without  limitation,  Seller agrees to indemnify the Buyer
and the  Buyer  Subsidiaries  from  and  against  the  entirety  of any  Adverse
Consequences  the  Buyer  and  the  Buyer   Subsidiaries   shall  suffer  caused
proximately  by any  liability  or  obligation  of  the  Seller  or  any  Seller
Subsidiary which relates to data, information,  or other content which has been,
or should have been, delivered by the Seller or any Seller Subsidiaries to Buyer
or any Buyer Subsidiaries for transmission over the IP Network.

                  6.3 Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of Seller.

                  (a) In the event the  Buyer or any Buyer  Subsidiary  breaches
any  of  its  representations,  warranties,  and  covenants  contained  in  this
Agreement,  provided that the Seller makes a written  claim for  indemnification
against the Buyer within the survival period with respect to its representations
and  warranties,  then the Buyer agrees to  indemnify  the Seller and the Seller
Subsidiaries  from and against the  entirety  of any  Adverse  Consequences  the
Seller and the Seller  Subsidiaries  shall suffer  through and after the date of
the claim for indemnification (but excluding any Adverse Consequences the Seller
and the  Seller  Subsidiaries  shall  suffer  after  the  end of any  applicable
survival period) caused proximately by the breach.

                  (b) Buyer  agrees  to  indemnify  the  Seller  and the  Seller
Subsidiaries  from and against the  entirety  of any  Adverse  Consequences  the
Seller  and the Seller  Subsidiaries  shall  suffer  caused  proximately  by any
liability of the Buyer or any Buyer Subsidiary which is an Assumed Liability.

                  6.4 Matters Involving Third Parties.

                  (a)  If  any  third   party   shall   notify  any  party  (the
"Indemnified  Party") with respect to any matter (a "Third Party  Claim")  which
may give rise to a claim  for  indemnification  against  the  other  party  (the
"Indemnifying  Party") under this Article VI, then the  Indemnified  Party shall
promptly (and in any event, if the matter concerns a legal proceeding, within 15
business days after receiving  notice of the Third Party Claim, and with respect
to any other  matter,  within 30 business  days) notify the  Indemnifying  Party
thereof in writing.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                  (b) The Indemnifying  Party will have the right at any time to
assume and thereafter  conduct the defense of the Third Party Claim with counsel
of its  choice  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Indemnified  Party;  provided,
however, that

                           (i) if the Third Party  Claim falls  within the scope
         of  the   indemnification   set  forth  in  Section  6.2(d),  then  the
         Indemnified  Party  shall  have the  right to  refuse  to  accept  such
         assumption of defense by Indemnifying  Party unless and until such time
         as the Indemnifying  Party shall provide to the Indemnified  Party such
         assurances  of  payment  and   performance   of  such   indemnification
         obligation  as  shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Indemnified
         Party; and

                           (ii) the  Indemnifying  Party will not consent to the
         entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement  with respect to the
         Third Party Claim without the prior written  consent of the Indemnified
         Party (not to be withheld unreasonably) unless the judgment or proposed
         settlement  involves  only the  payment of money  damages  and does not
         impose an injunction  or other  equitable  relief upon the  Indemnified
         Party.

                  (c)  Unless  and  until the  Indemnifying  Party  assumes  the
defense of the Third Party Claim as provided in Section  6.4(b) above,  however,
the Indemnified  Party may defend against the Third Party Claim in any manner it
reasonably may deem appropriate,  including, without limitation,  consent to the
entry of any  judgment or enter into any  settlement  with  respect to the Third
Party Claim.

                  6.5 Call  Right  Remedies.  The  parties  agree  that the Call
Assets  and the Call  Right  are  unique  interests  and  that,  in the event of
Seller's  breach of its  obligations  with respect to the Call Assets,  monetary
damages will not fully compensate Buyer. Therefore, the parties agree that Buyer
shall  have the  remedies  which  are  available  to it for  Seller's  breach or
violation  of any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  relating  to the  Call
Assets,  including,  but not limited to, the  equitable  remedies  for  specific
performance and injunctive relief.

                  6.6 Exclusive Remedy. The Buyer and the Seller acknowledge and
agree that,  subject to the other  remedies  granted to the Buyer in Section 6.5
hereof, the foregoing indemnification provisions in this Article VI shall be the
exclusive  remedy of the Buyer and the Seller with  respect to the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  7.1 No Third-party  Beneficiaries.  This  Agreement  shall not
confer any rights or remedies  upon any Person  other than the parties and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.

                  7.2 Entire  Agreement This Agreement  (including the documents
referred to herein)  constitutes  the entire  agreement  between the parties and
supersedes  any  prior

                                       20
<PAGE>

understandings,  agreements,  or  representations  by or  between  the  parties,
written or oral,  to the extent they  related in any way to the  subject  matter
hereof.

                  7.3 Succession and Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  named herein and their  respective
successors and permitted  assigns.  No party may assign either this Agreement or
any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written
approval of the other party,  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld;
provided,  however, Seller and Seller Subsidiaries shall have the right to grant
a security  interest or mortgage  with  respect to, or make any  assignment  for
security purposes or pledge of, Seller's and Seller  Subsidiaries'  rights under
this  Agreement  and  any of the  Global  Operative  Agreements  and  the  Local
Operative  Agreements,  to the extent  required by the senior  lending  group of
Seller as a condition  to granting the consent to the  transaction  contemplated
hereby.

                  7.4  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in one or
more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

                  7.5 Headings. The Section headings contained in this Agreement
are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

                  7.6 Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other
communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim,
or other  communication  hereunder  shall be deemed  duly given if (and then two
business days after) it is sent by registered or certified mail,  return receipt
requested, postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth
below:

         If to the Seller: Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                           Three World Financial Center
                           New York, New York 10285
                           (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                           Attention:  Zachary Snow,
                                    Executive Vice President and General Counsel

         If to the Buyer:  SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                           717 Office Parkway
                           St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                           (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                           Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,
                                     Vice President and General Counsel

Any party may send any notice,  request,  demand,  claim, or other communication
hereunder  to the  intended  recipient  at the address set forth above using any
other means (including personal delivery,  expedited courier, messenger service,
telecopy,  telex,  ordinary  mail,  or  electronic  mail),  but no such  notice,
request, demand, claim, or other communication shall be deemed to have

                                       21
<PAGE>

been duly  given  unless  and until it  actually  is  received  by the  intended
recipient. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands,
claims,  and other  communications  hereunder  are to be delivered by giving the
other party notice in the manner herein set forth.

                  7.6  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Missouri  without
giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the
State of Missouri or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of
the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Missouri.

                  7.7      Arbitration.

                  (a) The parties  hereby  agree to submit all disputes to rules
of arbitration of the American Arbitration  Association and the Missouri Uniform
Arbitration  Act (the "Rules")  under the following  provisions,  which shall be
final and binding upon the parties,  their successors and assigns,  and that the
following  provisions  constitute a binding  arbitration clause under applicable
law. Either party may serve process or notice on the other in any arbitration or
litigation in accordance with the notice  provisions  hereof.  The parties agree
not to  disclose  any  information  regarding  any dispute or the conduct of any
arbitration  hereunder,   including  the  existence  of  such  dispute  or  such
arbitration,   to  any   person  or  entity   other  than  such   employees   or
representatives of such party as have a need to know.

                  (b)  Either  party  may  commence  proceedings   hereunder  by
delivery of written notice providing a reasonable  description of the dispute to
the other,  including a reference  to this  provision  (the  "Dispute  Notice").
Either  party may  initiate  arbitration  of a dispute by  delivery  of a demand
therefor  (the  "Arbitration  Demand")  to the other  party not  sooner  than 60
calendar  days after the date of delivery of the Dispute  Notice but at any time
thereafter. The arbitration shall be conducted in St. Louis, Missouri.

                  (c) The  arbitration  shall be conducted by three  arbitrators
(the "Arbitrators"),  one of whom shall be selected by Seller, one by Buyer, and
the third by agreement of the other two not later than 10 days after appointment
of the first two, or, failing such agreement,  appointed  pursuant to the Rules.
If an  Arbitrator  becomes  unable to serve,  a  successor  shall be selected or
appointed in the same manner in which the predecessor Arbitrator was appointed.

                  (d)  The  arbitration  shall  be  conducted  pursuant  to such
procedures  as the  parties  may agree or, in the  absence  of or  failing  such
agreement,  pursuant to the Rules.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  each party
shall have the right to inspect  the books and  records of the other  party that
are  reasonably  related to the  Dispute,  and each party  shall  provide to the
other,  reasonably in advance of any hearing, copies of all documents which such
party  intends to present in such  hearing  and the names and  addresses  of all
witnesses whose testimony such party intends to present in such hearing.

                  (e) All hearings shall be conducted on an expedited  schedule,
and all proceedings shall be confidential.  Either party may at its expense make
a stenographic record thereof.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                  (f) The Arbitrators shall complete all hearings not later than
90 calendar days after the Arbitrators' selection or appointment, and shall make
a final award not later than 30 calendar days thereafter.  The Arbitrators shall
apportion all costs and expenses of the Arbitration,  including the Arbitrators'
fees and expenses of experts  ("Arbitration  Costs")  between the prevailing and
non-prevailing  parties  as  the  Arbitrators  deem  fair  and  reasonable.   In
circumstances  where a Dispute has been asserted or defended  against on grounds
that the Arbitrators  deem manifestly  unreasonable,  the Arbitrators may assess
all Arbitration  Costs against the  non-prevailing  party and may include in the
award the prevailing party's attorneys' fees and expenses in connection with any
and all proceedings under this Section 7.7.

                  (g) Either party may assert appropriate statutes of limitation
as a defense in  arbitration;  provided,  that upon delivery of a Dispute Notice
any such statute shall be tolled pending resolution hereunder.

                  7.8 Amendments  and Waivers.  No amendment of any provision of
this Agreement  shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by
the  Buyer   and  the   Seller.   No  waiver  by  any  party  of  any   default,
misrepresentation,   or  breach  of  warranty  or  covenant  hereunder,  whether
intentional  or not,  shall be  deemed  to  extend  to any  prior or  subsequent
default,  misrepresentation,  or breach of  warranty or  covenant  hereunder  or
affect in any way any rights  arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent  such
occurrence.

                  7.9 Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that
is invalid or  unenforceable  in any  situation  in any  jurisdiction  shall not
affect the validity or  enforceability  of the  remaining  terms and  provisions
hereof or the validity or  enforceability  of the offending term or provision in
any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

                  7.10 Expenses.  Each of the Seller and the Buyer will bear its
own  costs  and  expenses  (including  legal  fees  and  expenses)  incurred  in
connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  7.11 Construction. Any reference to any federal, state, local,
or  foreign  statute  or law  shall be  deemed  also to refer to all  rules  and
regulations promulgated thereunder,  unless the context requires otherwise.  The
word "including" shall mean including without limitation.

                  7.12 Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules. The Exhibits and
Schedules  identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and
made a part hereof.

                  7.13  Bulk  Transfer  Laws.  The Buyer  acknowledges  that the
Seller does not believe that the  provisions  of any bulk  transfer  laws of any
jurisdiction  are  applicable to this  transaction  and will not comply with any
such laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                                       23
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                            SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                            By: __________________________
                                            Name: ________________________
                                            Title: _________________________

                                            BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

                                            By: __________________________
                                            Name: ________________________
                                            Title: _________________________







                                       24
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A
                           NETWORK SERVICES AGREEMENT

             [This Exhibit A has been filed as a separate document]










                                       25
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B
                        ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

                        ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

         This  ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES AGREEMENT (the "AGREEMENT") is effective
as of ______________, 2000 (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), between SAVVIS Communications
Corporation,  a Missouri corporation ("SAVVIS"), and Bridge Information Systems,
Inc., a Missouri corporation ("BRIDGE").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Bridge is engaged in the  business of  collecting  and  distributing
various financial, news and other data.

         B. SAVVIS is engaged in the business of providing Internet backbone and
other data transport services.

         C. SAVVIS and certain of its subsidiaries have acquired from Bridge and
certain of its subsidiaries certain assets relating to the provision of Internet
backbone  and other  data  transport  services,  and may in the  future  acquire
additional such assets from Bridge and certain of its subsidiaries, all pursuant
to a Master  Establishment  and Transition  Agreement  between SAVVIS' corporate
parent, SAVVIS Communications  Corporation, a Delaware Corporation,  and Bridge,
of even date herewith (the "MASTER ESTABLISHMENT AND TRANSITION AGREEMENT").

         D. It is an obligation  of the parties  under the Master  Establishment
and Transition  Agreement to cause this Administrative  Services Agreement to be
entered into between  SAVVIS and Bridge,  pursuant to which Bridge shall provide
administrative  services  to SAVVIS  relating  to the assets  acquired by SAVVIS
pursuant to the Master Establishment and Transition Agreement.

         E. Together with this Agreement, the parties hereto are entering into a
Network  Services  Agreement  of  even  date  herewith  (the  "NETWORK  SERVICES
AGREEMENT")  providing for the provision of certain services to Bridge by SAVVIS
and a  Technical  Services  Agreement  of even  date  herewith  (the  "TECHNICAL
SERVICES AGREEMENT"),  providing for the provision of certain services to SAVVIS
by Bridge.  Certain  SAVVIS  Subsidiaries  and certain Bridge  Subsidiaries  are
entering into, and may in the future enter into, Local Transfer  Agreements (the
"LOCAL  TRANSFER  AGREEMENTS"),  Local Network  Services  Agreements (the "LOCAL
NETWORK SERVICES  AGREEMENTS"),  Equipment  Collocation  Permits (the "EQUIPMENT
COLLOCATION PERMITS"),  and Local Administrative Services Agreements (the "LOCAL
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENTS").

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
covenants  contained  herein and of other good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  adequacy  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties  agree as
follows:


                                       26
<PAGE>


1.       CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DEFINITIONS

         1.1.    This Agreement  shall consist of this  Administrative  Services
                 Agreement  by and  between  SAVVIS and  Bridge,  including  all
                 addenda to this Agreement  entered into in the manner set forth
                 herein (each an "ADDENDUM"  and  collectively  the  "ADDENDA").
                 This Agreement shall be interpreted  wherever possible to avoid
                 conflicts  between  the  Sections  hereof and the  Attachments,
                 provided that if such a conflict shall arise,  the  Attachments
                 shall control.

         1.2.    Whenever it is provided  in this  Agreement  for a matter to be
                 mutually  agreed  upon  by the  parties  and  set  forth  in an
                 Addendum  to this  Agreement,  either  party may  initiate  the
                 process of  determining  such matter by  submitting  a proposed
                 outline or contents of such  Addendum to the other party.  Each
                 party shall appoint a primary  contact and a secondary  contact
                 for the completion of such  Addendum,  who shall be the contact
                 points for every issue  concerning  such Addendum and who shall
                 be informed of the  progress of the  project.  The names of the
                 contacts will be exchanged in writing by the parties. Using the
                 contacts,  the parties  shall work  together in good faith with
                 such diligence as shall be  commercially  reasonable  under the
                 circumstances  to complete such  Addendum,  provided,  however,
                 that  neither  party shall be  obligated  to enter into such an
                 Addendum. Upon the completion of such Addendum, it shall be set
                 forth in a written  document  and  executed  by the parties and
                 shall become a part of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be
                 incorporated herein by reference.

         1.3.    Whenever used in this  Agreement,  the words and phrases listed
                 below  shall have the  meanings  given  below,  and all defined
                 terms shall include the plural as well as the singular.  Unless
                 otherwise  stated,  the words  "herein",  "hereunder" and other
                 similar  words refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not to a
                 particular Section or other  subdivision.  The words "included"
                 and "including" shall not be construed as terms of limitation.

                 "AFFILIATE"  has the  meaning  set  forth in Rule  12b-2 of the
                 regulations  promulgated  under the Securities  Exchange Act of
                 1934, as amended.

                 "AGREEMENT  YEAR" shall mean a period of 12 months beginning on
                 the Effective Date and each subsequent anniversary thereof.

                 "BRIDGE"  means Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc., a Delaware
                 corporation.

                 "BRIDGE  SUBSIDIARIES"  has the  meaning  assigned  to the term
                 "Seller  Subsidiaries" in the Master Establishment and Transfer
                 Agreement.

                 "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" means all information concerning the
                 business of Bridge,  SAVVIS or any third  party doing  business
                 with either of them that may be obtained from any source (i) by
                 Bridge by virtue of its  performance  under this  Agreement  or
                 (ii) by  SAVVIS  by  virtue  of its use of the  Services.  Such
                 information shall also include the terms of this Agreement (and
                 negotiations  and

                                       27
<PAGE>

                  proposals  from  one  party  to  the  other  related  directly
                  thereto),  network designs and design  recommendations,  tools
                  and programs,  pricing,  methods,  processes,  financial data,
                  software,  research,  development,  strategic plans or related
                  information.  All  such  information  disclosed  prior  to the
                  execution  of  this   Agreement   shall  also  be   considered
                  Confidential  Information  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement.
                  Confidential Information shall not include information that:

                           (a)      is already rightfully known to the receiving
                                    party  at the  time it is  obtained  by such
                                    party, free from any obligation to keep such
                                    information confidential; or

                           (b)      is or  becomes  publicly  known  through  no
                                    wrongful act of the receiving party; or

                           (c)      is  rightfully  received  by  the  receiving
                                    party from a third party without restriction
                                    and without breach of this Agreement.

                  "EFFECTIVE  DATE" means the date set forth in the  Preamble of
                  this Agreement.

                  "INITIAL  TERM"  shall  mean a  period  of  three  consecutive
                  Agreement Years beginning on the Effective Date.

                  "SAVVIS" means SAVVIS Communications  Corporation,  a Missouri
                  corporation.

                  "SAVVIS  SUBSIDIARIES"  has the  meaning  assigned to the term
                  "Buyer  Subsidiaries" in the Master Establishment and Transfer
                  Agreement.

                  "SERVICES"  means the  services  provided  by Bridge to SAVVIS
                  hereunder.

2.       THE SERVICES

         2.1.    Bridge  agrees  to  provide  to  SAVVIS  some  or  all  of  the
                 administrative  services  listed on Schedule  2.1 hereto  which
                 shall be  referred  to in this  Agreement  collectively  as the
                 "SERVICES" and individually as a "SERVICE."

         2.2.    From time to time during the term of this Agreement, SAVVIS may
                 terminate  one  or  more  Services  being  provided  by  Bridge
                 hereunder  by  giving  Bridge  written  notice at least 30 days
                 prior  to the  effective  date  of  such  termination,  with no
                 liability to Bridge other than for charges (less any applicable
                 credits) for such Service  provided prior to the effective date
                 of such termination. Any other changes to the Services shall be
                 provided for in an Addendum mutually agreed upon by the parties
                 in the manner set forth in Section 1.2 hereof.

         2.3.    SAVVIS  grants to Bridge a general  power of attorney to act on
                 behalf of SAVVIS in all matters  relating to performance of the
                 Services.

                                       28
<PAGE>

         2.4.    In addition to the Services  provided under this Agreement,  it
                 is expected  that  additional  administrative  services will be
                 provided  under  the  separate  Local  Administrative  Services
                 Agreements  between  certain  SAVVIS  Subsidiaries  and certain
                 Bridge  Subsidiaries,  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit A
                 attached  hereto.  Services  provided  under  each  such  Local
                 Administrative  Services Agreement shall be billed locally,  in
                 local currency.

3.       RATES AND CHARGES

         SAVVIS shall pay Bridge for the Services at rates to be mutually agreed
         by the parties;  provided,  however,  that such rates shall be based on
         the cost to Bridge of providing  the Services to SAVVIS,  except to the
         extent contrary to local law.

4.       INVOICES

         4.1.    The amounts due to Bridge from SAVVIS for the Services shall be
                 billed  monthly  in  arrears.  All  items on  invoices  not the
                 subject  of a bona fide  dispute  shall be payable by SAVVIS in
                 United States  currency within 30 days from the date of receipt
                 of the  invoice.  All  amounts  not in dispute  are  subject to
                 interest charges of 1-1/2 percent that will accrue daily on all
                 amounts  not paid  within 30 days of the date of receipt of the
                 invoice.

         4.2.    SAVVIS shall pay any sales,  use, value added,  federal excise,
                 utility,  gross  receipts,  state  and  local  surcharges,  and
                 similar  taxes,  charges  or levies  lawfully  levied by a duly
                 constituted  taxing authority against or upon the Services.  In
                 the alternative, SAVVIS shall provide Bridge with a certificate
                 evidencing  SAVVIS'  exemption from payment of or liability for
                 such taxes. As part of the Services, Bridge will administer the
                 payment of SAVVIS' payroll taxes.  SAVVIS will reimburse Bridge
                 for such payroll taxes as invoiced  under this  Agreement.  All
                 other  taxes,  charges  or  levies  related  to  the  Services,
                 including any income, franchise, privilege, or occupation taxes
                 of  Bridge  shall  be  paid  by  Bridge.  Except  as  otherwise
                 specifically  addressed in this  Agreement  or Addenda  hereto,
                 each party shall pay its own taxes.

         4.3.    Bona fide disputes concerning invoices shall be referred to the
                 parties'  respective  Contract  Managers  for  resolution.  Any
                 amount  to  which  SAVVIS  is  entitled  as  a  result  of  the
                 resolution of a billing  dispute shall be credited  promptly to
                 SAVVIS'  account.  Any amount to which  Bridge is entitled as a
                 result of the  resolution  of a billing  dispute  shall be paid
                 promptly to Bridge.

5.       TERM AND EXTENSIONS

         5.1.    The  initial  term of this  Agreement  shall  be  three  years,
                 commencing on the Effective  Date,  and shall  continue in full
                 force  and  effect   unless   terminated  in  accord  with  the
                 provisions hereof.

         5.2.    The  term of this  Agreement  shall  automatically  extend  for
                 consecutive  one-year  periods  unless  either  party gives the
                 other party advance  written  notice of such party's intent not
                 to extend not less than 60 days before the scheduled expiration
                 of the then current term.

                                       29
<PAGE>

6.       TERMINATION BY BRIDGE

         Bridge shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if:

                  (a)      SAVVIS has failed to pay any invoice  that is not the
                           subject of a bona fide dispute  within 30 days of the
                           date on which  such  payment  is due and  Bridge  has
                           provided SAVVIS with written notice thereof, provided
                           that  SAVVIS  shall  have 10 days  from  the  time it
                           receives  such notice from  Bridge of  nonpayment  to
                           cure any such default;

                  (b)      Bridge  provides 10 days written notice of its intent
                           to  terminate  in the event that SAVVIS has failed to
                           perform or comply with or has  violated  any material
                           representation,    warranty,   term,   condition   or
                           obligation of SAVVIS under this Agreement, and SAVVIS
                           has failed to cure such failure or  violation  within
                           60 days after  receiving  notice thereof from Bridge;
                           or

                  (c)      SAVVIS   becomes  the  subject  of  a  voluntary   or
                           involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
                           liquidation  proceeding,  makes an assignment for the
                           benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability
                           to pay debts when due.

7.       CONTRACT MANAGERS

         7.1.    CONTRACT MANAGER. SAVVIS shall assign a representative to serve
                 as Bridge's  point-of-contact  for all matters  concerning  its
                 performance under this Agreement.

         7.2.    CONTRACT MANAGER. Bridge shall assign a representative to serve
                 as SAVVIS'  point-of-contact  for all  matters  concerning  its
                 performance under this Agreement.

8.       RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF BRIDGE

         8.1.    PROVISION OF THE SERVICES. Bridge shall provide the Services at
                 Bridge facilities.

         8.2.    INSURANCE.

                 8.2.1.  At all times during the term of this Agreement,  Bridge
                         shall  maintain for itself,  its  officers,  employees,
                         agents  and  representatives   insurance  as  shall  be
                         mutually agreed upon by the parties and set forth in an
                         Addendum  to this  Agreement  in the  manner  set forth
                         herein.

                 8.2.2.  Bridge shall furnish to SAVVIS,  upon written  request,
                         certificates   of   insurance   or  other   appropriate
                         documentation   (including   evidence   of  renewal  of
                         insurance) evidencing the insurance coverage referenced
                         above,  naming  SAVVIS as an additional  insured.  Such
                         certificates  or other  documentation  shall  include a
                         proviso  whereby 15 days prior written  notice shall be
                         provided to SAVVIS  prior to coverage  cancellation  or
                         other  material  alteration  by  either  Bridge  or the
                         applicable  insurer.   Such  cancellation  or  material
                         alteration  shall not relieve  Bridge of its continuing
                         obligation to maintain insurance coverage in accordance
                         with this Section.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                 8.2.3.  In  lieu  of all or  part  of  the  insurance  coverage
                         specified in this Section,  Bridge may self-insure with
                         respect  to  any  insurance   coverage,   except  where
                         expressly prohibited by law.

         8.3.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                 8.3.1.  Bridge  hereby  warrants  that  the  Services  will  be
                         provided in accordance  with good  business  management
                         practices  and  that  it  will  use  the  same  care in
                         rendering  the  Services  to SAVVIS  as Bridge  uses in
                         rendering such services to itself.

                 8.3.2.  THE  FOREGOING  WARRANTIES  ARE IN  LIEU  OF ALL  OTHER
                         WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT
                         TO ANY GOODS  PROVIDED  INCIDENT TO THE  SERVICES,  THE
                         IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
                         PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

9.       LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

         9.1.  Neither  party  shall  be  liable  to  the  other  for  indirect,
               incidental,   consequential,   exemplary,   reliance  or  special
               damages,  including  damages for lost profits,  regardless of the
               form of action whether in contract,  indemnity,  warranty, strict
               liability or tort,  including negligence of any kind with respect
               to the Services or other conduct under this Agreement.

         9.2.  Nothing  contained  in this Section  shall limit  either  party's
               liability to the other for (a) willful or intentional misconduct,
               or (b) injury or death,  or damage to  tangible  real or tangible
               personal property or the environment,  when proximately caused by
               SAVVIS'  or  Bridge's  negligence  or  that of  their  respective
               agents, subcontractors or employees.

10.      PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; LICENSE

         10.1. Bridge   hereby   grants   to   SAVVIS   a   non-exclusive    and
               non-transferable  license  to use all  programming  and  software
               necessary for SAVVIS to use the Services. Such license is granted
               for the term of this  Agreement  for the sole purpose of enabling
               SAVVIS to use the Services.

         10.2. All title and property rights  (including  intellectual  property
               rights)  to  Services  (including   associated   programming  and
               software)  are and shall  remain with  Bridge.  SAVVIS  shall not
               attempt to examine,  copy, alter,  reverse  engineer,  decompile,
               disassemble,  tamper  with or  otherwise  misuse  such  Services,
               programming and software.

11.      CONFIDENTIALITY

         11.1. During the term of this  Agreement and for a period of five years
               from the date of its  expiration or  termination  (including  all
               extensions  thereof),  each party  agrees to  maintain  in strict
               confidence  all  Confidential

                                       31
<PAGE>

                Information.  Neither party shall, without prior written consent
                of  the  other  party,   use  the  other  party's   Confidential
                Information  for any purpose other than for the  performance  of
                its duties and  obligations,  and the  exercise  of its  rights,
                under this Agreement.  Each party shall use, and shall cause all
                authorized   recipients  of  the  other   party's   Confidential
                Information to use, the same degree of care to protect the other
                party's  Confidential  Information as it uses to protect its own
                Confidential  Information,  but in any  event  not  less  than a
                reasonable degree of care.

         11.2.  Notwithstanding  Section  12.1,  either  party may  disclose the
                Confidential   Information  of  the  other  party  to:  (a)  its
                employees  and the  employees,  directors  and  officers  of its
                Affiliates  as  necessary  to  implement  this  Agreement;   (b)
                employees,  agents or representatives of the other party; or (c)
                other  persons  (including  counsel,  consultants,   lessors  or
                managers of facilities or equipment  used by such party) in need
                of access to such information for purposes  specifically related
                to  either  party's   responsibilities   under  this  Agreement,
                provided that any disclosure of Confidential  Information  under
                clause (c) shall be made only upon prior written approval of the
                other party and subject to the  appropriate  assurances that the
                recipient   of  such   information   shall  hold  it  in  strict
                confidence.

         11.3.  Upon the  request  of the  party  having  proprietary  rights to
                Confidential  Information,  the  party  in  possession  of  such
                information  shall  promptly  return it  (including  any copies,
                extracts  and  summaries  thereof,  in whatever  form and medium
                recorded)  to the  requesting  party or, with the other  party's
                written consent, shall promptly destroy it and provide the other
                party with written certification of such destruction.

         11.4.  Either  party may request in writing  that the other party waive
                all or any portion of the  requesting  party's  responsibilities
                relative to the other  party's  Confidential  Information.  Such
                waiver request shall identify the affected  information  and the
                nature of the  proposed  waiver.  The  recipient  of the request
                shall respond within a reasonable time and, if it determines, in
                its sole discretion,  to grant the requested  waiver, it will do
                so in writing over the  signature of an employee  authorized  to
                grant such request.

         11.5.  Bridge   and  SAVVIS   acknowledge   that  any   disclosure   or
                misappropriation  of  Confidential  Information  in violation of
                this Agreement could cause irreparable harm, the amount of which
                may be  difficult  to  determine,  thus  potentially  making any
                remedy at law or in damages inadequate.  Each party,  therefore,
                agrees that the other party shall have the right to apply to any
                court of competent  jurisdiction  for an order  restraining  any
                breach or  threatened  breach of this  Section and for any other
                appropriate relief. This right shall be in addition to any other
                remedy available in law or equity.

         11.6.  A party  requested  or ordered by a court or other  governmental
                authority of competent  jurisdiction to disclose another party's
                Confidential Information shall notify the other party in advance
                of any such  disclosure and, absent the other party's consent to
                such disclosure,  use its reasonable best efforts to resist, and
                to assist the other party in resisting, such disclosure. A party
                providing another

                                       32
<PAGE>

                party's   Confidential   Information   to  a  court   or   other
                governmental  authority shall use its reasonable best efforts to
                obtain a  protective  order  or  comparable  assurance  that the
                Confidential  Information so provided will be held in confidence
                and not  further  disclosed  to any  other  person,  absent  the
                owner's prior consent.

         11.7.  The  provisions  of  Section  12.1  above  shall  not  apply  to
                reasonably  necessary  disclosures  in  or  in  connection  with
                filings  under  any  securities  laws,   regulatory  filings  or
                proceedings,  financial  disclosures  which  in the  good  faith
                judgment  of  the   disclosing   party  are   required  by  law,
                disclosures   required  by  court  or   tribunal  or   competent
                jurisdiction, or disclosures that may be reasonably necessary in
                connection with the performance or enforcement of this Agreement
                or any of the obligations hereof; provided, however, that if the
                receiving  party  would  otherwise  be  required  to refer to or
                describe any aspect of this  Agreement  in any of the  preceding
                circumstances,  the  receiving  party  shall use its  reasonable
                efforts  to  take  such  steps  as  are  available   under  such
                circumstances  (such as by  providing a summary or  synopsis) to
                avoid  disclosure of the financial  terms and conditions of this
                Agreement.  Notwithstanding  any provisions of this Agreement to
                the contrary, either party may disclose the terms and conditions
                of  this  Agreement  in the  course  of a due  diligence  review
                performed  in  connection  with  prospective  debt  financing or
                equity  investment  by, or a sale to, a third party,  so long as
                the persons  conducting such due diligence review have agreed to
                maintain the  confidentiality  of such disclosure and not to use
                such disclosure for any purpose other such due diligence review.

12.      INDEMNIFICATIONS

         12.1.  SAVVIS shall indemnify,  defend,  and hold Bridge (including any
                of  its  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents  or  assigns)
                harmless  from any  claims,  actions or suits to the extent that
                such claim or action arises from Bridge's provision to SAVVIS of
                the Services  and to the extent that such claim,  action or suit
                does  not  arise  from  the  gross   negligence  or  intentional
                misconduct of Bridge.  SAVVIS may settle, or otherwise manage at
                its own cost and  expense  any such  claims,  actions  or suits.
                Bridge  shall  notify  SAVVIS  promptly  in  writing of any such
                claim,  action  or suit and  shall  cooperate  with  SAVVIS in a
                reasonable way to facilitate the settlement or defense thereof.

         12.2.  Bridge shall indemnify,  defend,  and hold SAVVIS (including any
                of  its  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents  or  assigns)
                harmless  from any  claims,  actions or suits to the extent that
                such claim or action  arises from Bridge's  gross  negligence or
                intentional  misconduct  in  the  provision  to  SAVVIS  of  the
                Services, unless such claim, action or suit also arises from the
                gross negligence or intentional misconduct of SAVVIS. Bridge may
                settle, or otherwise manage at its own cost and expense any such
                claims, actions or suits. SAVVIS shall notify Bridge promptly in
                writing of any such  claim,  action or suit and shall  cooperate
                with Bridge in a reasonable  way to facilitate the settlement or
                defense thereof.

                                       33
<PAGE>

13.      DISPUTES

         13.1.  Resolution of any and all disputes arising from or in connection
                with this Agreement, whether based on contract, tort, statute or
                otherwise, including disputes over arbitrability and disputes in
                connection  with claims by third persons  ("DISPUTES")  shall be
                exclusively  governed  by and  settled  in  accordance  with the
                provisions of this Section 14. The foregoing  shall not preclude
                recourse to judicial proceedings to obtain injunctive, emergency
                or other  equitable  relief to enforce  the  provisions  of this
                Agreement,  including specific  performance,  and to decide such
                issues as are required to be resolved in determining  whether to
                grant such relief. Resolution of Disputes with respect to claims
                by  third   persons   shall  be  deferred   until  any  judicial
                proceedings with respect thereto are concluded.

         13.2.  The  parties  hereby  agree to submit all  Disputes  to rules of
                arbitration  of the  American  Arbitration  Association  and the
                Missouri  Uniform   Arbitration  Act  (the  "RULES")  under  the
                following provisions,  which shall be final and binding upon the
                parties,  their  successors and assigns,  and that the following
                provisions   constitute  a  binding   arbitration  clause  under
                applicable  law. Either party may serve process or notice on the
                other in any  arbitration  or litigation in accordance  with the
                notice provisions  hereof. The parties agree not to disclose any
                information   regarding  any  Dispute  or  the  conduct  of  any
                arbitration  hereunder,  including the existence of such Dispute
                or such  arbitration,  to any  person or entity  other than such
                employees  or  representatives  of such  party as have a need to
                know.

         13.3.  Either party may commence  proceedings  hereunder by delivery of
                written notice providing a reasonable description of the Dispute
                to the other,  including  a  reference  to this  provision  (the
                "DISPUTE  NOTICE").  Either party may initiate  arbitration of a
                Dispute  by  delivery  of a demand  therefor  (the  "ARBITRATION
                DEMAND") to the other  party not sooner  than 60  calendar  days
                after the date of delivery of the Dispute Notice but at any time
                thereafter.  The  arbitration  shall be conducted in St.  Louis,
                Missouri.

         13.4.  The  arbitration  shall be conducted by three  arbitrators  (the
                "ARBITRATORS"),  one of whom shall be selected by Bridge, one by
                SAVVIS,  and the third by  agreement  of the other two not later
                than 10 days after  appointment  of the first two,  or,  failing
                such  agreement,   appointed   pursuant  to  the  Rules.  If  an
                Arbitrator  becomes  unable  to  serve,  a  successor  shall  be
                selected  or   appointed   in  the  same  manner  in  which  the
                predecessor Arbitrator was appointed.

         13.5.  The arbitration  shall be conducted  pursuant to such procedures
                as the parties  may agree or, in the absence of or failing  such
                agreement, pursuant to the Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                each party shall have the right to inspect the books and records
                of the other party that are  reasonably  related to the Dispute,
                and each party shall provide to the other, reasonably in advance
                of any hearing, copies of all documents which such party intends
                to present in such  hearing and the names and  addresses  of all
                witnesses  whose testimony such party intends to present in such
                hearing.

                                       34
<PAGE>

         13.6.  All hearings  shall be conducted on an expedited  schedule,  and
                all proceedings  shall be confidential.  Either party may at its
                expense make a stenographic record thereof.

         13.7.  The  Arbitrators  shall  complete all hearings not later than 90
                calendar days after the  Arbitrators'  selection or appointment,
                and shall  make a final  award not later than 30  calendar  days
                thereafter.  The  Arbitrators  shall  apportion  all  costs  and
                expenses of the Arbitration, including the Arbitrators' fees and
                expenses of experts ("ARBITRATION COSTS") between the prevailing
                and  non-prevailing  parties  as the  Arbitrators  deem fair and
                reasonable.  In circumstances  where a Dispute has been asserted
                or  defended  against  on  grounds  that  the  Arbitrators  deem
                manifestly   unreasonable,   the   Arbitrators  may  assess  all
                Arbitration  Costs  against  the  non-prevailing  party  and may
                include in the award the prevailing  party's attorneys' fees and
                expenses in connection with any and all  proceedings  under this
                Section 14.

         13.8.  Either party may assert appropriate  statutes of limitation as a
                defense  in  arbitration;  provided,  that  upon  delivery  of a
                Dispute   Notice  any  such  statute  shall  be  tolled  pending
                resolution hereunder.

         13.9.  Pending the  resolution  of any dispute or  controversy  arising
                under this  Agreement,  the  parties  shall  continue to perform
                their  respective  obligations  hereunder,  and Bridge shall not
                discontinue, disconnect or in any other fashion cease to provide
                all or any substantial  portion of the Services to SAVVIS unless
                otherwise directed by SAVVIS. This Section shall not apply where
                SAVVIS is in default under this Agreement.

14.      FORCE MAJEURE

         14.1.  In no event  shall  either  party be liable to the other for any
                failure  to  perform  hereunder  that  is  due  to  war,  riots,
                embargoes,  strikes or other concerted acts of workers  (whether
                of a party hereto or of others), casualties,  accidents or other
                causes to the  extent  that such  failure  and the  consequences
                thereof are reasonably  beyond the control and without the fault
                or negligence of the party  claiming  excuse.  Each party shall,
                with the cooperation of the other party, use reasonable  efforts
                to mitigate the extent of any failure to perform and the adverse
                consequences thereof.

         14.2.  If Bridge cannot promptly  provide a suitable  temporary  Bridge
                alternative  to  a  Service   subject  to  an   interruption  in
                connection  with the  existence  or a force  majeure  condition,
                SAVVIS may, at its option and at its own cost, contract with one
                or more third  parties for any or all affected  Services for the
                shortest  commercially  available  period  likely  to cover  the
                reasonably  expected  duration  of  the  Interruption,  and  may
                suspend  Bridge's  provision  of such  Services for such period.
                Bridge shall not charge SAVVIS for any Services  thus  suspended
                during the period of suspension.  Bridge shall resume  provision
                of the suspended  Services upon the later of the  termination or
                expiration  of  SAVVIS'   legally  binding   commitments   under
                contracts  with third  parties for  alternative  services or the
                cessation or remedy of the force majeure condition.

                                       35
<PAGE>

         14.3.    In the event that a force majeure condition shall continue for
                  more than 60 days,  SAVVIS may cancel  the  affected  Services
                  with no further  liability  to Bridge  other than for Services
                  received  by  SAVVIS  prior  to the  occurrence  of the  force
                  majeure condition.

15.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

         15.1.  NO THIRD-PARTY  BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement  shall not confer
                any rights or remedies  upon any person or entity other than the
                parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

         15.2.  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.   This  Agreement  (including  the  documents
                referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement between the
                parties and supersedes any prior understandings,  agreements, or
                representations  by or between the parties,  written or oral, to
                the extent they related in any way to the subject matter hereof.

         15.3.  SUCCESSION AND ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
                and inure to the benefit of the parties  named  herein and their
                respective successors and permitted assigns. No party may assign
                either  this  Agreement  or  any of its  rights,  interests,  or
                obligations  hereunder without the prior written approval of the
                other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         15.4.  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in one or more
                counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original but all
                of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

         15.5.  HEADINGS.  The Section headings  contained in this Agreement are
                inserted  for  convenience  only and shall not affect in any way
                the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

         15.6.  NOTICES.  All  notices,  requests,  demands,  claims,  and other
                communications   hereunder  will  be  in  writing.  Any  notice,
                request,  demand, claim, or other communication  hereunder shall
                be deemed duly given if (and then two business days after) it is
                sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,
                postage prepaid,  and addressed to the intended recipient as set
                forth below:

                If to Bridge:    Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                                 Three World Financial Center
                                 New York, New York 10285
                                 (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                                 Attention: Zachary Snow,
                                            Executive Vice President and
                                            General Counsel

                                       36
<PAGE>

                  If to SAVVIS:  SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                                 717 Office Parkway
                                 St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                                 (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                                 Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,
                                             Vice President and General Counsel

                  Any party may send any  notice,  request,  demand,  claim,  or
                  other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the
                  address  set forth  above  using any  other  means  (including
                  personal  delivery,   expedited  courier,  messenger  service,
                  telecopy,  telex,  ordinary mail, or electronic  mail), but no
                  such notice,  request,  demand,  claim, or other communication
                  shall be deemed to have been duly  given  unless  and until it
                  actually is received by the intended recipient.  Any party may
                  change  the  address  to  which  notices,  requests,  demands,
                  claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered
                  by giving  the other  party  notice in the  manner  herein set
                  forth.

         15.7.   GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement   shall  be  governed  by  and
                 construed in accordance  with the domestic laws of the State of
                 Missouri without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law
                 provision  or rule  (whether  of the State of  Missouri  or any
                 other  jurisdiction)  that would cause the  application  of the
                 laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Missouri.

         15.8.   AMENDMENTS  AND WAIVERS.  No amendment of any provision of this
                 Agreement  shall be valid  unless  the same shall be in writing
                 and signed by SAVVIS and Bridge.  No waiver by any party of any
                 default,  misrepresentation,  or breach of warranty or covenant
                 hereunder,  whether  intentional  or not,  shall be  deemed  to
                 extend to any prior or subsequent  default,  misrepresentation,
                 or breach of warranty or  covenant  hereunder  or affect in any
                 way any  rights  arising  by virtue of any prior or  subsequent
                 such occurrence.

         15.9.   SEVERABILITY.  Any term or provision of this  Agreement that is
                 invalid or  unenforceable  in any situation in any jurisdiction
                 shall  not  affect  the  validity  or   enforceability  of  the
                 remaining  terms  and  provisions  hereof  or the  validity  or
                 enforceability  of the offending term or provision in any other
                 situation or in any other jurisdiction.

         15.10.  EXPENSES.  Each  party  will bear its own  costs  and  expenses
                 (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with
                 this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         15.11.  CONSTRUCTION.  Any reference to any federal,  state,  local, or
                 foreign  statute  or law shall be  deemed  also to refer to all
                 rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   unless  the
                 context requires  otherwise.  The word  "including"  shall mean
                 including without limitation.

                                       37
<PAGE>

         15.12.  ADDENDA AND SCHEDULES.  The Addenda and Schedules identified in
                 this Agreement are incorporated  herein by reference and made a
                 part hereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Administrative
Services Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

                                         SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                         By
                                            ------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

                                         BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.

                                         By
                                              ----------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                              ----------------------------------


                                       38
<PAGE>

                SCHEDULE 2.1 TO ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE AGREEMENT

                          ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TO BE
                          PROVIDED BY BRIDGE TO SAVVIS


Service to be provided

Facility rental & operation

Equipment maintenance

Risk management services

Tax planning administration

Tax compliance

Treasury management

Financial planning

Human resource services

Payroll administration

Accounting, bookkeeping,
financial statement preparation

Procurement

PC support

LAN and WAN support

IT planning, installation and
support

Travel expenses (directly on
behalf of SAVVIS)


                                       39
<PAGE>

                 EXHIBIT A TO ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

                 FORM OF LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

         This LOCAL  ADMINISTRATIVE  SERVICES  AGREEMENT  (the  "AGREEMENT")  is
effective as of  ______________,  2000 (the  "EFFECTIVE  DATE"),  between [local
SAVVIS entity], a company organized under the laws of [country] ("SAVVIS"),  and
[local Bridge/Telerate  entity], a company organized under the laws of [country]
("PROVIDER").

                                    RECITALS

         A. Provider is engaged in the business of collecting  and  distributing
various financial, news and other data in [country] (the "JURISDICTION").

         B. SAVVIS is engaged in the business of providing Internet backbone and
other data transport services in the Jurisdiction.

         C. SAVVIS Parent and Bridge Parent have entered into an  Administrative
Services  Agreement,  of  even  date  herewith  (the  "ADMINISTRATIVE   SERVICES
AGREEMENT")  for the provision  and receipt of similar  services on a world-wide
basis at the parent  level as are being  provided and received by the parties to
this Agreement within the Jurisdiction.

         D.  Together with this  Agreement,  the SAVVIS is entering into certain
other  agreements  with  Provider,  or Affiliates of Provider,  related to their
operations in the Jurisdiction,  including Local Transfer Agreements,  Equipment
Collocation Permits, and Local Network Services Agreements.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
covenants  contained  herein and of other good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  adequacy  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties  agree as
follows:

1.       CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DEFINITIONS

         1.1.    This  Agreement  shall  consist  of this  Local  Administrative
                 Services   Agreement  by  and  between   SAVVIS  and  Provider,
                 including  all addenda to this  Agreement  entered  into in the
                 manner set forth herein (each an  "ADDENDUM"  and  collectively
                 the "ADDENDA").  This Agreement  shall be interpreted  wherever
                 possible to avoid conflicts between the Sections hereof and the
                 Attachments,  provided that if such a conflict shall arise, the
                 Attachments shall control.

         1.2.    Whenever it is provided  in this  Agreement  for a matter to be
                 mutually  agreed  upon  by the  parties  and  set  forth  in an
                 Addendum  to this  Agreement,  either  party may  initiate  the
                 process of  determining  such matter by  submitting  a proposed
                 outline or contents of such  Addendum to the other party.  Each
                 party shall appoint a primary  contact and a secondary  contact
                 for the completion of such  Addendum,  who shall be the contact
                 points for every issue  concerning  such Addendum and

                                       40
<PAGE>

                  who shall be informed  of the  progress  of the  project.  The
                  names of the  contacts  will be  exchanged  in  writing by the
                  parties.  Using the contacts,  the parties shall work together
                  in good faith  with such  diligence  as shall be  commercially
                  reasonable under the  circumstances to complete such Addendum,
                  provided,  however,  that neither  party shall be obligated to
                  enter  into  such an  Addendum.  Upon the  completion  of such
                  Addendum,  it shall be set  forth in a  written  document  and
                  executed  by the  parties  and  shall  become  a part  of this
                  Agreement  and shall be deemed  to be  incorporated  herein by
                  reference.

         1.3.     Whenever used in this Agreement,  the words and phrases listed
                  below shall have the  meanings  given  below,  and all defined
                  terms shall include the plural as well as the singular. Unless
                  otherwise  stated,  the words "herein",  "hereunder" and other
                  similar words refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not to a
                  particular Section or other subdivision.  The words "included"
                  and "including" shall not be construed as terms of limitation.

                  "AFFILIATE"  has the  meaning  set forth in Rule  12b-2 of the
                  regulations  promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of
                  1934, as amended.

                  "AGREEMENT YEAR" shall mean a period of 12 months beginning on
                  the Effective Date and each subsequent anniversary thereof.

                  "BRIDGE  PARENT"  means Bridge  Information  Systems,  Inc., a
                  Delaware corporation.

                  "CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION"  means all information  concerning
                  the  business  of  Provider,  SAVVIS or any third  party doing
                  business  with  either of them that may be  obtained  from any
                  source (i) by Provider by virtue of its performance under this
                  Agreement  or  (ii)  by  SAVVIS  by  virtue  of its use of the
                  Services.  Such  information  shall also  include the terms of
                  this Agreement (and  negotiations and proposals from one party
                  to the other related  directly  thereto),  network designs and
                  design recommendations,  tools and programs, pricing, methods,
                  processes,  financial data, software,  research,  development,
                  strategic plans or related  information.  All such information
                  disclosed  prior to the execution of this Agreement shall also
                  be considered  Confidential  Information  for purposes of this
                  Agreement.   Confidential   Information   shall  not   include
                  information that:

                           (a)      is already rightfully known to the receiving
                                    party  at the  time it is  obtained  by such
                                    party, free from any obligation to keep such
                                    information confidential; or

                           (b)      is or  becomes  publicly  known  through  no
                                    wrongful act of the receiving party; or

                           (c)      is  rightfully  received  by  the  receiving
                                    party from a third party without restriction
                                    and without breach of this Agreement.

                  "EFFECTIVE  DATE" means the date set forth in the  Preamble of
                  this Agreement.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                  "INITIAL TERM" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 below.

                  "PROVIDER"  means [local  Bridge/Telerate  entity],  a company
                  organized under the laws of [country].

                  "SAVVIS"  means [local  SAVVIS  entity],  a company  organized
                  under the laws of [country].

                  "SAVVIS  PARENT" means SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  a
                  Missouri corporation.

                  "SERVICES" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 below.

2.       THE SERVICES

         2.1.     Provider  agrees  to  provide  to  SAVVIS  some  or all of the
                  administrative  services  listed on Schedule  2.1 hereto which
                  shall be referred  to in this  Agreement  collectively  as the
                  "SERVICES" and individually as a "SERVICE."

         2.2.     From time to time  during the term of this  Agreement,  SAVVIS
                  may terminate one or more Services  being provided by Provider
                  hereunder by giving  Provider  written notice at least 30 days
                  prior  to the  effective  date  of such  termination,  with no
                  liability  to  Provider  other  than  for  charges  (less  any
                  applicable  credits)  for such Service  provided  prior to the
                  effective date of such  termination.  Any other changes to the
                  Services shall be provided for in an Addendum  mutually agreed
                  upon by the  parties in the  manner  set forth in Section  1.2
                  hereof.

         2.3.     SAVVIS  grants to Provider a general  power of attorney to act
                  on behalf of SAVVIS in all matters  relating to performance of
                  the Services.

3.       RATES AND CHARGES

         SAVVIS  shall pay  Provider  for the  Services  at rates to be mutually
         agreed by the  parties;  provided,  however,  that such rates  shall be
         based on the cost to  Provider  of  providing  the  Services to SAVVIS,
         except to the extent contrary to local law.

4.       INVOICES

         4.1.     The amounts due to Provider from SAVVIS for the Services shall
                  be billed  monthly in arrears.  All items on invoices  not the
                  subject of a bona fide  dispute  shall be payable by SAVVIS in
                  [country]  currency within 30 days from the date of receipt of
                  the  invoice.  All  amounts  not in  dispute  are  subject  to
                  interest  charges of 1-1/2  percent  that will accrue daily on
                  all  amounts not paid within 30 days of the date of receipt of
                  the invoice.

         4.2.     SAVVIS shall pay any sales, use, value added,  federal excise,
                  utility,  gross  receipts,  state  and local  surcharges,  and
                  similar  taxes,  charges or levies  lawfully  levied by a duly
                  constituted taxing authority against or upon the Services.  In
                  the   alternative,   SAVVIS  shall  provide  Provider  with  a
                  certificate  evidencing  SAVVIS'  exemption from payment of or
                  liability for such taxes.  As part of the  Services,  Provider
                  will administer the payment of SAVVIS'  payroll taxes.

                                       42
<PAGE>

                  SAVVIS  will  reimburse  Provider  for such  payroll  taxes as
                  invoiced  under this  Agreement.  All other taxes,  charges or
                  levies   related  to  the  Services,   including  any  income,
                  franchise, privilege, or occupation taxes of Provider shall be
                  paid by Provider.  Except as otherwise  specifically addressed
                  in this Agreement or Addenda hereto,  each party shall pay its
                  own taxes.

         4.3.     Bona fide disputes  concerning  invoices  shall be referred to
                  the parties' respective Contract Managers for resolution.  Any
                  amount  to  which  SAVVIS  is  entitled  as a  result  of  the
                  resolution of a billing dispute shall be credited  promptly to
                  SAVVIS' account. Any amount to which Provider is entitled as a
                  result of the  resolution  of a billing  dispute shall be paid
                  promptly to Provider.

5.       TERM AND EXTENSIONS

         5.1.     The  Initial  Term of this  Agreement  shall be  three  years,
                  commencing on the Effective  Date,  and shall continue in full
                  force  and  effect  unless   terminated  in  accord  with  the
                  provisions hereof.

         5.2.     The term of this  Agreement  shall  automatically  extend  for
                  consecutive  one-year  periods  unless  either party gives the
                  other party advance  written notice of such party's intent not
                  to  extend  not  less  than  60  days  before  the   scheduled
                  expiration of the then current term.

         5.3.     The above  provisions of this Section 5  notwithstanding,  the
                  term of this  Agreement,  including  the Initial  Term and any
                  extension  provided  under Section 5.2 shall not extend beyond
                  the term of the Administrative Services Agreement.

6.       TERMINATION BY PROVIDER

         6.1.     Provider shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if:

                  (a)      SAVVIS has failed to pay any invoice  that is not the
                           subject of a bona fide dispute  within 30 days of the
                           date on which such  payment is due and  Provider  has
                           provided SAVVIS with written notice thereof, provided
                           that  SAVVIS  shall  have 10 days  from  the  time it
                           receives  such notice from  Provider of nonpayment to
                           cure any such default;

                  (b)      Provider  provides  10  days  written  notice  of its
                           intent to  terminate  in the event  that  SAVVIS  has
                           failed to perform or comply with or has  violated any
                           material representation, warranty, term, condition or
                           obligation of SAVVIS under this Agreement, and SAVVIS
                           has failed to cure such failure or  violation  within
                           60 days after receiving notice thereof from Provider;

                  (c)      SAVVIS   becomes  the  subject  of  a  voluntary   or
                           involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
                           liquidation  proceeding,  makes an assignment for the
                           benefit of creditors, admits in writing its inability
                           to pay debts when due; or

                                       43
<PAGE>

                  (d)       SAVVIS  Parent  defaults  under  the  terms  of  the
                            Administrative Service Agreement.

7.       CONTRACT MANAGERS

         7.1.     SAVVIS CONTRACT MANAGER.  SAVVIS shall assign a representative
                  to  serve  as  Provider's  point-of-contact  for  all  matters
                  concerning its performance under this Agreement.

         7.2.     BRIDGE   CONTRACT    MANAGER.    Provider   shall   assign   a
                  representative  to serve as SAVVIS'  point-of-contact  for all
                  matters concerning its performance under this Agreement.

8.       RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF PROVIDER

         8.1.     PROVISION OF THE SERVICES. Provider shall provide the Services
                  at its facilities.

         8.2.     INSURANCE.

                  8.2.1. At  all  times  during  the  term  of  this  Agreement,
                         Provider  shall  maintain  for  itself,  its  officers,
                         employees,  agents  and  representatives  insurance  as
                         shall be  mutually  agreed  upon by the parties and set
                         forth in an  Addendum to this  Agreement  in the manner
                         set forth herein.

                  8.2.2. Provider shall furnish to SAVVIS, upon written request,
                         certificates   of   insurance   or  other   appropriate
                         documentation   (including   evidence   of  renewal  of
                         insurance) evidencing the insurance coverage referenced
                         above,  naming  SAVVIS as an additional  insured.  Such
                         certificates  or other  documentation  shall  include a
                         proviso  whereby 15 days prior written  notice shall be
                         provided to SAVVIS  prior to coverage  cancellation  or
                         other  material  alteration  by either  Provider or the
                         applicable  insurer.   Such  cancellation  or  material
                         alteration shall not relieve Provider of its continuing
                         obligation to maintain insurance coverage in accordance
                         with this Section.

                  8.2.3. In  lieu  of all or  part  of  the  insurance  coverage
                         specified in this  Section,  Provider  may  self-insure
                         with respect to any  insurance  coverage,  except where
                         expressly prohibited by law.

         8.3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                  8.3.1. Provider  hereby  warrants  that the  Services  will be
                         provided in accordance  with good  business  management
                         practices  and  that  it  will  use  the  same  care in
                         rendering  the  Services to SAVVIS as Provider  uses in
                         rendering such services to itself.

                  8.3.2. THE  FOREGOING  WARRANTIES  ARE IN  LIEU  OF ALL  OTHER
                         WARRANTIES,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT
                         TO ANY GOODS  PROVIDED  INCIDENT TO THE

                                       44
<PAGE>

                         SERVICES, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
                         FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

9.       LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY

         9.1.     Neither  party  shall be liable  to the  other  for  indirect,
                  incidental,  consequential,  exemplary,  reliance  or  special
                  damages, including damages for lost profits, regardless of the
                  form of  action  whether  in  contract,  indemnity,  warranty,
                  strict  liability or tort,  including  negligence  of any kind
                  with  respect  to the  Services  or other  conduct  under this
                  Agreement.

         9.2.     Nothing  contained in this Section shall limit either  party's
                  liability  to  the  other  for  (a)  willful  or   intentional
                  misconduct, or (b) injury or death, or damage to tangible real
                  or  tangible  personal  property  or  the  environment,   when
                  proximately caused by SAVVIS' or Provider's negligence or that
                  of their respective agents, subcontractors or employees.

10.      PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; LICENSE

         10.1.    Provider   hereby  grants  to  SAVVIS  a   non-exclusive   and
                  non-transferable  license to use all  programming and software
                  necessary  for  SAVVIS to use the  Services.  Such  license is
                  granted for the term of this Agreement for the sole purpose of
                  enabling SAVVIS to use the Services.

         10.2.    All title and property rights (including intellectual property
                  rights) to  Services  (including  associated  programming  and
                  software) are and shall remain with Provider. SAVVIS shall not
                  attempt  (except as permitted by  applicable  law) to examine,
                  copy, alter, reverse engineer, decompile,  disassemble, tamper
                  with  or  otherwise  misuse  such  Services,  programming  and
                  software.

11.      CONFIDENTIALITY

         11.1.    During  the term of this  Agreement  and for a period  of five
                  years  from  the  date  of  its   expiration  or   termination
                  (including  all  extensions  thereof),  each  party  agrees to
                  maintain in strict  confidence all  Confidential  Information.
                  Neither  party shall,  without  prior  written  consent of the
                  other party,  use the other party's  Confidential  Information
                  for any purpose other than for the  performance  of its duties
                  and  obligations,  and the exercise of its rights,  under this
                  Agreement.   Each  party  shall  use,   and  shall  cause  all
                  authorized   recipients  of  the  other  party's  Confidential
                  Information  to use,  the same  degree of care to protect  the
                  other party's  Confidential  Information as it uses to protect
                  its own  Confidential  Information,  but in any event not less
                  than a reasonable degree of care.

         11.2.    Notwithstanding  Section  11.1,  either party may disclose the
                  Confidential  Information  of the  other  party  to:  (a)  its
                  employees  and the  employees,  directors  and officers of its
                  Affiliates  as  necessary  to implement  this  Agreement;  (b)
                  employees,  agents or  representatives  of the other party; or
                  (c) other persons (including counsel, consultants,  lessors or
                  managers of  facilities  or  equipment  used by such party) in
                  need of access to such  information for purposes  specifically
                  related  to  either   party's   responsibilities   under  this
                  Agreement,   provided  that  any

                                       45
<PAGE>

                  disclosure of Confidential  Information under clause (c) shall
                  be made only upon prior  written  approval  of the other party
                  and subject to the  appropriate  assurances that the recipient
                  of such information shall hold it in strict confidence.

         11.3.    Upon the  request of the party  having  proprietary  rights to
                  Confidential  Information,  the  party in  possession  of such
                  information  shall  promptly  return it (including any copies,
                  extracts and  summaries  thereof,  in whatever form and medium
                  recorded) to the  requesting  party or, with the other party's
                  written  consent,  shall  promptly  destroy it and provide the
                  other party with written certification of such destruction.

         11.4.    Either party may request in writing that the other party waive
                  all or any portion of the requesting party's  responsibilities
                  relative to the other party's Confidential  Information.  Such
                  waiver request shall identify the affected information and the
                  nature of the proposed  waiver.  The  recipient of the request
                  shall respond within a reasonable  time and, if it determines,
                  in its sole discretion, to grant the requested waiver, it will
                  do so in writing over the signature of an employee  authorized
                  to grant such request.

         11.5.    Provider  and  SAVVIS   acknowledge  that  any  disclosure  or
                  misappropriation  of Confidential  Information in violation of
                  this  Agreement  could cause  irreparable  harm, the amount of
                  which may be difficult to determine,  thus potentially  making
                  any  remedy  at  law or in  damages  inadequate.  Each  party,
                  therefore, agrees that the other party shall have the right to
                  apply to any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  for an order
                  restraining  any breach or  threatened  breach of this Section
                  and for any other appropriate  relief.  This right shall be in
                  addition to any other remedy available in law or equity.

         11.6.    A party requested or ordered by a court or other  governmental
                  authority  of  competent   jurisdiction  to  disclose  another
                  party's Confidential  Information shall notify the other party
                  in  advance  of any such  disclosure  and,  absent  the  other
                  party's  consent to such  disclosure,  use its reasonable best
                  efforts to resist, and to assist the other party in resisting,
                  such   disclosure.   A   party   providing   another   party's
                  Confidential  Information  to a court  or  other  governmental
                  authority  shall use its  reasonable  best efforts to obtain a
                  protective order or comparable assurance that the Confidential
                  Information  so provided  will be held in  confidence  and not
                  further  disclosed  to any other  person,  absent the  owner's
                  prior consent.

         11.7.    The  provisions  of  Section  11.1  above  shall  not apply to
                  reasonably  necessary  disclosures  in or in  connection  with
                  filings  under any  securities  laws,  regulatory  filings  or
                  proceedings,  financial  disclosures  which in the good  faith
                  judgment  of  the  disclosing   party  are  required  by  law,
                  disclosures   required  by  court  or  tribunal  or  competent
                  jurisdiction,  or disclosures that may be reasonably necessary
                  in connection  with the  performance  or  enforcement  of this
                  Agreement or any of the obligations hereof; provided, however,
                  that if the  receiving  party would  otherwise  be required to
                  refer to or describe  any aspect of this  Agreement  in any of
                  the preceding circumstances, the receiving party shall use its
                  reasonable  efforts to take

                                       46
<PAGE>

                  such steps as are available under such circumstances  (such as
                  by providing a summary or synopsis) to avoid disclosure of the
                  financial    terms   and   conditions   of   this   Agreement.
                  Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of  this  Agreement  to  the
                  contrary,  either party may disclose the terms and  conditions
                  of this  Agreement  in the  course of a due  diligence  review
                  performed in connection  with  prospective  debt  financing or
                  equity  investment by, or a sale to, a third party, so long as
                  the persons  conducting such due diligence  review have agreed
                  to maintain the  confidentiality of such disclosure and not to
                  use such  disclosure  for any purpose other such due diligence
                  review.

12.      INDEMNIFICATIONS

         12.1.    SAVVIS shall indemnify,  defend, and hold Provider  (including
                  any of its directors,  officers, employees, agents or assigns)
                  harmless from any claims,  actions or suits to the extent that
                  such  claim or action  arises  from  Provider's  provision  to
                  SAVVIS of the  Services  and to the  extent  that such  claim,
                  action  or suit does not arise  from the gross  negligence  or
                  intentional  misconduct  of  Provider.  SAVVIS may settle,  or
                  otherwise  manage at its own cost and expense any such claims,
                  actions or suits.  Provider  shall notify  SAVVIS  promptly in
                  writing of any such claim,  action or suit and shall cooperate
                  with SAVVIS in a reasonable  way to facilitate  the settlement
                  or defense thereof.

         12.2.    Provider shall indemnify,  defend,  and hold SAVVIS (including
                  any of its directors,  officers, employees, agents or assigns)
                  harmless from any claims,  actions or suits to the extent that
                  such claim or action arises from Provider's  gross  negligence
                  or  intentional  misconduct  in the provision to SAVVIS of the
                  Services,  unless such claim,  action or suit also arises from
                  the gross  negligence  or  intentional  misconduct  of SAVVIS.
                  Provider may settle,  or otherwise  manage at its own cost and
                  expense any such claims, actions or suits. SAVVIS shall notify
                  Provider promptly in writing of any such claim, action or suit
                  and shall  cooperate  with  Provider  in a  reasonable  way to
                  facilitate the settlement or defense thereof.

13.      DISPUTES

         13.1.    Resolution  of  any  and  all  disputes  arising  from  or  in
                  connection  with this  Agreement,  whether  based on contract,
                  tort,   statute  or   otherwise,   including   disputes   over
                  arbitrability  and disputes in connection with claims by third
                  persons  ("DISPUTES")  shall be  exclusively  governed  by and
                  settled in accordance  with the provisions of this Section 13.
                  The  foregoing   shall  not  preclude   recourse  to  judicial
                  proceedings to obtain injunctive, emergency or other equitable
                  relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement,  including
                  specific  performance,  and  to  decide  such  issues  as  are
                  required to be resolved in  determining  whether to grant such
                  relief. Resolution of Disputes with respect to claims by third
                  persons shall be deferred until any judicial  proceedings with
                  respect thereto are concluded.

         13.2.    The parties  hereby  agree to submit all  Disputes to rules of
                  arbitration of the American  Arbitration  Association  and the
                  Missouri  Uniform  Arbitration  Act (the  "RULES")  under  the
                  following  provisions,  which shall be final and binding  upon
                  the  parties,  their  successors  and  assigns,  and  that the
                  following  provisions  constitute a

                                       47
<PAGE>

                  binding  arbitration clause under applicable law. Either party
                  may serve process or notice on the other in any arbitration or
                  litigation in accordance  with the notice  provisions  hereof.
                  The parties  agree not to disclose any  information  regarding
                  any  Dispute  or the  conduct  of any  arbitration  hereunder,
                  including the  existence of such Dispute or such  arbitration,
                  to  any  person  or  entity  other  than  such   employees  or
                  representatives of such party as have a need to know.

         13.3.    Either party may commence proceedings hereunder by delivery of
                  written  notice  providing  a  reasonable  description  of the
                  Dispute to the other,  including a reference to this provision
                  (the "DISPUTE NOTICE").  Either party may initiate arbitration
                  of  a  Dispute  by   delivery  of  a  demand   therefor   (the
                  "ARBITRATION  DEMAND")  to the other  party not sooner than 60
                  calendar days after the date of delivery of the Dispute Notice
                  but at any time thereafter. The arbitration shall be conducted
                  in St. Louis, Missouri.

         13.4.    The arbitration  shall be conducted by three  arbitrators (the
                  "ARBITRATORS"), one of whom shall be selected by Provider, one
                  by  SAVVIS,  and the third by  agreement  of the other two not
                  later than 10 days  after  appointment  of the first two,  or,
                  failing such agreement, appointed pursuant to the Rules. If an
                  Arbitrator  becomes  unable to  serve,  a  successor  shall be
                  selected  or  appointed  in  the  same  manner  in  which  the
                  predecessor Arbitrator was appointed.

         13.5.    The arbitration shall be conducted pursuant to such procedures
                  as the parties may agree or, in the absence of or failing such
                  agreement,   pursuant  to  the  Rules.   Notwithstanding   the
                  foregoing,  each party  shall  have the right to  inspect  the
                  books and  records  of the  other  party  that are  reasonably
                  related to the  Dispute,  and each party shall  provide to the
                  other,  reasonably  in advance of any  hearing,  copies of all
                  documents  which such party intends to present in such hearing
                  and the names and addresses of all witnesses  whose  testimony
                  such party intends to present in such hearing.

         13.6.    All hearings shall be conducted on an expedited schedule,  and
                  all proceedings shall be confidential. Either party may at its
                  expense make a stenographic record thereof.

         13.7.    The Arbitrators  shall complete all hearings not later than 90
                  calendar days after the Arbitrators' selection or appointment,
                  and shall make a final award not later than 30  calendar  days
                  thereafter.  The  Arbitrators  shall  apportion  all costs and
                  expenses of the Arbitration,  including the Arbitrators'  fees
                  and  expenses  of experts  ("ARBITRATION  COSTS")  between the
                  prevailing and non-prevailing  parties as the Arbitrators deem
                  fair and reasonable. In circumstances where a Dispute has been
                  asserted or defended  against on grounds that the  Arbitrators
                  deem manifestly  unreasonable,  the Arbitrators may assess all
                  Arbitration  Costs  against the  non-prevailing  party and may
                  include in the award the prevailing  party's  attorneys'  fees
                  and expenses in connection with any and all proceedings  under
                  this Section 13.

                                       48
<PAGE>

         13.8.    Either party may assert appropriate  statutes of limitation as
                  a defense in  arbitration;  provided,  that upon delivery of a
                  Dispute  Notice  any  such  statute  shall be  tolled  pending
                  resolution hereunder.

         13.9.    Pending the resolution of any dispute or  controversy  arising
                  under this  Agreement,  the parties shall  continue to perform
                  their respective obligations hereunder, and Provider shall not
                  discontinue,  disconnect  or in any  other  fashion  cease  to
                  provide  all or any  substantial  portion of the  Services  to
                  SAVVIS unless otherwise directed by SAVVIS. This Section shall
                  not apply where SAVVIS is in default under this Agreement.

14.      FORCE MAJEURE

         14.1.    In no event shall  either party be liable to the other for any
                  failure  to  perform  hereunder  that  is due to  war,  riots,
                  embargoes, strikes or other concerted acts of workers (whether
                  of a party  hereto or of  others),  casualties,  accidents  or
                  other   causes  to  the  extent  that  such  failure  and  the
                  consequences  thereof  are  reasonably  beyond the control and
                  without the fault or negligence of the party claiming  excuse.
                  Each party shall, with the cooperation of the other party, use
                  reasonable  efforts to  mitigate  the extent of any failure to
                  perform and the adverse consequences thereof.

         14.2.    If  Provider  cannot  promptly  provide a  suitable  temporary
                  Provider  alternative to a Service  subject to an interruption
                  in connection with the existence or a force majeure condition,
                  SAVVIS may, at its option and at its own cost,  contract  with
                  one or more third parties for any or all affected Services for
                  the shortest commercially available period likely to cover the
                  reasonably  expected  duration  of the  Interruption,  and may
                  suspend Provider's provision of such Services for such period.
                  Provider  shall  not  charge  SAVVIS  for  any  Services  thus
                  suspended  during the  period of  suspension.  Provider  shall
                  resume  provision of the suspended  Services upon the later of
                  the  termination  or  expiration  of SAVVIS'  legally  binding
                  commitments under contracts with third parties for alternative
                  services  or the  cessation  or remedy  of the  force  majeure
                  condition.

         14.3.    In the event that a force majeure condition shall continue for
                  more than 60 days,  SAVVIS may cancel  the  affected  Services
                  with no further  liability to Provider other than for Services
                  received  by  SAVVIS  prior  to the  occurrence  of the  force
                  majeure condition.

15.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

         15.1.    NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. [This Agreement shall not confer
                  any rights or  remedies  upon any person or entity  other than
                  the  parties and their  respective  successors  and  permitted
                  assigns.]  [Except as  expressly  provided in this  Agreement,
                  nothing in this  Agreement will create or confer any rights or
                  other benefits on or in favor of any person who is not a party
                  to this Agreement whether pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of
                  Third Parties) Act, 1999 or otherwise.]

                                       49
<PAGE>


         15.2.    ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  (including  the documents
                  referred to herein)  constitutes the entire agreement  between
                  the  parties   and   supersedes   any  prior   understandings,
                  agreements,  or  representations  by or between  the  parties,
                  written or oral,  to the extent they related in any way to the
                  subject matter hereof.

         15.3.    SUCCESSION AND  ASSIGNMENT.  This  Agreement  shall be binding
                  upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  named herein and
                  their respective  successors and permitted  assigns.  No party
                  may  assign  either  this  Agreement  or any  of  its  rights,
                  interests,  or obligations hereunder without the prior written
                  approval  of the  other  party,  which  consent  shall  not be
                  unreasonably withheld.

         15.4.    COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be executed in one or more
                  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an  original  but
                  all of  which  together  will  constitute  one  and  the  same
                  instrument.

         15.5.    HEADINGS. The Section headings contained in this Agreement are
                  inserted for convenience  only and shall not affect in any way
                  the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

         15.6.    NOTICES.  All notices,  requests,  demands,  claims, and other
                  communications  hereunder  will  be in  writing.  Any  notice,
                  request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall
                  be deemed duly given if (and then two business  days after) it
                  is  sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
                  requested,  postage  prepaid,  and  addressed  to the intended
                  recipient as set forth below:

                  If to Provider: Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                                  Three World Financial Center
                                  New York, New York 10285
                                  (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                                  Attention: Zachary Snow,
                                             Executive Vice President and
                                             General Counsel

                  If to SAVVIS:   SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                                  717 Office Parkway
                                  St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                                  (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                                  Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,
                                              Vice President and General Counsel

                  Any party may send any  notice,  request,  demand,  claim,  or
                  other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the
                  address  set forth  above  using any  other  means  (including
                  personal  delivery,   expedited  courier,  messenger  service,
                  telecopy,  telex,  ordinary mail, or electronic  mail), but no
                  such notice,  request,  demand,  claim, or other communication
                  shall be deemed to have been duly  given  unless  and until it
                  actually is received by the intended recipient.  Any party may
                  change  the  address  to  which  notices,  requests,  demands,
                  claims, and other

                                       50
<PAGE>

                  communications  hereunder  are to be  delivered  by giving the
                  other party notice in the manner herein set forth.

         15.7.    GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by  and
                  construed in  accordance  with the domestic  laws of [England]
                  [the State of Missouri] without giving effect to any choice or
                  conflict of law provision or rule  (whether of [England]  [the
                  State of Missouri] or any other jurisdiction) that would cause
                  the  application  of the laws of any  jurisdiction  other than
                  [England] [the State of Missouri].

         15.8.    AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  No amendment of any provision of this
                  Agreement  shall be valid  unless the same shall be in writing
                  and signed by SAVVIS and  Provider.  No waiver by any party of
                  any  default,  misrepresentation,  or  breach of  warranty  or
                  covenant  hereunder,  whether  intentional  or not,  shall  be
                  deemed  to  extend  to  any  prior  or   subsequent   default,
                  misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder
                  or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior
                  or subsequent such occurrence.

         15.9.    SEVERABILITY.  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is
                  invalid or  unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction
                  shall  not  affect  the  validity  or  enforceability  of  the
                  remaining  terms  and  provisions  hereof or the  validity  or
                  enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other
                  situation or in any other jurisdiction.

         15.10.   EXPENSES.  Each  party  will bear its own  costs and  expenses
                  (including  legal fees and  expenses)  incurred in  connection
                  with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         15.11.   CONSTRUCTION.  Any reference to any federal,  state, local, or
                  foreign  statute  or law shall be deemed  also to refer to all
                  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  unless  the
                  context requires  otherwise.  The word "including"  shall mean
                  including without limitation.

         15.12.   ADDENDA AND SCHEDULES. The Addenda and Schedules identified in
                  this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a
                  part hereof.

                                       51
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Administrative
Services Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

                                   SAVVIS [local entity]

                                   By
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                   [local Bridge/Telerate entity]

                                   By
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                   Title:
                                       -----------------------------------------


                                       52
<PAGE>



          SCHEDULE 2.1 TO EXHIBIT A OF ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE AGREEMENT

                                      ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES TO BE
                                      PROVIDED BY PROVIDER TO SAVVIS
Service to be provided

Facility rental & operation

Equipment maintenance

Risk management services

Tax planning administration

Tax compliance

Treasury management

Financial planning

Human resource services

Payroll administration

Accounting, bookkeeping,
financial statement preparation

Procurement

PC support

LAN and WAN support

IT planning, installation and
support

Travel expenses (directly on
behalf of SAVVIS)


                                       53
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C
                          TECHNICAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

             [This Exhibit C has been filed as a separate document]







                                       54
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT D
                              FORM OF BILL OF SALE

                           [To be provided at Closing]







                                       55
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E
               FORM OF LOCAL CONTRACT OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

                      CONTRACT OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

                  This  Contract  is  entered  into  as  of  this  ____  day  of
_________,  2000 by and  between  SAVVIS  [______________],  a [private  limited
liability]  company  organized  under the laws of  [______________]  ("SAVVIS"),
[having  a  non-registered   __________   branch],   and   [______________],   a
[______________]   company   organized   under  the  laws  of   [______________]
("Assignor").

                  WHEREAS,  SAVVIS is acquiring  certain assets and  liabilities
from various  companies  affiliated  with Assignor,  such assets and liabilities
comprising  and  relating to the IP Network  that  Assignor  and its  affiliated
companies currently own and operate; and

                  WHEREAS,  Assignor  desires  to assign to  SAVVIS  and  SAVVIS
desires to assume  from  Assignor  certain  contracts  and  liabilities  as more
particularly  set forth at  Schedule  1 to this  Contract  (the  "Contracts  and
Liabilities").

                  NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including
the provisions  and covenants  herein,  the receipt and  sufficiency of which is
hereby acknowledged, SAVVIS and Assignor agree as follows:

         1.  Assignor  hereby  assigns,  transfers  and  delivers  to SAVVIS the
Contracts and Liabilities and all of its right,  title and interest  therein and
delegates all of Assignor's duties and obligations  attached to the Contract and
Liabilities.

         2. SAVVIS  hereby  accepts  the  foregoing  assignment  and assumes and
agrees  to  keep,  observe,  perform,  pay and  discharge  when  due the  terms,
covenants,  conditions and obligations of Assignor  related to the Contracts and
Liabilities, and hereby releases Assignor from its obligations thereunder.

         3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the assignment and transfer of any
of the Contracts and Liabilities would cause a breach thereof and if no required
consent to such assignment and transfer has been obtained from the third parties
involved,  then  such  Contracts  and  Liabilities  shall  not be  assigned  and
transferred, but, instead, Assignor shall continue to hold its interests in such
Contracts and  Liabilities in trust for the benefit of SAVVIS,  shall receive in
trust and remit as promptly as possible to SAVVIS any money paid  thereunder  to
Assignor and shall cooperate in any reasonable  arrangement or action  requested
by  SAVVIS  to  secure  for  SAVVIS  all  benefits   under  such  Contracts  and
Liabilities.

         4. From and after the date of this Contract,  Assignor and SAVVIS shall
do such acts and execute such  documents  and  instruments  as may be reasonably
required to make effective the transactions  contemplated  thereby. In the event
acts  contemplated by this Agreement have not been fully effected as of the date
of this  Contract,  SAVVIS and  Assignor  will  continue  after the

                                       56
<PAGE>


date of this Contract, without further consideration,  to use their best efforts
to carry out such transactions.

         5.  Assignor  and  SAVVIS  hereby  agree  that to the extent any of the
Contracts and Liabilities  are actually  assigned to SAVVIS prior to the date of
this Contract, Assignor shall indemnify SAVVIS for any losses due to obligations
that  arose  under  such  Contracts  and  Liabilities  prior to the date of this
Contract and to the extent any of the Contracts and Liabilities are not assigned
to SAVVIS until after the date of this Contract, SAVVIS shall indemnify Assignor
for  any  losses  due  to  obligations  that  arise  under  such  Contracts  and
Liabilities following the date of this Contract.

         6. Assignor hereby agrees, from time to time, at the reasonable request
of SAVVIS,  to execute and deliver  such other  instruments  of  conveyance  and
transfer and take such other actions as SAVVIS may  reasonably  request in order
to more effectively consummate the transactions contemplated by this Contract.

         7. This  agreement  shall be governed by, and  construed in  accordance
with  the laws of  [England]  [the  State of  Missouri]  without  regard  to its
conflict of laws principles.

         [8.  Except as expressly  provided in this  Agreement,  nothing in this
Agreement  will create or confer any rights or other  benefits on or in favor of
any  person  who is not a  party  to  this  Agreement  whether  pursuant  to the
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act, 1999 or otherwise.]

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Contract as of the date first above written.

                                            SAVVIS [______________]

                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


                                            [--------------]
                                            By:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                            Title:
                                               ---------------------------------



                                       57
<PAGE>


            SCHEDULE 1 TO LOCAL CONTRACT OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

                         CONTRACTS AND LIABILITIES TO BE
                              ASSIGNED AND ASSUMED

[To be used only where the contracts to be assigned are circuit leases:

         The  attached  contracts  and  circuits  as  well as any  contracts  or
         circuits not listed on the  attached by for which  Assignor has entered
         into prior to the date of this Contract  which relate to the IP Network
         of Bridge Information  Systems,  the IP Network being those assets that
         are used by the Bridge  Information  Systems  group  which  consists of
         providing  telecommunications  facilities  utilizing internet protocols
         between the Bridge Information  Systems group and the customers of such
         group.]


                                       58
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT F
                     FORM OF LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                               TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                  This  Transfer  Agreement  ("Agreement")  made  this __ day of
_______,  2000,  by  and  between  Bridge  _________________________________,  a
corporation organized under the laws of __________________, having its principal
place   of    business    at    _________________    ("Seller"),    and   SAVVIS
____________________   [a  ______________   company  organized  under  the  laws
of_________________][_____________   branch,   the  ____________   branch  of  a
______________  company organized under the laws of _______________]  having its
[registered][principal]  office  at  ______________________________   ("SAVVIS")
(Seller and SAVVIS each a "Party" and collectively the "Parties").

                                   WITNESSETH

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant  to an  agreement  of  even  date  herewith
between Bridge Information Systems, Inc. and SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation
(the "Master  Establishment  and Transition  Agreement")  the direct or indirect
parent entity of Seller, Bridge Information Systems Inc. ("BISI"), has agreed to
cause the  transfer  of certain  assets,  liabilities,  rights  and  obligations
world-wide to its subsidiary SAVVIS Communications Corporation ("SCC"), which is
the direct or indirect parent of SAVVIS;

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Master  Establishment and Transition
Agreement,  transfers of assets,  liabilities,  rights and  obligations  will be
effected  by  subsidiaries  of BISI  and SCC  pursuant  to  individual  transfer
services agreements between such entities; and

                  WHEREAS,  SAVVIS  and Seller  desire to effect a  transfer  of
certain assets, liabilities,  rights and obligations on the terms and conditions
set forth herein;

                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants  and  obligations  herein  set  forth and of other  good and  valuable
consideration,  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties  agree as
follows:

1.         DEFINITIONS

           1.1 In this  Agreement and the  Schedules  the following  expressions
           shall have the following meanings namely:

           "Agreement"  means the  agreement  between  the  Parties the terms of
           which are set out herein;

           "Assets"  means the assets of the IP Network  set forth in Clause 2.1
           as amended pursuant to Clause 2.2;

                                       59
<PAGE>

           "Closing" has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.1;

           "Effective Date" means ______________, 2000;

           ["Employees"  means those  employees of Seller listed on the attached
           Schedule 4;]

           "IP  Network"  means  those  assets  that  are used by  Seller  which
           consists  of  providing   telecommunications   facilities   utilizing
           internet  protocols between Seller,  suppliers and group companies of
           Seller and Seller's customers;

            "Liabilities"  means  all  liabilities  and  obligations  of  Seller
           (whether known or unknown,  whether  asserted or unasserted,  whether
           absolute  or  contingent,   whether  accrued  or  unaccrued,  whether
           liquidated  or  unliquidated,  and  whether  due  or to  become  due)
           fulfilling both of the following requirements:

                     (a)   which are  directly  associated  with (i) the Assets,
                           (ii) the  Contracts,  (iii) the use of the IP Network
                           or (iv)  those  matters  set  forth on  Schedule  [5]
                           attached hereto; and

                     (b)   which  result from or arise out of the  ownership  or
                           operation  of the IP Network  prior to the  Effective
                           Date, including  liabilities which exist with respect
                           to (i) obligations under the Contracts, other than an
                           obligation to make payment,  which are required to be
                           fulfilled by Seller wholly prior to Closing,  or (ii)
                           obligations  to  make  payment,  to the  extent  such
                           payment is for services  rendered under the Contracts
                           prior to Closing.

            "Software"  means any and all software  and  software  applications,
           including operating software and embedded software,  owned or used by
           Seller in relation to the maintenance, ownership or operations of the
           Assets listed in Clause 2.1.1.

           1.2 In this Agreement words importing the singular include the plural
           and vice versa and words importing gender include any other gender.

           1.3 The headings of Clauses are for ease of  reference  and shall not
           affect the construction of this Agreement.

           1.4  References  in  this  Agreement  to  Clauses  or  Schedules  are
           references to clauses of or schedules to this Agreement.

           1.5 Any  undertaking  hereunder  not to do any act or thing  shall be
           deemed to include an undertaking not to permit or suffer the doing of
           that act or thing.

           1.6 The  expression  "person"  used in this  Agreement  shall include
           (without  limitation) any individual,  partnership,  local authority,
           company or unincorporated association.

                                       60
<PAGE>

2.         SALE & PURCHASE

           2.1 Seller shall sell and SAVVIS shall  purchase with effect from the
           Effective  Date the Assets  subject in all cases to the  Liabilities,
           which are the following:

                    2.1.1 the computer equipment listed in Schedule 1, including
                    but not limited to the Ascend  Cascade  Switch 9000s and the
                    Baynet Routers;

                    2.1.2 the full benefit of all agreements  between Seller and
                    any other person, firm or corporation (other than SAVVIS) to
                    which Seller is entitled in connection  with the  operations
                    of the IP Network which are in force at the  Effective  Date
                    including,  without  limitation,  the  contracts  listed  in
                    Schedule 2 as well as any  maintenance,  support,  supply or
                    licensing agreements, if any, relating to the Software;

                    2.1.3 the right of SAVVIS to  represent  itself as operating
                    the IP Network in succession to Seller;

                    2.1.4 all technical and contractual  information relating to
                    the IP Network;

                    2.1.5  the Software.

           2.2 SAVVIS and Seller  shall take all  reasonable  efforts to jointly
           prepare,  within fifteen days after the Effective Date, or as soon as
           practical  thereafter,  a revised  list of the Assets as set forth in
           Schedules 1 and 2. This  revised  list shall  supersede  the attached
           Schedules 1 and 2 and shall include any assets  purchased or acquired
           by Seller after October 31, 1999 but before the Effective  Date which
           comprise part of the IP Network.  The parties shall negotiate in good
           faith to finalize  such revised  Schedules  and shall provide to each
           other any  information  or records  reasonably  necessary to finalize
           such revised Schedules.

3.         CONSIDERATION

           3.1 The purchase  price for the Assets  exclusive  of any VAT,  stamp
           duty,  and  transfer  taxes  (the  "Consideration")  shall be the sum
           specified  in  Schedule  3. To the  extent  the  Assets  are  revised
           pursuant to Clause  2.2,  the  Consideration  set forth in Schedule 3
           shall be adjusted based on the net book value on the date of transfer
           (in the books of Seller) of the Assets  which are added to or removed
           from the revised list. The Parties shall take all reasonable  efforts
           to jointly  prepare any such  revisions to Schedule 3 within  fifteen
           days after the Effective  Date,  or as soon as practical  thereafter.
           The parties  shall  negotiate in good faith to finalize  such revised
           Schedule and shall provide to each other any  information  or records
           reasonably necessary to finalize such Schedule.

           3.2 The  Consideration  shall  be due and  payable  as set  forth  in
           Schedule 3.

                                       61
<PAGE>

           3.3 The amount set forth in Schedule 3 is  exclusive  of VAT, and any
           and  all  transfer  or  other  taxes  or  duties  applicable  to  the
           transaction  provided  for in this  Agreement,  which  SAVVIS  hereby
           agrees to pay.

4.         CLOSING

           4.1 Closing of the sale shall take place on the  Effective  Date when
           Seller shall  deliver to SAVVIS all physical  Assets hereby agreed to
           be sold,  other than the Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 above.  All
           physical Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 above shall be delivered to
           SAVVIS  as soon as  practicable  following  the  finalization  of any
           adjustment to the Assets as set forth in Clause 2.2.

           4.2  Property  in and title to the Assets  referred  to in Clause 2.1
           shall pass to SAVVIS on the Effective Date.  Property in and title to
           the Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 shall pass to SAVVIS on the date
           that the revised schedules are finalized in accordance with on Clause
           2.2 but such transfer shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

           4.3  Subject  to  Clause  6  below,  Seller  shall  on or as  soon as
           practicable after the Effective Date deliver to SAVVIS all transfers,
           assignments  and  novations  relating  to the Assets  (including  the
           property) together with the documents of title thereto,  necessary to
           give  effect  to this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that any such
           transfers  shall as between the Parties be deemed to be  effective as
           of the Effective Date.

5.         THE LIABILITIES

           5.1  Subject to the  consent  where  necessary  of other  contracting
           parties  (which the Parties  hereto shall use their  reasonable  best
           efforts to obtain)  SAVVIS shall as from the  Effective  Date assume,
           perform and discharge  all  Liabilities.  If it proves  impossible to
           obtain any such consent in relation to any of the Liabilities, SAVVIS
           will assume, perform and discharge such Liability as agent for and on
           behalf of Seller and will indemnify Seller  accordingly.  Seller will
           indemnify  SAVVIS for  contractual  liabilities for goods or services
           delivered prior to the Effective Date.

           5.2 For  purposes of  effecting  the  transfer by Seller to SAVVIS of
           certain   contractual   obligations   and  the   assumption  of  such
           obligations  by SAVVIS,  the  parties  have  executed as of even date
           herewith an Assignment and Assumption Agreement  substantially in the
           form of EXHIBIT A to this Agreement.

6.         THIRD PARTY CONSENTS

           6.1 Seller and SAVVIS shall use all  reasonable  endeavours to obtain
           any  required  consent  of  any  other  contracting  parties  to  the
           assignment or novation of any agreement  referred to in Clause 2.1.2.
           Unless and until such consent shall be  forthcoming  and the relevant

                                       62
<PAGE>

           agreement shall have been assigned or novated SAVVIS shall at its own
           cost and expense assume  Seller's  obligations  under such agreements
           and Seller  shall  account  to SAVVIS  for all sums paid or  received
           therefrom.

           6.2 Seller will at SAVVIS'  request  and  expense  give to SAVVIS all
           assistance  in the power of Seller to enable  SAVVIS to  enforce  the
           agreements  referred to in Clause 2.1.2 against the other contracting
           party or parties  and,  without  prejudice to the  generality  of the
           foregoing,  will provide all such relevant books, documents and other
           information as SAVVIS may require in relation thereto.

[7.        PERSONNEL

           SAVVIS and Seller hereby agree and  acknowledge  that the Transfer of
           Undertakings  (Protection of Employment)  Regulations applies to this
           transaction and,  therefore,  that the contracts of employment of all
           of the  Employees  of  Seller,  as set  forth at  Schedule  4 to this
           Agreement,  shall not be terminated at Closing but shall  continue to
           have effect as if originally made between such Employee and SAVVIS in
           accordance such Regulations.]

[8.        INDEMNIFICATION

           Seller will indemnify,  defend and hold SAVVIS and its  shareholders,
           directors, officers, successors, assigns, and agents of each of them,
           harmless  from  and  against  any and all  claims,  losses,  damages,
           liabilities,  expenses or costs, plus reasonable  attorneys' fees and
           expenses,  incurred by SAVVIS to the extent resulting from or arising
           out of any claim or suit by any  Employee of Seller,  or by any other
           employee of Seller that is not being transferred to SAVVIS, asserting
           rights under the Transfer of Undertakings  (Protection of Employment)
           Regulations 1981 or any other similar law or regulation.]

9.         FURTHER ASSURANCE

           From and after  Closing,  the Parties  shall do such acts and execute
           such documents and instruments as may be reasonably  required to make
           effective the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  In the event that
           consents,  approvals, other authorizations or other acts contemplated
           by this  Agreement  have not been fully  effected as of Closing,  the
           parties will continue after Closing,  without further  consideration,
           to use their reasonable best efforts to carry out such  transactions;
           provided,  however, in the event that certain approvals,  consents or
           other  necessary  documentation  cannot  be  secured,  then the Party
           having legal responsibility, ownership or control shall act on behalf
           of the other  Party,  without  further  consideration,  to effect the
           essential  intention of the Parties with respect to the  transactions
           contemplated by this Agreement.

10.        SURVIVAL OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

                                       63
<PAGE>

           To the extent that any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall not have
           been  performed at Closing it shall  survive and remain in full force
           and effect notwithstanding Closing.

11.        GOVERNING LAW AND CHOICE OF FORUM

           This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in
           accordance with the laws of [England][the  state of Missouri,  United
           States of America]  and the parties to this  Agreement  hereby  agree
           that all matters  arising out of or in connection with this Agreement
           shall be  subject  to the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of the  courts of
           [England][the state of Missouri].

[12.       THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

           Except as  expressly  provided  in this  Agreement,  nothing  in this
           Agreement will create or confer any rights or other benefits on or in
           favor  of any  person  who is not a party to this  Agreement  whether
           pursuant to the  Contracts  (Rights of Third  Parties)  Act,  1999 or
           otherwise.]

AS WITNESS the hands of duly authorized  representatives  of the parties the day
and year first above written

SIGNED by                            )
for and on behalf of                 )
- ------------------------             )
- ------------------------             )


SIGNED by                            )
for and on behalf of                 )
SAVVIS _____________                 )


                                       64
<PAGE>



                   EXHIBIT A TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                       ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

                  This Assignment and Assumption Agreement is entered into as of
this  ____  day  of  _________,  1999  by and  between  SAVVIS  , a  corporation
("SAVVIS") and _______________ , a corporation ("Assignor").

                  WHEREAS, SAVVIS and Assignor are parties to that certain Local
Asset Transfer Agreement even date herewith (the "Transfer Agreement"), pursuant
to which SAVVIS has agreed to purchase from Assignor the Assets and Liabilities;
and

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant  to  Sections  2  and  5  of  the  Transfer
Agreement, Assignor agreed to assign to SAVVIS, on or prior to the Closing Date,
the Assets and Liabilities;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  pursuant to the terms and  conditions of the
Transfer  Agreement,  and for good and  valuable  consideration,  including  the
provisions and covenants herein,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, SAVVIS and Assignor agree as follows:

         1. Assignor hereby assigns, transfers and delivers to SAVVIS the Assets
and the Liabilities and of its right,  title and interest  therein and delegates
all of  Assignor's  duties  and  obligations  attached  to the  Assets  and  the
Liabilities;

         2. SAVVIS  hereby  accepts  the  foregoing  assignment  and assumes and
agrees  to  keep,  observe,  perform,  pay and  discharge  when  due the  terms,
covenants,  conditions and obligations of Assignor  related to the  Liabilities,
and hereby releases Assignor from its obligations thereunder;

         3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the assignment and transfer of any
of the Assets or  Liabilities  would  cause a breach  thereof and if no required
consent to such assignment and transfer has been obtained from the third parties
involved, then such Assets or Liabilities shall not be assigned and transferred,
but,  instead,  Assignor  shall continue to hold its interests in such Assets or
Liabilities in trust for the benefit of SAVVIS, shall receive in trust and remit
as  promptly as possible  to SAVVIS any money paid  thereunder  to Assignor  and
shall cooperate in any reasonable  arrangement or action  requested by SAVVIS to
secure for SAVVIS all benefits under such Assets or Liabilities.

         4. Assignor hereby agrees, from time to time, at the reasonable request
of SAVVIS,  to execute and deliver  such other  instruments  of  conveyance  and
transfer and take such other actions as SAVVIS may  reasonably  request in order
to more effectively consummate the transactions  contemplated by this Assignment
and Assumption Agreement.

         5. Capitalized  terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Transfer Agreement.

                                       65
<PAGE>

         6. This  agreement  shall be governed by, and  construed in  accordance
with,  the  laws  of the  state  of  without  regard  to its  conflict  of  laws
principles.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have  executed  this
Assignment and Assumption Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                         SAVVIS

                                         By:____________________________________
                                         Name:__________________________________
                                         Title:_________________________________


                                         By:____________________________________
                                         Name:__________________________________
                                         Title:_________________________________








                                       66
<PAGE>



                  SCHEDULE 1 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                             THE COMPUTER EQUIPMENT

                           [To be provided at Closing]


























                                       67
<PAGE>

                  SCHEDULE 2 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                  THE CONTRACTS

                           [To be provided at Closing]




















                                       68
<PAGE>


                  SCHEDULE 3 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                THE CONSIDERATION

ALLOCATION OF CONSIDERATION

           Consideration to be allocated as set forth in Schedule 1.

PAYMENT OF CONSIDERATION

           The  consideration  shall paid at Closig to the  account of Seller as
follows:

               [Details of account]

           To the extent any  adjustment  is to be paid under  Section 3 of this
           Agreement,  such  amount  shall  be due  and  payable  to  the  above
           indicated account, no later than five days after receipt by SAVVIS of
           a valid  invoice,  which may be submitted  on or after the  Effective
           Date.



















                                       69
<PAGE>



                  [SCHEDULE 4 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                 THE EMPLOYEES]

                           [To be provided at Closing]

























                                       70
<PAGE>

                  SCHEDULE 5 TO LOCAL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                 THE LIABILITIES

                           [To be provided at Closing]



















                                       71
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT G
                    FORM OF LOCAL NETWORK SERVICES AGREEMENT

                  [This Exhibit G is filed as an Exhibit to the
     Network Services Agreement which has been filed as a separate document]















                                       72
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT H
                      FORM OF EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                          EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                  This EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT (the "Agreement") is made as
of the ____ day of _________,  2000,  by and between  [Bridge  Subsidiary]  (the
"Company") and [Savvis Subsidiary] (the "Customer").

                  WHEREAS,  the Company  occupies  the  premises  identified  on
Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (the "Premises"),
which are leased by the Company under the lease  described on Exhibit B attached
hereto,  including the lease term and renewal  options  specified  therein,  and
incorporated herein by reference (the "Lease"); and

                  WHEREAS,  the Customer and the Company desire to enter into an
arrangement  permitting  the  Customer  to locate  certain of its  equipment  in
certain portions of the Premises, on and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein related to the Customer's collocation of the equipment;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in consideration of the premises and
the mutual agreements herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1.       SPACE.

(a) To the extent  permitted by this  Agreement,  the Customer may place certain
telecommunications  equipment (the  "Equipment")  within the Premises during the
Term  (hereinafter  defined)  of this  Agreement  and may use the  Equipment  in
accordance  with the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement and in accordance
with  applicable  laws and code. The precise  locations (the "Space") within the
Premises  where the Equipment may be placed and used by the Customer shall be as
designated  by the Company in written  notice(s)  to the  Customer.  The Company
shall maintain exclusive control over the manner and method of the placement and
use of the  Equipment  within  the  Space.  In  connection  with the  permission
established  under this  Agreement,  the Customer  shall have no  possessory  or
occupancy  rights with respect to the Space or control over the Space, but shall
have only permission to place and use the Equipment  within the Space,  together
with unrestricted access to the Equipment  twenty-four hours a day, seven days a
week.

(b) The Customer  shall use its  reasonable  best efforts to abide by applicable
terms and conditions of the Lease and any other agreements or indentures binding
on the Company  with  respect to the  Premises,  upon notice from the Company of
such  terms and  conditions  from  time to time  throughout  the Term;  and this
Agreement  and the  rights  of the  Customer  hereunder  shall  be  subject  and
subordinate  to the terms and  conditions of the Lease and other  agreements and
indentures in all respects.  The Company shall  promptly give written  notice to
the Customer of any notice of default they may receive pursuant to the Lease. If
the  Customer  shall not abide by any such  terms or  conditions,  upon 15 days'
written  notice  to  the  Customer,   the  Company  may

                                       73
<PAGE>

revoke the  permission  established  under this  Agreement  with  respect to the
applicable  Space and Premises and the Company may  terminate  the rights of the
Customer under this Agreement with respect to such Space and Premises.

(c) The Equipment and its method of installation within the Space shall, in each
instance,  be approved in writing by the Company in advance.  The Customer shall
not place any additional  equipment in the Space and shall not move or alter the
location  of the  Equipment  within  the Space  without  having  received  prior
approval in writing from the Company.

(d) Upon 30 days' prior written notice or, in the event of an emergency,  within
such shorter time as may be reasonably  determined  appropriate  by the Company,
the  Company may require the  Customer  to  relocate  the  Equipment  within the
Premises and may  redesignate the Space for the relocated  Equipment;  provided,
however,  the site of relocation shall be prepared for installation prior to any
required  relocation  and shall afford  substantially  comparable  environmental
conditions for the Equipment and substantially  comparable  accessibility to the
Equipment. All costs of relocating the Equipment shall be borne by the Customer,
excluding, however, the cost, if any, of improving the redesignated Space.

(e) Upon  written  request of the Customer and at the  Customer's  expense,  the
Customer may require that fencing,  caging, cabinets or other similar protective
covering for the Equipment be installed if (i) there is  sufficient  room in the
applicable Space and Premises for such  installations,  (ii) such  installations
will not unreasonably  interfere with the Company's use,  occupancy or planning,
and  will  not  unreasonably  interfere  with  the  Company's  equipment  or the
equipment of other  collocators,  and (iii) with respect to any Premises subject
to the Lease or other agreements or indentures, such installations are permitted
under the terms and conditions of the Lease or other agreements or indentures.

(f)  If the  placement  or use of the  Equipment  in the  Space  results  in any
violation  or claim of  violation  of any of the  Lease or other  agreements  or
indentures,  then in the event the Company shall be unable, at a cost acceptable
to the  Company,  to cure such  violation  or  secure a waiver of such  claim of
violation,  the  Company  may  undertake  to find other  suitable  space for the
Equipment  within the applicable  Space and Premises and relocate such Equipment
to other suitable location for the balance of the Term of this Agreement.

2.       TERM.

(a) The initial term (the "Initial  Term") of the permission  established  under
this Agreement  pertaining to the placement and use of the Equipment  within the
Space shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue thereafter until such
time as the  applicable  Lease expires.  If the term of the applicable  Lease is
extended,  then the Customer shall have the option, upon prior written notice to
the  Company,  to renew this  Agreement  for an  additional  term (the  "Renewal
Term"), which Renewal Term shall be conterminous with the term of the applicable
extended term under the Lease,  on the terms and conditions  otherwise set forth
in  this  Agreement.  The  Initial  Term  and the  Renewal  Term  are  sometimes
collectively  referred  to as the  "Term."  Notwithstanding  anything  herein or
elsewhere  to the  contrary,  however,  the Term  shall be  subject  to  earlier
termination as may be provided herein.

                                       74
<PAGE>

(b) The option to renew this  Agreement  with respect to the  Premises  shall be
contingent on the Company's continued occupation and ownership or leasing of the
Premises and shall be contingent  upon the Customer's  compliance with the terms
and conditions of this Agreement. In the event the Company shall cease to occupy
any of the Premises or shall default under this  Agreement,  the option to renew
this  Agreement  shall  expire with  respect to the  applicable  Premises or the
entirety of the Premises, as the case may be.

(c)  Following the  expiration of the Term,  this  Agreement  shall  continue in
effect on a  month-to-month  basis upon the same terms and conditions  otherwise
set forth  herein,  unless and until  terminated  by either the  Customer or the
Company upon at least 30 days' prior written notice to the other.

(d)  Notwithstanding  anything herein or elsewhere to the contrary,  the Company
reserves the right,  in its  discretion,  to revoke the  permission  established
under this Agreement  with respect to the  applicable  Space within any Premises
and to terminate  the rights of Customer  under this  Agreement  with respect to
such Space and Premises  immediately  upon written notice in the event that, for
whatever reason,  the Company loses its right to occupy the applicable  Premises
or its right to permit the collocation of Equipment within such Premises. In the
event the  Company  elects to exercise  its right to  terminate  the Lease,  the
Company shall give the Customer 6 months  written  notice of its  termination of
the Lease and the intended resulting termination of this Agreement.

3. CONSIDERATION.  The Customer agrees to pay the Company such amounts as may be
set forth on the Collocate  Schedule for the permission  established  under this
Agreement with respect to the scheduled  Space and Premises.  Such amounts shall
be payable  in equal  monthly  installments  in advance on the first day of each
calendar month during the Term.

4.  CONDITION OF THE  PREMISES.  The  Customer  approves the Premises in "as is"
condition as of the date of this Agreement,  and  acknowledges  that the Company
has no obligation to make alterations, improvements or additions, decorations or
changes  within the  Premises or the Space.  The Company  acknowledges  that the
Equipment is personal  property of the Customer and not a fixture,  and that the
Company shall not have any lienable interest in the Equipment.

5. ASSIGNMENT. The Agreement is personal to the parties, and may not be assigned
by either party without the prior written consent of the other.

6.  TERMINATION  OR  EXPIRATION.  At the  expiration  of the  Term  (or  earlier
termination of this Agreement), the Customer shall remove the Equipment from the
Premises  at the  Customer's  expense,  and the Space  shall be  restored by the
Company,  at the Customer's  expense (such expense to be defrayed by reimbursing
the Company for the same upon demand) to substantially the same as the condition
as of the date of this Agreement.

7. DEFAULT.  If the Customer  breaches any term or condition of this  Agreement,
the Company,  after providing the Customer with notice of such breach, may elect
by written notice

                                       75
<PAGE>

to the Customer to terminate this Agreement; provided, however that the Customer
shall have 30 days from the time it  receives  such notice from the Company of a
breach to cure any such default.  In addition to such right of termination,  the
Company shall have any and all other rights and remedies afforded to the Company
at law or in equity.

8.       INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) The Customer covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless
from and  against  any and all suits,  actions,  claims,  damages,  charges  and
expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney  fees, for damages or injuries to the
Space or the Premises  occurring or claimed to have  occurred in, upon, or about
the Space or the Premises as a result of the  Customer's  conduct or omission in
placing,  operating or removing the Equipment or using the Equipment  within the
Space, unless arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Company.

(b) The Company covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold the Customer harmless
from and  against  any and all suits,  actions,  claims,  damages,  charges  and
expenses,  including  reasonable  attorney  fees, for damages or injuries to the
Equipment  occurring or claimed to have occurred in, upon, or about the Space or
the Premises as a result of the negligence or willful  misconduct of the Company
in handling the  Equipment or using the Space or the  Premises,  unless  arising
from the negligence or willful misconduct of the Customer.

9.       LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

(a) Liability  for Damages to Property.  The Company shall not be liable for any
damages  whatsoever to the Customer's  property resulting from the installation,
maintenance,  repair or removal of Equipment  and  associated  wiring unless the
damage is caused by the Company's negligence or willful misconduct.

(b) Liability  for Equipment not Provided by the Company.  The Company shall not
be liable for any damages whatsoever associated with facilities or Equipment not
furnished by the Company or for any act or omission of the Customer or any other
entity furnishing facilities or Equipment.

(c) Liability for Force Majeure Events.  The Company shall not be liable for any
failure of  performance  due to causes  beyond its  control,  including  but not
limited  to acts of God,  fire,  flood or  other  catastrophes;  any law,  order
regulation,  direction, action or request of the United States Government, or of
any other government,  including state and local governments  having or claiming
jurisdiction or of any department,  agency, commission,  bureau, corporation, or
other  instrumentality  of any federal,  state, or local  government,  or of any
civil or military authority;  national emergencies;  unavailability of materials
or  rights-of-way;  insurrections;  riots;  wars;  or strikes,  lock-outs,  work
stoppages, labor difficulties, or utilities/power outages.

(d) No Special Damages.  In no event shall the Company or the Customer be liable
for special,  consequential,  lost profit,  exemplary,  or punitive damages as a
result of its performance or  nonperformance of this Agreement or as a result of
any default under or breach of this Agreement.

                                       76
<PAGE>

(e) No Claims against the Company's  Landlords.  The Customer  acknowledges  the
owners of any Premises subject to the Lease have no  responsibilities or duties,
direct or  indirect,  to the  Customer,  and the Customer  disclaims  any rights
against or  recourse to (i) the owners of any  Premises  subject to the Lease or
(ii) such Premises.  In furtherance of this  acknowledgment and disclaimer,  the
Customer  releases and waives any claim  against  such owners (such  release and
waiver  being for the  benefit  of, and  enforceable  by such owners as intended
third party beneficiaries).

10. CASUALTY OR EMINENT DOMAIN.  In the event of any taking by eminent domain or
damage by fire or other  casualty to the  Premises  and/or  Space,  the Customer
shall acquiesce and be bound by any action taken by or agreement entered into by
the Company with respect  thereto,  and in any event the Customer shall not have
(and hereby waives and releases) any claim with respect to any award, damages or
proceeds associated with any such taking or damage.

11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. All prior agreements and understandings of the parties are
merged within this  Agreement,  which alone fully and completely  sets forth the
understanding  of the  parties  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  of  this
Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall not be  modified  without  the prior  written
agreement of all the parties.  Any handwritten  modifications  to this Agreement
shall be void ab initio.

12. NOTICES. Any and all notices or communications which either party may desire
or be required to give to the other shall be in writing and shall be sent to the
other party by certified or registered mail at the address designated below:

         If to Company:    Bridge Information Systems, Inc.
                                    Three World Financial Center
                                    New York, New York 10285
                                    (212) 372-7195 (fax)
                                    Attention:  Zachary Snow,

                                    Executive Vice President and General Counsel

         If to Customer:   SAVVIS Communications Corporation
                                    717 Office Parkway
                                    St. Louis, Missouri 63141
                                    (314) 468-7550 (fax)
                                    Attention:  Steven M. Gallant,

                                    Vice President and General Counsel

13.  GOVERNING  LAW. This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of [England]
[the State of Missouri].

14. INSURANCE.  The Customer agrees to provide the Company evidence (in the form
of certificates of insurance),  on or before the date of the commencement of the
Term,  and to keep in force and  effect  during  the Term,  with  respect to the
Equipment, a policy of comprehensive liability insurance,  naming the Company as
an additional insured,  and a policy of property insurance containing waivers of
subrogation  against the  Company  and  against the owners and

                                       77

<PAGE>

other parties in interest of any Premises  subject to the Lease.  Such insurance
shall  otherwise be in a form  conforming to the  requirements of the applicable
provisions of the Lease.

15.  INTERPRETATION.  In the  event of any  conflict  between  the terms of this
Agreement  and the  terms  contained  in any  Exhibit  hereto,  the terms of the
Exhibit shall govern.

[16. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement,
nothing in this  Agreement will create or confer any rights or other benefits on
or in favor of any person who is not a party to this Agreement  whether pursuant
to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act, 1999 or otherwise.]

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


BRIDGE                                  SAVVIS

======================================= ========================================


By:                                     By:


======================================= ========================================

Title:                                  Title:

======================================= ========================================


======================================= ========================================

Date:                                   Date:

======================================= ========================================


                                       78
<PAGE>

                    EXHIBIT A TO EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                               COLLOCATE SCHEDULE

                           [TO BE PROVIDED AT CLOSING]

1.       Premises: _____________________________________________________________

2.       Price:_________________________________________________________________








                                       79
<PAGE>




                    EXHIBIT B TO EQUIPMENT COLLOCATION PERMIT

                                      LEASE

                          [TO BE COMPLETED AT CLOSING]

                  The term "Lease" shall include the leases listed below, as the
same may be amended from time to time by the Company.











                                       80
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT I
                             FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE

[amount]                                                     St. Louis, Missouri
                                                             _____________, 2000

                  The undersigned, SAVVIS Communications Corporation, a Missouri
corporation,  (hereinafter referred to as "Maker"), for value received, promises
to pay to the order of Bridge Information  Systems,  Inc. (the "Payee"),  at its
office located at 717 Office  Parkway,  St. Louis,  Missouri  63141,  or at such
other  place as may be  designated  in writing by the holder  hereof,  in lawful
money of the United  States of  America  in  immediately  available  funds,  the
principal  sum  of   _______________________________   United   States   Dollars
(US$_________________),  together with interest thereon from the date hereof, at
the rate or rates hereinafter specified, as follows:

                   1.  Interest.  This Note shall bear interest on the aggregate
unpaid  principal  amount  thereof  from the date  hereof at the  fixed  rate of
interest equal to ten percent (10%) per annum.

                   2. Interest and Principal Payments; Maturity. This Note shall
be payable as  follows:

                           (a) Interest shall be payable  semi-annually  in cash
on each _____ and commencing on _______________, 2000.;

                           (b) On ________________, 2003, the Maker shall pay to
the Payee a final  installment  of principal  and interest in an amount equal to
the sum of the  principal  balance  of this  Note  together  with the  remaining
accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

                   3.  Calculation  of  Interest.   The  interest  rate  payable
hereunder shall be calculated on the basis of twelve (12) thirty (30) day months
over a year of 360 days.

                   4. Application of Payments.  All installments  paid hereunder
shall be in currently available funds.

                   5. Payments Due on Saturdays,  Sundays or Legal Holidays.  If
any payment of  principal or interest due on this Note is payable on a day which
is a  Saturday,  Sunday or legal  holiday  in the state of  Missouri,  then such
payment shall be due on the next  business  day, the amount of such payment,  in
such case, to include all interest accrued to the date of actual payment.


<PAGE>

                   6. Voluntary Prepayment.  The indebtedness  evidenced by this
Note may be  prepaid,  in whole or in part,  at any time  without  premium.  All
prepayments  shall be applied  first to accrued  interest and the balance to the
reduction of the principal. No prepayment shall obligate Payee to re-advance any
sums prepaid.

                   7. Mandatory  Prepayment.  If the Maker receives an "Infusion
of Capital" of three hundred million United States dollars (U.S.$300,000,000.00)
or more in the  aggregate,  then it shall reduce the  principal  balance of this
Note by an amount  equal to no less than  fifty  percent  (50%) of the excess of
such infusions above $300 million;  provided,  however,  if the Maker's board of
directors  reasonably  determine  that  Maker has  insufficient  funding to meet
estimated cash requirements for the ensuing 18 months,  then no prepayment shall
be required.  "Infusion of Capital" means any issuance of equity in exchange for
cash, and thus excluding acquisitions and stock options.

                   8. Default Rate of Interest.  After maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise,  this Note shall bear interest at a rate equal to fifteen  percent
(15%) per annum ("Default  Rate").  Should Maker fail to make any payment hereon
on the date on which it shall  fall due,  or should  any  default be made in the
performance by Maker or any affiliated entity of Maker of any of the agreements,
conditions,  covenants, provisions or stipulations contained in this Note or any
material agreements, conditions, covenants, provisions or stipulations contained
in any other  documents  securing or executed in connection with this Note, then
the holder of this Note, at its option and without notice or demand, may declare
immediately  due and payable the entire unpaid  balance of principal  under this
Note,  together  with all  accrued  interest  thereon and after the date of such
default  this Note shall bear  interest  at the Default  Rate.  In such case the
holder of this Note may also  recover  all costs of suit and other  expenses  in
connection with efforts to collect any of the aforesaid  amounts,  together with
attorneys' fees (including  attorneys'  fees for  representation  in proceedings
under the  Bankruptcy  Code),  regardless  of whether  litigation  is commenced,
together  with  interest on any judgment  obtained by the holder of this Note at
the Default Rate, including interest at the Default Rate from and after the date
of any foreclosure  sale until actual payment is made to the holder of this Note
of the full amount due such holder.

                   9. Oral  Agreements.  Oral  agreements or commitments to loan
money,  extend credit or to forbear from enforcing repayment of a debt including
promises  to  extend or renew  such debt are not  enforceable.  To  protect  you
(Maker) and us (Payee) from  misunderstanding or disappointment,  any agreements
we reach  covering  such  matters are  contained in this  writing,  which is the
complete and exclusive  statement of the agreement  between us, except as we may
later agree in writing to modify it.

                   10.   Governing  Law.  This  Agreement   shall  be  construed
according to and governed by the laws of the State of Missouri.


                                       82
<PAGE>

                   IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Maker has executed and  delivered  this
Note the day and year first above written.

                                               SAVVIS Communications Corporation

                                               By:______________________________
                                               Name:____________________________
                                               Title:___________________________


                                       83

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT J

                      FORM OF CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                  This Transfer Agreement ("Agreement") made as of 12:01 A.M. on
this ___ day of  _____________,  20____ (the "Effective  Date"),  by and between
Bridge _________________________________, a corporation organized under the laws
of   __________________,   having   its   principal   place   of   business   at
_________________  ("Seller"), and SAVVIS ____________________ [a ______________
company organized under the laws of_________________][_____________  branch, the
____________  branch of a  ______________  company  organized  under the laws of
_______________]     having     its     [registered][principal]     office    at
______________________________  ("SAVVIS") (Seller and SAVVIS each a "Party" and
collectively the "Parties").

                                   WITNESSETH

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to that certain  Master  Establishment  and
Transition  Agreement dated ________ ___, 2000 by and between Bridge Information
Systems, Inc. and SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation (the "Master Establishment
and  Transition  Agreement")  the direct or  indirect  parent  entity of Seller,
Bridge Information Systems Inc. ("BISI"),  has granted to SAVVIS  Communications
Corporation  ("SCC"),  which is the direct or indirect  parent of SAVVIS and the
subsidiaries  or other  operations of SCC  worldwide,  the right to purchase the
Call Assets and to assume the  Assumed  Liabilities  in the Call  Jurisdictions.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to
them in the Master Establishment and Transition Agreement;

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Master  Establishment and Transition
Agreement,  transfers  of Call  Assets and the Assumed  Liabilities,  rights and
obligations  associated  therewith will be effected by  subsidiaries of BISI and
SCC pursuant to individual  transfer services  agreements between such entities;
and

                  WHEREAS,  SAVVIS and Seller desire to effect a transfer of the
certain  Call  Assets and the  liabilities,  rights and  obligations  associated
therewith on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants  and  obligations  herein  set  forth and of other  good and  valuable
consideration,  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties  agree as
follows:

1.         DEFINITIONS

           1.1 In this  Agreement and the  Schedules  the following  expressions
           shall have the following meanings namely:

                                       84
<PAGE>

           "Agreement"  means the  agreement  between  the  Parties the terms of
           which are set out herein;

           "Assets"  means the assets of the IP Network  set forth in Clause 2.1
           as amended pursuant to Clause 2.2;

           "Closing" has the meaning set forth in Clause 5.1;

           "Effective Date" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph;

           ["Employees"  means those  employees of Seller listed on the attached
           Schedule 4;]

           "IP  Network"  means  those  assets  that  are used by  Seller  which
           consists  of  providing   telecommunications   facilities   utilizing
           Internet  protocols between Seller,  suppliers and group companies of
           Seller and Seller's customers;

           "Liabilities"   means  all  liabilities  and  obligations  of  Seller
           (whether known or unknown,  whether  asserted or unasserted,  whether
           absolute  or  contingent,   whether  accrued  or  unaccrued,  whether
           liquidated  or  unliquidated,  and  whether  due  or to  become  due)
           fulfilling both of the following requirements:

                     (a)   which are  directly  associated  with (i) the Assets,
                           (ii) the  Contracts,  (iii) the use of the IP Network
                           or (iv)  those  matters  set  forth on  Schedule  [5]
                           attached hereto; and

                     (b)   which  result from or arise out of the  ownership  or
                           operation  of the IP Network  prior to the  Effective
                           Date, including  liabilities which exist with respect
                           to (i) obligations under the Contracts, other than an
                           obligation to make payment,  which are required to be
                           fulfilled by Seller wholly prior to Closing,  or (ii)
                           obligations  to  make  payment,  to the  extent  such
                           payment is for services  rendered under the Contracts
                           prior to Closing.

           "Software"  means any and all  software  and  software  applications,
           including operating software and embedded software,  owned or used by
           Seller in relation to the maintenance, ownership or operations of the
           Assets listed in Clause 2.1.1.

           1.2 In this Agreement words importing the singular include the plural
           and vice versa and words importing gender include any other gender.

           1.3 The headings of Clauses are for ease of  reference  and shall not
           affect the construction of this Agreement.

           1.4  References  in  this  Agreement  to  Clauses  or  Schedules  are
           references to clauses of or schedules to this Agreement.

                                       85
<PAGE>

           1.5 Any  undertaking  hereunder  not to do any act or thing  shall be
           deemed to include an undertaking not to permit or suffer the doing of
           that act or thing.

           1.6 The  expression  "person"  used in this  Agreement  shall include
           (without  limitation) any individual,  partnership,  local authority,
           company or unincorporated association.

2.         SALE & PURCHASE

           2.1 Seller shall sell and SAVVIS shall  purchase with effect from the
           Effective  Date the Assets  subject in all cases to the  Liabilities,
           which are the following:

                    2.1.1 the computer equipment listed in Schedule 1, including
                    but not limited to the Ascend  Cascade  Switch 9000s and the
                    Baynet Routers;

                    2.1.2 the full benefit of all agreements  between Seller and
                    any other person, firm or corporation (other than SAVVIS) to
                    which Seller is entitled in connection  with the  operations
                    of the IP Network which are in force at the  Effective  Date
                    including,  without  limitation,  the  contracts  listed  in
                    Schedule 2 as well as any  maintenance,  support,  supply or
                    licensing agreements, if any, relating to the Software;

                    2.1.3 the right of SAVVIS to  represent  itself as operating
                    the IP Network in succession to Seller;

                    2.1.4  all technical and contractual information relating to
                    the IP Network;

                    2.1.5  the Software.

           2.2 SAVVIS and Seller  shall take all  reasonable  efforts to jointly
           prepare,  within fifteen days after the Effective Date, or as soon as
           practical  thereafter,  a revised  list of the Assets as set forth in
           Schedules 1 and 2. This  revised  list shall  supersede  the attached
           Schedules 1 and 2 and shall include any assets  purchased or acquired
           by Seller  after the as of date for the  inventory  taken to  prepare
           Schedules 1 and 2 but before the Effective  Date which  comprise part
           of the IP  Network.  The  parties  shall  negotiate  in good faith to
           finalize  such revised  Schedules and shall provide to each other any
           information or records reasonably  necessary to finalize such revised
           Schedules.

3.         CONSIDERATION

           3.1 The purchase  price for the Assets  exclusive  of any VAT,  stamp
           duty,  and  transfer  taxes  (the  "Consideration")  shall be the sum
           specified  in  Schedule  3. To the  extent  the  Assets  are  revised
           pursuant to Clause  2.2,  the  Consideration  set forth in Schedule 3
           shall be adjusted  based on the net book value on the Effective  Date
           (in the books of Seller) of the Assets  which are added to or removed
           from the revised list. The Parties shall take all




                                       86
<PAGE>

           reasonable  efforts to jointly prepare any such revisions to Schedule
           3  within  fifteen  days  after  the  Effective  Date,  or as soon as
           practical  thereafter.  The parties shall  negotiate in good faith to
           finalize  such revised  Schedule and shall  provide to each other any
           information  or  records   reasonably   necessary  to  finalize  such
           Schedule.

           3.2 The  Consideration  shall  be due and  payable  as set  forth  in
           Schedule 3.

           3.3 The amount set forth in Schedule 3 is  exclusive  of VAT, and any
           and  all  transfer  or  other  taxes  or  duties  applicable  to  the
           transaction  provided  for in this  Agreement,  which  SAVVIS  hereby
           agrees to pay.

4.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

           Seller  represents  and  warrants  to the Buyer  that the  statements
           contained in this Clause 4 are correct and complete as of the date of
           this Agreement.

           4.1 Seller is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing, and in
           good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction  in which Seller is
           organized.

           4.2 Seller has full  corporate  power and  authority  to execute  and
           deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This
           Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the
           Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions.

           4.3 Except as would not result in the imposition of any Impermissible
           Security  Interest  upon  any of the  Assets  and  except  where  the
           violation,  conflict,  breach,  default,  acceleration,  termination,
           modification,  cancellation,  failure to give notice, or a lien would
           not impair the value of use of the Assets or have a material  adverse
           effect on  ability  of the  parties to  consummate  the  transactions
           contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  neither  the  execution  and  the
           delivery of this Agreement nor the  consummation of the  transactions
           contemplated hereby by the Seller will:

                  (a)  violate  any  constitution,  statute,  regulation,  rule,
           injunction,   judgment,  order,  decree,  ruling,  charge,  or  other
           restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which
           the Seller is subject or any  provision  of the  charter or bylaws of
           the Seller,

                  (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default
           under,  result in the  acceleration of, create in any party the right
           to accelerate,  terminate,  modify,  or cancel, or require any notice
           under any agreement,  contract, lease, license,  instrument, or other
           arrangement to which the Seller is a party or by which they are bound
           or to which any of the Assets are subject; or

                                       87
<PAGE>

                  (c)  require  Seller to give any  notice  to,  make any filing
           with, or obtain any authorization,  consent, or approval of any third
           party, government or governmental agency.

           4.4  Seller  has no  liability  or  obligation  to pay  any  fees  or
           commissions  to any  broker,  finder,  or agent  with  respect to the
           transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the Buyer could
           become liable or obligated.

           4.5 The Seller has good title to, or a valid  leasehold  interest  in
           the Assets,  free and clear of all Impermissible  Security  Interest,
           and there  exists no  material  restriction  on the  transfer of such
           property.

           4.6 Each of the  Contracts  with respect to the Assets is a valid and
           binding obligation of the parties thereto,  enforceable in accordance
           with terms,  in full force and effect.  No party to any such contract
           is in material  breach or  violation  thereof or default  thereunder.
           Except for matters which would not, in the aggregate, have a material
           adverse effect on the Assets,  no event has occurred  which,  through
           the  passage  of  time  or the  giving  of  notice,  or  both,  would
           constitute,  and  neither the  execution  of this  Agreement  nor the
           consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  do or  will
           constitute  or result in, a breach or violation  of or default  under
           any contract,  or would cause the  acceleration  of any obligation of
           any party  thereto  or the  creation  of any  Impermissible  Security
           Interest upon the Assets.

           4.7 EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY  SET FORTH IN THIS CLAUSE 4, THE SELLER MAKES
           NO  REPRESENTATION  OR  WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR  IMPLIED,  AT LAW OR IN
           EQUITY,  IN RESPECT OF ANY OF ITS ASSETS,  LIABILITIES OR OPERATIONS,
           INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  WITH RESPECT TO  MERCHANTABILITY OR
           FITNESS   FOR   ANY   PARTICULAR   PURPOSE,   AND  ANY   SUCH   OTHER
           REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.  BUYER
           HEREBY   ACKNOWLEDGES   AND  AGREES   THAT,   EXCEPT  TO  THE  EXTENT
           SPECIFICALLY  SET FORTH IN THIS CLAUSE 4, THE BUYER IS PURCHASING THE
           ASSETS ON AN "AS-IS, WHERE-IS" BASIS. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY
           OF THE  FOREGOING,  THE SELLER  MAKES NO  REPRESENTATION  OR WARRANTY
           REGARDING ANY ASSETS OTHER THAN THE ASSETS BEING PURCHASED  HEREUNDER
           OR ANY LIABILITIES OTHER THAN THE LIABILITIES ASSUMED HEREUNDER,  AND
           NONE SHALL BE IMPLIED AT LAW OR IN EQUITY.

5.         CLOSING

           5.1 Closing of the sale shall take place on the  Effective  Date when
           Seller shall  deliver to SAVVIS all physical  Assets hereby agreed to
           be sold,  other than the Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 above.  All
           physical Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 above shall be delivered to
           SAVVIS  as soon as  practicable  following  the  finalization  of any
           adjustment to the Assets as set forth in Clause 2.2.

                                       88
<PAGE>

           5.2  Property  in and title to the Assets  referred  to in Clause 2.1
           shall pass to SAVVIS on the Effective Date.  Property in and title to
           the Assets referred to in Clause 2.2 shall pass to SAVVIS on the date
           that the revised schedules are finalized in accordance with on Clause
           2.2 but such transfer shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

           5.3  Subject  to  Clause  7  below,  Seller  shall  on or as  soon as
           practicable after the Effective Date deliver to SAVVIS all transfers,
           assignments  and  novations  relating  to the Assets  (including  the
           property) together with the documents of title thereto,  necessary to
           give  effect  to this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that any such
           transfers  shall as between the Parties be deemed to be  effective as
           of the Effective Date.

6.         THE LIABILITIES

           Subject to the consent where necessary of other  contracting  parties
           (which the Parties hereto shall use their  reasonable best efforts to
           obtain) SAVVIS shall as from the Effective  Date assume,  perform and
           discharge all Liabilities. If it proves impossible to obtain any such
           consent in relation to any of the  Liabilities,  SAVVIS will  assume,
           perform and  discharge  such  Liability as agent for and on behalf of
           Seller and will indemnify Seller  accordingly.  Seller will indemnify
           SAVVIS for contractual  liabilities  for goods or services  delivered
           prior to the Effective Date.

7.         THIRD PARTY CONSENTS

           7.1 Seller  and SAVVIS  shall use their  reasonable  best  efforts to
           obtain any required consent of any other  contracting  parties to the
           assignment or novation of any agreement  referred to in Clause 2.1.2.
           Unless and until such consent shall be  forthcoming  and the relevant
           agreement  shall have been  assigned or novated,  SAVVIS shall at its
           own  cost  and  expense  assume  Seller's   obligations   under  such
           agreements  and Seller  shall  account to SAVVIS for all sums paid or
           received therefrom.

           7.2 Seller will at SAVVIS'  request  and  expense  give to SAVVIS all
           assistance  in the power of Seller to enable  SAVVIS to  enforce  the
           agreements  referred to in Clause 2.1.2 against the other contracting
           party or parties  and,  without  prejudice to the  generality  of the
           foregoing,  will provide all such relevant books, documents and other
           information as SAVVIS may require in relation thereto.

                                       89
<PAGE>

[8.        PERSONNEL

           SAVVIS and Seller hereby agree and  acknowledge  that the Transfer of
           Undertakings  (Protection of Employment)  Regulations applies to this
           transaction and,  therefore,  that the contracts of employment of all
           of the  Employees  of  Seller,  as set  forth at  Schedule  4 to this
           Agreement,  shall not be terminated at Closing but shall  continue to
           have effect as if originally made between such Employee and SAVVIS in
           accordance such Regulations.]

[9.        INDEMNIFICATION

           Seller will indemnify,  defend and hold SAVVIS and its  shareholders,
           directors, officers, successors, assigns, and agents of each of them,
           harmless  from  and  against  any and all  claims,  losses,  damages,
           liabilities,  expenses or costs, plus reasonable  attorneys' fees and
           expenses,  incurred by SAVVIS to the extent resulting from or arising
           out of any claim or suit by any  Employee of Seller,  or by any other
           employee of Seller that is not being transferred to SAVVIS, asserting
           rights under the Transfer of Undertakings  (Protection of Employment)
           Regulations 1981 or any other similar law or regulation.]

10.        FURTHER ASSURANCE

           From and after  Closing,  the Parties  shall do such acts and execute
           such documents and instruments as may be reasonably  required to make
           effective the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  In the event that
           consents,  approvals, other authorizations or other acts contemplated
           by this  Agreement  have not been fully  effected as of Closing,  the
           parties will continue after Closing,  without further  consideration,
           to use their reasonable best efforts to carry out such  transactions;
           provided,  however, in the event that certain approvals,  consents or
           other  necessary  documentation  cannot  be  secured,  then the Party
           having legal responsibility, ownership or control shall act on behalf
           of the other  Party,  without  further  consideration,  to effect the
           essential  intention of the Parties with respect to the  transactions
           contemplated by this Agreement.

11.        SURVIVAL OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

           To the extent that any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall not have
           been  performed at Closing it shall  survive and remain in full force
           and effect notwithstanding Closing.

12.        GOVERNING LAW AND CHOICE OF FORUM

           This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in
           accordance with the laws of [England][the  state of Missouri,  United
           States of America]  and the parties to this  Agreement  hereby  agree
           that all matters  arising out of or in connection with this


                                       90
<PAGE>

           Agreement  shall be  subject  to the  exclusive  jurisdiction  of the
           courts of [England][the state of Missouri].

[13.       THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

           Except as  expressly  provided  in this  Agreement,  nothing  in this
           Agreement will create or confer any rights or other benefits on or in
           favor  of any  person  who is not a party to this  Agreement  whether
           pursuant to the  Contracts  (Rights of Third  Parties)  Act,  1999 or
           otherwise.]

AS WITNESS the hands of duly authorized  representatives  of the parties the day
and year first above written

SIGNED by                            )
for and on behalf of                 )
- ------------------------             )
- ------------------------             )




SIGNED by                            )
for and on behalf of                 )
SAVVIS _____________                 )



                                       91
<PAGE>



                   SCHEDULE 1 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                             THE COMPUTER EQUIPMENT

                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]












                                       92
<PAGE>

                   SCHEDULE 2 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                  THE CONTRACTS

                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]

















                                       93
<PAGE>

                   SCHEDULE 3 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                THE CONSIDERATION

                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]

ALLOCATION OF CONSIDERATION

           Consideration to be allocated as set forth in Schedule 1.

PAYMENT OF CONSIDERATION

           The  consideration  shall paid at Closig to the  account of Seller as
follows:

                    [Details of account]

           To the extent any  adjustment  is to be paid under  Section 3 of this
           Agreement,  such  amount  shall  be due  and  payable  to  the  above
           indicated account, no later than five days after receipt by SAVVIS of
           a valid  invoice,  which may be submitted  on or after the  Effective
           Date.




                                       94
<PAGE>

                  [SCHEDULE 4 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                 THE EMPLOYEES]

                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]





                                       95
<PAGE>

                   SCHEDULE 5 TO CALL ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

                                 THE LIABILITIES

                [To be Completed at Call Right Exercise Closing]




                                       96
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT K

                               SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

         THIS  SUBLEASE  AGREEMENT  ("Sublease")  is made as of the  ____ day of
January,  2000 (the "Effective Date"), by and between BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS
AMERICA,  INC., a Delaware corporation  ("Sublessor") and SAVVIS  COMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION, a Missouri corporation ("Sublessee").

         WHEREAS,  Sublessor  entered into a Master Lease  Agreement,  a copy of
which is  attached  hereto  as  EXHIBIT A (the  "Master  Lease"),  with  General
Electric  Capital  Corporation for itself and as Agent for certain  Participants
(collectively, the "Lessor"); unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms
used as defined  terms  shall  have the  meaning  assigned  to such terms in the
Master Lease;

         WHEREAS,  in  conjunction  with the planned  spin-off of  Sublessee  by
Sublessor,  Sublessor  has  obtained  the consent of Lessor,  a copy of which is
attached hereto as EXHIBIT B, to enter into a sublease with Sublessor; and

         WHEREAS,  Sublessor and Sublessee  desire to set  forth  in writing the
terms and conditions of the sublease;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  recitals  and  the  mutual
covenants,  representations,  warranties,  conditions and  agreements  hereunder
expressed, Sublessor and Sublessee agree as follows:

I.       SUBLEASING ARRANGEMENT:

         Sublessor  agrees to lease to Sublessee,  and Sublessee agrees to lease
from  Sublessor,  the  equipment  (the  "Equipment")  described in the equipment
schedules attached hereto as EXHIBIT C (the "Equipment  Schedules"),  subject to
the terms set forth herein and in the Equipment Schedules.

II.      TERM, RENT AND PAYMENT:

         (a) The term of this  Sublease (the "Term") with respect to any item of
the Equipment shall be the remaining term for such Equipment as set forth in the
Master Lease and the Equipment Schedules; provided, however, that the Term shall
begin effective from and after the Effective Date hereof.

         (b) Rent  shall be paid  directly  to  Sublessor  by wire  transfer  of
immediately  available  funds to:  Bankers  Trust New York,  New York,  New York
10006, Account No. 50-202-962, ABA No. 021-001-033,  or to such other account as
Sublessor may direct in writing;  and shall be effective upon receipt.  Payments
of Rent shall be in the amount set forth in,  and due in  accordance  with,  the
provisions  of  the  applicable   Equipment  Schedules  and  the  other  related
provisions  contained in the  schedules to the Master Lease  (together  with the

                                       97
<PAGE>

Equipment Schedules, individually and collectively, the "Schedules"). If Rent is
not paid  within  ten (10)  days of its due  date,  Sublessee  agrees  to pay to
Sublessor a late charge of Five Cents ($0.05) per dollar on, and in addition to,
the amount of such Rent but not exceeding the lawful maximum, if any.

         (c) Except as provided for in (d) below,  Sublessee  shall pay Rent, as
provided for herein without deduction or set-off.  In the event of a non-payment
of Rent by  Sublessee,  Sublessor  may continue to make  payments to Lessor with
respect to the  Equipment,  with the right to set-off any such payments  against
amounts due by the Sublessor or any of its affiliates to Sublessee or any of its
affiliates under any agreement.

         (d) In the event of a default on the  Master  Lease by  Sublessor  with
respect to the Equipment, Sublessee shall have the right to act to cure any such
default,  with the right to set-off the costs associated with curing such breach
against  amounts  due to  Sublessor  under this  Sublease  or against  any other
amounts due by  Sublessee  or any of its  affiliates  to Sublessor or any of its
affiliates under any agreement.

III.     TAXES:

         Sublessee  shall  have no  liability  for taxes  imposed  by the United
States of America or any State or political  subdivision thereof which are on or
measured by the net income of Lessor or  Sublessor.  Sublessee  shall report (to
the extent that it is legally  permissible)  and pay  promptly  all other taxes,
fees and assessments due, imposed,  assessed or levied against any Equipment (or
the  purchase,  ownership,  delivery,  leasing,  possession,  use  or  operation
thereof),  this Agreement (or any rentals or receipts hereunder),  any Schedule,
Lessor,  Sublessor  or  Sublessee  by  any  foreign,  federal,  state  or  local
government or taxing  authority during or related to the term of this Agreement,
including, without limitation, all license and registration fees, and all sales,
use, personal property, excise, gross receipts, franchise, stamp or other taxes,
imposts,  duties and charges,  together  with any  penalties,  fines or interest
thereon (all hereinafter  called "Taxes").  Sublessee shall (i) reimburse Lessor
and/or  Sublessor,  as  appropriate  (on an  after-tax  basis),  upon receipt of
written request for  reimbursement  for any Taxes charged to or assessed against
Lessor or  Sublessor;  (ii) on request  of Lessor  and/or  Sublessor,  submit to
Lessor and/or Sublessor, as appropriate, written evidence of Sublessee's payment
of Taxes, (iii) on all reports or returns show the ownership of the Equipment by
Lessor, and (iv) send a copy thereof to Lessor and Sublessor.

IV.      REPORTS:

         (a) Sublessee  will notify  Sublessor in writing,  within ten (10) days
after  any  tax or  other  lien  shall  attach  to any  Equipment,  of the  full
particulars  thereof and of the  location of such  Equipment on the date of such
notification.

         (b) Sublessee will permit Lessor and Sublessor to inspect the Equipment
and all  maintenance  records with respect  thereto during normal business hours
upon reasonable notice.

                                       98
<PAGE>

         (c) Subject to the following  sentence,  Sublessee will ensure that the
Equipment is located at the  Equipment  Location  (specified  in the  applicable
Schedule) within the Continental United States. Sublessee may move the Equipment
from the  Equipment  Location to a new location  within the  Continental  United
States  provided  that,  within  five (5) days  after  the end of each  calendar
quarter: (i) Sublessee shall provide to Sublessor written notice identifying the
Equipment  which has been relocated  during the immediately  preceding  calendar
quarter,  the old Equipment  Location and the new Equipment  Location;  and (ii)
Sublessee   shall  deliver  to  Sublessor  such  documents  and  instruments  as
reasonably  may be  required  by Lessor or  Sublessor  in  connection  with such
relocation,  including  (without  limitation)  Uniform Commercial Code Financing
Statements and (if required by Lessor or Sublessor) Estoppel/Waiver  Agreements,
to be filed at  Sublessee's  expense.  Upon  Lessor's  or  Sublessor's  request,
Sublessee  promptly  will  notify  Lessor  and/or  Sublessor  in  writing of the
location of any Equipment as of the date of such notification.

         (d) Sublessee will promptly and fully report to Sublessor in writing if
any Equipment is lost or damaged (where the estimated  repair costs would exceed
ten percent (10%) of its then fair market value), or is otherwise involved in an
accident causing personal injury or property damage.

         (e) Within thirty (30) days after any request by Lessor and  Sublessor,
Sublessee  will furnish to Sublessor a certificate  of an authorized  officer of
Sublessee  stating that he has reviewed the activities of Sublessee and that, to
the best of his knowledge,  there exists no Default (as hereinafter  defined) or
event  which,  with the giving of notice or the lapse of time (or  both),  would
become a Default.

V.       USE AND MAINTENANCE:

         (a)  Sublessee  agrees  that the  Equipment  will be used by  Sublessee
solely  in the  conduct  of its  business  and in a  manner  complying  with all
applicable  Federal,  state and local laws and  regulations  and any  applicable
insurance policies, and Sublessee shall not discontinue use of the Equipment.

         (b) Sublessee  will keep the Equipment  free and clear of all liens and
encumbrances other than those which result from acts of Lessor or Sublessor.

VI.      SERVICE:

         (a)  Sublessee  will,  at its  sole  expense,  maintain  each  unit  of
Equipment  in  good  operating  order,  repair,   condition  and  appearance  in
accordance with  manufacturer's  recommendations,  normal wear and tear excepted
and  Sublessee's  standard  practices  (but  in  no  event  less  than  industry
practices).  Sublessee's  maintenance  programs  shall be  subject to review and
approval by Lessor and Sublessor.  Sublessee  shall,  if at any time  reasonably
requested by Lessor or Sublessor,  affix in a prominent position on each unit of
Equipment plates,  tags or other identifying labels showing the interest therein
of Lessor and Sublessor.

                                       99
<PAGE>

         (b) Sublessee will not,  without the prior consent of Sublessor,  affix
or install any accessory,  equipment or device on any Equipment if such addition
will impair the value,  originally  intended  function or use of such Equipment.
All additions,  repairs, parts, supplies,  accessories,  equipment,  and devices
furnished,  attached or affixed to any Equipment which are not readily removable
shall be made only in compliance with applicable law, including Internal Revenue
Service guidelines, shall be free and clear of all liens, encumbrances or rights
of others, and shall become the property of Lessor.  Sublessee will not, without
the prior written  consent of Sublessor and subject to such conditions as Lessor
or Sublessor may impose for its protection, affix or install any Equipment to or
in any other personal or real property.

         (c) Any alterations or  modifications to the Equipment that may, at any
time  during  the  term of this  Agreement,  be  required  to  comply  with  any
applicable law, rule or regulation shall be made at the expense of Sublessee.

VII.     STIPULATED LOSS VALUE:

         Sublessee  shall promptly and fully notify  Sublessor in writing if any
unit of  Equipment  shall  be or  become  worn  out,  lost,  stolen,  destroyed,
irreparably damaged in the reasonable determination of Sublessee, or permanently
rendered  unfit  for use  from  any  cause  whatsoever  (such  occurrence  being
hereinafter  called  "Casualty  Occurrences").  On the rental  payment date next
succeeding a Casualty  Occurrence  (the  "Payment  Date"),  Sublessee  shall pay
Sublessor the sum of (x) the  Stipulated  Loss Value of such unit  calculated in
accordance  with Annex D to the Master Lease,  which is  incorporated  herein by
reference as of the rental payment date next preceding such Casualty  Occurrence
("Calculation  Date");  and (y) all  rental  and  other  amounts  which  are due
hereunder as of the Payment Date. In addition to the amounts required to be paid
by Sublessee on any Rent Payment Date pursuant to the preceding  clauses (x) and
(y),  Sublessee shall also pay to Sublessor the amount of any swap breakage loss
incurred by Lessor and/or any Participant (as such term is hereinafter  defined)
as a result of or in connection  with such payment on such Rent Payment Date. As
used herein, "Swap Breakage Loss" shall include LIBOR and other funding breakage
costs,  if any, and may be determined by Lessor and any Participant by reference
to the Standard  International Swap Dealers Association  calculation for "Loss."
Upon  payment of all sums due  hereunder,  the term of this  Sublease as to such
unit shall  terminate  and  (except in the case of the loss,  theft or  complete
destruction of such unit) Lessor shall be entitled to recover possession of such
unit.

VIII.    LOSS OR DAMAGE:

         Sublessee  hereby  assumes  and shall bear the entire risk of any loss,
theft,  damage  to, or  destruction  of,  any unit of  Equipment  from any cause
whatsoever from the time the Equipment is shipped to Sublessee.

IX       INSURANCE.

         Sublessee agrees, at its own expense, to keep all Equipment insured for
such amounts as specified in the Equipment Schedules and against such hazards as
Lessor or Sublessor may

                                      100
<PAGE>

require,  including, but not limited to, insurance for damage to or loss of such
Equipment  and  liability  coverage  for  personal  injuries,  death or property
damage,  with Lessor named as additional  insured and with a loss payable clause
in favor of Lessor,  as its interest may appear,  irrespective  of any breach of
warranty or other act or omission of Sublessee.  All such policies shall be with
companies, and on terms, satisfactory to Lessor and Sublessor.  Sublessee agrees
to  deliver  to  Sublessor  evidence  of  insurance  satisfactory  to Lessor and
Sublessor.  No insurance shall be subject to any co-insurance clause.  Sublessee
hereby appoints Lessor as Sublessee's attorney-in-fact to make proof of loss and
claim for  insurance,  and to make  adjustments  with  insurers  and to  receive
payment of and execute or endorse all documents,  checks or drafts in connection
with payments made as a result of such insurance policies. Any expense of Lessor
and Sublessor in adjusting or collecting  insurance shall be borne by Sublessee.
Sublessee  will not make  adjustments  with insurers  except (i) with respect to
claims for damage to any unit of Equipment  where the repair costs do not exceed
ten percent  (10%) of such unit's fair market  value,  or (ii) with  Lessor's or
Sublessor's written consent.  Said policies shall provide that the insurance may
not be altered or canceled by the insurer  until after thirty (30) days' written
notice to Lessor and Sublessor.  Sublessee may, at its option, apply proceeds of
insurance,  in whole or in part,  to (i)  repair  or  replace  Equipment  or any
portion  thereof,  or (ii)  satisfy any  obligation  of  Sublessee  to Lessor or
Sublessor hereunder.

X.       RETURN OF EQUIPMENT:

         (a)  Upon  any  expiration  or  termination  of this  Agreement  or any
Schedule, Sublessee shall promptly, at its own cost and expense: (i) perform any
testing and repairs  required to place the  affected  units of  Equipment in the
same condition and appearance as when received by Sublessee (reasonable wear and
tear excepted) and in good working order for their originally  intended purpose;
(ii) if deinstallation,  disassembly or crating is required, cause such units to
be  deinstalled,   disassembled  and  crated  by  an  authorized  manufacturer's
representative  or such other service person as is satisfactory  to Lessor;  and
(iii)  return such  units,  free and clear of all liens and  encumbrances,  to a
location within the continental United States as Lessor shall direct.

         (b)  Until  Sublessee  fully  has  complied  with the  requirements  of
Paragraph  (a)  above,   Sublessee's  Rent  payment  obligation  and  all  other
obligations   under  this   Agreement   shall   continue  from  month  to  month
notwithstanding  any  expiration  or  termination  of the  Term.  Sublessor  may
terminate  such  continued  leasehold  interest  upon ten (10)  days'  notice to
Sublessee.  In addition to these  rents,  Sublessor  shall have all of its other
rights and remedies available as a result of this nonperformance.

XI.      DEFAULT:

         (a)  Lessor or  Sublessor  may in writing  declare  this  Agreement  in
default ("Default") if: (1) Sublessee breaches its obligation to pay Rent or any
other  sum when due and  fails to cure the  breach  within  ten (10)  days;  (2)
Sublessee breaches any of its insurance  obligations under SECTION IX hereof, or
Sublessee  fails to comply with the  provisions  of SECTION  XXIII of the Master
Lease; (3) Sublessee  breaches any of its other obligations  hereunder and fails
to cure that breach within thirty (30) days after written  notice  thereof;  (4)
any  representation  or  warranty


                                      101
<PAGE>

made by Sublessee in connection with this Agreement shall be false or misleading
in any  material  respect;  (5)  Sublessee  becomes  insolvent  or  ceases to do
business as a going concern; (6) any Equipment is illegally used; (7) a petition
is filed by or against Sublessee under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws and, if
such petition is filed against Sublessee,  such petition is not dismissed within
ninety (90) days; (8) Sublessee shall have  terminated its corporate  existence,
consolidated  with, merged into, or conveyed or leased  substantially all of its
assets as an  entirety  to any person  (such  actions  being  referred  to as an
"Event"),  unless not less than sixty  (60) days prior to such  Event:  (x) such
person is  organized  and  existing  under the laws of the United  States or any
state, and executes and delivers to Lessor and Sublessor an agreement containing
an effective  assumption by such person of the due and punctual  performance  of
this Sublease;  and (y) Lessor and Sublessor are reasonably  satisfied as to the
creditworthiness  of such person;  (9) effective  control of Sublessor's  voting
capital stock,  issued and outstanding from time to time, is not retained by the
present  stockholders  (unless  Sublessee  shall have provided  sixty (60) days'
prior  written  notice to  Sublessor of the  proposed  disposition  of stock and
Lessor and Sublessor shall have consented thereto in writing).  Any provision of
this  Agreement  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  Lessor  and  Sublessor  may
exercise all rights and remedies  hereunder  independently  with respect to each
Schedule.

         (b) After  Default,  at the request of Lessor,  Sublessee  shall comply
with the provisions of SECTION X(A) hereof.  Sublessee hereby  authorizes Lessor
to enter,  with or without legal  process,  any premises  where any Equipment is
located and take possession  thereof.  Sublessee shall,  without further demand,
forthwith pay to Lessor (i) as liquidated  damages for loss of a bargain and not
as a  penalty,  the  Stipulated  Loss  Value  of the  Equipment  (calculated  in
accordance  with Annex D to the Master  Lease as of the Rent  Payment  date next
preceding the declaration of default), and (ii) all Rent and other sums then due
hereunder.  Lessor may,  but shall not be required  to,  sell the  Equipment  at
private or public  sale,  in bulk or in  parcels,  with or without  notice,  and
without  having the  Equipment  present at the place of sale; or Lessor may, but
shall not be required to, lease,  otherwise  dispose of or keep idle all or part
of the Equipment;  and Lessor may use Sublessee's premises for any or all of the
foregoing without liability for rent, costs, damages or otherwise.  The proceeds
of sale, lease or other  disposition,  if any, shall be applied in the following
order of  priorities:  (1) to pay all of Lessor's  costs,  charges and  expenses
incurred  in  taking,  removing,  holding,  repairing  and  selling,  leasing or
otherwise disposing of Equipment; then, (2) to the extent not previously paid by
Sublessee,  to pay Lessor  all sums due from  Sublessee  hereunder;  then (3) to
reimburse  to Sublessee  any sums  previously  paid by  Sublessee as  liquidated
damages; and (4) any surplus shall be remitted to Sublessee. Sublessee shall pay
any deficiency in clauses (1) and (2) forthwith.

         (c) In addition  to the  foregoing  rights,  after  Default,  Lessor or
Sublessor may terminate the lease as to any or all of the Equipment.

         (d) The foregoing  remedies are cumulative,  and any or all thereof may
be  exercised in lieu of or in addition to each other or any remedies at law, in
equity,  or under statute.  Sublessee waives notice of sale or other disposition
(and the time and place thereof),  and the manner and place of any  advertising.
If permitted by law,  Sublessee  shall pay reasonable  attorney's  fees actually
incurred by Lessor and  Sublessor in enforcing  the  provisions of this Sublease
and any

                                      102
<PAGE>


ancillary documents. Waiver of any Default shall not be a waiver of any other or
subsequent default.

         (e) Any default under the terms of any other material agreement between
Sublessor  and  Sublessee  or  any  of  their  affiliates  giving  rise  to  the
termination of such other agreement may be declared by Sublessor a default under
this agreement.

XII.     ASSIGNMENT:

         (a) SUBLESSEE  SHALL NOT ASSIGN,  MORTGAGE,  SUBLET OR HYPOTHECATE  ANY
EQUIPMENT  OR THE  INTEREST OF  SUBLESSEE  HEREUNDER  WITHOUT THE PRIOR  WRITTEN
CONSENT OF SUBLESSOR.

         (b)  Sublessor may not,  without the consent of Sublessee,  assign this
Agreement or any Schedule, or the right to enter into any Schedule, such consent
not  to be  unreasonably  withheld.  In the  event  of a  permitted  assignment,
Sublessee  agrees that it will pay all Rent and other amounts payable under each
Schedule  to the  Sublessor  named  therein;  provided,  however,  if  Sublessee
receives written notice of an assignment from Sublessor,  Sublessee will pay all
Rent and other amounts  payable under any assigned  Schedule to such assignee or
as instructed by Sublessor. Each Schedule,  incorporating by reference the terms
and conditions of this  Agreement,  constitutes a separate  instrument of lease,
and the  Sublessor  named  therein  or its  assignee  shall  have all  rights as
"Sublessor"  thereunder  separately  exercisable  by  such  named  Sublessor  or
assignee as the case may be,  exclusively and  independently of Sublessor or any
assignee with respect to other Schedules  executed  pursuant  hereto.  Sublessee
further  agrees to  confirm  in writing  receipt  of a notice of  assignment  as
reasonably may be requested by assignee.

         (c)  Sublessee  acknowledges  that it has  been  advised  that  General
Electric Capital  Corporation is acting under the Master Lease for itself and as
agent  for  certain  third   parties  (each  being  herein   referred  to  as  a
"Participant" and,  collectively,  as the "Participants");  that the interest of
the Lessor in the Master Lease, the Equipment Schedules, related instruments and
documents  and/or the Equipment may be conveyed to, in whole or in part, and may
be used as security  for  financing  obtained  from,  one or more third  parties
without  the  consent  of  Sublessee  (the   "Syndication").   Sublessee  agrees
reasonably  to  cooperate  with  Lessor and  Sublessor  in  connection  with the
Syndication,  including  the  execution  and  delivery of such other  documents,
instruments,  notices, opinions,  certificates and acknowledgments as reasonably
may be required by Lessor, Sublessor or such Participant;  provided,  however in
no event  shall  Sublessee  be  required  to consent  to any  change  that would
adversely  affect any of the  economic  terms of the  transactions  contemplated
herein.

         (d)  Subject  always to the  foregoing,  this  Agreement  inures to the
benefit  of, and is binding  upon,  the  successors  and  assigns of the parties
hereto.

XIII.    INDEMNIFICATION:

                                      103
<PAGE>

         (a)  Sublessee  hereby  agrees to  indemnify,  save and keep  harmless,
Lessor and Sublessor, their agents, employees,  successors and assigns, from and
against any and all losses, damages,  penalties,  injuries,  claims, actions and
suits,  including legal expenses,  of whatsoever kind and nature, in contract or
tort, whether caused by the active or passive negligence of Lessor or otherwise,
and including,  but not limited to, Lessor's strict  liability in tort,  arising
out of (i) the  selection,  manufacture,  purchase,  acceptance  or rejection of
Equipment, the ownership of Equipment during the Term, and the delivery,  lease,
possession,  maintenance,  uses, condition, return or operation of the Equipment
(including,  without  limitation,  latent  and  other  defects,  whether  or not
discoverable  by Sublessor or Sublessee  and any claim for patent,  trademark or
copyright  infringement  or  environmental  damage),  or (ii) the  condition  of
Equipment sold or disposed of after use by Sublessee, any sublessee or employees
of Sublessee.  Sublessee  shall,  upon request,  defend any actions based on, or
arising out of, any of the foregoing.

         (b) All of Lessor's and Sublessor's rights,  privileges and indemnities
contained in this Section shall survive the  expiration or other  termination of
this Sublease and the Master Lease and the rights,  privileges  and  indemnities
contained herein are expressly made for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable
by Lessor, Sublessor and their successors and assigns.

XIV.     DISCLAIMER:

         SUBLESSEE  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT IT HAS SELECTED THE EQUIPMENT WITHOUT ANY
ASSISTANCE  FROM LESSOR,  ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES.  Except as may be provided in
the  Master  Establishment  and  Transition  Agreement,  between  Sublessor  and
Sublessee dated _____________, 2000 ("MEAT Agreement"), SUBLESSOR DOES NOT MAKE,
HAS NOT  MADE,  NOR  SHALL BE  DEEMED  TO MAKE OR HAVE  MADE,  ANY  WARRANTY  OR
REPRESENTATION,  EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WITH RESPECT TO THE
EQUIPMENT  LEASED  HEREUNDER  OR  ANY  COMPONENT  THEREOF,  INCLUDING,   WITHOUT
LIMITATION,  ANY WARRANTY AS TO DESIGN, COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS,  QUALITY
OF MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP,  MERCHANTABILITY,  FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE,  USE OR
OPERATION,  SAFETY, PATENT,  TRADEMARK OR COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT,  OR TITLE. All
such risks, as between Sublessor and Sublessee, or between Lessor and Sublessee,
are to be borne by Sublessee.  Without limiting the foregoing, and except as may
be provided in the MEAT  Agreement,  Sublessor shall have no  responsibility  or
liability to Sublessee or any other person with respect to any of the following:
(i) any  liability,  loss or damage  caused or alleged to be caused  directly or
indirectly by any Equipment,  any inadequacy  thereof,  any deficiency or defect
(latent  or  otherwise)   therein,  or  any  other  circumstance  in  connection
therewith;  (ii) the use, operation or performance of any Equipment or any risks
relating  thereto;  (iii) any  interruption  of  service,  loss of  business  or
anticipated profits or consequential  damages; or (iv) the delivery,  operation,
servicing, maintenance, repair, improvement or replacement of any Equipment. If,
and so long as, no default exists under this Sublease,  Sublessee  shall be, and
hereby is,  authorized  during the term of this Lease to assert and enforce,  at
Sublessee's sole cost and expense, from time to time, in the name of and for the
account of Lessor,  Sublessor and/or


                                      104
<PAGE>

Sublessee,  as their interests may appear,  whatever claims and rights Sublessor
or Lessor may have against any Supplier of the Equipment.

XV.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SUBLESSEE:

         Sublessee represents and warrants to Sublessor that on the date hereof:

         (a)  Sublessee  has  adequate  power and  capacity to enter  into,  and
perform  under,  this  Agreement  and  all  related  documents  (together,   the
"Documents") and is duly qualified to do business wherever necessary to carry on
its present  business and operations,  including the  jurisdiction(s)  where the
Equipment is or is to be located.

         (b) The Documents have been duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
Sublessee and constitute  valid,  legal and binding  agreements,  enforceable in
accordance  with their  terms,  except to the  extent  that the  enforcement  of
remedies  therein  provided  may be  limited  under  applicable  bankruptcy  and
insolvency laws.

         (c) No approval,  consent or withholding of objections is required from
any governmental  authority or instrumentality with respect to the entry into or
performance  by  Sublessee  of the  Documents  except such as have  already been
obtained.

         (d) The entry into and  performance  by Sublessee of the Documents will
not: (i) violate any judgment,  order, law or regulation applicable to Sublessee
or any provision of Sublessee's  articles of incorporation,  charter or by-laws;
or (ii)  result in any breach of,  constitute  a default  under or result in the
creation of any lien,  charge,  security  interest or other encumbrance upon any
Equipment  pursuant  to any  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  bank loan or
credit  agreement  or other  instrument  (other  than this  Agreement)  to which
Sublessee is a party.

         (e) There are no suits or proceedings pending or threatened in court or
before any commission, board or other administrative agency against or affecting
Sublessee, which will have a material adverse effect on the ability of Sublessee
to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

         (f) Sublessee is and will be at all times validly  existing and in good
standing  under the laws of the  state of its  incorporation  (specified  in the
first  sentence of this  Agreement)  and is in good  standing and qualified as a
foreign  corporation in (i) each  jurisdiction in which the Equipment is or will
be located and (ii) in such jurisdictions  where Sublessee's  ownership or lease
of property or the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified.

XVI.     COVENANTS OF SUBLESSEE:

         Sublessee covenants and agrees as follows:

         (a)  Promptly  upon any  officer or  director  of  Sublessee  obtaining
knowledge of any  condition or event which  constitutes a default or a potential
default  hereunder,  Sublessee  shall

                                      105
<PAGE>

provide prompt written  notice to Sublessor  specifying  such condition and what
action Sublessee is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

         (b)  Sublessee  will  promptly  execute and deliver to  Sublessor  such
further  documents,  instruments  and assurances and take such further action as
Lessor or Sublessor from time to time may  reasonably  request in order to carry
out the intent and purpose of this  Sublease  and to  establish  and protect the
rights and  remedies  created or intended to be created in favor of Sublessor or
Lessor hereunder.

         (c) Sublessee will comply with all affirmative  and negative  covenants
set forth in Exhibits M and N to the Master Lease,  to the same extent as if set
forth herein.

         (d) Sublessee will not attach or  incorporate  any item of Equipment to
or in any other item of  equipment  or  personal  property  or to or in any real
property  in a manner  that gives rise to the  assertion  of any lien,  claim or
encumbrance  on such  item of  Equipment  by reason  of such  attachment  or the
assertion of a claim that such item of Equipment has become a fixture. Sublessee
hereby agrees that it will  purchase any such item of Equipment  which Lessor or
Sublessor  notifies Sublessee in writing is subject to the assertion of any such
lien, claim or encumbrance within [ten (10)] days of such notice.

         (e) The Equipment  will at all times be used for commercial or business
purposes.

         (f)  Sublessee  shall not take any action  that  would  cause a default
under this Sublease or the Master Lease or omit to take any action  necessary to
prevent a breach of this Sublease or the Master Lease.

XVII.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SUBLESSOR:

         (a)  Sublessor  has  adequate  power and  capacity to enter  into,  and
perform  under,  this  Agreement  and  all  related  documents  (together,   the
"Documents") and is duly qualified to do business wherever necessary to carry on
its present  business and operations,  including the  jurisdiction(s)  where the
Equipment is or is to be located.

         (b) The Documents have been duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
Sublessor and constitute  valid,  legal and binding  agreements,  enforceable in
accordance  with their  terms,  except to the  extent  that the  enforcement  of
remedies  therein  provided  may be  limited  under  applicable  bankruptcy  and
insolvency laws.

         (c) No approval,  consent or withholding of objections is required from
any governmental  authority or instrumentality with respect to the entry into or
performance  by  Sublessor  of the  Documents  except such as have  already been
obtained.

         (d) There are no suits or proceedings pending or threatened in court or
before any commission, board or other administrative agency against or affecting
Sublessor, which will have a material adverse effect on the ability of Sublessor
to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

                                      106
<PAGE>

         (e)  Sublessor has not received a Notice of Default on the Master Lease
from Lessor and, to  Sublessor's  knowledge  after the  exercise of  Sublessor's
commercially  reasonable  best  efforts to  investigate  the same,  no  material
default has  occurred on the Master Lease with  respect to the  Equipment  which
could not be cured by the giving of notice or  undertaking  of other actions not
material to the market value of the Equipment taken as a whole.

XVIII.   COVENANTS OF SUBLESSOR:

         Sublessor covenants and agrees as follows:

         (a)  Sublessor  shall at all time  perform  its  obligations  under the
Master Lease with respect to the Equipment, except such covenant shall not apply
to the extent such default is due to actions or failure to act by Sublessee.

         (b)  Sublessor  shall  notify  Sublessee  in  writing  of any notice of
default which it receives from the Lessor with respect to the Equipment:  (1) if
with respect to a failure to pay rent or any other sum when due,  such notice to
be delivered  to  Sublessee no later than 2 days after  receipt of the notice of
default  received by  Sublessor,  and (2) if with respect to any other notice of
default,  such notice to be  delivered  to Sublessee no later than 10 days after
receipt of the notice of default received by Sublessor

XIX.     OWNERSHIP FOR TAX PURPOSES, GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST; USURY SAVINGS:

         (a) For income tax purposes,  Lessor and Sublessor will treat Sublessee
as the owner of the Equipment.  Accordingly, Lessor and Sublessor will not claim
any tax benefits available to an owner of the Equipment.

         (b)  Sublessee  hereby  acknowledges  that Lessor has a first  security
interest in the Equipment, together with all additions, attachments, accessions,
accessories  and accessions  thereto whether or not furnished by the Supplier of
the Equipment and any and all substitutions, replacements or exchanges therefor,
and any and all insurance  and/or other  proceeds of the property in and against
which a security interest is granted hereunder.

         (c) It is the  intention  of the  parties  hereto  to  comply  with any
applicable usury laws to the extent that any Equipment Schedule is determined to
be subject to such laws;  accordingly,  it is agreed that,  notwithstanding  any
provision  to the contrary in any  Equipment  Schedule or this  Sublease,  in no
event shall any Equipment  Schedule require the payment or permit the collection
of interest in excess of the maximum amount  permitted by applicable law. If any
such excess interest is contracted for,  charged or received under any Equipment
Schedule or this  Sublease,  or in the event that all of the  principal  balance
shall be prepaid, so that under any of such circumstances the amount of interest
contracted for, charged or received under any Equipment Schedule or the Sublease
shall exceed the maximum amount of interest permitted by applicable



                                      107
<PAGE>

law, then in such event:  (i) the provisions of this paragraph  shall govern and
control,  (ii) neither Sublessee nor any other person or entity now or hereafter
liable  for the  payment  hereof  shall be  obligated  to pay the amount of such
interest to the extent  that it is in excess of the  maximum  amount of interest
permitted by applicable law, (iii) any such excess which may have been collected
shall be either applied as a credit against the then unpaid principal balance or
refunded to Sublessee,  at the option of the  Sublessor,  and (iv) the effective
rate of interest shall be  automatically  reduced to the maximum lawful contract
rate allowed under  applicable  law as now or hereafter  construed by the courts
having jurisdiction thereof. It is further agreed that without limitation of the
foregoing,  all calculations of the rate of interest  contracted for, charged or
received  under any  Equipment  Schedule or the Sublease  which are made for the
purpose of  determining  whether such rate exceeds the maximum  lawful  contract
rate,  shall be made, to the extent  permitted by applicable law, by amortizing,
prorating, allocating and spreading in equal parts during the period of the full
stated  term of the  indebtedness  evidenced  hereby,  all  interest at any time
contracted for,  charged or received from Sublessee or otherwise by Sublessor in
connection with such  indebtedness;  provided,  however,  that if any applicable
state law is  amended or the law of the United  States of America  preempts  any
applicable  state law,  so that it becomes  lawful  for  Sublessor  to receive a
greater interest per annum rate than is presently allowed,  the Sublessee agrees
that, on the effective date of such amendment or preemption, as the case may be,
the lawful  maximum  hereunder  shall be increased  to the maximum  interest per
annum rate allowed by the amended  state law or the law of the United  States of
America.

XX.      END OF SUBLEASE PURCHASE OPTION:

         So long as (i) no default exists under the Sublease or the Master Lease
and (ii) the Term of the  Sublease  and the  Master  Lease has not been  earlier
terminated,  Sublessee may at the  expiration of the Term of the Sublease,  upon
one hundred eighty (180) days' prior written  notice to Sublessor,  purchase all
(but not less than all) of the Equipment  described in any Schedule on an AS IS,
WHERE IS BASIS without recourse to or warranty from Sublessor or lessor, express
or implied, for a purchase price of $1.00 payable to Lessor (plus all applicable
sales taxes). The payment shall be due and payable on the expiration of the Term
of the Sublease and the Master Lease.

XXI.     MISCELLANEOUS:

         (a) SUBLESSEE HEREBY  UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL
OF ANY  CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION  BASED  UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF,  DIRECTLY  OR
INDIRECTLY,  THIS SUBLEASE,  ANY OF THE RELATED DOCUMENTS,  ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN
SUBLESSEE  AND  SUBLESSOR OR THE LESSOR  RELATING TO THE SUBJECT  MATTER OF THIS
TRANSACTION OR ANY RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING
ESTABLISHED  BETWEEN  SUBLESSEE  AND  SUBLESSOR.  The  scope of this  waiver  is
intended to be all encompassing of any and all disputes that may be filed in any
court (including,  without limitation,  contract claims, tort claims,  breach of
duty claims,  and all other  common law and  statutory  claims).  THIS WAIVER IS
IRREVOCABLE MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND
THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR

                                      108
<PAGE>

MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SUBLEASE, ANY RELATED DOCUMENTS, OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS
OR AGREEMENTS  RELATING TO THIS TRANSACTION OR ANY RELATED  TRANSACTION.  In the
event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial
by the court.

         (b) Any  cancellation  or  termination  by  Sublessor,  pursuant to the
provision of this Sublease, any Schedule, supplement or amendment hereto, or the
sublease of any Equipment  hereunder,  shall not release Sublessee from any then
outstanding obligations to Sublessor hereunder.

         (c) All Equipment shall at all times remain personal property of Lessor
regardless of the degree of its annexation to any real property and shall not by
reason of any  installation  in, or  affixation  to, real or  personal  property
become a part  thereof.  Sublessee  shall obtain and deliver to Sublessor (to be
recorded at Lessee's expense) from any person having an interest in the property
where the  Equipment  is to be  located,  waivers  of any lien,  encumbrance  or
interest which such person might have or hereafter  obtain or claim with respect
to the Equipment.

         (d) Time is of the essence of this  Agreement.  Sublessor's  failure at
any time to require  strict  performance  by Sublessee of any of the  provisions
hereof shall not waive or diminish Sublessor's right thereafter to demand strict
compliance therewith.

         (e)  Sublessee  agrees,  upon  Sublessor's   request,  to  execute  any
instrument  necessary  or expedient  for filing,  recording  or  perfecting  the
interest of Sublessor or Lessor.

         (f) All  notices  required to be given  hereunder  shall be in writing,
personally delivered,  delivered by overnight courier service, sent by facsimile
transmission (with  confirmation of receipt),  or sent by certified mail, return
receipt requested, addressed to the other party at its respective address stated
above or,  with  respect to the  Lessor,  in the  Master  Lease or at such other
address as such party shall from time to time  designate in writing to the other
party, and shall be effective from the date of receipt.

         (g) This Sublease and the Schedule,  including the Equipment  Schedules
and the  schedules  to the  Master  Lease,  which  are  incorporated  herein  by
reference,  constitute the entire agreement  between the parties with respect to
the  subject  matter  hereof  and shall not be  amended or altered in any manner
except by a document  in writing  executed  by both  parties.  NO  VARIATION  OR
MODIFICATION  OF  THIS  AGREEMENT  OR ANY  WAIVER  OF ANY OF ITS  PROVISIONS  OR
CONDITIONS,  SHALL BE VALID  UNLESS  IN  WRITING  AND  SIGNED  BY AN  AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE  OF THE PARTIES HERETO.  Any provision of this Agreement which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction  shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability  without
invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof,  and any such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   in  any   jurisdiction   shall  not   invalidate   or  render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                                      109
<PAGE>

         (h) The  representations,  warranties and covenants of Sublessee herein
shall be deemed to survive the closing  hereunder.  The obligations of Sublessee
which accrue during the term of this  Agreement and  obligations  which by their
express  terms  survive the  termination  of this  Agreement,  shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

         (i) In case of a failure of Sublessee  to comply with any  provision of
this Agreement,  Sublessor shall have the right, but shall not be obligated,  to
effect such  compliance,  in whole or in part; and all moneys spent and expenses
and  obligations  incurred or assumed by Sublessor in effecting such  compliance
(together  with interest  thereon at the rate specified in Paragraph (j) of this
Section) shall constitute  additional Rent due to Sublessor within five (5) days
after  the  date  Sublessor  sends  notice  to  Sublessee   requesting  payment.
Sublessor's  effecting  such  compliance  shall not be a waiver  of  Sublessee's
default.

         (j) Any Rent or other  amount  not paid to  lessor  when due  hereunder
shall bear interest,  both before and after any judgment or termination  hereof,
at the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum rate allowed by
law.

         (k) Any  provisions  in this  Agreement  and any Schedule  which are in
conflict  with any  statute,  law or  applicable  rule shall be deemed  omitted,
modified or altered to conform thereto.

         (l) So  long  as no  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing
hereunder,  and conditioned  upon Sublessee  performing all of the covenants and
conditions  hereof,  as  to  claims  of  Sublessor  or  persons  claiming  under
Sublessor,  Sublessee  shall  peaceably  and quietly  hold,  possess and use the
Equipment during the Term of this Agreement  subject to the terms and conditions
hereof.

         (m) Whether or not any Equipment is leased  hereunder,  Sublessee shall
pay upon demand as  additional  Rent  hereunder  all  reasonable  and  necessary
documented  transaction  expenses  including,  but not limited  to,  expenses of
counsel,  due diligence,  appraisals,  lien searches,  Uniform  Commercial  Code
and/or Estoppel/Waiver Agreement filing fees, and field audits.

XXII.    CHOICE OF LAW; JURISDICTION:

         THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER
SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED  BY, AND  CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK  (WITHOUT  REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE),  INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION,  VALIDITY AND
PERFORMANCE, REGARDLESS OF THE LOCATION OF THE EQUIPMENT. The parties agree that
any action or  proceeding  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement  may be
commenced in the United States  District Court for the Southern  District of New
York.

                                      110
<PAGE>

XXIII.   CHATTEL PAPER:

         To the extent that any Schedule would constitute chattel paper, as such
term is defined in the Uniform  Commercial  Code as in effect in any  applicable
jurisdiction,  no security  interest therein may be created through the transfer
or  possession  of this  Agreement  in and of itself  without  the  transfer  or
possession of the original of a Schedule executed pursuant to this Agreement and
incorporating  this  Agreement by  reference;  and no security  interest in this
Agreement  and a Schedule  may be created by the transfer or  possession  of any
counterpart  of the  Schedule  other than the original  thereof,  which shall be
identified as the document marked "Original" and all other counterparts shall be
marked "Duplicate."

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Sublessor and Sublessee have caused this Sublease
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date
first written above.

SUBLESSOR                           SUBLESSEE

BRIDGE INFORMATION SYSTEMS          SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS
AMERICA, INC.                       CORPORATION

By:__________________________       By:_________________________________________
Its:_________________________       Its:________________________________________


                                      111
<PAGE>

                       EXHIBIT A TO THE SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

                             MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT




                                      112
<PAGE>

                       EXHIBIT B TO THE SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

                                CONSENT OF LESSOR









                                      113
<PAGE>

                       EXHIBIT C TO THE SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

                               EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES








                                      114
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT L
                        JAPANESE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  This Stock Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") is made this _____
day of January,  2000, by and between  Bridge  International  Holdings,  Inc., a
Delaware  corporation  having  its  principal  place of  business  at 717 Office
Parkway,  St.  Louis,  Missouri  63141  ("Seller"),  and  SAVVIS  Communications
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  having its principal place of business at
717 Office Parkway, St. Louis, Missouri 63141 ("SAVVIS") (Seller and SAVVIS each
a "Party" and collectively the "Parties").

                                   WITNESSETH

                  WHEREAS,   Bridge  Information  Systems  Inc.  ("BISI"),   the
ultimate parent company of the Seller,  desires to effectuate a restructuring of
its network operations by transferring certain assets, liabilities,  rights, and
obligations   relating  to  its  IP  network,  as  well  as  stock,  of  certain
subsidiaries world-wide to its subsidiary, SAVVIS, and its subsidiaries pursuant
to  an  agreement   to  be  executed   between  BISI  and  SAVVIS  (the  "Master
Establishment and Transition Agreement"); and

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Master  Establishment and Transition
Agreement,  the  transfer  of the IP network in  foreign  jurisdictions  will be
effected  pursuant to other agreements to be executed between BISI and SAVVIS or
their respective subsidiaries;

                  WHEREAS,  the Seller owns all the outstanding  stock of Bridge
Information Systems (Japan) KK, a company organized under the laws of Japan (the
"Company");

                  WHEREAS,  the  Company  currently  owns  all  the  assets  and
interests relating to the IP network in Japan;

                  WHEREAS,  Seller desires to sell to SAVVIS, and SAVVIS desires
to purchase  from Seller all the shares of common  stock (the  "Shares")  of the
Company on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants  and  obligations  herein  set  forth and of other  good and  valuable
consideration,  receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the Parties  agree as
follows:

1.         DEFINITIONS

           1.1 In this  Agreement,  the  following  expressions  shall  have the
following meanings namely:

           "Agreement"  means the  agreement  between  the  Parties the terms of
           which are set out herein;

                                      115
<PAGE>

           "Closing" has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.1;

           "Effective Date" means [December 31, 1999];

           1.2 In this Agreement words importing the singular include the plural
           and vice versa and words importing gender include any other gender.

           1.3 The headings of Clauses are for ease of  reference  and shall not
           affect the construction of this Agreement.

           1.4 References in this Agreement to Clauses are references to clauses
           of this Agreement.

           1.5 Any  undertaking  hereunder  not to do any act or thing  shall be
           deemed to include an undertaking not to permit or suffer the doing of
           that act or thing.

           1.6 The  expression  "person"  used in this  Agreement  shall include
           (without  limitation) any individual,  partnership,  local authority,
           company or unincorporated association.

2.         SALE & PURCHASE

           Upon the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth in this
           Agreement,  Seller  shall sell and SAVVIS  shall  purchase the Shares
           free and clear of all security  interests,  claims, and restrictions,
           with effect from the Effective Date.

3.         CONSIDERATION

           3.1 The purchase price for the Shares (the "Consideration")  shall be
           [US$_________________.]

           3.2 The  Consideration  shall be due and payable  within  thirty (30)
           days after the Closing.

4.         CLOSING

           4.1  Closing of the sale shall take place on January __,  2000,  when
           Seller shall deliver to SAVVIS the share certificate representing the
           Shares.

           4.2 Title to the Shares shall pass to SAVVIS on the Effective Date.

5.         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

           5.1  Seller  represents  and  warrants  that it is now and will be at
           Closing  the sole  holder of record and  beneficial  owner of all the
           Shares,  that it owns  the  Shares  free and  clear  of all  security
           interests,  claims, and restrictions,  and that the Shares constitute
           all of the  outstanding  capital  stock of the  Company.  Seller will
           cause the  transfer  to SAVVIS  of


                                      116
<PAGE>

           good and marketable title to the Shares at Closing, free and clear of
           all security interests,  claims, and restrictions.  Seller represents
           that it has the legal  capacity and  authority to execute and deliver
           this  Agreement,  to  perform  its  obligations  hereunder,   and  to
           consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

           (a) 5.2 The tangible and intangible  property owned and leased by the
           Company and listed or described  on Schedule  5.2 hereto  constitutes
           all of the property and property rights owned and ------------ leased
           by the Company and all of the property  and  property  rights that in
           any way relate to, are used in, or are necessary for the operation of
           the  IP  network  of the  Company  in the  manner  and to the  extent
           presently conducted or planned.  Further, the Company does not own or
           lease any tangible or intangible property that is unrelated to the IP
           network and not mentioned in Schedule 5.2.  Should the Company own or
           lease  property  not  related to the IP  network,  the  -------------
           Parties  shall  endeavor to cause such property to be returned to the
           Seller,  and any charges incurred or revenues generated in connection
           with such property shall be allocated to the appropriate  Party as if
           such property were owned or leased by the Seller.

6.         FURTHER ASSURANCE

           From and after  Closing,  the Parties  shall do such acts and execute
           such documents and instruments as may be reasonably  required to make
           effective the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  In the event that
           consents,  approvals, other authorizations or other acts contemplated
           by this  Agreement  have not been fully  effected as of Closing,  the
           parties will continue after Closing,  without further  consideration,
           to use their best efforts to carry out such transactions. However, in
           the  event  that  certain  approvals,  consents  or  other  necessary
           documentation  cannot  be  secured,   then  the  Party  having  legal
           responsibility,  ownership,  or  control  shall  act on behalf of the
           other Party, without further  consideration,  to effect the essential
           intention   of  the  Parties   with   respect  to  the   transactions
           contemplated by this Agreement.

7.         SURVIVAL OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS

           To the extent that any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall not have
           been  performed at Closing it shall  survive and remain in full force
           and effect notwithstanding Closing.

8.         GOVERNING LAW AND CHOICE OF FORUM

           This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in
           accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri, and the parties to
           this  Agreement  hereby  agree that all matters  arising out of or in
           connection  with this  Agreement  shall be subject  to the  exclusive
           jurisdiction  of the state and federal  courts  located in St. Louis,
           Missouri.

                                      117
<PAGE>

AS WITNESS the hands of duly authorised  representatives  of the parties the day
and year first above written

SIGNED by                                   )
for and on behalf of                        )
BRIDGE INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.         )

SIGNED by                                   )
for and on behalf of                        )
SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION           )



                                      118
<PAGE>

              SCHEDULE 5.2 TO THE JAPANESE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                    PROPERTY




                                      119
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 1.3
                            OTHER ASSUMED LIABILITIES

None.


                                      120
<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 1.10
                          INTERNATIONAL NETWORK ASSETS

See attached.



                                      121
<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE 1.17
                                US NETWORK ASSETS

See attached.


                                      122
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 2.3
                            PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

Payment of Purchase Price for International  Network Assets:  Buyer shall pay to
the  Seller,  for the  International  Network  Assets  an amount  cash  equal to
$________________, which is the sum of the Net Book Value of such assets, as set
forth  in each  Local  Transfer  Agreement.  This  amount  shall  be paid by the
following entities in the following described manner:

See attached.

Payment of Purchase Price for LLC Interest:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                             <C>
      TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE FOR                    CASH                  PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF PROMISSORY
      INTEREST                                    PAYMENT               NOTE
- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------------------

 $                                      $                              $
- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                      123
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 3.3
                                    CONSENTS

See attached.


                                      124
<PAGE>



                                 SCHEDULE 3.5(A)
                              IP NETWORK EXCEPTIONS

None.


                                      125
<PAGE>






                                  SCHEDULE 3.6
                                    CONTRACTS

See attached.




                                      126
<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 3.7
                                    EMPLOYEES

The Americas

Acocks, Terry                  Griffith,  Ken              Mutrux, Alex
Alexander,  Larry              Gwaltney,  Chris            Nottingham, Aaron
Allen, Courtney                Heinrich,  Matt             Patel, Reshma
Amador, Alan                   Hensel, Mary                Paule, Felisa
Ansley, Mike                   Hewitt, Ray                 Pearson, Dorothy
Arft, Chris                    Hezell,  Larry              Pezold,  Jim
Ballard,  Tony                 Houston,  Denise            Regot,  Frenchie
Benoist,  Chris                Hughes, Lynda               Robinson,  Don
Berry,  Paul                   Hunt,  Tab                  Robies,  Rick
Bishop,  Mike                  Jackson,  John              Rocha, Louis
Brissette,  Dave               Johnson,  Cinty             Schwamie,  Chris
Burnham, Robert                Judge,  Curtis              Scroggins,  Jerry
Cattel, Mike                   Kanne,  Fred                Siedhoff,  Jim
Champagne,  Robert             Klasinski,  Gabe            Stevens,  Wayne
Coffman, Jeff                  Krify, Robert               Taylor,  Mike
Cornwell,  Michael             Kurtz,  Dennis              Walkenhorst,  Jamie
Dailey, Sue                    Laslie,  Matt               Watkins,  Terrence
Disano,  Wanda                 Leatherman,  Phillip        Weber,  John
Doerr, Mike                    Lee, Hing                   West,  Mark
Engel,  Scott                  Lokke, Chris                Whinery,  Eric
Ennis, Erik                    Louis, Jean                 Wilson, Michelle
Freeman,  James                Luciani, Jim                Wolf, Michelle
Gilfillan,  Jeff               Mallory, Kevin              Woltering, Ben
Grant,  Michael                Maragliano,  Dave           Zuccarello, Theresa
Grenier,  Craig                Mueller, Don

Europe
Appleton,  Allan               Evans,  Rick                Scane, Jeff
Baker, Simon                   Hill, Ian                   Spellman,  Gary
Burks, Andrew                  Korn,  Yoav                 Symonds,  Geoff
Cann, Terry                    Lambert,  Dave              Taylor, Mark
Choudhury,  Jimpy              Morley, Julia               Wilkinson, Charles
Clift, Esme                    Norwood,  Jane
D'Cruz,  Lincoln               Saunders,  Andy

Asia
Hicks, Rob                     Zu, Boon Tec


                                      127
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 5.1
                              NOTICES AND CONSENTS

See attached.





                                      128
<PAGE>


                                 SCHEDULE 5.2(A)
                    CALL RIGHT JURISDICTIONS AND CALL ASSETS

Jurisdiction:                                                 Assets:

Greece                                                        See attached
Hungary                                                       See attached
Ireland                                                       See attached
Poland                                                        See attached
South Africa

China                                                         See attached
Macau
Malaysia                                                      See attached
Taiwan                                                        See attached
Thailand                                                      See attached

[Mexico                                                       See attached]
Venezuela                                                     See attached

Bahrain                                                       See attached
Kuwait                                                        See attached
Oman
Qatar
Saudi Arabia                                                  See attached
United Arab Emirates                                          See attached


                                      129
<PAGE>


                                 SCHEDULE 5.2(B)
                                SATELLITE RIGHTS

Contracts:

Agreement  for the Provision of DirecPC  Professional  Services Data Network and
Integrated  Satellite  Business  Network  Equipment  Services  in Europe and the
Middle  East  between  HOT  Telecommunications  Limited  and Bridge  Information
Systems, Inc. commencing July 1, 1999.

Countries:

Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus

Czech Republic
Egypt
Estonia
Jersey
Latvia
Lithuania
Macedonia
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Slovakia




                                      130
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 5.5
                      SHORT-TERM CALL ASSETS JURISDICTIONS

Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Poland

Taiwan

[Mexico]
Venezuela




                                      131
<PAGE>




                                                                   EXHIBIT 16.1



December 27, 1999

Securities and Exchange Commission
Mail Stop 9-5
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

We   have   read   the  disclosure  under  the  caption  "Change  in  Certifying
Accountants"  included  in  the  SAVVIS  Communications Corporation Registration
Statement  on  Form S-1 (No. 333-90881) and are in agreement with the statements
contained in the paragraphs therein.




/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
St. Louis, Missouri




                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We  consent  to  the  use  in this Amendment No. 6 to Registration Statement No.
333-90881   of  SAVVIS  Communications  Corporation,  formerly  SAVVIS  Holdings
Corporation,  of  our  report  dated  August  12, 1999, except for Note 13 as to
which  the  date is January 14, 2000 and Note 14 as to which the date is January
25,  2000  (which  report  expresses  an  unqualified  opinion  and  includes an
explanatory  paragraph  relating to the Company's ability to continue as a going
concern  and  an  explanatory paragraph relating to the restatement described in
note  14)  appearing  in  the  Prospectus,  which  is  part of this Registration
Statement,  and  to  the  reference to us under the headings "Selected Financial
Data" and "Experts" in such Prospectus.




/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
     St. Louis, Missouri
     January 27, 2000




                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2


               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We  consent  to  the  reference  to  our  firm  under the captions "Experts" and
"Selected  Historical  Consolidated  Financial  Data"  and  to  the use  of  our
report  dated  April 23, 1998,  except  for  Note  14  as  to  which the date is
January  25,  2000   with  respect  to  the  financial   statements  of   SAVVIS
Communications  Corporation  included  in  the Registration Statement (Amendment
No.   6   to   Form   S-1  No.  333-90881)  and  related  Prospectus  of  SAVVIS
Communications  Corporation  for  the  registration  of 19,550,000 shares of its
common stock.





/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
     St. Louis, Missouri
     January 28, 2000

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001058444
<NAME>                        SAVVIS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER>                                      1000
<CURRENCY>                                  US DOLLARS

<S>                             <C>            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                  9-MOS             YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>        DEC-31-1999      DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>           JAN-01-1999      JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>             SEP-30-1999      DEC-31-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                    1                1
<CASH>                         1,983            2,251
<SECURITIES>                       0                0
<RECEIVABLES>                  2,461            2,798
<ALLOWANCES>                   (355)            (149)
<INVENTORY>                        0                0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>               4,578            5,311
<PP&E>                         7,555            6,943
<DEPRECIATION>               (1,560)          (2,190)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                41,422           11,454
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>         27,825            7,025
<BONDS>                            0                0
              0           36,186
                        0                0
<COMMON>                         720              693
<OTHER-SE>                     8,452         (34,099)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>  41,422           11,454
<SALES>                       17,632           13,674
<TOTAL-REVENUES>              17,632           13,674
<CGS>                         19,524           20,889
<TOTAL-COSTS>                 19,524           20,889
<OTHER-EXPENSES>              27,816           14,453
<LOSS-PROVISION>                   0                0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>               917              173
<INCOME-PRETAX>             (30,625)         (21,841)
<INCOME-TAX>                       0                0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>         (30,625)         (21,841)
<DISCONTINUED>                     0                0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                    0                0
<CHANGES>                          0                0
<NET-INCOME>                (30,625)         (21,841)
<EPS-BASIC>                 (0.31)           (0.38)
<EPS-DILUTED>                 (0.31)           (0.38)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission